











> 












V^,^ ^-> '>""-'* 















-V 5 *% 






-^ 



- "*, ^ 

























O0 v 







,x*-'^ ' ;—- _ ■- ^ -r^ •- 






- 


V 


- 


* 8 i A * 


O V o. < * o , > 




"i_r%: "'W ^-: : ' ... : , = 


%> V 


■■ """' ^: ,^ <5s. : --=-_"%=- : 


£% 


yi?^ .<? "% v-^> 


a\ 






« v ' " H. 




.^ -7-, . ' -— ^ •' \0^. * 1 










W: ?°«. *ift 


















%. ■-. 






6> </» 















= ■■ : ~ - ^ 



ANTHONS SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS 
FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. 



In presenting the volumes of this series, as far as it has been comple- 
ted, to the notice of the public, the subscribers beg leave to say a few 
words respecting its general features, and the advantages that are to re- 
sult from it both to students and instructers. 

The plan proposed is to give editions of all the authors usually read in 
our schools and colleges, together with such elementary and subsidiary 
works as may be needed by the classical student either at the commence- 
ment, or at particular stages, of his career. 

The editions of the Classical authors themselves will be based on the 
latest and most accurate texts, and will be accompanied by English com- 
mentaries, containing everything requisite for accurate preparation on 
the part of the student and a correct understanding of the author. The 
fear entertained by some instructers, lest too copious an array of notes 
may bribe the student into habits of intellectual sloth, will be found to be 
altogether visionary. That part of the series which contains the text- 
books for schools must, in order to be at all useful, have a more ex- 
tensive supply of annotations than the volumes intended for college lec- 
tures ; and when these last make their appearance, the system of com- 
menting adopted in them will not fail to meet with the approbation of all. 

The advantages, then, which this series promises to confer are the 
following : the latest and best texts ; accurate commentaries, putting the 
student and instructer in possession of the opinions of the best philolo- 
gists ; together with all such subsidiary information as may serve, not 
only to throw light upon the meaning of the author, but also to give 
rise in the young student to habits of correct thinking and to the for- 
mation of a correct taste. 

Many of the works at present used in our Classical schools are either 
reprints of antiquated editions, swarming with errors, not merely in the 
typography, but in the matter itself; or else they are volumes, fair to 
the view, indeed, as far as manual execution is concerned, but either 
supplied with meager and unsatisfactory commentaries, or without any 
commentaries at all. These are the works that drive students to the 
use of translations, and thus mar the fairest prospects of youthful 
scholarship, producing an infinitely stronger habit of intellectual in- 
dolence than the most copious commentary could engender. Indeed, 
to place this matter in its proper light, and to show, within a very 
brief compass, how much good the projected series is about to ac- 
complish, it may be sufficient to state, that the printed translations of 
those authors whose works have been thus far published in the series 
meet now with a much less ready sale than formerly ; and are seldom, 
if ever, seen in the hands of those whose instructers have the good 
sense and judgment to give a decided preference to the volumes edited 
by Professor Anthon. 

The publishers take the liberty to subjoin a few of the communica- 
tions relative to the published volumes of the series, which they have 
received from gentlemen of high classical reputation in different parts of 
the country. 

Harper & Brothers, 

New-York, May, 1839. 82 cliff-street. 



ANTHON'S SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS 

FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. 



From H. Humphrey, D.D., Presi- 
dent of Amherst College, at Am- 
herst, Mass. 

1 am very happy to see that you have 
undertaken to furnish uniform editions 
of the Latin classics for the use of our 
grammar schools and higher seminaries 
of learning. Professor Anthon deserves 
and will receive the thanks of the public 
for the labour which he has so judicious- 
ly and successfully bestowed upon Sal- 
lust, Caesar, and Cicero. The explan- 
atory notes or commentaries are more co- 
pious and comprehensive than those of 
any other edition I have seen, and much 
better adapted to the wants of young stu- 
dents. Among the most valuable of 
these notes are those which divert atten- 
tion to the beautiful uses of the moods 
and tenses, and explain the delicate 
shades of meaning and peculiar beauties 
that depend upon them, which our lan- 
guage often expresses imperfectly and 
with difficulty, and which young learn- 
ers rarely regard. The explanations of 
the force and meaning of the particles 
are also very useful. 

The historical, geographical, and oth- 
er indexes are also highly valuable, fur- 
nishing the student, as they do, with fe- 
licitous illustrations of the text, andmuch 
general information. 

The text seems to be settled with much 
care and ability. The editions adopted 
as the basis or referred to as authority 
are those in the highest repute among 
scholars. The typographical execution 
is very fine, and this is a high merit. 
The wretched reprints of foreign editions 
of the classics, got up in cheap offices, 
on wretched paper, with incompetent 
proofreaders and no editors, to which, 
until within a very few years, our stu- 
dents have been universally condemned, 
have, by taking them young, been as 
successful inmaking them uncertain and 
inaccurate scholars as if that had been 
one of the main objects of the publishers. 
School books of all kinds, instead of be- 
ing the worst (as they often are), should 
be the most carefully printed books we 
have. 

H. Humphrey. 



From the Rt. Rev. Bishop M'Il- 
vaine, President of Kenyon Col- 
lege, at Gambier, Ohio. 

I anticipate the greatest benefits to our 
schools and colleges from the admirable 
edition of the classics which you are now 
publishing, under the superintendence 
and illustrated by the copious and learn- 
ed notes of Professor Anthon. What 
your accomplished editor has aimed at 
in his Horace, C&sar, and other volumes 
of the series, few can have been much 
connected with classical institutions in 
this country without learning to be pre- 
cisely the one needful thing to their stu- 
dents. The object is most satisfactorily 
attained. The needed books we have, 
so fur as your series has yet been pub- 
lished ; and as to what are yet to come, 
we have learned from what we have, if I 
may use the words of one of your authors, 
quae a summa virtute summoque in- 
genio expectanda sunt, expectare. 
}Vishing you the most abundant encour- 
agement in your important enterprise, I 
remain your obedient servant, 

Chas. P. M'Ilyaine. 



From William A. Duer, LL.D., 
President of Columbia College, in 
the City of New-York. 

From the manner in which this under- 
taking has been so far executed, as well 
as from the established character and 
reputation of Professor Anthon as a 
scholar, his experience as an instructer, 
and the accuracy and judgment previous- 
ly evinced by him as an editor and com- 
mentator, I can entertain no doubt, of the 
success of the enterprise, so far as his 
editorial labours and your own skill and 
experience as publishers are concerned ; 
and I trust that, from the increasing 
value of classical studies in the estima- 
tion of the public ,this judicious and spir- 
ited effort to facilitate and promote so im- 
portant a branch of education ivill be 
duly appreciated and liberally rewarded. 
I remain, gentlemen, 
Your obedient servant, 
W. A. Duer. 



ANTHON S SERIES OP CLASSICAL WORKS. 



Letters of Recommendation — continued. 



From Jeremiah Day, D.D., LL.D., 
President of Yale College, at New- 
Haven, Conn. 

I estimate highly the impor- 
tance of furnishing for our schools and 
colleges accurate and neat editions of the 
ancient Classics ; and I am much pleas- 
ed with the general appearance and typ- 
ographical execution of the specimens 

■ which you have given us It would 

be presumptuous in one so little conver- 
sant with the fair fields of elegant litera- 
ture to undertake to pass sentence on the 
finely -wrought productions of so accom- 
plished a scholar as Professor Anthon. 
.... His works have a reputation al- 
ready too well established to need or to 
receive additional value from any recom- 
mendation which I can give 

Jeremiah Dav. 

From the Rev. B. Hale, D.D., Pres- 
ident of Geneva College, at Gene- 
va, N. Y. 

Your object " to furnish accu- 
rate and uniform editions of Classical 
authors, read in colleges and schools, ac- 
companied by a useful body of commen- 
tary, maps," c]-c, is a very useful one, 
and highly deserving of the public pat- 
ronage, and no one, in our country, is 
more competent to the editorial supervi- 
sion of such an undertaking than Pro- 
fessor Anthon. It is fortunate for the 
cause of Classical learning in our coun- 
try, that so learned and enterprising a 
scholar has been brought into co-opera- 
tion with publishers so enterpiising. 

So far as I have examined the works 
above mentioned, they appear to me ex- 
ceedingly well adapted to their end, and 
to do credit both to the editor and the 
publishers. We have specified these ed- 
itions in the requirements for admissio?i 
to this college. BENJAMIN Hale. 

From the Rev. Joseph Penney, 
D.D., President of Hamilton Col- 
lege, at Clinton, N. Y. 
I have examined ivith much interest 
and attention Dr. Anthonys editions of 
the ancient classics so far as published by 
you. I think there can be but one opin- 
ion as to the merit of these works, and 
the advantage to our country of so noble 
an enterprise. It is not only honoured 
by the learning of the editor, and the 
ability and taste of the publishers, but 
directly and greatly benefited in the vital 
interest of the education of our youth. 



We possess no means of sound mental 
discipline and cultivated taste that can 
supersede the relics of Greece and Rome ; 
and thus to enrich them to the inquiring 
mind, and to adorn them to the eye of 
our studious youth, is a service not like- 
ly to be appreciated as it deserves except by 
those who have toiled through the crowd- 
ed and careless page of former days. I 
earnestly hope that you may be encour- 
aged greatly to extend these labours. 
Joseph Penney. 

From the Rev. J. M. Mathews, 
D.D., Chancellor of the New-York 
University. 

Professor Anthon has rendered an 
important service to the cause of learn- 
ing in this country by his editions of the 
various Classics ; and I am gratified to 
see that your valuable press is employed 
in furnishing them to the public. 

J. M. Mathews. 



From the Rev. D. M'Conaughy, 
D.D., President of Washington 
College, at Washington, Penn. 

The typographical execution 

is correct and handsome, the binding sub- 
stantial, the notes copious and valuable. 
All agree, that it is not much reading, 
but thorough reading, which secures 
knowledge and makes the scholar. To 
this purpose your edition of the classics 
is eminently adapted. If well employed 
by students and instructers, they cannot 
fail to make accurate and well-instructed 
scholars ; and must render the study of 
Classic authors more interesting and 
more profitable than it has generally been. 
I hope that you will find extensive pat- 
ronage. D. M'Conaughy. 

From the Rev. Alonso Potter, 
D.D., of Union College, Schenec- 
tady, N. Y. 

I have had occasion to exam- 
ine these editions with some care, and, it 
would be superfluous to add, with great 
pleasure. The reputation of Professor 
Anthon for learning and critical skill, 
and the singular success with which he 
adapts his labours to the wants of the 
student, are too well known and too gen- 
erally ajipreciated to need any recom- 
mendation. It is proper, however, to 
add that these volumes will be used in 
our classes, and are held in the highest 
esteem. Alonso Potter. 



anthon's series of classical works. 



Letters of Recommendation — continued. 



From the Rev. E. Nott, D.D., Pres- 
ident of Union College at Sche- 
nectady, N. Y. 

The furnishing of our schools and 
colleges ivith accurate and uniform edi- 
tions of the Classical authors in use, 
accompanied by a useful body of com- 
mentary, maps, illlustrations, cf-c, is an 
undertaking loorthy alike of commenda- 
tion and of patronage. The competency 
of Professor Anthonfor the editorial su- 
pervision assigned him, is well known to 
me. The whole design meets my entire 
approbation, and you are quite at liberty 
to make use of my name in the further- 
ance of its execution. 

Very respectfully, 

Eliphalet Nott. 

From the Rev. F. Wayland, D.D., 
President of Brown University at 
Providence, R. I. 
1 have not been able, owing to the pres- 
sure of my engagements, to examine the 
above works with any degree of accuracy. 
I however beg leave to thank you for the 
volumes, and cheerfully bear testimony 
to the distinguished scholarship of their 
editor. No classical scholar of our 
country enjoys a higher reputation, and 
I know of no one in whose labours more 
decided confidence may be reposed. 
Yours truly, 

F. Wayland. 



From the Rev. John P. Durbin, 
A.M., President of Dickinson Col- 
lege at Carlisle, Penn. 

For some months past my attention 
has been directed to the series of Classi- 
cal works now in the course of publication 
from your press, edited by Professor An- 
thon. I can with confidence recommend 
them as the best editions of the several 
works which have appeared in our coun- 
try, perhaps in any country. The mat- 
ter is select, and the notes are copious 

and clear 

Respectfully, 

J. P. DURBIN. 



From Thomas R. In galls, Esq., 
President of Jefferson College at 
St. James, Louisiana. 
I have examined them with atten- 
tion, and have no hesitation in saying 
that I prefer them to any books I have 
seen for the schools for ivhich they are in- 



tended. The editions by Dr. Anthon 
seem to me to supply, in a very judicious 
manner, what is wanting to the student, 
and cannot fail, I should think, to aid in 
restoring Classical studies from their 
unhappily languishing condition. 
Your obedient servant, 

Tho. R. Ingalls. 

From C. L. Dubuisson, A.M., Presi- 
dent of Jefferson College at Wash- 
ington, Miss. 

I have examined with some care the 
first five volumes of Anthon's Series of 
Classical Works. They are such as I 
should expect from the distinguished ed- 
itor. The '■'■Horace 1 '' and " Sallust" 
of this gentleman have long been known 
to me as the very best books to be placed 
in the hands of a student. As a com- 
mentator, Professor Anthon has, in my 
estimation, no equal. His works have 
excited a great and beneficial influence 
in the cause of Classical learning, and 
the present undertaking will infinitely 
extend the sphere of that influence. No 
one so well as a teacher can appreciate 
the value of uniform editions of the text- 
books to be used by his classes. The 
undertaking of publishing a complete 
series of all those standard works which 
students must read is a noble one, and 
I sincerely hope it will be completed. 
With such a series as the present prom- 
ises to be, there will be nothing left to 
desire. It is be hoped that editor and 
publishers will meet with such encourage- 
ment as their truly valuable undertaking 
deserves. 

Your obedient servant, 

C. L. Dubuisson. 

From the Rev. John Ludlow, Pres- 
ident of the University of Pennsyl- 
vania at Philadelphia. 
The object is worthy your en- 
terprising spirit, and you have been sin- 
gularly fortunate in securing the services 
of Professor Anthon to direct it to its 
completion. The volumes which you 
have kindly sent me fully sustain the 
reputation of that distinguished scholar, 
and afford a sure pledge of what may be 
expected in those which are to follow. 
Most heartily do I recommend your un- 
dertaking, and sincerely hope it will meet 
with the encouragement which it richly 
deserves. 

With great respect, yours, tfc, 
John Ludlow. 



anthon's series of classical works. 



Letters of Recommendation — continued. 



From the Rev. S. Chapin, D.D., 

President of Columbian College, 

at Washington, D. C. 

Professor Anthon s editions of Hor- 
ace, Salhcst, Cicero, and Caesar are so 
extensively known and so justly appre- 
ciated, that to recommend them farther 
would seem a work of supererogation. 
No one who examines them, if in any 
degree a competent judge, can fail to 
perceive that, in respect to the object 
for which they were designed, they are 
works of distinguished merit, and leave 
nothing to be desired ; furnishing as they 
do a text than which none probably more 
correct, and a body of notes so luminous, 
copious, and comprehensive as to meet 
all the wants of the young student, while 
the acute judgment, and profound and 
various learning, which they everywhere 
exhibit, cannot but afford delight and 
profit to the most advanced scholar. 
Yours, with sentiments of great respect, 
S. Chapin. 

From the Rev. Hector Humphreys, 
D.D., President of St. John's Col- 
lege, Annapolis, Md. 
The perfect accuracy and uniform- 
ity of the Anthon Classics, with 
the copious and discriminating notes 
and learned disquisitions in English by 
which they are illustrated, and, more 
especially, the substantial and tasteful 
manner in which they are printed and 
bound, fitting them for actual service, 
recommend them most strongly to our 
colleges and academies. The copies of 
many existing editions are so slightly 
put together, apparently more for sale 
than for use, and so abound, withal, in 
false readings, that I should be heartily 
glad to see them superseded by the above 
elegant and correct series. 

Hector Humphreys. 

From Gessner Harrison, M.D., 
Chairman of the Faculty, and Pro- 
fessor of Ancient Languages in the 
University of Virginia, at Char- 
lottesville, Va. 

I have given a hasty examination to 
Professor Anthon's school edition of 
some of Cicero's orations, Casar's Me- 
moirs of the Gallic War, and Sallust, 
and am happy to say, that for the use 
of preparatory schools, more especially, 
it is, in my opinion, far better suited than 
any other with which I am acquainted. 
There is, indeed, no class of learners 



who may not derive useful information 
from the copious notes which it contains, 
and which are highly valuable for the 
geographical, historical, and other mat- 
ter they convey explanatory of the text. 
The help thus afforded will not only 
serve to lighten the learnen's burden and 
make his task a cheerful one, but both 
directly and indirectly tend to ev.courage 
to a better way of rendering the Latin 
Classics, and to cherish a taste for their 
study. 

Although I have been able to do little 
more than turn over the pages of Pro- 
fessor Anthon's Greek Prosody, I have 
satisfied myself of its value, and hope 
that it may prove greatly useful by pla- 
cing in the hands of the students of Greek 
in schools and colleges, in a very neat and 
convenient form, the means of becoming 
acquainted more readily with a subject 
so unworthily neglected in our country. . . 

The typographical execution and the 
paper in all these works are deserving 
of very high praise, and entitle the en- 
terprising publishers to the commenda- 
tion of the public. 

Gessner Harrison. 



From the Hon. D. L. Swain, Pres- 
ident of the University of North 
Carolina, at Chapel Hill, N. C. 
/ have examined with as much atten- 
tion as paramount engagements have 
permitted, the first three volumes of the 
series of Latin Classics edited by Pro- 
fessor Anthon, and have taken pains to 
ascertain the opinions of others with re- 
spect to them, in whose judgment, o?i all 
subjects connected with Classical litera- 
ture, I have much more confidence than 
in my own. The result of this examina- 
tion and inquiry has been to create a lively 
interest in the early and successful com- 
pletion of your enterprise, under the con- 
fident expectation that it will prove alike 
creditable to the editor, the publishers, 
and the country. 

D. L. Swain. 

From the Very Rev. Wm. M'Sher- 
ry, S. J., President of George- 
town College, D. C. 
I have examined your editions of Cic- 
ero's Orations, Sallust, and Ccesar, and 
consider them highly creditable to your 
press. The notes contain a variety of 
informatian, and are well calculated to 
improve the student. 

Wm. M'Sherby. 



ANTHON S SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS. 



Commendatory Notices — continued. 



From the University of St. Louis, 
Missouri. 

We have examined them part- 
ly ourselves, and submitted them for 
farther examination to persons fully 
competent to pronounce on their merit. 
We feel happy in stating, that there has 
ieen but one opinion on the subject, viz., 
that the highest encomiums are due to 
Professor Anthon as a scholar and a 
friend to education, and that the typo- 
graphical execution is not inferior to 
that of the best schoolbooks published in 

England and in France 

Your obedient servants, 
J. A. Elet, 
Rector of St. Louis University. 
J. B. ESNING, 

■ Profes. Ling. 

From the Rev. John M'Caffrey, 

D.D., President of Mount St. 

Mary's College, at Emmitsburgh, 

Maryland. 

Nearly all the Classical works 

edited by Professor Anthon have al- 
ready been introduced by me into the 
college under my government. As a 
classical teacher myself, I am practical- 
ly acquainted with the merits of several 
of them. It is not so much the exten- 
sive learning and accurate criticism of 
the editor that I admire {highly as he is 
to be esteemed for these important quali- 
ties), as the judicious adaptation of ev- 
erything to the benefit of the learner. 
The learner's wants are always kept in 
view, and he receives the ■precise amount 
and kind of assistance which ought to 
be given him. I shall therefore continue 
to examine these works as they are is- 
sued from your press, with a sanguine 
hope of deriving the same gratification 
from the remaining volumes of the series 

as from the past 

Very respectfully, 

John M'Caffrey. 

From the Rev. Richard H. Wall, 
D.D., Principal of the Preparatory 
School of Trinity College, Dublin, 
and Minister of the Chapel Royal. 
Doctor Anthon is an admira- 
ble commentator. His works have a 
great sale here. And I shall be anxious 
to see anything in the Classiccd way 
which comes from his pen. We have 
his Cicero, Sallust, and Horace in gen- 
eral circulation in our schools 



anthon's classical series. 

This admirable series has met, as 
was predicted long ago, with success 
so unequivocal, that, having advan- 
ced already to the sixth work, it will 
be carried out by successive pub- 
lications to the fullest extent origi- 
nally contemplated, under the super- 
vision of the able and accomplished 
scholar whose name prefaces our 
remarks. The volumes already giv- 
en to the public in this series, are, 
Horace, Cicero, Sallust, Csesar, a 
Grammar of the Greek Language, a 
system of Prosody, for the student of 
the same rich tongue, and a volume 
of Latin Lessons. The Horace, Sal- 
lust, Cicero, and Caesar, are remark- 
able for an excellently correct text, 
and notes brief, luminous, compre- 
hensive, and admirably adapted to 
youthful intellects ; the two latter 
works are adorned with many addi- 
tions known to no other edition ; the 
Csesar, with a set of admirable maps 
and plans, besides a Greek para- 
phrase of several books ; and the 
Cicero, with geographical and his- 
torical indexes, compiled with great 
diligence and acumen. The Greek 
Grammar and Prosody, are even 
more valuable than those already 
specified ; each of them being com- 
pletely a sine qua non to the proper 
and thorough acquisition of the noble 
tongue to which they belong, and 
both together filling avoid which has 
long existed, and long been regretted 
alike by the ripe scholar and the raw 
tyro. They are emphatically excel- 
lent, and unsurpassed ; the Grammar 
being the best, the prosody the only 
work of the kind fitted for the use of 
schools. We look forward with deep 
interest to the forthcoming numbers, 
and especially to the higher order of 
classics, the Greek Tragedians and 
Orators, which are included in the 
plan, and from which, should the ed- 
itor succeed, as he has thus far suc- 
ceeded, in blending deep lore and the 
results of vast reseach with the sin- 
gular simplicity and rare faculty of 
explaining that he has brought to his 
arduous task, the most desirable ef- 
fects may be expected, both as to 
the facilitating the acquisition of this 
branch of learning, and the increas- 
ing the number of classical scholars 
in the United States. — Southern Lit- 
erary Messenger. 



ANTHON S SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS. 



Letters of Recommendation — continued. 



From the Rev. B. P. Aydelott, 
President of the Woodward Col- 
lege, at Cincinnati, Ohio. 
From some personal acquaintance, but 
much more from general reputation, I 
formed a very high opinion of Professor 
Anthonys abilities to prepare a full series 
of Latin and Greek Classics for the 
use of schools, colleges, cf-c. Accord- 
ingly, as soon as I could obtain the va- 
rious authors edited by him, I procured 
them, and, upon a careful examination, 
was so impressed with their superior 
character, as to introduce them as fast 
as possible into the different departments 
of the institution under my charge. 

The various Delphin editions are very 
good, so far as ancient geography, mythol- 
ogy, usages, <5(C., are concerned ; but in 
respect to critical remarks and grammat- 
ical illustrations they are of little worth ; 
they were, in general, however, the best 
we had. 

But besides being abundantly full and 
clear in everything archaeological, Pro- 
fessor Anthon has done more, in the 
editions of the classical authors prepared 
by him, to unfold the grammatical struc- 
ture, and thus throw light upon the mean- 
ing and spirit of the original, than any 
other commentator whom I have consult- 
ed. It is a striking, and, I think, de- 
cisive, proof of their superiority, that the 
students show in their recitations that 
they have read his notes and profit- 
ed by them, which they never seemed to 
me to have done when using other edi- 
tions. 

Some time ago I commenced a careful 
collation of the Greek Grammar of the 
same author with those of JButmann, Val- 
py, 4-c, making full notes as I went 
along, with the design of preparing a re- 
view of it at the request of the editor of 
an extensively circulated periodical, and 
such was my conviction of its peculiar 
fitness for the use of schools, that I have 
since recommended no other to our pu- 
pils. 

I would add that the neatness and 
taste with which Professor Anthon's 
classics are got up (though they are far 
cheaper than the Delphin editions) ought 
to form no small recommendation of 
them. Our students purchase, study, 
and preserve them with manifest pleas- 
ure ; and whatever has these effects upon 
the pupil, will certainly do much to pro- 
mole the cause of sound and thorough 
classical learning. 

B. P. Aydelott. 



From the Rev. J. S. Tomlinson, 
D.D., President of Augusta Col- 
lege, Kentucky. 

I take this opportunity to acknowledge 
the receipt (so?ne time since) of four vol- 
umes of the Classical Series of Prof es- 
sor Anthon of New- York ; and, after 
a careful examination of them, I can 
truly say that I am more than pleased ; 
I am delighted with them. The avowed 
object of the publication, that of furnish- 
ing accurate and uniform editions of all 
the classical authors used in colleges and 
schools, is one that, in my judgment, has 
long been a desideratum in literature, 
and I am gratified to find is about to be 
accomplished, especially by one so entire- 
ly equal to the task as Professor An- 
thon has shown hi?nself to be. 

The biographical sketches, commen- 
taries, and annotations with which the 
volumes are accompanied, while they re- 
flect great credit upon the erudition and 
research of the author, cannot fail to en- 
hance to the student, in a high degree, 
the attraction and value of classical 
reading. As an evidence of the estimate 
we place upon the series, we have hither- 
to used it as far as it was attainable, and 
shall, with great pleasure, avail ourselves 
of the opportunity now afforded to adopt 
the whole of it. Allow me to add, that 
the neat, tastefid, and, at the same time, 
substantial style of the mechanical exe- 
cution of the work, fully sustains the 
well-earned reputation, in that respect, of 
the enterprising establishment whence it 
emanates. Respectfully, 

Your obedient servant, 
J. S. Tomlinson. 



From Alonzo Church, D.D., Pres- 
ident of the University of Georgia. 

As far as time and a press of busi- 
ness woidd permit, I have examined 
these volumes, and am much pleased 
with them. They are, I think, well 
adapted to the wants of, particularly, 
young students, and will, I doubt not, 
furnish what has long been a desidera- 
tum in our preparatory schools, viz., 
cheap, yet correct editiojis of the common 
classics, accompanied with judicious 
English notes. I do not hesitate to 
say that, were I engaged in giving in- 
struction to youth from these authors, I 
should prefer the editions of Professor 
Anthon to any which 1 have seen. 

A. Church. 



ANTHON S SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS. 



Letters of Recommendation — continued. 



From the Rev. M. Hopkins, D.D., 
President of Williams' College, at 
Williamstown, Mass. 
Professor Anthon has unquestionably 
done much service to the cause of clas- 
sical learning in this country by his edi- 
tions of the Latin classics, given to the 
public with unusual accuracy and ele- 
gance from your press. His Sallust, 
Caesar, and Cicero cannot fail to find 
their way into very extensive use, and to 
render the entrance upon classical studies 
much more inviting and profitable. 

M. Hopkins. 

From Wilbur Fisk, D.D., Presi- 
dent of the Wesleyan University, 
at Middletown, Conn. 
/ am highly gratified to notice that 
you have commenced a series of the clas- 
sics under the editorial supervision of 
that accomplished scholar, Professor 
Anthon of Columbia College. No man 
in our country is better qualified for this 
office than Professor Anthon. To show 
in what estimation he is held in England 
as a classical scholar, it need only be 
known that an edition of his " Horace" 
has been published in London, and the 
publishers informed me that the entire edi- 
tion had met wit/t a ready sale ; showing 
that, notwithstanding the numerous edi- 
tions of this standard work by the first 
scholars in England, the credit of the 
work by our American scholar had, car- 
iedr it successfully through the English 
market, and that, too, by virtue of its in- 
trinsic merit. Your editions of his Ccb- 
sar, Cicero, and Sallust art now before 
me, and show that there is no falling off 
from the reputation of the edition of Hor- 
ace. The copious notes and commenta- 
ries cannot fail to shed a flood of light 
upon the mind of the young student, and 
will contribute much, I trust, to foster in 
the rising generation of scholars a taste 
for the ancient classics. 

Wilbur Fisk. 

From Silas Totten, D.D., Presi- 
dent of Washington College. 
The volumes which I have examined I 
entirely approve, and think them better 
adapted to the purposes of classical in- 
struction than any edition of the same 
authors yet published in this country. 
The well-known ability of the learned 
editor admits no doubt of the excellence 
of the volumes yet to be published. 

S. TOTTEN. 



From the President and Faculty of 
Miami University, at Oxford, Ohio. 

These three volumes, enriched by a 
copious and valuable apparatus of crit- 
ical notes, and judiciously arranged his- 
torical, geographical, archaeological, and 
legal matters, furnished by so ripe a 
scholar as Dr. Anthon, are specimens 
well calculated to recommend the series 
of which they are the commencement. 
They are well adapted to promote thor- 
ough classical learning, and are entitled 
to a high grade of popular favour. By 
order of the Faculty, 

R. H. Bishop, President. 



From Rufus Babcock, Jr., D.D., 
late President of Waterville Col- 
lege, in Maine. 

/ have examined with considerable 
care, and with high and unmingled sat- 
isfaction, your recent edition of Profes- 
sor Anthonys Latin Classics. The dis- 
tinguished editor of Horace has rightly 
judged, that in order to elevate the range 
and standard of scholarship in this coun- 
try, it is requisite to facilitate the thor- 
ough acquisition of those elementary 
text-books which are usually first put 
into the hands of pupils. By the beau- 
tiful volumes which you have now given 
to the public from his pen, more has been 
done to make the student thoroughly ac- 
quainted with those three prime authors, 
Ccesar, Sallust, and Cicero, than by 
any other helps within my knowledge. 
I need not minutely specify the various 
points of excellence by which these boolts 
are distinguished. Their practical value 
will immediately be appreciated by teach- 
ers and learners. 

Allow me, gentlemen, to tender, 
through you, my hearty thanks to Pro- 
fessor Anthon for the very valuable ser- 
vice he has performed in aid of the great 
cause of classical learning. May he 
continue his labours for the public good. 
Rufus Babcock, Jr. 



From Professor Dennis, of Haver- 
ford, Penn. 

• • • • I have examined Anthon 1 s Greek 
Grammar, and have no hesitation in 
saymg that, as a class-book for schools 
and colleges, I think it superior to any 
other with which I am acquainted. . . . 
Wm. Dennis. 



ANTHON S SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS. 



Commendatory Notices — continued. 



" To all classes— the maturest 
scholar and the merest tyro, the man 
of elegant and easy learning and the 
laborious student— these admirable 
works will prove a most invaluable 
acquisition." — Commercial Advertiser. 

" The profound scholar under 
whose supervision these excellent 
works are put forth to the world is 
as well known on the Continent of 
Europe as he is on our own shores ; 
and is, perhaps, the only son of Amer- 
ica who has ever attained that de- 
gree of fame for classical attainments 
which should constitute him an au- 
thority second, if second, only to the 
great names of English or of German 
criticism — the Heynes and Bruncks, 
the Elmsleys and the Porsons, and 
the Bentleys, who have devoted so 
much time and labour to minute in- 
vestigation and clear exposition of 
the great works of old." — N. Y. 
Courier and Enquirer. 

" The notes are all that notes 

can be ; copious but not diffuse, 
learned but not pedantic, luminous, 
and replete with varied and most en- 
tertaining knowledge." — N. Y. Even- 
ing Star. 

. . . . " The production of a learn- 
ed philologist, and one of the sound- 
est classical scholars of the age, and 
one who, to his learned researches, 
adds the qualification of a most suc- 
cessful practical teacher. IMo stu- 
dent can listen to him without admi- 
ration and advantage To this 

high praise his editions of the clas- 
sics bear ample testimony ; and, judg- 
ing from the experience and opinions 
of educated men in our country, and 
particularly in Europe, we have no 
fear that their claims will not be ad- 
mitted and awarded to him when 
once clearly and thoroughly under- 
stood." — Oneida Whig. 

" The series of classical school- 
books published under the superin- 
tendence of Professor Anthon has al- 
ready obtained a celebrity to which 
our own commendation would add 
little extension. These works all 
appear to be collated and edited with 
unusual care, and they are published 
in a style of elegance too rarely char- 
acterizing our schoolbooks, in which 
it is important that the eye and the 
taste, as well as the understanding, 
should be allured." — N. Y. Mirror. 



" There are few scholars in the 
civilized world, comparatively speak- 
ing, possessed of the critical acumen 
and deep insight into the minutiae of 
the Greek language, which alone 
could enable them to produce the 
matter with which the pages of these 
admirable works are stored : there 
are still fewer who, possessing the 
requisite degree of knowledge, are at 
the same time gifted with the tact 
and skill in the science of education 
which are so eminently visible in 
their manner." — i\ T . Y. Express. 

" The high character of Professor 
Anthon's scholarship, and the uni- 
versal favour with which his books 
of elementary classics have been re- 
ceived, render any other notice than 
an announcement of their publica- 
tion unnecessary. The present vol- 
ume exhibits the same untiring re- 
search, and the same accurate learn- 
ing which have characterized all his 
labours." — N. Y. Gazette. 

" There is a very prevalent and 
very mistaken idea current, that 
schoolbooks are, for the most part, 
mere compilations. Truly good 
schoolbooks are the most difficult 
things in the universe to produce, 
and these are such par excellence." — 
The Sun. 

" Professor Anthon is acknowl- 
edged by the best judges, not only in 
this country, but in Germany and 
England, to be one of the ripest clas- 
sical scholars of the age. And this 
series of books will be used in all our 
academies and colleges. The editor 
and the publishers will by this effort 
do a good service to American as 
well as ancient literature." — Common 
School Assistant. 

" Professor Anthon's classics are 
too well known to require any com- 
mendation. His editions of Sallust, 
Caesar, Cicero, Horace, &c, have 
gained him a reputation for deep eru- 
dition and correct criticism which 
has been by no means confined to 
this country." — Providence (R. I.) 
Journal. 

BZ? In addition to the above, numer- 
ous favourable notices of Anthon 7 s series 
have been received from the most respect- 
able sources, from some of which thepub- 
lishers may hereafter present brief ex- 
tracts. 



FIRST GREEK LESSONS, 



CONTAINING 



THE MOST IMPORTANT PARTS OF THE 



GRAMMAR OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE, 



TOGETHER 



WITH APPROPRIATE EXERCISES IN THE TRANS- 
LATING AND WRITING OF 



GREEK, 



THE USE OF BEGINNERS. 



CHARLES ANTHON, LL.D., 

JAY-PROFESSOR OF THE GREEK AND LATIN LANGUAGES IN COLUMBIA COLLEGE, 
NEW-YORK, AND RECTOR OF THE GRAMMAR-SCHOOL. 



NEW-YORK: 

HARPER & BROTHERS, 82 CLIFF-STREET. 



18 39. 



Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1S39, by 

Charles Anthon. 
in the Clerk's Office of the Southern District of New-York. 






GREEK LESSONS. 



The Greek 
namely : 

A, a, 

B, (3, 6, 

r,y,r, 

6,6, 

E, e, 

z,<r, 

H, i\, 

e, #, 0, 

K, k, 

A, A, 
M, ^, 
N,*i 
E,f, 
0,o, 

n, 7r, 
p,p, 

2, (7 (when final, f) 
T,r, 

ft, 6), 



I. ALPHABET, 
alphabet consists of 



twenty-four letters, 



"AX(pa, 


Alpha, 


a. 


Brjra, 


Beta, 


b. 


Tdfifia, 


Gamma, 


g- 


Ae/lra, 


Delta, .\ 


d. 


*E ipikov, 


Epsilon, 


e. 


Zrjra, 


Zeta, 


z. 


T Rra, 


Eta, 


e. 


QrjTa, 


Theta, 


th. 


'Itira, 


Iota, 


i. 


Karma, 


Kappa, 


k. 


Adfi66a, 


Lambda, 


1. 


Mv, 


Mu, 


m. 


Nv, 


Nu, 


n. 


Zl, 


Xi, 


X. 


'0 flLKpOV, 


Omicron, 


0. 


m, 


Pi, 


p- 


'Pw, 


Rho, 


r. 


Sty^a, 


Sigma, 


s. 


Tai>, 


Tau, 


t. 


*r i/>UoV, 


Upsilon, 


u. 


«• 


Phi, 


ph. 


X?, 


Chi, 


ch. 


*f. 


Psi, 


ps. 


*fl ^eya, 


Omega, 


6. 


A 







2 PRONUNCIATION. 

II. PRONUNCIATION. 

A, when long, is sounded like the English a in far ; 
when short, like the a in fat. 

r, before a vowel, is sounded like the hard English g ; 
but before another gamma, and also before a k, %, %, it is 
sounded like ng in sing. Thus, ayysXoq is pronounced 
ang-elos ; ayn&v, ang-kon, &c. 

E is sounded like the short English e in met. 

Z, like a soft d passing gently into the sound of z. Thus, 
%d,G), pronounce d-zao ; fieXt^o), melid-zo, &c. 

H, like the English a in cane, 

0, like the English th in think. 

1, when long, like the English e in me ; when short, like 
the i in pin. 

T, like the French u in une, or like the German ii. 
X, like the gh in the interjection ugh I or like the ch in 
the German buch ; always forming a guttural sound. 
Q, like the o in throne. 

Ai, like the English adverb aye. 
Av, like the syllable ow in now. 
Et, like the English word eye. 
Ev, like the English word yew. 
Oi, like the syllable oy in boy. 
Ov, like the oo in soon. 
Tt, like the English pronoun we. 

III. DIVISION OF THE LETTERS. 

I. Seven of the letters are vowels, namely, a, e, ?/, i, o, 
v, g>. The remaining seventeen are consonants. 

II. The seven vowels are divided into three classes, 
namely, short, long, and doubtful. Thus, 

e, o, are naturally short. 
77, o), are naturally long. 
a, 1, v, are called doubtful. 



LETTERS. 3 

III. By a doubtful vowel is meant one which can be 
pronounced both as short and long in different words, being 
short in some words and long in others. 

IV. DIPHTHONGS. 

I. The vowels are combined in a variety of ways, two 
and two together, and in this way are formed the diphthongs. 

II. Diphthongs are formed by the union of a, s, o, re- 
spectively, with i and v, producing one sound. 

III. Of the diphthongs, six are proper; that is, where 
both vowels are heard combined into one sound ; and six 
are improper, where the sound of one vowel predominates 
over that of the other. 

IV. The proper diphthongs are six in number, namely : 

at, av, et, ev, ol, ov. 

V. The improper diphthongs are a, xi, 9, where the i or 
second vowel is subscribed, or written under the first, to 
show the faintness of its sound, and also tjv, vi, cov, which 
last three are not of as common occurrence as a, 37, a). 

V. BREATHINGS. 

I. Every vowel or diphthong at the beginning of a word 
has either a soft or rough breathing connected with it. 

II. The soft breathing has no perceptible power, and at- 
taches itself to the sound pronounced, as if spontaneously, 
without any exertion of the lungs. The rough breathing, 
or aspirate, as it is called, is equivalent, on the other hand, 
to the modern h, and hence, for example, we pronounce 
vnep as if written huper. 

III. The mark of the soft breathing is (') ; as, del, eg; 
the mark for the aspirate is ( r ) ; as, vdtuvdog. 

V. The consonant p, when standing at the beginning of 
a word, is always to be pronounced with an aspirate, and 
the aspirate, as in the case of a consonant, comes after the 
p ; as, pew, pronounce rheo ; prjrup, pronounce rhetor. 



EXERCISES ON THE LETTERS. 



VI. When, however, a p is followed immediately by an- 
other p, the first has the soft breathing, and the second the 
aspirate, since they could not both be pronounced with an 
aspiration ; as, eppeov, pronounce errheon. 



VI. 


EXERCISES 


ON THE LETTERS, 


1 &c. 


I. Convert the following English 


words into Greek char- 


acters : 










Abbot, 


Zinc, 


Macula, 


Phoznix, 


Hag, 


Abandon, 


Thomas, 


Magnet, 


Phasis, 


Hang, 


Abdomen, 


Thither, 


Mangle, 


Sago, 


Hand, 


Append, 


Clatter, 


Mammon, 


Salmon, 


And, 


Happen, 


Cant, 


Mango, 


Sapid, 


Hair, 


Hard, 


Cater, 


Napkin, 


Scanning, Air, 


Batter, 


Clip, 


Nebula, 


Tangle, 


Heat, 


Baron, 


Colon, 


Nipping, 


Taper, 


Eat, 


Bangor, 


Comma, 


Nonplus, 


Tartar, 


Hod, 


Bag, 


Complex, 


Noon, 


Trader, 


Odd, 


Begin, 


Gag, 


Now, 


Pseudo, 


Hold, 


Dictator, 


Gong, 


Permit, 


Psalm, 


Old, 


Dinner, 


Gambol, 


Pilgrim, 


'Omen, 


Hull, 


Dig, 


Garden, 


Placard, 


'Open, 


Halter, 


Ding-dong, 


Calendar, 


Ponder, 


Heart, 


Alter, 


Emmet, 


Kennel, 


Rhetoric, 


Home, 


Harm, 


Ember, 


King, 


Rheum, 


Hat, 


Arm, 


Entering, 


Ladder, 


Rhomb, 


At, 


Helmet, 


Ephemeral, 


Lamina, 


Pyrrhus, 


Ham, 


Elm, 


~Zed, 


Lamp, 


Phantom, 


Am, 


Hill, 


Zig-zag, 


Landlord, 


Philo, 


Hemp, 


III 


Zeugma, 


Lank, 


Pharynx, 


Eruption, 


II. Convert the following Roman letters into Greek char- 


acters : 










Abakeo, Gnbphbs, Zbarkes, Historeo, 


'Kenodokos, 


Abrotes, Gnbrizb, Hebe, 


Histourged, 


Xenizb, 


Agalma, Dapane, Hegembn, Hieros, 


Xbanbn, 


AgJcura, Dardanos, Hedone, Hierbpbmpos, 


Xurao, 


Aner, Dechbmai, Her aides, Hih 


•ophulax, 


~Oktb, 



1. This, though an uncouth, will nevertheless be found an extremely- 
useful exercise, care being taken, at the same time, to show what the 
pronunciation, for example, of such a word as rayyle (tangle) would be 
if a true Greek form, and so of the rest. 







ACCENTS. 




Arrketos, 


Dedroma, 


'Egmenos, 


Hikneomai, 


~Ogdoos, 


Arithmos, 


Demos, 


'Egoun, 


Hilar os, 


"Obrimos, 


Basko, 


Dexis, 


Thalamos, 


Kakopatheo, 


Paideud, 


Bdelugma 


Diagrapkd, 


Thalassa, 


Karadokia, 


Panoplos, 


Bebelos, 


Drbsos, 


Tharrhed, 


Karpizo, 


Polus, 


Bembex, 


Eirbn, 


Tharrhuno, 


Katakoimao, 


Prothumos, 


Bessa, 


Errho, 


Theatron, 


Katakolumbao, 


Rheuma, 


Biblibn, 


Ektimos, 


Theelatos, 


Keromatikos, 


Rhed, 


Blapto, 


Elleipo, 


Theemosune, 


Ketodorpbs, 


Rhiza, 


Bbab, 


Emesia, 


Thlibo, 


Lamband, 


Sindon, 


Bbiotos, 


Epeuchomai 


Thnesko, 


Libanizo, 


Skapto, 


Botrus, 


Ephestia, 


Thoazd, 


Litaneuo, 


Skimmalizo, 


Gala, 


Zagrcus, 


Thorubed, 


Manteuomai, 


Huperthen, 


Galaxia, 


Zephyros, 


Thrasuno, 


Methekd, 


Hupologos, 


Galene, 


Zelembn, 


Thrasucheir, 


Mesoiketes, 


Hoplomachos, 


Gaulos, 


Zeted, 


Thrausantux 


Melastrepho, 


Psitlakos, 


Gelad, 


Zophlros, 


Ididtes, 


Nothros, 


Psithurizo, 


Genethle, 


Zugon, 


Idioxenos, 


Nuchoboros, 


Psomion. 


Glossa, 


Zugoulkos, 


Idmosune, 


Nephele, 





VII. ACCENTUAL MARKS. 

I. The ancient Greek is not to be pronounced by accent, 
but according to the rules of quantity. Still, however, the 
accents are important to be understood on several accounts, 
and particularly because they serve to distinguish words. 

II. There are three accents in Greek ; the acute, grave, 
and circumflex. The acute is denoted by the sign (') ; as, 
(j)vXa%. The grave is never marked, but lends its sign Q 
to the softened acute. The circumflex is indicated by (~) ; 
as, fcrjnog. 

III. In every word there can be but one predominant tone, 
to which all the rest are subordinate. This is the sharp 
or acute accent, the fundamental tone of discourse being 
the grave. Hence the grave requires no mark. 

IV. When a word which, by itself, has the acute accent 
on the last syllable, stands in connexion before other words, 
the acute tone is softened down, and passes more or less 
into the grave. Thus, opyrj 6e iroXXa, dpav avaynd^et rcaicd. 

A2 



O EXERCISES ON THE ACCENTS. 

V. The acute is placed on one of the three last syllables 
of a word, the circumflex on one of the last two. 

VI. Certain small words unite themselves so closely, in 
respect to sense, with the preceding word, that they must 
be blended with it, as it were, in pronunciation. For this 
reason they throw back their accent on the preceding word, 
and appear with none of their own. They are called en- 
clitics, 

VIII. EXERCISES ON THE ACCENTS. 

I. Name the accents in the following Greek passage : 
'TZvtevOev 3s rrjv emovoav 7]\ispav bXr]v enopevovro, :ial 

rroXXol rtiv avdpG)7TG)v E$ovXi\iiaGav. Zevofitiv 3s ottig- 
6o<pvXaKCdV, nai naraXa[i6dvG)v rovg TTLnrovrag rtiv dv- 
6po)7TG)v yyvosi, b n to nddog eltj. , 'EiiTSi3i] 6s eItte rig avr(p 
rCdV EfircEipcov, on cafycdg fiovXifMtdOL, tcai, sdv n (bdyoGtv, 
dva<7T7)G0VTCU, rrapl&v sni rd vno^vyLa, el ttov ttotov rj 
Ppojrbv 6p(f)7), s3l3ov, nai 3lettejj,7te dcddvrag rovg' 3vva\is- 
vovg TrapaTp£%Eiv rolg f3ovXifii(DOiv. '~E7Tsi3r] 3s n s\i$d- 
yoisv dvioravro nai snopEvovro. 

II. Show why the accents are incorrectly placed on the 
following words, and where the softened acute ought to be 
employed : 

BovXo[j,Evog, eteXevttios, e%g)v rig rcvva, 

e^eXelv, avvdvTTjaag, ek,6\jliZ,e rl avrfo, 

cvvdpafiovrsg, tifioGs, avrov rjpvaavro, 

OLTTEnrsivs, anoOavovTog, e O 3s bvog, 

TroXsfMovg, sXsvdspo), vvtcrog Eyslpov, 

(povsvETE, EmoKETTTOfisvog, ekeXevge rovg GTparZteTag, 

av[i<f)epet, snbvsL3cGTOV, Kara tcopv<pdg opsoyv. 

IX. APOSTROPHE AND OTHER MARKS. 
I. Apostrophe is the cutting off of a short vowel at the 
end of a word when the next word begins with a vowel : 
and when this takes place it is indicated by the mark (') 
set over the empty space ; as, sir' sfiov, for km ifiov. 



EXERCISES IN APOSTROPHE. 7 

II. When the following word has the rough breathing, 
and the elided vowel was preceded by a smooth mute, n, 
k, or r, this mute becomes aspirated, i. e., tt becomes <j>, k 
becomes %, and r becomes 6 ; as, d</>' ov, for and ov ; ov^' 
Tjfitiv, for ovkl rjjjLGJv ; e6' vpXv, for etc vfilv. 

III. Sometimes, when two vowels come together, one at 
the end and the other at the beginning of a word, the apos- 
trophe is prevented by placing a v after the first of the two 
vowels ; as, ndaiv slnsv EKEtvoig. 

IV. Diaresis is a double dot ("') put over the second of 
two vowels, when these follow one after the other, to show 
that they must be pronounced separately, and not as a diph- 
thong ; as, a'idrjg, to be pronounced a-idrjg ; npavg, to be 
pronounced npa-vg. If the acute accent happen to fall on 
the same vowel which is to receive the double dot of the 
diaeresis, the accent is placed between the dots ; as in the 
word npavg. 

X. EXERCISES IN APOSTROPHE. 
Bring the apostrophe to bear on the following : 

Inl eOTiovxov, epirere d)g Td%iGTa, 

snl a%Lov ravra d\ia rjyopeve, 



» efiov, avEipnE vno avrf]V, 

Trodelre vfiElg, ol ds av napd fjfitiv, 

ovk rjyolro av, Xektol te eanovro, 

etc 6e ovk e^elc, 7] rs EKOvaa eIttev, 

napd kavrC), KoXnov te eSel^e arspva te wc, 

eotl ovrcjai, fyvovv rs vno avydg, 

did ETOvg, arjfiela Id&v tote danldo)v t 

ovk, ovfiog, dsdoLKa a %pxi&, 

dvTi otov, TavTa avTa EKaOTa, 

■ftavfidZETE wc, vvv ds ovte o\loIov. 



8 PARTS OF SPEECH. 

XL PARTS OF SPEECH, &c. 

I. There are eight parts of speech in Greek, the Article, 
Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Preposition, and 
Conjunction. The Interjections are ranked among adverbs. 

II. The Article, Noun, Adjective, and Pronoun are de- 
clined by Genders, Cases, and Numbers. 

III. There are three genders, the Masculine, Feminine, 
and Neuter ; and, to mark the gender, the article is usually 
employed ; namely, 6 for the masculine, rj for the feminine, 
and to for the neuter. Thus, 6 avdpodiroc, " the man ;" t\ 
yvvrj, " the woman ;" to XPV^ " ^ e thing." 

IV. Some nouns, however, are both masculine and fem- 
inine ; as, 6, 7], KOTtvoq, " the wild olive-tree." These are 
said to be of the common gender. 

V. There are three numbers, the Singular, Dual, and 
Plural. The singular denotes one, the plural more than 
one, the dual two or a pair. 

VI. There are five cases, the Nominative, Genitive, Da- 
tive, Accusative, and Vocative. 

VII. The Ablative in Greek is the same in form with the 
Dative, and therefore has no separate name. 

XII. GENERAL RULES. 

I. Nouns of the neuter gender have the nominative, ac- 
cusative, and vocative alike in all numbers, and these 
cases in the plural end always in a. 

II. The nominative and vocative plural are alike. 

III. The nominative, accusative, and vocative dual are 
alike, as also the genitive and dative. 

IV. The dative singular in all three declensions ends in 
i. In the first and second, however, the t is written under 
or subscribed. 

V. The genitive plural ends always in a)v. 



XIII. THE ARTICLE. 
I. The article is a word prefixed to a noun, and serving 
to ascertain or define it. Its declension is as follows : 
Singular. 





Masc. 


Fern. 


Neuter. 




Nom. 


6 


n 


ro 


the. 


Gen. 


rov 


T7JS 


rov 


of the. 


Bat. 


T(x> 


ry 


TO) 


to ox for the. 


Ace. 


rov 


rrjv 


ro 


the. 


Voc. 


wanting. 


Bual. 


* 


* 


Nom. 


tg3 


rd 


r(x) 


the two. 


Gen. 


rolv 


ralv 


rolv 


of the two. 


Bat. 


rolv 


ralv 


rolv 


to ox for the two. 


Ace. 


ru> 


rd 


TW 


the two. 


Voc. 


wanting. 


Plural 


* 


* 


Nom. 


ol 


at 


rd 


the. 


Gen. 


TG)V 


rojv 


rtiv 


of the. 


Bat. 


rolg 


ralq 


role 


to ox for the. 


Ace. 


rovg 


rdc 


rd 


the. 


Voc. 


wanting. 


*• 


% 


% 



XIV. EXERCISES ON THE ARTICLE. 
Give the Greek for the following parts of the article : 

1. Nom. plural masc. and genitive dual feminine. 

2. Ace. sing. fern, and dative sing, masculine. 

3. Genitive plural masc. and nom. singular feminine. 

4. Nom. dual fern, and accus. sing, neuter. 

5. Dative sing. masc. and nom. sing, neuter. 

6. Nom. dual masc. and nom. plural feminine. 

7. Accus. plural neuter and gen. sing, masculine. 

8. Accus. sing. masc. and nom. plural neuter. 

9. Dative plural masc. and gen. sing, feminine. 



10 EXERCISES ON THE ARTICLE. 

10. Accus. plural fern, and gen. dual masculine. 

11. Gen. sing, neuter and dat. plural feminine. 

12. Accus. plural masc. and nom. dual neuter. 

13. Dative sing, neuter and dative plural feminine. 

14. Nom. accus. dative and gen. singular masculine. 

15. Dative accus. nom. and gen. dual feminine. 

16. Accus. gen. nom. and dative plural masculine. 

17. Gen. nom. accus. and dative singular feminine. 

18. Nom. sing., nom. plural, nom. dual masculine. 

19. Dative accus. nom., genitive plural feminine. 

20. Accus. sing., accus. plural, accus. dual feminine. 

21. Dative sing., dative dual, dative plural masculine. 

22. Gen. singular, dual, and plural feminine. 

23. Nom. dual feminine, nom. sing, and plural neuter. 

24. Accus. singular, dual, and plural neuter. 

XV. NOUNS. 

I. The Declensions of Nouns are three, corresponding to 
the first three declensions in Latin. 

II. The First Declension has four terminations : two fem- 
inine, a and 7} ; and two masculine, ag and 77c. 

III. The Second Declension has two terminations, og and 
ov. Nouns in oc are generally masculine, sometimes fem- 
inine ; nouns in ov are always neuter, 

IV. The Third Declension ends in a, 1, v, neuter • o) fem- 
inine ; and v, if, p, c, ip, of all genders ; and increases in 
the genitive, that is, the genitive and the other oblique 
cases, excepting the vocative, exceed the nominative sin- 
gular in length by their respective terminations. 

XVI. EXERCISE ON THE DECLENSIONS. 
Name the declensions to which the following nouns be- 
long, according to their terminations : 

ayyeXia, dalpcov, XdfjLnag (gen. -adog), 

diaitovog, irapdevog, x et P 0T £X V7 l?> 

eXcuov, Tifxrj, icsXevQog, 

^6rj, aynvpa, aiofia (neuter), 



FIRST DECLENSION. 



11 



&fjp t 


yfyag, 


noxXiag (gen. -ov), 


aorv, 


ipdp, 


alria, 


Xoyog, 


pdprvp, 


(36vXevfia (neuter), 


dXrjdeLa, 


avefiog, 


ireXeidg (gen. -adog), 


(j)OlVL%, 


-&d?uiaaa, 


ragtag (gen. -ov), 


XalXa\p, 


avaJ;, 


(3i6Xog, 


altiv, 


fisXi, 


(3l6Xiov, 


podov, 


(j)G)V7j, 


(f)GJg (neuter), 


ve^eXr], 


up66aroVj 


KOpvg, 


atavdK7]g, 


pk, 


odXmyi-. 


Xdpva£, 


$vpa, 





XVII. FIRST DECLENSION. 
Terminations. 



> 



} masculine. 



I. Nouns in pa and a pure, that is, a preceded by a vowel, 
together with some proper names, as Ar)da, 'AvSpofieda, 
QiXofirjXa, and also the substantive dXaXd, " a war-cry" 
have the genitive in ag, and retain their a through all the 
cases of the singular. 

II. All the contracted nouns of this declension likewise 
retain the a in the genitive and other cases of the singular ; 
as, fivd (contracted from fivda), gen. [ivag, dative fiva, &c. 

III. All other nouns in a have the genitive in r\g and the 
dative in 37 ; but in the accusative and vocative they resume 
their a. 

IV. Nouns in r\ retain the r\ throughout the singular num- 
ber, making the accusative in rrv and the vocative in r\. 

Examples. 
7] rjfiepa, " the day." 





Singular. 




Dual. 




Plural 


N. 


V 7]fiip-a, 


N, 


ra vpep-a, 


N. 


at vH-zp-Qi) 


G 


TVS Wep-aS, 


G. 


ralv vp£p-<uv> 


G. 


tuv v^p-M, 


D. 


TV Vf^p-a, 


D. 


ralv v/i£p-aw, 


D. 


rale Vf^p-aiCr 


A. 


ttjv vfJLep-av, 


A. 


ra ^ep-c, 


A. 


rag vpep- ?) 


V. 


Vfiep-a. 


v.. 


Vjjiep-a. 


V, 


Vftep-ai. 



12 



FIRST DECLENSION. 



Singular. 
N. i] cotyi-a, 
G. r^f oofi-ag, 
D. 777 coipi-a, 
A. r^v aotyi-av, 
V. co&i-a. 



Singular. 
N. $ 66^-a, 
G. 7% d6f-7?f, 
D. t?/ < t >bt--r), 
A. r^v 66^-av } 
V. <Jd£-a. 



Singular. 

N. 57 KZ$CLk-7), 

G. r^f Ke<j)a?i-jjg, 
D. r^ KE(j>a2,-y, 

A. T^V KB^al-TjV, 

V. KE<paX-n. 



7} ao(pia, " wisdom." 
Dual. 

N. ra oo(j>i-a, 
G. raa' coipi-cuv, 
D. ralv coipi-aiv, 
A. ra coipi-a, 
V. oofi-a. 

7) doi-a, " ^e opinion. 
Dual. 

N. ra (56f-a, 
G. ran> 86%-aLv, 
D< ralv 86%-aiv, 
A. t& <5d£-a, 
V. i$d£-a. 



Plural, 
at ao<j>[-ai, 

TUV GO(pL-£)V, 

ralg co^i-au;, 

rdq cocpi-ag, 

co(j>i-at. 



Plural. 
N. at do^-ai, 
G. tcjv dog-fiv, 
J), ralg 66^-aig, 
A. raf <Sd|-af, 
V. <Jdf-a*. 



77 K,e<paXr], " tfAe head." 

Dual. 
N. ra Ke(f>a7i-d, 
G. ra«> KetpaTi-aZv^ 
D. raw necpaX-atv, 
A. rd KE(j>a2,-d, 
V. neipaX-d. 



Plural. 
N. at K£<paX-ai, 
G. rwv tceipal-tiv, 
D. ratf KetydX-alg, 
A. rdf Ke<j>a2,-dg, 
V. Ke(j>aX-ai. 



V. Nouns in a^ make the genitive in ov, and the remain- 
ing cases like those of rjfispa. 

VI. Nouns in 77c make the genitive in ov, and the remain- 
ing cases like those of Ke<paXr). 

VII. The vocative of words in 27c and ac is formed by 
rejecting c ; but the following in 77c have the vocative in a : 
1. Those which have a r before the r\g ; as, irpocftrJT'ng, 
npo(j)rjrd ; epydrrjg, epydrd. 2. Those ending in 7r?7C ; as, 
Kvvo)7irjg, KvvcJnd. 3. Words compounded with fierped), 
7ro)Aecj, rpido) ; as, yeQfierprjg, " a geometer," voc. yeojps- 
rpd ; (3i6?iLOTTG)?ir]g, " a bookseller" voc. /3i6Xion£)?Ld ; 7rat- 
6orpi67]g, " a teacher of gymnastics" voc. Trat6orpl6d. 4. 
Names of nations and communities ; as, Ittvdrjg, " a Scyth- 
ian" voc. 2>itvdd ; HepGTjg, " « Persian" voc. TLspod. But 
Jleparjg, a man's name, Perses, makes Heparj. 



FIRST DECLENSION. 



13 



Singular. 
N. 6 veavi-ac, 
G. tov veavi-ov, 
D. T<p veavi-a, 
A. tov veavi-av, 
V. veavi-a. 



Examples. 
6 veavlac, " the youth." 
Dual. 
N. tcj veavc-a, 
G. rolv veavi-aiv, 
D. rolv veavi-atv, 
A. to) veavi-a, 



Singular. 



V. veavi-a. V. 

j reXuvrjc, " the tax-gatherer" 



Plural, 
oi vsavi-at, 
tuv veavi-ibv, 
role veavi-aiq, 
rovq veavi-aq, 
vsavi-at. 



N. 6 re'Xuv-nc, 
G. tov ts16v-ov, 
D. T<p re7i6v-y, 
A. tov re?Mv-7]v, 
V. TsTidv-n. 



Dual. 
to Ts?i6v-a, 
rolv reluv-acv, 
rolv reXuv-acv, 
tu TeXdv-a, 
reluv-a. 



Plural, 
oi reX6v-ac, 
tuv te2,uv-qv, 
role re?.6v-aiq, 
rovg rcTitJv-ag, 
rehuv-at. 



XVIII. EXERCISES ON THE FIRST DECLENSION. 
Preliminary Rules. 1 

1. Nouns referring to the same person or thing agree in 
case ; as, "Upa rj $ed, " Juno the goddess ;" rj XLiivq 'Epv- 
6pai, " the estuary Erythra." 

2. One noun governs another in the genitive when the 
latter refers to a different person or thing from the former ; 
as, pcjfjirj ipv^c, "firmness of soul." 

3. Any verb may have the same case after it as before 
it when both words refer to the same person or thing ; as, 
"Hpa rjv tied, "Juno was a goddess ;" oocftia eorl rifirj, " wis- 
dom is honour." 





Vocabulary. 


earl 


. . . he, she, or it is. 


slot 


. they are. 


TjV 


. . . he, she, or it was. 


rjoav 


. . . they were. 


Kai 


. and. 


V 


. . or. 



1 . A few simple rules of syntax are here anticipated, in order to serve 
is a basis for the construction of short sentences in the exercises. The 
orief vocabulary following immediately after is given with the same 
view. 

B 



14 



EXERCISES ON THE FIRST DECLENSION. 



In what cases and numbers are the following words found ? 

tivpav, otftiag, yXuoorjg, Aiveiov, dyopdg, 

■dvpaiv, oticiav, yXdaoav, Atveiav, (piXiaiv, 

■dvpaig, otniaiv, yXuooaig, Atveia, $<%, 

ftvpag, otfciai, yXcjoa^, fiovlai, 



ftvptdv, 

■&vpa, 

tivpa, 

dvpai, 

edpag, 

sdpa, 

sdpav, 

edpaig, 

sdptiv, 



otnia, yXcjoarj, 

olfccaig, diipav, 

olfutiv, dfyq, 

atrlaiv, diipaig, 

atriaig, Kcoa^g, 



{iOVlOV, 

fioviag, 

[lOVl&V, 



atrial, 
atria, 
atriag, 
airiav. 



(cojuag, 
K&uai, 

KG)fJ,r}V, 
K(OfJL(OV, 



rauiov, 
Xeiporexva, 
oeXrjvaiv, 
aXrjdeia, 



'Arpeidov, daXaoouv, 

'Arpeidrjv, yecpvpaig, 

auvatcq, o/ciav, 

a/avdKTjg, ri\L7\g, 

atiivdaa, fpcovrjv, 

dnivditag, aynvpdv. 



Translate the following, and name, at the same time, the 
gender, number, and case. 



yecpvpa, "a bridge," 


\id%aipa, " a sword, 


yecpvpa, 


uaftaipag, 


ye<pvpaiv, 


fiaxaipaig, 


y£<f)vpag, 


fi&xaipai, 


yecpvp&v, 


fidxaipav, 


yecpvpai, 


fiaxaipa, 


yecpvpaig, 


fiaxaipaiv, 


yecpvpav. 


liaxaip&v. 


ri\ir\, " honour" 


fjbovaa, " a muse" 


rifiy, 


uovoav, 


ri\ir\v, 


fiovaaiv, 


nuTJg, 


\JbOVG7\g, 


riud, 


fxovaag, 


riuai, 


uovcxi, 


rijxalg, 


fiovaaig, 


nualv. 


uovoai. 



EXERCISES ON THE FIRST DECLENSION. 15 



rafilag, " a steward" 7T0L7jrfjg, " a poet" 

TdflLa, TTOLTjrdj 

rafila, ttoltjt^, 

TdflLOV, 7T017]T7)V, 

rafiCatg, itoirjrov, 

rafiiav, TroirjToig, 

rd\iidg y TroLTjrdg, 

TdfllCUV. TTOlTjTdt. 

III. 

Translate the following, and show the government : 

r H GKid rijg olKidg. — rj -&vpa ralv oIkloXv. — r) dXrjdeia 
rijg (piXiag. — r) (fxovrj rijg \iovarjg. — f) dlrid rijg (3povrijg. — 
i\ vlfcrj rrjg dperrjg. — r) pi^d rrjg yXwaarjg. — rj dynXXd rrjg 
-&aXdrrrjg. — rijg Svpdg rijg yecfrvpag. — rxj (fHdvJrj rijg (3pov- 
rrjg. — rdlg vltcdig rtiv [lovaCiv. — rcjv pi^tiv rcov yXayaaojv. 
— rdg d\iiXXag ralv -&dXdrrdlv. — rij dXrjBeia Kdi rij (piXia, 
— rijg ye<pvpag Kdi rijg -&dXdrrrjg. — rtiv vlkCjv Kdi riov 
\iovadv. — rijg yX&aarjg Kdi rrjg (f}G)vijg. — rrjv dlrtav Kdi 
rfjv (puvrjv rrjg (3povrr)g. 

f O TTOtrjrijg rrjg dyopdg. — 6 p,ddrjrrjg rijg arodg. — 6 rd- 
jiidg rr)g yefyvpdg. — 6 7rpo(prjrrjg rijg viKrjg. — tw notary rdv 
fiovaCJv. — rolg \iaQrjralg rijg dperrjg. — rcjv ra\ii&v rijg dy- 
opdg. — rolv TTpotyrjralv rijg dXrjBeidg. — ro> Vdvrd rijg $dX- 
drrrjg. — rolv ddXrjrdlv rrjg d\hiXXrjg. — rolg arpartcjralg 
rov Klveiov. — rov ralv oiKialv deanorov. — rovg rtov rroX- 
irCdv dtKdordg. — rc5 [idBrjrxj Kdi ru> vdvrxj. — rov rdfxiov 
Kdi rov rrjg d\iiXXrjg ddXrrrov. — rov rd\iidv Kdi rovg npo- 
fpTjrdg Kdi rijv rov noir/rov &6tjv. — ra> noirjrd Kdi ra jid- 
dijrd Kal rw vavrd riov noXtrCjv. 

f H aeXrjvrj earl nXdvrjrrjg. — dl dperdi elalv at -&vpdi 
rijg ri\irjg. — 6 rdfudg Kdi 6 vdvrrjg elol -noXlrdi. — 6 ved- 
vidg rjv itoirjrrjg. — b Trpocprjrrjg rjv diKdarrjg. — ol arpdriG)- 
rdi rjOdv ddXrjrdi. — 'IrdXid earl %c5pa. — \ieBrj earl \idvia. 
— ol jidBrjrdi Kdi ol re^virdi elal diKdardl rrjg d\LiXXrjg. 



16 



EXERCISES ON THE FIRST DECLENSION. 



— ol tcXenrai 7\oav vavrat, Kal tj dyeXrj rov dporov tjv ?} 
Xeia. — ol b-nXurai Kal tj arparla Kal at tCjv veavttiv ov\i- 
(popal rjaav rj rrjg Xvittjc alrla. — 6 tgjv ttoXltgjv ra\iiag tjv 
T7\q vU^g dpx'f}- 

IV. 
Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English words opposite : 



the country of 



Robbers 
Asia. 

Of soldiers in Athens. 

Days of despondency and 
flight. 

In Sellasia there was peace. 

The tongue is the cause of 
conflict. 

The kingdoms of the earth. 

The guard of Theramenes. 

Of the council and the assem- 
bly. 

The beginnings of naval com- 
mands. 

Of the battles of the sea. 

For Mitylene and the prom- 
ontory Malea. 

In the battle of the Arginusm. 

The two councils of the day. 

The two men of JBuboza. 

Thunderings and lightning, 
and flights of citizens. 

Of Asia and Macedonia. 

The two satraps and the two 
commands. 



Ayarrjg ev 6 x&pa, 6 'AoXa. 

^rpariojrrjg ev 'Adr/vat. 
'Hfiepa 6 ddvpXa nal cj)vyr}. 

'Ev 'EeXXaala tjv elprjvrj. 
r O yX&Goa earlv alrla (MX?]. 

f O (BaaiXsCa 6 yr\. 

f O cbpovpd 6 Qr\pa\iEVif]q. 

f O f3ovXr] Kal 6 efacXrjola. 

'O dpxrj vavapxta. 

r O \idxr] 6 ddXarra. 

f O MltvXtjvt] nal 6 aitpa 6 

MaXea. 
'Ev 6 \idxr\ ol ' Apyivovaai. 
f O (3ovXr] 6 rj^epa. 
f O avdpomoc ~Ev6ola. 
BpovTTj Kal doTpairi) Kal 7ro- 

Xlrrjg (pvyrj. 
'Ada Kal MaKsdovca. 
f O carpd'n'nc Kal 6 dpx^j. 



SECOND DECLENSION. 



17 





XIX 


. SECOND DECLENSION. 






Terminations. 






-of, masculine, sometimes feminine. 




-ov, neuter. 








Examples. 






6 


Xoyog, " the discourse." 




Singular. 


Dual. 


Plural. 


N. 


6 Tioy-og, 


N. to) 2,6y-o), 


N. ol koy-oi, 


G. 


tov "koy-ov, 


G. toZv \by-ow, 


G. tuv \6y-o)v, 


D. 


tu> "koy-o), 


D. toIv \6y-oiv, 


D. toic koy-oig, 


A. 


tov "koy-ov, 


A. to) koy-o, 


A. Tovg koy-ovg, 


V. 


"koy-t. 


V. koy-o). 


V. koy-oi. 




7\ §r\yoq, " the beech 


5? 




Singular. 


Dual. 


Plural. 


N. 


v Qny-fc, 


N. to, (j>yy-u, 


N. at (pny-ot, 


G. 


T7JC <f>7]y-OV, 


G. Talv <j>ny-olv, 


G. ruv <j)7jy-C>v, 


D. 


tv <j>ny-v, 


D. Talv <priy-olv, 


D. Talc ityny-olq, 


A. 


TTjv <j>ny-6v, 


A. to. Qvy-u, 


A. rag §ny-ovq, 


V. 


<j>7jy-£. 


V. tyrjy-o. 
to gvkov, "the fig." 


V. tyny-oi. 




Singular. 


Dual. 


Plural. 


N. 


TO GVK-OV, 


N. TO) GVK-O), 


N. TO, GVK-a, 


G. 


TOV GVK-OV, 


G. TOlv GVK-OLV, 


G. TWV GVK-UV, 


D. 


tQ gvk-o), 


D. TOIV GVK-OLV, 


D. Tolg GVK-otg, 


A. 


TO GVK-OV, 


A. TO) GVK-O), 


A. TO. GVK-a, 


V, 


GVK-OV. 


V. GVK-O). 


V. GVK-a. 



XX. EXERCISES ON THE SECOND DECLENSION. 



In what cases and numbers are the following words 
found 1 



VOflG), 


dvdpo)rrog, 


devdpov, 


dpyavcj, 


VOfMO, 


avdpcjnovc, 


6evdpo)v, 


(7T£(f)dV(f), 


VOfJLOVj 


avdpcjTWi, 


devdpG), 


■&eov, 


VOflOl, 


dvdpdjTro), 


dsvdpoiv, 


bfiiXe, 


vofiotg, 


aV$p(07TG), 


devdpa, 


%p6voiv, 


VOflOLV, 


avOpG)nov, 


devdpG), 


tipovov, 


vofie, 


avdpcjne, 


d&poie, 


poda, 



B 2 



18 



EXERCISES ON THE SECOND DECLENSION. 



vofiovg, 


dyyiXoiv, 


dcjpotv, 


irpodaTG), 


vo/xov, 


dyyiXoig, 


ddpa, 


fy&v, 


bdolv, 


dyysXov, 


\ii\Xov, 


owy, 


ode, 


dyyiXovg, 


fMTjXcdV, 


Gi67]pOV, 


66(0, 


dyysXot, 


\jLT\Xoig, 


(3ap6lr(i). 



II. 

Translate the following, and name, at the same time, the 
number and case. 



7\Xlog, " the 


sun," 


Lirnog, " a horse" 


r\Xiov, 




CTTTTOig, 


t\Xie, 




C7T7TG), 


TjXiOV, 




LTTTTCJV, 


rjXtovg, 




CTTTTOVg. 


tjXlo, 




KEvrpov, " a goad" 


rjXLU, 




KEVTpG), 


TjXiOLV. 




Ksvrpa, 


tidvarog, " 


death," 


KEvrpoig. 


■Sdvarov, 




ddsXcpog, " a brother,'' 


■ftavdrov, 




ddsX(f)&, 


tiavdrotg, 




ddsX(f)ovg, 


-&avdr(p. 




ddsXcptiv. 


vlog, " a son," 


TrtiXog, " a young stet 


vie, 




TTtoXovg, 


vlolg, 




TTGJXOL, 


vlov. 




TruXuv, 


dvsfiog, il a 


wind" 


TTCdXoV. 


dvEfiotg, 




<T(j)vp6v, " the ankle" 


aVS[lG)V, 




0(f)Vp(b, 


dvefioiv, 




<7(f)Vp(x), 


dvefjLG). 




ocpvpd, 


TEKVOV, " a 


child," 


O(f>vpolg. 


rsicva, 




%pr]G\L6g, " an oracle] 


TEKVOiV, 




XPVW<*>, 


TEHVOLV. 




Xp7]GfJ><i>. 



EXERCISES ON THE SECOND DECLENSION. 19 

III. 

Translate the following, and show the government : 

f O Xoyog rov dvOptinov. — rov napirov riov devSpuv. — ■ 

tg) rcatdtGi rov 'IimoKEvravpov. — ol rtiv dv6pG)rco)v tivfiol. 

— UroXefialog 6 rov TLroXe\iaiov vlog. — r] rov Bdtcxov a\i- 

-neXog. — ol rdv detiv vo\ioi. — rd rr\g vrjaov poda. — rCdV 

%G)£dv nai rolv remfoiv. — rovg r&v %evo)v dopovg, Kal rd 

rojv t 'P(x>jjbat(»)v onXa. — rj j3i6Xog r&v vdfiuv. — ol rov d)fcea- 

vov dve\ioi. — rolg rdv 6evdpG)v \ir\Xoig. — 6 olvog rr\g d\mi- 

Xov. — rd TTvXojpoJv aXeWpa. — rd rutv danldojv arjiiela, Kal 

6 rtiv ottXcjv Koa\iog. 

r O Xoyog rr\g ipvxrjg sldaXov earl. — f H Alyvnrog dtipov 

eon rov NetAov. — 6 r\kiog Kal r\ aeXr\vr\ rjaav $eol rtiv 

Alyvirrlcjv. — ol Trvyfialot Kal ol yepdvoi rjaav dvrifiax?]- 

rai. — f H apx^ rov irXovrov earlv rj apx^j rCov novcov. — T £2 

<dvdp(i)Tce, olvog earl Karonrpov rrjg Kapdiag. — "Ivaxog r\v 

vlog 'SlKeavov. — Al vefyeXai rov ovpavov exovai 1 (3povrrjv 

teal aorpa7T7\v Kal x a ^d£av. — Ol dve\ioi rr\g -&aXdrrrjg elal 

<p66og rolg vavralg. — Ol trruxol exovai T V V fiaacXecav rov 

ovpavov. — Aifiog exec rrjv yr\v Alyvrrrov. — f O KOOfiog earl 

CKrjvr], Kal 6 j3iog earl irdpodog. — f O Qeog exei rov (3iov 

Kal rrjv reXevrr)v ribv dvOpurrov. — Qdvarog Kal far), rrovog 

Kal rjdovrj f irXovrog Kal irevia^ elalv dvQpunroig. — "E^et 

rvpbv Kal aprov, olvov Kal aracfyvXag. — Srparrjyol Kal Xo- 

X^yol r)aav ev ralg rtiv 'A6r)vaLG)v aKrjvalg. — 'AXKi6t.d6r]g 

Kal rd dvdpdnoda rjaav ev r%\ odd), Kal r)v (podog ' Apxi>3dfj,(D 

Kal rolg arparitiraig. — "E^;et rot-ov Kal (paperpav Kal (3dp- 

6irov Kal poda. — f H |Ua%?? rtiv 'Foy^atuv ev QapaaXo). — At- 

oXog rjv Kvpiog rCdV dve\i(x>v. — f O (3ovKoXog r)v ev r^ eprjiMJ 

Kal 6 fioaxog ev tw norafiG). — Bpevvog r)v arparr\ybg rtiv 

TaXarCdV. — Tolg KaraaKonotg rr)g x^P a ? V v vddriov ev 

nerpa. 

1. 'E^ei, " he, she, or it has," and l^ovcrt, " they have," being active 
in meaning, take the accusative. The regular rule will be introduced 
in the course of a few pages. 



20 



EXERCISES ON THE SECOND DECLENSION. 



IV. 



Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English words opposite : 

O avdpoyrrog e%ovoi irovog kv 
6 f3iog. 



Men have troubles in life. 
Oh lord of the rivers and the 



The thieves have the bull. 
The fables of the poets, and 

the treasures of song. 
Bands and leaders of bands 

are in the gates of Orcho- 

menus. 
He has the shoulders, and 

head, and eyes, and hair of 

Adrastus. 
The arms of the army of the 

Ar gives. 
The heavy-armed men were in 

the ditch. 
Oh Olympus of the gods ! 
Oh two children of the muse ! 
In Paros, an island of the 

sea, were the twins of the 

goddess. 
A merchant of the Pelopon- 
nesus has gold and silver. 
There are crocodiles in the 

Nile, a river of Egypt. 
Of the triangles, the side, and 

of the centre of the circle. 
The triangles are ABr and 

KAM, the two diameters 

are P2T and $X0, and the 

two sides are Oil and AE. 



Kvpwg 6 TToranog Kal 6 nov- 

rog. 
f O K?iETCT7jg exovai 6 ravpog. 
f O 6 noir\rr\g fivdog, Kal 6 6 

(bdfj 'drjoavpog. 
A6%og not Xo%ayErr\g elalv kv 

6 ttvXtj 'Opxofisvog. 

'E%££ 6 o)fjiog, Kal 6 Ks^aXrj, 
nai 6 dcpdaXpbg, Kal 6 ko\lt\ 
o "Adpaorog. 

onXov o 6 'Apyelog orpa- 
rog. 

f O oTrXirrig r\oav kv 6 rd<ppog. 

Q "OXvfinog 6 Oeog ! 
r Q, tekvov 6 Movoa ! 
Ev lidpog, vrjcog 6 tidXarra, 
rjoav 6 dldvaog 6 tied. 

"Efinopog 6 HeXonovvTjGog 
e%ei Xpvobg Kal dpyvpog. 

~Elal KpoKodscXog kv 6 NslXog, 
norafiog 6 Alyvrrrog. 

f O rpiyuvov 6 irXevpa, Kal 6 
Kevrpov 6 KVKXog. 

p O rpiyuvov slal ABr Kal 
KAM, 6 SidjiETpog slot 
P2T Kal $X0, Kal 5 nXev- 
pd slal Oil Kal AE. 



ADJECTIVE. 



21 



XXL ADJECTIVE. 

I. The Declensions of Adjectives are three. 

II. The First Declension of Adjectives has three termi- 
nations, the second two, the third one. 

III. Adjectives of three terminations are the most nu- 
merous, and have the feminine always in t\ except when 
preceded by a vowel or the letter p, in which case it ends 
in a. Thus, 

deiXov, " cowardly " 
KaXov, " handsome " 

oocpov, "wise" 



"friendly ;" 
" holy f 
" sacred." 



decXog, 


deiXrj, 


tcaXog, 


tcaXrj, 


oocpoc, 


OOCpf], 


But, 




fyiXiog, 


faXta, 


ayiog, 


ayia, 


lepog, 


lepd, 



(jjlXiov, 

ayiov, 

lepov, 

IV. The masculine termination in og and the neuter in 
ov are inflected after the second declension of nouns. The 
feminine termination in 7] or a is inflected after the first de- 
clension of nouns. 

V. Adjectives in oog, however, have the feminine in r\ ; 
as, oydoog, 6ydo7] ; -doog, #ot/. But, when p precedes, 
these have also a ; as, ddpoog, adpoa. 

XXII. ADJECTIVES IN og, rj, ov, AND og, a, ov. 

co<pog, aocfyrj, cotyov, "wise." 





^ 


lingular. 








Dual. 






Masc. 


Fern. Neut. 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


N. 


Go<p-6g, 


GO(p-JJ, GO(j)-6v, 




N. 


GO<j)-6, 


GO(j)-d, 


GO(j>-G), 


G. 


cof-ov, 


Go<p-rjg, GO(p-ov, 




G. 


GO(p-OlV, 


Goty-alv, 


GO(p-OtV, 


D. 


CTO^-GJ, 


GO(p-fl, GO(j)-(J, 




D. 


GO<p-OLV, 


GO(j)-aZv, 


GO(p-olv, 


A. 


co(j)-6v, 


Goip-r/v, GO<p-6v, 




A. 


GO(j>-6 t 


GO<p-d, 


GOf-6, 


V. 


ooip-e, 


Goty-rj, GO(j>-6v. 




V. 


GO(f>-6, 


co<f>-&, 


G0(j>-6. 






Plural. 












Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 










N. GO<j)-oi, 


GO(j>-ac, 


GO(j)-d 










G. go(J)-G)V, 


GO(p-£)V, 


GO<p-£)V, 








D. GO<j>-OLC, 


GO(p-alc 


GO(f)-OlC, 








A. GOf-OVC, 


Goty-dc, 


GO§-a 










V. GO(p-OC, 


GO 


<p-at, 


GO(j)-d 







22 



Masc. 
N. lep-dg, 
G. lep-ov, 
D. lep-d), 
A. lep-6v, 
V. lep-e, 



ADJECTIVES. 




Ispog, lepd 
ngular. 


, lepov, " sacred." 

Dual. 




Fern. Neut. 


Masc. Fern. 


Neut. 


lep-d, lep-ov, 
lep-ag, lep-ov, 
lep-a, lep-d), 
lep-dv, lep-ov, 
lep-d, lep-ov. 




N. lep-d), lep-d, 
G. lep-olv, lep-alv, 
D. lep-olv, lep-alv, 
A. lep-d, lep-d, 
V. lep-d), lep-d, 


lep-d), 

lep-olv, 

lep-olv, 

lep-d), 

lep-d). 




Plural. 




Masc. 


Fern. Neut. ' 




N. lep-oi, 
G. lep-dv, 
D. lep-olg, 
A. lep-ovg, 
V. lep-oi, 


lep-ai, lep-d, 
lep-tiv, lep-uv, 
lep-alg, lep-olg, 
lep-dg, lep-d, 
lep-ai, lep-d. 


- 



XXII. ADJECTIVES IN og, og, ov, OR OF TWO TERMINA- 
TIONS. 
evdot-og, evdot-og, svdo^ov, " glorious." 



Singular. 

Masc. Fern. Neut. 

N. ev8o^-og, evdo^-og, iv8o^-ov, 

G. kvdo^-ov, kvdo^-ov, ev66^-ov, 

D. kvdotj-G), kvdoij-c), kvdoij-G), 

A. evSo^-ov, evdot;-ov, evSo^-ov, 

V. evdotj-e, evdotj-e, evdotj-ov. 



Dual. 
Masc. Fem. Neut. 
N. kvdoij-Q, evdo^-u, ev66^-co, 
G. evdo^-ow, evdo^-oiv, kvdo^-oLv, 
D. kv66!--oiv, evdo^-oiv, ev66^-otv, 
A. kvdoij-o), kv66^-u, kvdotj-u, 
V. ev66^-u>, kvdotj-u, kvdo^-co. 



Masc. 
N. evdotj-ot, 
G. kvdo^-uv, 
D. kvdoZ-oig, 
A. evdo^-ovg, 
V. evdo^-oc, 



Plural. 
Fern. 

evdo^-oc, 

evdoi;-uv, 

evdo^-otg, 

evS6£;-ovg, 

evdotj-oi, 



Neut. 
evSo^-a, 
evSotj-av, 
evSS^-ocg, 
evdoZ-a, 
Evdo!;-a. 



XXIII. EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES IN og, 7), ov, &c. 
Preliminary Rules. 

I. An adjective agrees with its substantive in gender, 
number, and case ; as, ol tiaXoi avdpconoi,, " the handsome 
men ;" at icaXal Ttapdevoi, " the beautiful maidens ,*" rd 6t~ 
Kaia npayfiara, *' the just things." 

II. A verb signifying actively governs the accusative; 
as, tvtttei rbv avOponov, " he strikes the man ,*" e^ovai 
itXovtov, " they have wealth" 



EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 



23 



i and name, at the same time, the 
of each : 

eXevdepcjv ovppdxojv. 

eXevdepa dyopd ! 

Xpvoiov eixior\\iov. 

%&pav eTTLr^deiav. 

fieratoXal $avaT7\$6poi. 
Xoyoi drjfiooioL 
iTTndoLfia %(Apia ! 
Katpicd -&avdrcd. 
K,aXr\g ao)T7]plag. 
naXolg dvdpojnoig. 

KaX& dvdpCJTTO) ! 

dyadd napdevo ! 
ttatcalv nefyaXalv. 

KOLV(x) (3G)[A(x). 
KOLVG) (3b)lJ,G). . 

efj,6p6vT7]rs avdpGyrrel 
orpoyyvXov Xidov. 
dyadq rvxV- 
dXrjdtvrjv Trcudecav. 
Kcutolg TpaTre^iraig. 

II. 

Translate the following, and explain, at the same time, 
the agreement or government in each clause or phrase : 

f H liiiceXia, eorl vrjoog TroXvdvdpoirog nal \ianapia. — 
'Hdovfj KaKfj ovtc eon {laicpd. — Ot rroXlrai r\oav eXevdepoi, 
Kai eXevdepa f]v rj %&pa. — 'H n\i^pia e%ei ftvpiov fwtpbv, 
nai tottov orevbv nai OKoreivov. — YLaXa d&pa rrjg emorr}- 
firjg. — Qv7]rog ova e%ei dddvarov exdpav. — Ot (ptXdpyvpoi 
avdpcdTTOL elolv dveXevdepoi. — Xprjorog Xoyog earl rb (pdp- 
fj,a,KOV rov $v[iov. — Biov diKaiov rj reXevrij eorl KaXrj. — 



Translate the following, 
gender, case, and number 
Qavdrov alfyvidLov. 
66%r\g \ieydXr\g. 
$r\pia dypia. 
ovoi dypioi. 
ddoZo) Texvq. 
dr}[iooLG)v fiotfitiv. 
6cKalo> dvdp&TTix). 

XOLTTOV XPOVOV. 

bfioiid xtepiy. 
ovpdvia 666g. 
iravToiav Xeiav. 
s odovg nedcvag. 
niorrj ipvxrj ! 
mo™ orparrjyw. 
vv% OKorecvr). 
oufiara OKoreivd. 
onovdaiov epyov. 
oxoXaiav nopeiav. 
XaXeirtiv epycdv. 
X^piotg xa^eTToZg. 
voog) xahzKifi- 



24 EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 

Zufjg TTOvrjpag -Sdvarog irovrjpbg earlv r\ reXevrr\. — 'H 
yXcoaaa dvaptdfioyv tcattcov earlv rj atria. — Qr]aavpbg rdv 
fcarcoJv earl Katcrj emdvfiia. — Evraitrog (3iog earlv 6 Kapnbg 
dperrjg. — Aoyiafibg jibvog earl rb rr\g Xvnrjg (frdpfiatcov. — 
Maicpbg alcbv avfifyopag iroXXdg eyjei. — f O (3 Log earl ttoiklXt} 
666g. — "E^et Xbxov bXov dirXirtiv Kal d^id^ag diafcoaiag. — 
"Anopog earlv b irorafibg, teal Kivdvvog fieyiorog e%ei rbv 
arparbv 'EXXtjvikov. — f H rroXe^acrj dperij evrifwv (3lov 
Kal eixalvovg evdb^ovg e%ei. — r H eruaroXij dnopprjrovg X6- 
yovg e%ei, Kal SmdoXdg \ieyiarag. — 'Afifadpaog e^ei bixXa 
aarjiia. — Tovg av\i\La%ovg npodvfiovg e%ovai, Kal rovg noXt- 
rag ddvfiovg Kal deiXovg. — Xeppovqaog earl %&>pa KaXr\ 
Kal acpOovog. — TeKrovLKrj Kal x a ^ KevriK ^ e ^ TrpaKriKai 
re'xyO'i- — Tolg dyadolg evrtfiog Kal eXevdepiog earlv 6 (3iog, 
rolg KaKolg rairecvbg Kal dXyeivbg. — f H tjjvxrj earlv d\ia 
dyaOrj Kal KaKrj. — f H %&pa e^ei iKavr\v (pvXaKrjv. — To) dv- 
OpcjTTG) rjaav faXonuordrG) 'AdrjvatGyv. — Ol vtoXepioi r\aav 
ev rolg arevolg Kal vnepde^LOtg roixoig. — v ^%ei rreXraardg 
dlajivplovg, Kal frnXirag x^ovg, Kal roi-orag, Kal a<pevdov- 
Tjrag 'Fodiovg. 

III. 

Convert the following examples of tmgrammatical Greek 
into grammatical, so as to suit the English words opposite : 



Wisdom is always a very 



They have their daggers bare. 
In gymnastic contests and 

gymnastic arms. 
I have my hair in a squalid 

state. 
He has the best (men) first 

and last. 
I have five hundred foreign 

mercenaries. 



f O (ppovrjaig elfil del dyadbv 

fieyiarog. 
"E^w 6 eyx&ipi-diov yvfivog. 
'Ev yvfiviKbg dyejv Kal yvfir 

vi&bg brcXoV. 
e O K0[i7] avxfirjpbg e^;w. 

"E^6> 6 dpiarog rrptirog Kal 

reXevralog. 
"E%a> TtevraKoaiot [iiadocjyo- 

pog i-evog. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



25 



They have wealth, and gold, 
and empire. 

Men are mortal gods, and 
gods are immortal men, oh 
Lucian. 

You have, oh Alexander, 
Elian spearmen, and Thes- 
salian cavalry, and Persian 
satraps, and abundant glo- 
ry, and an upright tiara. 

Of Argus ', a many-eyed herds- 
man. 

In a very fair island are the 
two very powerful gods. 

Oh master, you have an armed 
virgin in the middle of your 
head, a very great evil. 



"E%a> tcXovtoc Kal xpvobq 
Kal fiaoiXeia. 

"AvdpoTiog elfil $vr)Tbg tiebg, 
Kal tiebg elfil dddvarog av- 
Opcorrog, G) Aovfuavog. 

"E^G), <b 'AXe^avdpog, 'HXel 
og dicovTLGTrjg, Kal Qerra 
Xbg Irnrog (fern.), teal aar- 
pdnrjg TLepoiKog, Kal 66^a 
d(pdovog, Kal ndpa opObg. 

"Apyog, (3ovKoXog rcoXvdfifia- 
rog. 

'Ev vrjoog KdXXiGTog elfil 6 
$ebg 6 6vvard)rarog. 

r £l Kvpiog, £%(£ Kopr\ evoirXog 
ev fjLBOog 6 KetyaXfj, fieyiG- 
rog KaKov. 



XXIV. THIRD DECLENSION. 
Terminations. 
a, i, v, neuter. 
G), feminine, 
v, |, p, g, 'ip, of all genders. 

I. The third declension is distinguished from the first 
and second by its making the oblique cases longer by one 
syllable than the nominative singular. In other words, it 
is said to increase in the genitive. 

II. The genitive singular of this declension ends always 
in og. 

III. The root of the words belonging to the third declen- 
sion is generally disguised in the nominative by added vow- 
els or consonants, or else exists there in a curtailed state. 
In either case it is to be discovered by taking away og 
from the genitive. Thus, 6 6alfi0)v, " the deity," genitive 
datfiov-og, root daifiov ; 6 ytyac, " the giant" genitive yt- 



26 THIRD DECLENSION. 

yavr-og, root yiyavr ; to <rc5/za, " the body" genitive rov 
o6fiar-og, root cu^ar, &c. 

FORMATION OF THE CASES. 
I. General Rules. 

I. As a general rule, the genitive singular of nouns of the 
third declension is formed by adding og to the termination 
of the root, such changes taking place at the same time as 
the laws of euphony require. 

II. The accusative singular of nouns of this declension 
that are not neuter is formed by changing og of the genitive 
into a ; [i?)v, genitive \Lr\v-og, accusative \ii\v-a. 

III. The vocative of the third declension is generally 
like the nominative, and this is particularly the case among 
the Attic writers. 

IV. The dative singular, as has already been remarked, 1 
ends always in i ; the dative plural, in like manner, in 
nouns which end in evg, avg, and ovg, is formed by ap- 
pending i to the termination of the nominative singular ; as, 
fiaocXevg, "a king" dative plural fiaoiXevoi; vavg, "a ship" 
dative plural vavoi ; j3ovg, " an ox" dative plural fiovol. 

V. In the case of other nouns, the dative plural is formed 
by adding 01 to the root, such changes being at the same 
time made as the rules of euphony require. Thus, vvg, 
" night" genitive vvur-og, dative plural vv%l f odovg, " a 
tooth" genitive odovr-og, dative plural bdovai f nalg, " a 

1. Vide page 8. 

2. The primitive form was vvkt-gl ; but by a law of euphony the 
letters 6, ■&, r, f, are always dropped before a. This leaves vvkol, and 
then, by another rule, we have /cf changed into its corresponding double 
letter f, which makes vvfi, the regular form. 

3. The primitive form was bdovr-cu, which, by rejecting r before a, 
became bSovat,. Then, by another law of euphony, the letters v, r, d, Q, 
are likewise thrown out before a, and the preceding vowel, if short, is 
changed into a diphthong, or, if doubtful, is lengthened. This gives us 
bdovai, the o being changed into the diphthong ov. We must take care, 
however, as regards the vowel thus changed into a diphthong, or length- 
ened, never to do so if the penult of the nominative plural be short. 
Hence urdg makes ureai, not kteloc, the nominative plural being Kriveg. 
So, also, novg, nom. plural Trod eg, dative plural rcooi, not novel, and 
Saiuov, nom. plural dai/zoveg, dat. plural dai/toci. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



27 



Joy," genitive ncud-og, dative plural Traioi ;' "Apaip, " an 
Arabian," genitive "Apa6-oc, dative plural "Apaipi f rv- 
Trecg, " having been struck" genitive rvnevr-og, dative plural 
rvneloi ; 3 Kreig, " a comb" genitive ftrev-og, dative plural 

£T£(7£, 4 &c. 

II. Special Rules, with Examples. 
1. Nouns in v and p. 
Nouns in v and p form the genitive by adding og to the 
termination of the nominative ; as, p,rjv, genitive \ir\v-6g. 
In the greater part, however, the long vowel in the termi- 
nation of the nominative is changed into the corresponding 
short. Thus, 







6 firjv, ' 


the month." 








Singular. 




Dual. 




Plural. 


N. 


6 {J,7/V, 


N. TO) 


fj.rjv-e, 


N. 


ol fifjv-ec, 


G. 


tov \ir\v-6g, 


G. toIv 


flVV-OiV, 


G. 


to)v jirjv-ibVy 


D. 


TO) (ITjV-L, 


D. TOIV 


(XTJV-OtV, 


D. 


Tolg {iv-ci,, 5 


A. 


rbv fifjv-a, 


A. TO) 


/X7jv-e, 


A. 


Tovg fi7]v-ac, 


V. 


Hrjv, 


V. 


fijjv-e. 


V. 


/xfjv-eg. 




6< 


rrOlflTjV, 


" the shephei 


d." 






Singular. 




Dual. 




Plural. 


N. 


6 KOLfiriv, 


N. TO) 


ttoluev-e, 


N. 


OC TTOLfJLEV-Eg, 


G. 


tov Troiuev-oc, 


G. TOIV 


7TOtfJ,EV-OCV, 


G. 


TCJV irOlfJ,EV-0)V, 


D. 


TO) TTOlflEV-t, 


D. TOlv 


irotuev-OLV, 


D. 


TOtg -KOlflE-CSip 


A. 


tov Troifiev-a, 


A. TO) 


TrOLfJLEV-E, 


A. 


Tovq TCOL/btEv-ag, 


V. 


-KOL[l7]V. 


V. ' 


TTOlfCSV-e. 


V. 


TTOL/LtEV-Eg. 



1. Primitive form izaidoi, which, on rejecting 6 before cr, becomes rrai- 
ai. No change takes place in the first syllable, as a diphthong (at) is al- 
ready there. 

2. Primitive form "ApaSaL The only change here is the substitution 
of the double letter ip for its equivalent [3g . 

3. Primitive form tvkevt-ol. By rejecting r before a we have tv- 
ttevgi, and by throwing out v before cr, and changing the short vowel s 
to a diphthong (the penult of the nominative plural being long by posi- 
tion), we have the form tvkeZgl. 

4. Primitive form ktevgL By rejecting v we have ktegl, the vowel 
e not being changed to ei, because the nominative plural has a short pe- 
nult. 

5. Primitive form /xrivai. By rejecting v we have fx^ai. No change 
takes place in the vowel rj, which is long already. 

6. Primitive form ttoiilevoi. By rejecting v we have Troifiici, like 



28 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



2. Nouns in g. 
When the nominative ends in g , the genitive is formed 
by rejecting this c, shortening the preceding vowel if it be 
long, and adding og; as, rpir\pr\g, " a trireme" genitive rpt- 
rjpeog. 

3. Nouns in $■ and ip. 

I. The double consonant £ is equivalent to yg, Kg, or %g ; 
and the double consonant ip to /3c, rrg, or 0c. 

II. When the nominative ends in £ or t/>, and we wish 
to form the genitive, the double consonant is resolved into 
its component letters, the termination og is added, and the 
c or final letter of the root is thrown out. If a long vowel, 
moreover, be found in the final syllable of the nominative 
before the double consonant, it is changed to its correspond- 
ing short. Thus, 

~alyg, 
dXojrrrjKg, 

(pXebg, 



alj;, " a goat, 

clXgutt]^, "a fox," 

$pi%, " the hair" 

(pXsip, " a vein," 

dtp, " an eye," 
KarrjXiip, " a roof" 

(pdXay^, " a phalanx," 

Xdpvy%, " the larynx," 



}£< 



(x)ng, 

KarrjXL^g, 
(pdXayyg, 
Xdpvyyg, 



gen. auy-og. 

" aXtirreit-og. 1 

" rpix-og? ■ 

" (j)Xe6-6g. 

" <bn-6g. 

" Karr)Xc(()-og. 

" (f)dXayy-og. 

" Xdpvyy-og. 



Examples. 



N. ^ TVTEpV^, 

G. TTJc nrspvy-og, 

D. ry TTTepvy-i, 

A. r^v TTTepvy-a, 
V. Trrepvt;. 



7} nrspv^, " £Ae wing." 
Dual. 
N. ra Trripvy-e, 
G. raZv Tzrepvy-oiv, 
D. raiv Trrepvy-oiv, 
A. ra 7TTepvy-e, 
V. Trrepvy-e. 



Plural. 
N. at nripvy-ec, 
G. TUV Tvrepvy-uv, 
D. ra?c 7CTEpv^-i, 3 
A. rdc TTTepvy-ag, 
V. TTTepvy-Eg. 



1 . The long vowel (??) in the termination of the nominative is changed 
in the genitive to a short. 

2. Generally speaking, no two successive syllables can each begin 
with an aspirate in Greek. Hence dpixos changes to rptxog, the r and 
& being cognate letters. 

3. Primitive form irripvyai, whence, by substituting £ for yc, we have 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



29 



Singular. 

N. 7] lal?i,aip, 
G. tt]<; ?iai?iair-o(; : 
D. ry laiTiarr-i, 
A. TTjv "kaikaTT-a, 
V. Xat?Mip. 



i\ XalXaip, " the storm." 
Dual. 

N. to, ?iat?ia7T-e, 
G. raif 2,atXdTv-ocv. 
D. ralv 2,aildTT-oiv, 
A. rd 2<uAa7r-£, 



I 



Plural. 
N. at XaDiair-eg, 
G. tuiv TiaiXdrr-oyVf 
D. ralg laiXaip-i, 1 
A. rdf laiXair-ag, 
V. /Iat/la7r-£f. 



4. Nouns in dg, ecg, and ovg. 

I. Nominatives in ac, etc, and ovf, being, for the most 
part, formed from roots ending in avr, evr, ovr, have their 
genitives in avrog, evrog, ovrog ; as, eXecpag, " an ele- 
phant" (root sXecpavr), genitive eXscpavr-og; Ztfiostg, " the 
river Simois" (root Htfjidevr), genitive I^Lfioevr-og ; oSovg, 
" a tooth" (root odd^T), genitive odovr-og. 

II. Words in a^ and etc, which arise from old forms con- 
taining v, and which form their genitive in avog, avrog, or 
evrog, throw away c in the vocative, and then, for the most 
part, resume the v ; as, rdXag, " miser able" gen. rdXav-og, 
voc. TaAav ; Alag, " Ajax" gen. Atavr-og, voc. Alav ; ^;a- 
pietf, "graceful " gen. 'xapievr-og, voc. %apLev. 



Singular. 
N. 6 ytyaf, 
G. rov yiyavr-OQ, 
D. tcj ylyavr-i, 
A. top ytyavr-a, 
V. ylyav. 



6 ytyag, " ^Ae giant" 
Dual. 

N. rw yiyavr-e, 
G. toXv ytydvr-OLv, 
D. too* ytydvT-OLV, 
A. tcj yiyavr-e, 
V. yiyavr-e. 



Plural. 
N. Oi y/yavr-ef, ' 
G. r<3v ytyavT-ov, 
D. rotf ytyd-ac,^ 
A. 70t>f yiyavT-ag, 
V. yiyavr-eg. 



rj Xijioetg, " ^<? nver Simois." 
Singular. 
N. ^ Si/^oetf, 
G. T^f 1,i/j,6evT-og, 

D. T?7 HiLfXOEVT-C, 

A. TTjv . "LifioevT-a, 
V. Itfioev. 



1. Primitive form lailairai, whence, by substituting 1// for ttj-, we 
have 'kaikatyt. 

2. Primitive form yiyavrai. By rejecting the r we have ytyavcu, 
and then, by throwing out the v before a, and lengthening the preceding 
vowel, we have yiydat. 

C 2 



30 



THIRD DECLENSION. 





6 ddovg, " the tooth." 






Singular. 


Dual. 




Plural. 


N. 


6 bSovg, 


N. tcj 666vT-e, 


N. 


ol bdovT-ec, 


G. 


rov bdovr-oc;, 


G. toIv bdovT-otv, 


G. 


TUV bdovT-uv, 


D. 


ra> bdovT-i, 


D. tgZv bdovT-otv, 


D. 


Tolg bdov-ac, 1 


A. 


rov bdovr-a, 


A. to bdovT-e, 


A. 


tovc bdovT-ae, 


V. 


b6ovg. 


V. bdovT-e. 


V. 


bdovT-eq. 



Other nouns in etg, different from those just mentioned, 
make the genitive in evog ; as, ureig, " a comb" genitive 
Krevog ; or in eidog ; as, ichetg, " a key" genitive nXetd-og. 

5. Nouns in a, i, and v. 

I. Words which end in a, i, or v add the syllable rog 
to the termination of the nominative, and thus form the gen- 
itive case ; as, oti^a, " a body" genitive odofiar-og ; [ieXi, 
" honey" genitive \iiXir-og ; while those in v change also 
this vowel into a before rog ; as, 66pv, " a spear," genitive 
dopar-og ; yovv, " a knee" genitive yovar-og. 

II. In strictness, however, these nouns in a, i, v come 
from roots that terminate in r ; as, trocar, fieXcr, and hence 
og is only added, in fact, to the root. 

III. With regard to the vowel change in yovv and dopv, 
and other words of similar ending, it must be borne in mind 
that the old nominatives were in ag ; as, yovag, dopag, from 
the roots yovar, dopar, whence, of course, the genitives yo- 
var-og and dopar-og came by appending og. 2 

IV. But other nouns in v merely add og to the termination 
ef the nominative ; as, ddicpv, " a tear" genitive ddfcpv-og. 

Examples. 
ro aojfia, u the body." 





Singular. 




Dual. 




Plural. 


N. 


TO c&fia, 


N. 


tq cuuaT-e, 


N. 


to. GUfiar-a, 


G. 


TOV CtOU&T-OC, 


G. 


TOLV GG)fL&T-OlV, 


G. 


TUV GULiaT-GJV, 


D. 


TGJ ou/xaT-t, 


D. 


TOLV Gtdfl&T-OLV, 


D. 


rotg Gtd/ia-GL? 


A. 


to ctifia, 


A. 


rd GOfzaT-s, 


A. 


to. Gu/xaT-a, 


V. 


ou/ia. 


V. 


GUfxaT-e. 


V. 


GUfiaT-a. 



1. The formation of this dative has already been explained, page 26. 

2. So, also, yuTia, " milk" makes ydlaKT-oc; , because the old nomi- 
native form was yakaKT, afterward yaXat-, and finally ydTia. 

3. Primitive form cu/xaTGi,, whence, by rejecting t before g, we have 
aoycaoi. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



31 



Singular. 
N. to \ieAl, 
G. tov fisAlr-og, 
D. rib [ieAlt-i, 
A. to /is Ac, 
V. fitAi. 



to \ii\i, " the honey? 
Dual. 



[ieAit-e, 
tolv ^eAlt-olv, 



D. TOLV fisAir-o 



( AtT-e, 
[ieAit-e. 



Plural. 

N. TO, jlE?UT-a, 

G. tov jieaIt-uv, 
D. Tolg jueAt-ac, 1 
A. ra [XEAtT-a, 

V. jliALT-a. 



Singular. 
N. to yovv, 
G. rov yovaT'OC, 
D. to yovaT-i, 
A. to yovv, 
V. yovv. 



to yovv, " £Ae knee" 
Dual. 

N. to yovaT-e, 

G. TO?V yOV&T-OLV, 

D. TGiv yovaT-o^v, 
A. to yovar-e, 
V. ydvaT-e. 



to daitpv, " ^e tear." 
Dual. 



Plural. 
to, yovar-a, 
tov yovaT-wv, 
TOif yova-ci, 2 
to yovar-a, 
yovar-a. 



Plural. 



N. 


to ddicpv-E, 


N. 


to ddicpv~a, 


G. 


rolv Saupv-oiv, 


G. 


tov (Wpv-wv, 


D. 


tolv daupv-oiv, 


D. 


rolq ddupv-ci, 


A, 


to ddicpv-£, 


A. 


to ddupv-a, 


V. 


ddicpv-e. 


V. 


ddupv-a. 



Singular. 
N. to ddicpv, 
G. tov dd/cpv-os, 
D. to ddicpv-i, 
A. to da/cpv, 
V. ddupv. 

6. Nouns in ap. 

I. Nouns in ap make either aTO£ in the genitive ; as, 
ovecap, " a dream,'''' genitive dveldT-og ; Tjnap, " *Ae liver," 
genitive rjnaT-og ; or else apo£ ; as, -&evap, " ^e pa/m o/* 
£Ae hand," genitive Mvdp-og? 

II. But dd[iap, " « wife" makes ddfiapT-og. i 

Examples. 
to ^Trap, " £^e liver.'' 1 



Singular. 
N. to ' ^7rap, 
G. tov ^7raT-of, 
D. to ijizdr-i, 
A. to 7]7cap, 
V. ^7rap. 



Dual. 
N. to rjirar-e, 

G. TOiV TJTzdT-OLV, 

D. to?v jjTraT-oiv, 
A. to ^7raT-e, 
V. #7raT-e. 



Plural. 
N. to ^7raT-a, 
G. tov rj^dr-uv, 
D. to?c %7ra-oi, s 
A. to rjTzar-a, 
V. $7raT-a. 



1 . Primitive form ftsJivrau 

2. Primitive form yovaTat. 

3. The roots of ovstap and ^7rap were dvsiar and ^7raT respectively. 

4. The root of ddfiap was dd/iapr. 

5. Primitive form rfnaro~i. 



32 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



Singular. 
N. 6 ipap, 
G. rov ipap-oe, 
D. tw •ipap-t, 
A. rbv iptip-a, 
Y. ipdp. 



6 ipdp, " the starling. 
Dual. 

N. rd ipup-e, 
G. rolv -ipap-oiv, 
D. tocv ipap-olv, 
A. to) ipap-e, 
V. ipap-e. 



Plural. 
N. oi tpap-ec, 
G. rwv -ipap-ibv, 
D. to?? ipap-ai, 
A. roi)? 'ipup-ag, 
V. ipdp-eg. 



7. Neuters in ag. 

I. Neuters in gc make partly otoc in the genitive ; as, 
Kpsag^ " flesh" genitive upedr-og ; nepag, " a horn" geni- 
tive ttepdr-og. 

II. More commonly, however, they form the genitive in 
aoc ; as, tcvecpag, "darkness ," genitive rcvecpa-og, in which 
case the Attics contract the termination aoc into o>c ; as, 
Kpecdg, ttepog, fee. 

III. These nouns will be considered hereafter, when we 
come to treat of the contracted declensions. 

8. Nouns in avg. 

I. Nouns in c&fc make aoc and j]og in the genitive ; as, 
vavg, " a ship" genitive va-og and vr\-6g. These will also 
be considered hereafter. 

II. Nouns in avg, whose genitive ends in og pure, that 
is, og preceded by a vowel, take v instead of a as the final 
letter of the accusative singular ; as, vavg, " a ship," geni- 
itive va-6g, accusative vavv. 

, 9. Nouns in rjg. 

I. Nouns in 7}g, other than those alluded to under § 2, 
make the genitive in rrrog and rjdog ; as, (piXorrjg, "friend- 
ship," genitive (ptXoTTjr-og ; Hdpvrjg, the name of a mount- 
ain on the confines of Attica, genitive ILdpV7]d-og. 

II. In strictness, og is merely added here to the termi- 
nation of the roots ; as, cpiXorrjr (root), genitive (pihorrjT-Gg ; 
ILdpv7)6 (root), genitive VLdpvrfi-og. 



Singular. 

N. 6 irevris, 
G. rov TzevrjT-og, 

D. T(p 7TEVTJT-1, 

A. rov Kev7jT-a, 

V. TTEVTjg. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 

Example. 

6 irevng, " the poor man." 

Dual. 

N. TO) 7TEVTJT-E, 

G. TOlv -XEVTjT-OlV, 

D. TOZV 1TEV7JT-OIV, 

A. TCJ 7CEV7JT-E, 

V. -KEvrir-E. 



33 



Plural. 

N. Oi 7T£V7]T-£Cy 
G. TUV 7ZEV7JT-UV, 

D. ro?f TTEvrj-Gi, 1 
A. rot>f 7TEv?]T-ag, 

V. 7TEV7]r-Eg. 



10. Nouns in ig. 

I. Nouns in tc make the genitive in to^, t(5o^, r^o^, troc, 
and ^o$*. In strictness, however, this is only o^ added to 
the several roots. Thus, 

b<f)ig , " « serpent" root o0£, genitive b<pi-og. 

kXmg, " hope" " eXttlS, " eXirld-og. 

bpvig, " # ford," " bpvW, " bpvld-og. 

X^pig, " # favour, " X° L P ir i " %^P tr-o r- 

a/trig, " a sunbeam" " dfcrlVj " dfcrlv-og. 

II. The Attics change toe into ewe ; as, bepecjg for o^ioc ; 
7r6Aea)c for rcoXtog, from 7rd/Uc, " a czty," &c. 

III. Nouns in to, whose genitive ends in oc pure, take in 
the accusative singular a final v instead of a ; as, o0£v, 7ro- 

IV. But other nouns in tc, whose genitive ends in oc im- 
pure, and which have no accent on the last syllable of the 
nominative, make the accusative in a and v, the latter par- 
ticularly with the Attics ; as, bpvig genitive bpvid-og, ac- 
cusative bpvid-a and bpvcv ; and epig, " strife" genitive 
epid-og, accusative eptd-a and epiv. But aXeig, " a key" 
forms an exception, having, though accented on the last 
syllable, aXeld-a and kXelv in the accusative. 

V. Nouns in ig generally form the vocative singular by 
dropping the c ; as, Jldpt, " Oh Paris !" Monosyllables, 
however, frequently retain the c, as do many other nouns 
in the Attic dialect, or else take the final letter of the root. 
Thus, pig, " a nose" vocative plv. 

1. Primitive form ttevwtci. 



34 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



VI. Nouns in ig, genitive tog, will be considered here- 
after, under the contracted forms. Examples of some of 
the others here follow : 







Examples. 






r) epig, " the strife." 


Singular. 


Dual. 


Plural. 


N. r) spig, 

G. rfiq EpX6-og, 

D. rrj fpid-t, 

A. TT/v epid-a and spiv, 

V. tpi and epig. 


N. rd epid-s, 
G. ralv kpld-otv, 
D. ralv kpld-OLV, 
A. rd eptd-e, 
V. eptd-e. 


1 N. ai spid-Eg, 
G. ruv kplS-uv, 
D. ralg epi-ai, 1 
A. rag £pid-ag r 

j V. EpiS-ES. 




r) pig, " the nose." 




Singular. 


Dual. 


Plural. 


N. % frig, 


N. rd frlv-e, 


N. at frlv-Eg, 


G. rrjg frlv-bg, 


G. -ralv friv-olv, 


G. ruv friv-uv, 


D. ry frtv-l, 
A. rrjv frlv-a, 
V. piv. 


r 

A 


). ralv ptv-olv, 
.. rd frlv-e, 

frlv-E. 


D. ralg frt-ai,' z 
A. rag frlv-ag, 
V. frlv-eg. 



11. Neuters in og. 
Neuters in og make the genitive in eog, which the Attics 

contract into ovg ; as, reZ^oc, " a wall" genitive ru%E-og, 
Attic reixovg. These will be considered under contracted 
nouns. 

12. Nouns in ovg. 

I. Words in ovg, other than those mentioned in § 4, make 
the genitive in oog ; as, (3ovg, " an ox," genitive (3oog. 
Some, again, when ovg arises by contraction from oetg, 
genitive oevrog, make their genitive in ovvrog ; as, 'Orrovg, 
the name of a city, genitive 'Oirovvr-og. 

II. Those words in ovg whose genitive ends in og pure, 
take v instead of a in the accusative ; as, (3ovg, gen. fio-6g, 
accusative (3ovv. This same noun (3ovg also casts off c to 
form the vocative ; as, j3ov, but other nouns in ovg more 
frequently retain the c than drop it. 

1. Primitive form eptdai,, whence, by rejecting 6 before a, we have 
Iptai. 

2. Primitive form frivol, whence, by rejecting v before a, we have 
frlai. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 35 

III. The noun irovg, "a foot" makes in the genitive 
rrod-og . But words compounded with ttovx; make in Attic 
also rxov, and in the accusative ttovv ; as, nominative 7toX- 
vnovg, genitive ttoXvttov. 

IV. The noun (3ovg will be considered under the con- 
tracted declensions ; the following is the inflexion of 7rovg. 

Example. 
6 irovg, " the foot" 
Singular. Dual. Plural. 



N. 6 TrorJf, 

G. tov 7rod-6g , 

D. r<p irod-1, 

A. tov Kod-a, 

V. 7rovga.xi&7rov. 



N. to) 7ro6-e, j N. ol nod-eg, 

G. TOlv IToS-OLV, G. TUV TTod-WV, 

D. TOtV TTod-Olv, I D. TOig TTO-Gl, 1 

A. tu redds, A. rovg Trod-ag, 

V. tc68-e. | V. 7r6d-eg. 



13. Nouns in vg. 

I. Words in vg make vog in the genitive ; as, 6o6vg, 
" the loins" genitive 6o<bv-og ; Spvg, " a tree" genitive 
6pv-6g. 

II. Sometimes they form the genitive in vdog, vdog, or 
vvog ; as, xXaybvg, " a cloak" genitive ^Aa/Livd-oc ; tcopvg, 
" a helmet" genitive nopvd-og ; noyfivg, " a bundle" genitive 
KG)[ivd-og ; Qopfcvg, "Phorcys," genitive Qopuvv-og. 

III. Words in vc, whose genitive ends in og impure, and 
which have no accent on the last syllable, make the ac- 
cusative in a and v, the latter particularly with the Attics. 
But words in vg, whose genitive ends in og pure, always 
have v in the accusative. On the other hand, words in vg, 
whose genitive ends in og impure, and which have an accent 
on the last syllable of the nominative, always make the ac- 
cusative in a. 

IV. Words in vg, gen. vog, will be considered under the 
contracted nouns. The following is the declension of 
nouns in vg, gen. vdog. 

1. Primitive form ttoSgl, whence, by rejecting 6 before a, we have 
tcog'i, the o remaining short in order to conform to the quantity of the 
nominative plural. 



36 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



Example. 







i] itopvg, 


" the helmet." 








Singular. 






Dual. 




Plural. 


N. 
G. 
D. 

A. 
V. 


r) Kopvg, 
rf/g aopvd-og, 
rrj Kopvd-i, 
ttjv nopvd-a and 
Kopvg. 


KOpVV, 


N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V". 


ra Kopvd-s, 
ralv Kopvd-oiv, 
ralv Kopvd-oiv, 
ra Kopvd-e, 

KOpvd-E. 


N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 


at nopvd-zg, 
T&V Kopvd-uv, 
Talg Kopv-ct, 1 
Tag nopvd-ag, 
KopvQ-eg. 



14. Nouns in cov. 

I. Words in cjv form the genitive in oyvog or ovog, ac- 
cording as they have a long or short vowel in the termina- 
tion of the root. Thus, alojv, " an age" genitive altiv-og, 
root alow ; but daqioyv, genitive datfiov-og, root dalfiov. 

II. Words in (ov, that make the genitive in ovog, retain 
the long vowel also in the vocative ; as, UXdrov, "Plato" 
genitive UXdrov-og, vocative JiXdrov. But those which 
have ovog in the genitive make the vocative in ov ; as, dat- 
ficjv, genitive 6ai\tov-og, vocative dalfiov. 

III. The following two, however, although they have 
ovog in the genitive, make the vocative in ov, namely, 
'ArroXXov, "Apollo" genitive 'AiroXXctv-og, vocative "AttoX- 
Xov ; TLooeidtiv, "Neptune" genitive TLooeidGJv-og, vocative 
Uoaecdov. 

IV. Another instance of the long vowel in the nomina- 
tive becoming short in the vocative, though not belonging 
to the present head, is that of aorrip, " a saviour" genitive 
acor^p-og, vocative aorep. 

Examples. 

6 altiv, " the age." 

Singular. Dual. Plural. 



N. 


6 


altov, 


N. 


to) aluv-e, 


N. 


01 


aluv-eg, 


G. 


TOV 


al&v-og, 


G. 


toIv aluv-oiv, 


G. 


TCJV 


al6v-av, 


D. 


T$ 


alcJv-i, 


D. 


tolv aiuv-oiv, 


D. 


Tolg 


alua-i,2 


A. 


TOV 


aluv-a, 


A. 


tu> altiv-e, 


A. 


Tovg 


aluv-ag, 


V. 




al6v. 


V. 


aiuv-e. 


V. 




alov-eg. 



1. Primitive form nopvdci, whence, by rejecting # before a, we have 
Kopvai. 

2. Primitive form alfivct, whence, by rejecting v before <?, we have 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



37 



Singular. 
N. 6 dal/iov, 

G. TOV 

D. rcj Saiuov-t, 

' A. rov Salfiov-a, 

V. datfiov. 



'-Of, 



6 daifiuv, " Me cfe^y, 
DwaZ. 
N. tw daiftov-e, 
G. ro?v datjuov-oLv, 
D. roZy 6aifz6v-oiv, 
A. rcj datfiov-e, 
V. daifiov-e. 



Plural. 
N. oi datfiov-er, 
G. tuv dcuuov-vv, 
D. role; daifioa-i, 1 
A. rovf dai/xov-ac, 
V. Saifiov-eg. 



15. Nouns in G)g. 

I. Words in 6>c make wo^, gjtoc, ooc (contracted ovc), 
and oroc. Thus, (fy«6c, " a slave" genitive 6fio)-6g ; </)oic, 
" light," genitive <po)r-6g ; aldtig, " modesty" genitive aZ- 
dd-oc, contracted aldovg ; rerv(p(og, " having struck," geni- 
tive rerv<p6r-og. 

II. The noun <w&jc will be considered under the con- 
tracted forms. The following are examples of wc, woe, and 

wc, 6)T0C. 



Singular. 
N. 6 #w£, 
G. roii i^cj-of, 
D. r<3 #«-t, 
A. roj; #gj-g, 
V. $6c 



Singular. 
N. d epwc, 

G. TOV EpOT-OC, 

D. rti epoT-t, 
A. tw epoT-a, 
V. epejf. 



Examples. 
6 #c5c, " Me jackal." 

Dual. 
N. r<y tfw-e, 
G. roiv -fru-oiv, 
D. roZV -&d)-OLV, 
A. r<y 
V. 






6 epwo, " the love." 

Dual. 
N. Tu epor-e, 
G. rolv epuT-ocv, 

D. TOlv kptJT-OLV, 

A. to) epo)T-e, 

V. ftpUT-E. 



Plural. 

N. 01 ■&£)-££, 

G. TUV ■&6-UV, 

D. Tolg -fro-ai,, 2 
A. tovq "&ti-ac, 
V. #<3-ej. 



N. OA spOT-EC, 

G. tuv ep6r-u)v 

D. roif fpuc-i, 3 

A. rotif epor-ac, 

V. Ipwr-ef. 



1. Primitive form dai/iovoc, whence, by rejecting v before a, we have 
daifioci, the o being kept short to suit the quantity of the nominative 
plural. 

2. Here ci is added immediately to the final vowel of the root. 

3. Primitive form epuTci, whence, by rejecting r before a, we have 
epayai. 

D 



38 



EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 



XXX. EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
I. 
Give the case and number of the following nouns : 



XafindSog, 


KCOg, 


irpdyiiare, 


Krevog, 


Xa^ndac, 


KCV, 


rrpdyfiaac, 


fcreac. 


Xafindda, 


trie, 


rrpdyfjcarc, 


Krive, 


Xafindde, 


ncag, 


npdyfiara, 


tcrsvag, 


Xafmddov, 


rracava, 


Trpaypdrocv, 


nreva, 


Xafmddocv, 


Tractive, 


aldepc, 


TTVpCC, 


Xafinddag, 


TTaCaVC, 


aldepa, 


rrvps, 


\idprvpog, 


TTCLiaOl, 


prjTop, 


TTVpt, 


fidprvpoc, 


tcXtivag, 


prjTop, 


Ttvpa, 


Kopagc, 


kX(x)V, 


prjrope, 


TTVpOCV, 


icopafci, 


kXgjve, 


f)7]T0pGC, 


TTVp&V, 


prjropc, 


kXojvc, 


pryropa, 


(pdXayya, 


rracds, 


kXcjoc, 


pTjropag, 


(pdXayi-c, 


7TCU, 


"EXXyveg, 


repara, 


cpdXayye, 


iraca'c, 


"JZXXtjvs, 


rspare, 


IfidvrCj 


drjpag, 


"Y±XXr\ac, 


rspaac, 


entice, 


#^pe, 


"EXXqvog, 


r Sparc, 
II. 

into English, a 


ifidg. 


Translate the following 


ad name, at the 


same time, th« 


", case and number of each. 




(epfia, " 


z prop"), 


(%£ClL(jiV, " 


a storm"), 


epfjbare, 




%eciLtdva, 




SpfMLTl, 




Xecp&vc, 




spfiaac, 




Xecfiojve. 




kpfxarocv, 




{Xcu7\v, " a 


harbour*'), 


epparog. 




Xc\LECC, 




(aXg, " the sea"), 


Xc\iiva, 




aXa, 




Xcpcsvocv, 




aXog 




Xc\i£ve. 




aXi, 




(odXmyi;, 4 


a trumpet"). 


aXot 




odXncyye, 





EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 



39 



odXmygi, 


<pG)TS. 


odXmyyog, 


{wr\pv%, " a herald"), 


odXmyyeg. 


KTjpvfcsg, 


{aval-, " a king"), 


KTjpV^t, 


avanrog, 


Kripvaag, 


avattri, 


KTjpVUa, 


avai-c, 


KTJpVlCCOV. 


avafcra. 


(cdpZ, "flesh"), 


(0g3c, " a warrior"), 


odptci, 


(p&ra, 


adpfca, 


(pcjrog, 


Gap/cog, 


<pu>rag, 


cdp%\ 



III. 

Convert the following into Greek, and name, at the same 
time, the case and number of each. 



(?) bip, gen. 07rdc, 

" the voice"), 
with the voice, 
with a voice, 
of the voice, 
the two voices, 
of the two voices, 
the voices, 
of voices, 
{fi ttltvc, gen. -vog, 

" the pine-tree"), 
of the pine-tree, 
of pine-trees, 
with pine-trees, 
with the two pine-trees. 
(6 dfcfjicjv, gen. -ovog 

" the anvil"), 
the two anvils, 
of anvils, 
with anvils, 



with two anvils, 

oh anvils ! 

oh two anvils ! 

(6 Xdlyi-, gen. -tyyog, 

il the pebble"), 
of the pebble, 
the two pebbles, 
of pebbles, 
oh pebbles ! 
(rj $pi%, gen. rpixog, 

" the hair"), 
with the hair, 
of the hairs, 
of the two hairs, 
with the two hairs, 
the two hairs, 
the hairs. 
(6 ipaXrrjp, gen. -ripog, 

" the harper"), 
of the harper, 



40 EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 

of harpers, of the lights, 

with the harpers, the lights, 

oh two harpers ! (rj ireXeidg, gen. -ddog, 
for a harper. " the dove 11 ), 

(to (p&g, gen. cpurog, of doves, 

" the light"), with a dove, 

the two lights, with the doves, 

with a light, the two doves, 
oh lights ! 

IV. 

Translate the following, and show, at the same time, the 
agreement or government in each clause or phrase. 

f O dy&v tov XsovTog teal t&v kvv&v. — to alfia 'Ad&vc- 
dog, 1 Kal to, onXa 'A^tXXecjg, 2 Kal ol viol "AtCTopog. — rj \idxi) 
Orjaeog, Kal t&v 'Afia^ovuv. 3 — rj alria T7\g tuvrjaeog, Kal 
t&v xprjfidTGiv tov prjTopog. — at defeat 'Padafiavdvog. — to, 
d&pa t&v Tp&oiv 4 Uooeid&vi Kal 'AnoXXovi. — to, ^TrjaaTa 
Qsoyvog. — noLrifiaTa [xvOtKa, Kal k7nypd\i\iaTa, Kal 6pd\iaTa. 
— Ta t&v UXsiddov 5 clot pa. — Tag HXeiddag Kal tov 'QpiGd- 
vog fivdov. — ol Tcaldeg 'iTmoddfiavTog 6 Kal ol Tijg %&pag <70)- 
TJjpeg. — 6 ipocfyog t&v p,aoTiyo)v, Kal at kXirideg t&v 'EXXtj- 
vojv. — Ta t&v Qolvlkgjv 1 ypdfifiaTa Kal rj Tr\g KdSfiov a<pi%- 
eo)g laTopia. — a,7]66vsg s Kal opvidsg 9 *F,XXddog ! — 6 xpvobg 
t&v dvadr]udTGiv Kal ol dvdpidvTeg 10 t&v 'TZonepidov, 11 Kal 
ol Xe67]Teg 12 ^epvi6oc. 13 — r\ nival; tov %pvGo\idXXov depa- 
Tog. u 

At Aavatdeg Kal ol viol AlyvixTOV, Kal to t&v Aavat- 
dov epyov dvoaiov. — ol 'Idnvysg, Kal Ta YLaioapog \xvi\- 
\iara. — r\ t&v Nojmdov (pvyrj, Kal 6 'IdptavTog Kal Tivy- 
(iaXco)vog dy&v. — Acjd&vr], TxoXtg M.oXoaaidog X5 kv 'HrreipG). 
— ol xpr)CF[iol irpotprjTCOv Kal npo(pr)TidG)v ie Kal Tr\g dpvbg 11 

1. Nom. "Aduvig. — 2. Nom. 'AxlIIcvq. — 3. Nom. 'kfia&v. — 4 
Nom. Tptog. — 5. Nom. \Tkeidg. — 6. Nom. 'iTriroddfiag. — 7. Nom. §oi 
vi%. — 8. Nom. drjSuv. — 9. Nom. opveg. — 10. Nom. dvdpid?. — 11. Nom 
pi. 'Ecrrepidec. — 12. Nom. XeBrjg. — 13. Nom. %ipvvty. — 14. Nom. tie* 
pa£. — 15. Nom. MoXocaic. — 16. Nom. 77po(j>7JTcg. — 17. Nom. dpv£. 



EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 41 

teal rov Xebryrog kv Acjdojvq. — ro) Xoyo) rolv pr\ropow. — 
rolv rov Kpdrrjrog 1 dpd\iaroiv. — TxXr\yalg Kal fidan^i 2 kv 
ri[j rr\g 'Aprefudog 3 eoprjj. — at 'Afia^oveg kv tgj rr\g 'Ap- 
re/iidog vaio, Kal ro rrovrjpdv Avy 6 dficdog epyov. — 'EXckgj- 
va Kal rag r&v Movcrtiv nrepvyag. — rti TLavbg dydXfiare. 
— 6 Ile/loTrof 4 iralg Kal 6 ' Ay ajikfivovog npoyovog. — kv rig 
Xdpvau s Havdr]g Kal Uepaeojg. 

Tvpavvlg kanv rj fir]rrip ddiKtag. — 6 deiXog kari rr\g na- 
rpidog 6 TTpodorrjg. — 6 %6\og 'Aprifiidog rjv tj alria rov -&a- 
vdrov 'Ad&vidog Kal rr\g Xvnrjg Kvnpidog. — 7} (pcjvrj rr\g 
arjdovog karl ro UpoKvrjg ^p^v^fia. — ro> kXecpavrt 1 karl 
dpaKovrog* oppodia. — kv r£) fieXirog 9 Tridu eld \ivp\ir\Keg™ 
— at Maivddeg r\oav rj alria rov -davdrov ILevdeug. — aya 
6ol avdpconoi elaiv eiKoveg rtiv $eg)v. — ol Avaoveg r\aav ol 
avr6%doveg n 'IraXiag. — ol Xeovreg eloiv aXKifioc -frijpeg. — 
arayoveg vdarog eloiv kv rfj irerpa. — "Oprvyeg ,2 eloiv r\8v- 
(pojvoi Kal \La%r\riKol bpvideg. — ol irepdiKeg 13 kv ry 'Attik%j 
yr\ r\oav ev(po)voi, kv 6e Bocuria loxvo<pG>voi. — yepovreg 1 * 
eloi naXifinaideg. 15 — ol M.vpp,i66veg rjoav ttots iivp(j,7]Keg. — 
6 rcov Nofidduv kv Ai6vy dpiQ\iog karl d-avfiarog alria. 

Qpeveg 16 dyaSal sv tgj otifiarc dvdpunov elal \ieyiorov kv 
kXaxicTG). — evoidia Kal \ivpov yvipiv 17 eloiv alria ftavdrov. 
— oiyr\ kort Koojiog yvvait-iv. 18 — tg) node 19 'Hcp-aiorov rjoav 
X^Xg). — to %i<pog karlv kv ralg x s P ol2 ° M^detog, Kal rib 
rralde 21 eloiv a<p66c). — ex ei ra xPW ara 'Afivvrov 22 rov rojv 
MaKedovov fiaoiXeug. — TrXijOog rjv dp^dr^v Kal -dvoifid- 
tg)v kv ry yq rtiv 'Apddcov. 23 — "Apyog, 6 TravonrTjg e^et 
ofijjLara kv bXcd tg> ocDjxari. — Avyeag 6 fiaoiXevg "HXidog 24, 
ex^i (3ooK7]fidro)v rroifivag, Kai kori rcaig TLooeidaJvog. — 
exet rbv faorripa 'iTnroXvrrjg, ri\g r&v 'Afia^6vo)v /3a- 

1. Nom. Kp&TTjc. — 2. Nom. fidart^. — 3. Norn. "Apreftcg. — 4. Nom. 
TleTiOip. — 5. Nom. Xdpva!;. — 6. Nom. 'narpig. — 7. Nom. eMcpag. — 8. 
Nom. dpdnov. — 9. Nom. \izki. — 10. Nom. fivpiirjZ. — 11. Nom. avro%- 
8uv. — 12. Nom. bprv%. — 13. Nom. 7rep8c^. — 14. Nom. yepuv. — 15. 
Nom. TraTil/j-iraig. — L6. Nom. <j>pijv. — 17. Nom. yvip. — 18. Nom. yxrvfj. 
— 19. Nom. 7rot5f. — 20. Nom. x £ ' L P- — 21 - Nom. 7raif. — 22. Nom. 
'Afivvraq. — 23. Nom. "Apa\[>. — 24. Nom. Ti/Uf. 

D 2 



42 



EXERCISES ON THE THIRD DECLENSION. 



OiXeiag. — rj rov Aaofiedovrog v6pig rjv rj alria rr\g dpyr/g 
'ATToXXavog Kal TlooeiSCjvog Kal rrjg dvaXojoeojg Tpolag.— 
rvTTTEL 6 rjpojg rov BovotpLV real rov Bovaiptdog vlov, 'Afi- 
faddpLavTa, Kal rov scrjpvtca XdX6rjv. 

V. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English words opposite. 



The seeds, and the banquet of 

the ants. 
The nature of the polypus is 

wonderful. 
The death of the serpent and 

elephant. 
The effigies of the nightingale 

and swallow. 
The ichneumon is an enemy to 

crocodiles and asps. 
There is honour unto dogs, 

and abundance of sacred 



They have the dog, the hawk, 
the ibis, the ichneumon, and 
the mouse. 

The Arabians have wells, but 
the enemy a scarcity of wa- 
ter. 

Here are the canals of the 
Euphrates and the Tigris. 

They have the effects of the 
king, and the attire of the 
boys, and the ornaments of 
the statues, and cloaks, and 
tripods, and shields. 



f O onspfia, tcai 6 6 \hvp\ir\^ 

delnvov. 
f O 6 TToXvnovg <f>voig elfxl 

-8avp,aor6g. 
f O -ddvarog 6 dpatetov Kal 6 

eXe^ag. 
r O elftibv 6 dt]6Cdv nal 6 %eX- 

idiov. 
r O Ixvevficjv £X®P°S e fy" K P°- 

KoSeiXog Kal danlg. 
Tifirj elfiL kvcjv, nal dfydovia 

lepbg OLTioig. 

*E^G) 6 kvcjv, 6 lepai-, 6 Itig 
6 Ixvsvficjv Kal 6 p,vg. 

f O "Apaip Ix 03 <t>peoip, 6 d£ 
TToXs/xiog GTidvig vdcop. 

'JZvravOd elfit 6 didopvg 6 
'Ev(ppdrr]g ko2 6 Tlyprjg. 

"E%(*) 6 XPW a & ava%, nal 6 
6 iraig eadrjg, Kal 5 6 ayaX- 
fia KOGfJiog, Kal x^V^S, 
Kal rpiiTovg, Kal fami$. 



ADJECTIVES. 



43 



Here are pyramids, and tombs 
of kings, and statues, and 
other sights. 

Mice and ants have a divining 
perception of things. 

Achilles was the friend of 
Chiron, and Patroclus of 
Achilles, and Agamemnon 
of Nestor, and Hector of 
Polydamas, and Helenus 
of Antenor, and Poly crates 
of Anacreon, and Antigo- 
nus of Zeno, and Appollo- 
nius of Cicero. 

The bees in the mouth of Pla- 
to, and the ants in the ears 
of Midas the Phrygian. 

The madness of Meton the 
astronomer, when his name 
was in the list of the army 
of the Athenians. 



HvravSd zi\ii Trvpafilg, nal 
rd<pog fiaoiXevg, Kal dyaX- 
\ia, Kal aXXog deafta. 

Mvg Kal fivpfx?]^ e%G) \iavri- 
Kog npayfia alodrjaig. 

'Ax^XXsvg el\u eralpog Xet- 
po)v, nal TLdrpoKXog 'AftiX- 
Xevg, Kal 'Ayafiefivcjv 
~NeoT(op, Kal "F,KT(*)p ILoX- 
vd&iiac, Kal "E/tevoc 'Av- 
rrjvo)p, Kal HoXvKpaTTjg 
'AvaKpscov, Kal 'Avrtyo- 
vog Ztjvov, Kal 'AttoXXcj- 

VLOg KtKEpOJV. 

f O fieXtrra kv 6 ordfia UXd- 
tg)v, Kal 6 \Lvp\irfe kv b ovg 
Midag, 6 $pv%. 

f O \iavia Metcjv uarpovo/iog, 
ore 6 ovopa elfil kv 6 ko>t- 
dXoyog 6 Grpdrevfia 6 
'Adrjvalog. 



XXVI. ADJECTIVES. 

I. The declensions of adjectives, as has already been 
remarked, are three in number ; the first declension having 
three terminations, the second two, and the third only one. 

II. Adjectives of three terminations, in og, 7], ov, and og, 
a, ov, and also adjectives of two terminations, in og, og, ov, 
have already been considered, as agreeing in their inflexion 
with nouns of the first and second declension. 

III. The adjectives that remain to be considered agree 
in their inflexion with nouns of the third declension, and 
are therefore here arranged after them. These adjectives 
have some of them three, others two terminations, and others 
only one. 



44 



ADJECTIVES. 



I. Adjectives of Three Terminations. 

I. Termination in ag. 

I. Adjectives in ag have aiva in the feminine, and av in 
the neuter ; but participles in ag have the feminine in aua. 

II. The adjective nag, " all," " every" is declined like 
a participle. 

fieXag, / 

Sz'wg-Mfor. 

N. fiel-ag, -aiva, 

G. fieh-avog, -aivrjg, 

D. fiiX-avi, -aivq, 

A. [itli-ava, -aivav, 

V. fisX-ac, -atva, 

Plural. 

N. fisX-aveg, -aivai, -ava, 

G. /j.eX-avG)v, -aivuv, -drov, 

D. fisk-aai, 1 -aivaig, -aai, 

A. fiH-avag, -aivag, -ava, 

Y. (leTi-avsg, -aivai, -ava. 

Masc. Fern. Neut. 

Tvxfiag, rvijjaaa, rvipav, " having struck" 



Fern. 


Neut. 




eXaiva, 


fieXav, " Hack" 
Dual. 




-av, 


N. fxeX-ave, -aiva, 


-avE, 


-avoq, 


G. /xel-avotv, -aivaiv, 


-dvoiv, 


-avi, 


D. fieTi-avoiv, -aivaiv, 


-avow, 


-av, 


A. fieX-ave, -aiva, 


-ave, 


-av. 


Y. fj.eX-ave, -aiva, 


-avE. 





Singular. 








Dual. 




N. 


Tvip-ag, -aaa, 


-av, 




N. 


TVIp-aVTE, 


-aaa, 


-avrs, 


G. 


TVTp-avToq, -dar\q, 


-avrog, 


G. 


Tvip-dvroLV, 


-daaiv, 


-aVTOLV, 


D. 


Tvijj-avTC, -day, 


-aVTL, 


D. 


rvip-dvTOiv, 


-daaiv, 


-aVTOLV, 


A. 


Tvip-avra, -aaav, 


-av, 




A. 


TVIp-aVTE, 


-daa, 


-avrs, 


V. 


Tvip-ag, -aaa, 


-av. 




V. 


TVTp-aVTE t 


-daa, 


-avre . 








Plural. 










N. TV1p-aVT££, 


-aaat, 


-avra, 








G. TVTp-dvTUV, 


-aativ, 


-dvTiOV, 








D. rv-ip-aai 


2 


-daaig 


-aai, 








A. Tvip-avrag, 


-daag, 


-avra, 








Y. rv-ijj-avTEg, 


-aaai, 


-avra. 







1. Primitive form fielav-oi. The root is jieXav, and, properly speak- 
ing, the adjective ought to have been divided in this way throughout the 
inflexion, namely, /xiXav-oc, ptkav-i, ^lEkcv-a, &c, as we have done in 
the case of the noun. The present arrangement, however, is easier for 
the young student, and has therefore been adopted from previous gram- 
mars. The same remark will apply to other adjectives that follow. 

2. Primitive form rvfav-ai. 



ADJECTIVES. 



45 



Masc. Fern, 
nag, naaa, 
Singular. 
N. nag, ndaa, ixav, 
G. Ttavrog, Tvdarjg, Travrog, 
D. iravTL, Ti&cri, izavri, 
A. ndvra, ndaav, Ttdv, 
V. rrdg, iraaa, ixdv. 



Newt. 

nav, " all," " every" 
Dual. 



N. Travre, 

G. TTUVTOIV, 

D. 7rdvro(y, 
A. izavre, 
V. 7rdvT£-, 



7racra, iravre, 

rcdaaiv, TrdvTOiv, 

TidtjaiV, TZaVTOLV, 

rrdaa, iravTE, 

rrdaa, iravre. 



N, TrdvTsg, 
G. rrdvTov, 

D. TTUOl, 1 

A. rrdvrag, 
V. wavTsg, 



Plural, 
rzaaai, 

TTdGUV, 

ndaaig, 
rrdaag, 
rxaaat, 



rravra, 

TravTuv, 

Tract, 

ndvra, 

Txdvra. 



2. Termination in eig. 
Adjectives in stg make the feminine in eaaa and the 
neuter in ev. Participles in etg make the feminine in eiaa. 



Masc. Fern. 

Xapletg, x a P LeGGa ^ 

Singular. 

N. x a p' L ~ eL ?i -coca, -ev, 

G. xapl-zvToq, -saang, -evtoc, 

D. X a P^- £VT h -ZGG 1 ), -EVTL, 

A. x a P i - evra i -eaaav, -ev, 

, r vaai-u, or > 

V. A < , ' } -eaaa, -ev. 



Neut. 
Xapiev, "pleasing." 
Dual. 
N. x a pt- £VT£ i -Eaaa, -evte, 
G. x a P i -^ VTOlv i -iaaaLv, -evroiv, 

D. X a P l - £VTOlv i -EGCCUV, -EVTOIV, 

A. x a pt- £VT£ > -eaaa, -evre, 
V. x a P t - £VT£ i -eaaa, -evre. 



Plural. 



N. 


Xapi-Evrec, 


-EGOat, 


-Evra, 


G. 


Xapi-EVTov, 


-EGOGlV, 


-EVTOV, 


D. 


Xapi-Eui, 


-Eaaatc, 


-EGl, 


A. 


Xapi-svrac, 


-iaaag, 


-evra, 


V 


Xapt-EVTEC, 


-saaai, 


-evra. 



Masc. Fern. Neut. 

rvcpdeig, rvcpdelaa, rv(pdev, " having been struck.'' 

Dual. 



N. 


TV(j)8-Eic, 


-Etaa, 


-EV, 


N. 


TV(f)6-EVT£, 


-Eiaa, 


-EVTE, 


G. 


TV<pd-EVTOe, 


-£i<77}C, 


-EVTOg, 


G. 


TV<p6-£VTOLV, 


-Ecaacv, 


-EVTOIV, 


D. 


TV(j)8-EVTL, 


-ElCr), 


-EVTL, 


D. 


TV (f)d- EVTOIV, 


-Eiaaiv, 


-EVTOIV, 


A. 


TV(j)6-EVTa, 


-Eiaav, 


-EV, 


A. 


TVtpd-EVTE, 


-Eiaa, 


-EVTE, 


V. 


rv(pd-eig, 


-etaa, 


-EV. 


V. 


TVfd-EVTE, 


-Eiaa, 


-EVTE. 



1. Primitive form rtdv-ai. 



46 





ADJECTIVES. 








Plural. 




N. 


TV<pd-£VT£C, 


-siGai, 


-ivra, 


G. 


TV(f>d-EVTO)V, 


-eigcov, 


-EVTOJV, 


D. 


TV(j>d-eZai, 


-sicaig, 


-elgl, 


A. 
V. 


TV^d-EVTag, 

Tvipd-ivrsg, 


-EiGaq, 
-EiGac, 


-ivra, 

-EVTd. 



The termination rjeig, belonging to this head, is some- 
times contracted. Thus, -rjetg, -TjEoaa, -rjev, are contracted 
into -^c, -rjaaa, -r\v ; as, for example, 

Nom. rLfi-r/g, TLfi-rjooa, ti\jl-7]V, 

Gen. Tip-rjvTog, rifi-rjaarjg, TLii-rjvrog, &c. 

3. Termination in 7)V. 
Adjectives in r\v have the feminine in eiva and the neu- 
ter in ev. Of these, however, we find only one form ex- 
isting in Greek, namely, reprjv. Thus, 





Masc. Fern. 


Neut. 








Tep7]v, repsLva, 


repev, " tender." 








Singular. 


Dual. 




N. 


T£p-7]V, 


-Eiva, -EV, 


N. Tsp-EVS, 


-Eiva, 


-EVE, 


G. 


TEp-svog 


, -sivng, -svog, 


G. TSp-EVOlV, 


-ELVaiV, 


-EVOIV, 


D. 


TEp-EVl, 


-StVT), -EVl, 


D. TSp-EVOLV, 


-Etvatv, 


-EVOLV, 


A. 


rip-Eva, 


-scvav, -EV, 


A. TSp-EVE, 


-Eiva, 


-EVE, 


V. 


TEp-EV, 


-ELVa, -EV. 

Ph 

N. rip-EVEC, 

G. T£p-£VidV, 
D. Tip- EG i, 1 

A. rip-Evag, 
V. rep-Evsg, 


V. T£p-£VE, 

ral. 

-eivcu, -Eva, 

-EiVOV, -EVtdV, 

-Eivaiq, -EGi, 
-Eivaq, -sva, 
-Eivai, -Eva. 


-Eiva, 


-EVE. 



4. Termination in ovg. 
We will consider here merely the uncontracted termina- 
tion in ovg. It belongs to participles, and makes the fem- 
inine in ovaa and the neuter in ov. Thus, 

1. Primitive form Tspsv-Gc. 







ADJECTIVES. 


4 




Masc. Fern. 


Neut. 






dovg, dovaa, 


dov, " having given." 






Singular. 


Dual. 




N. 


dovg, 


dovaa, dov, 




N. dovre, dovaa, 


dovre, 


G. 


dovrog, 


dovang, dovr 


Of, 


G. dovroiv, dovaaiv, 


dovroiv, 


D. 


dovri, 


dovan, dbvri, 


D. dovroiv, dovaacv, 


dovroiv, 


A. 


66vra, 


dovaav, dov, 




A. dovre, dovaa, 


dovre, 


V. 


dove, 


dovaa, 66v. 




V. dovre, dovaa, 


dovre. 








Plural. 








N. dovreg, 


dovaat, dovra, 








G. dovruv, 


dovadv, dovruv, 








D. 6ovat,i 


dovaaig, dovac, 








A. dbvrag, 


dovaag, dovra, 








V. dovreg, 


dovaat, dovra. 





47 



5. Termination in vg. 

I. Adjectives in vg make the feminine in ela and the 
neuter in v ; but, as they admit of contraction in some of 
the cases, they will be treated of under the head of con- 
tracted adjectives. 

II. Participles in vg make the feminine in voa and the 
neuter in vv. Thus, 



Masc. Fern, 

^ewyvvg, ^evyvvaa, 
Singular. 
N. &vyv-vg, -vaa, -vv, 
G. ^evyv-vvrog, -vang, -vvrog, 
D. £evyv-vvri, -van, -vvn, 
A. \evyv-vvra, -vaav, -vv, 
V. fyvyv-vg, -vaa, -vv. 



Neut. 
^evyvvv, "joining" 
Dual. 
N. frvyv-vvre, -vaa, -vvre, 
G. £evyv-vvroi 
D. £evyv-vvro> 
A. Xevyv-vvre^ 
V. £evyv-vvre, 



, -vaaiv, -vvrotv, 

, -vaaiv, -vvrotv, 

-vaa, -vvre, 

-vaa, -vvre. 



Plural. 
N. &vyv-vvreg, -vaai, 
G. ^evyv-vvrov, -va&v, 
D. £evyv-vai, z -vaaig, 

A. £evyv-vvrag, -vaag, 
V. &vyv-vvreg, -vaai, 



-vvra, 

-vvruv, 

-vai, 

-vvra, 

-vvra. 



6. Termination in G)v. 
The termination in o)v makes ovaa in the feminine and 
ov in the neuter. There are but two adjectives of this ter- 
mination, namely, kittiv, with its compound deKO)v, con- 

1. Primitive form d6vr-ai. 

2. Primitive form C,evyvvvr-ai. 



48 



ADJECTIVES. 



tracted by the Attics into aitcdv. 
are participles. 

Masc. Fern. 

ek,(a)v, e/tovoa, 

Singular. 



All the other forms in (*>v 

Neut. 

kicov, "willing" 
Dual. 



N. &K-UV, 
G. EK-OVTOg, 
D. EK-OVTL, 

A. EK-ovra, 
V. kn-uv, 



-ovaa, 
-ovang, 
-ovarj, 
-ovaav, 
-ovaa, 



-ovrog, 

-QVTl, 



N. EK-ovreg, 

G. EK-OVT0)V, 



D. 
A. 
V. 

Masc. 
TV1TTG)V, 



EK-OVai, 1 

EK-ovrag, 

EK-OVTES, 

Fern. 

Tvirrovaa, 



N, 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 

Plural, 
-ovaai, 
-ovauv, 
-ovaaig, 
-ovaag, 
-ovaai, 



ek-ovte, -ovaa, 

ek-ovtoiv, -ovaaiv, 

EK-OVTOIV, -ovaaiv, 

ek-6vte, -ovaa, 

ek-ovte, -ovaa, 



-OVTE, 
-OVTOLV, 

-OVTOLV, 

-OVTE, 

-OVTE. 



Singular. 
N. TV7rT-uv, -ovaa, -ov, 

G. TVTTT-OVTOg, -ovaT/g, -OVTOg, 

1). tvttt-ovtc, -ovarj, -OVTl, 

A. TVTTT-ovTa, -ovaav, -ov, 

V. tvttt-ov, -ovaa, -ov. 



-ovTa, 

-0VT10V, 

-ovai, 
-ovra, 
-ovTa. 

Neut. 

TV7TT0V, " St. 

Dual. 

N. TVTCT-OVTE, -OVCa, 

G. tvtvt-ovtolv, -ovaaiv, 
D. tvtvt-ovtolv, -ovaaiv, 
A. tvttt-ovte, -ovaa, 
V. tvttt-ovte, -ovaa, 



-OVTE, 

-OVTOLV, 

-OVTOLV, 

-OVTE, 

-OVTE. 



Plural. 



N. TV1XT-0VTEQ, 

G. TVTTT-OVTOV, 

D. rvrrr-ovai, 2 

A. TVTTT-ovrag, 

V. TVTTT-OVTEg, 



-ovaai, 
-ovauv, 
-ovaaig, 
-ovaag, 
-ovaai, 



-ovra, 

-OVTUV, 

-ovai, 
-ovTa, 
-ovra. 



7. Termination in G)g. 
This termination also belongs to participles. The fem- 
inine is in via and the neuter in og. Thus, 



Masc. Fern. 

Tsrv(f)U)g, rervcpvTa, 
Singular. 

N. T£TV(j>-6g, -via, -6c, 

G. T£Tv<j>-oTog, -viag, -otoc, 

D. tetv<j>-6tl, -via, -otl, 

A. TETV^-ora, -vlav, -og, 

V. TETv<f>-6g, -via, -bg. 



Neut. 
TSTV(j)6g, " having struck." 
Dual. 

N. tetv$-6t£, -via, -6te, 

G. TETVtp-OTOLV, -ViaiV, -OTOLV, 

D. TETvip-OTOLV, -ViaiV, -OTOLV, 

A. TETVQ-OTE, -via, -OTE, 

V: TETvip-OTE, -via, -OTE. 



1. Primitive form ekovt-cl. 

2. Primitive form tvtctovt-cl. 



EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 



49 



Plural. 



N. TETvf-oreg, 

G. TETVfy-OTCOV, 
D. TETV(J)-6gI, 
A. TETVf-OTag, 

V. Tervty-oTeg, 



-vtai, -ora, 

-vicov, -OTC0V, 

-viaig, -ogl, 

-viag, -ora, 

-vicu, -ora. 



The syncopated forms of the perfect participle active, 
however, make the feminine in Cmjcl and the neuter in cog. 
Thus, 

Masc. Fern. Neut. 





£<7TCi)C, e<JTU)Oa, 


ear cog, " standing 








Singular. 




Dual. 




N. 


EOT-ug, 


-uaa, 


-6g, 


N. egt-cote, -6aa, 


-COTE, 


G. 


EGT-corog, -coGvg, 


-corog, 


G. egt-lotolv, -logcliv, 


-00TOLV, 


D. 


iar-uTt, 


-fiery, 


-COTC, 


D. EGT-tOTOLV, -UGaiV, 


-UTOIV, 


A. 


EOT-tira, 


-coGav, 


-wf, 


A. EGT-COTE, -6<Jd, 


-UTE, 


V. 


EGT-cog, 


-Coca, 


-cog. 


V. EGT-COTE, -COGa, 


-COTE. 








Plural. 








N. iar 


coTEg, 


cocai, -toTa, 








G. EGT 


COTCOV, 


COGCOV, -COTCOV, 








D. EGT-COGL, 


UGCUg, -COGC, 








A. for 


orag, 


cocag, -o~)Ta, 








V. EOT 


COTEg, 


ugcu, -Cora. 





XXVII. EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES OF THREE TERMI- 
NATIONS. 

I. 

Translate the following, and mention the number, gender, 
and case of each. 



fieXaveg cttitol, 
HeXaiva V£(f)eX7], 
fieXav Ifidnov, 
\iiXava i\idria^ 
fieXdvcov Xidcov, 
[isXaivrjg Trrepvyog, 
fieXavog alfxarog, 
fieXave dvdpcomo, 
fieXaoiv 6(p6aXfiolg, 
p,eXaivaig ve^eXacg, 
fieXave crnrco, 



\hiXavi CTTTTG), 
fieXaCva vecpeXa, 

lieX&VOLV OLKOtV, 

rdXavog dvOpconov, 
rdXavc adeXtpti, 
rdXave d6eX<pco, 
rdXaci veaviaig, 
raXacvacg TtapBsvoig, 
rdXatva TrapBevs, 
rdXatvav rtfirjv, 
raXaivatv d\ilXXaw^ 



50 



EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 



raXaivijg ddeXcprjg, 
raXaivy (pvyy, 
raXaiva napdevo), 
diravreg Krjpvueg, 
dnaaac ddXaoaac, 
dnavra dtipa, 
a/naciv dvepoig, 
andvTtev tcvpiov, 
anaai G&uaoL, 
dndacjv ye<f)vpG)v t 
dnavrag fcrjpvuag, 
diraoag yX&ooag, 
dndoaig (puvalg, 
array devdpov, 
dnaaa $vpa, 
dnavrog vofiov, 
andcTjg todTjg, 
arrdaxi olftia, 
%apizcoa \iop§7\, 
XapievTOV Xifievcjv, 
Xapievra Xoyov, 
%ap'i£Gi prjTopoc, 
XaptevTE curare, 
Xaptev Xoye, 
XapLeoGq TreXeiddi, 
%apiiooT]g bdov, 
%apievTi pod(A>, 
XapieooG)v fiopcfrtiv, 
Xapieoaacv edpacv, 
Xapieaaaig (povalg, 
XapcevTotv epyoiv, 
Ti\i7\aa7\g x fyiXiag, 
ri[j,r]EOoa /3i6Xog, 



ri\if\vn voficd, 

Tl\lT\ZVTl dupG), 

TLjjirjVTCJv Xoycjv, 
riyb^g vsavlag, 

TL[JL7]£VTG)V sdvOJV, 

rifirjeig dovXog, 
devdprjeig XetfMov, 
vXrjeig ronog, 
7T0LJ]e<j<ja x^P a i 
KTjpvKog rvcpdevrog, 
dyyeXoig rv&Oelai, 

6oi)X(x) TV(f>deVTL, 

nalde rv^devre, 
aoifidrojv rvcbdevruv, 
irrepvyog rvcpdeiorjg, 
oltcrjfxara rvcpdevra, 
Xeovoi TvfydeloL, 
-&7]polv rvcpdevrocv, 
rrrepvyoiv rv<pBeLcaiv, 
repevog oufiarog, 
repevi irpoddTCi), 
repecva ttoltj, 
repev ddicpv, 
repevojv iracduv, 
repeat, reicvocg, 
repecvacg pc^atg, 
repeivaiv &dacv, 
repecva KecpaXd, 
repecva Ke<f)aXr), 
dvdp(x)TTG)v dovrov, 
Trapdevojv dovativ, 
Kvpiov dovrog, 
napdevog dovaa, 



1. As the contraction in the case 
occasionally, we have given example 
tracted forms. 



of TLjj.rj£tg, rififjc, &c, occurs only 
s of both the uncontracted and con- 



EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 51 

ddeX(f)OLV dovTOiv, yvvr\ eOT&oa, 

ddsXcpalg dovaaig, oiKOig eotgjoi, 

rapLiav dovra, vdficov ekovtojv, 

TsX^vqg dovg, irrnovg karCJrag, 

vIgjv £evyvvvT(ov, TrdvTCjv Tratdlcdv, 

dyysXog diccov, rdXaoi ixpotdrotg, 

irapdivoL dovocu, \iiXavE 7Tpo6dro), 

Trapdivog ^evyvvaa, rraaajv d^tXXov, 

77at,dLG)V aKOVTG)V, TEpEVOtV TTaidioiV, 

V7jOG)V dKOV(JG)V, TlUTjVTCOV ITTTTCOV, 

ddeX(()rj anovoa, kvoiv dfcovoi, 

TToXiratv ekovtolv, rdXavag Kvvag, 

TEXVLTyj ^EVyVVVTL, VTjGOV %ap££<7(7?7£, 

Kvvbg EOTGJTog, nav l/j,driov 1 

XeOVTG)V EOTb)TU)V, irdg iroXEfAog, 

Kspavvov TsrvcpOTog, Trdoa pl^a. 

II. 

Translate the following, and mention, at the same time, 
the agreement or government in each clause or phrase. 

1. Termination in ag. 
ZsvocpGJv e%ei \iiXavag iTnrovg, Kal fisXava otrXa, Kal 
iraoav tt\v kadr\ra usXaivav. — dvdpo)TTOC rdXavsg exovol 
Trdvra rdXava. — aTraaai at irapQivoi r\oav rdXawai. — 
array to aCJad eotl [liXav. — 6 kvcjv e%ei uiXava &ra, Kal 
rrodag usXavag, Kal ovpav fisXacvav. — svravdd eiciv ol 
rd(f)Ot rtjv raXdvcjv 'EXXrjvejv. — rvipag tov lttttov eotIv 
ddXtog, Kal nav to irpooGJnov eotl Xvirrjpbv. — to \ivr\aa tov 
TvipavTog tov usXava lttttov tjv KaXbv, Kal usXdvcjv Xi- 
6g)v. — Tolg TaXaatv dvdpunoig Kal Talg TaXalvaig Trapds- 
voig ovk eotI GG)T7]pta. — rravTEg ol AcdvEg rjaav \iiXavEg. 
— G) TaXavE dvdpG)TTG) Kal TaXdvojv dvdpdjTTOv Tralds ! — kv- 
Tavdd eIolv at uEXaivai -&sal, at HvfiEVLdsg, Kal drravTa 
KaKa Kal TL\Ux)pi\\iaTa Tolg TaXaoiv dvdpGJTroig. — TvipavTsg 
rbv dvaKTa, Kal tov \iiXava evvovxov, drravTEg ol (3dp6apot 



52 EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 

rjoav ev bnXoig. — rj yvvrj, rvipaaa rbv dovXov, fy rdXatva. 
• — evravdd eloiv at \LeXaivai eaBrvxEg rov rdXavog Alavrog. 
— rd bnXa t&v fisXavoyv Ai6vo)v, teal ol fiiXavsg lttttol rojv 
ovfijidx^v. — 6 vlbg rdXag dvdpcjnov rdXavog iariv ev tgj 
dypu) rov rbv 6dp6apov rvipavrog. 

2. Terminations in Eig, 7]V, and ovg. 

"E^gi %apievrag olfcovg, nai devSprjevrag dypovg, teal ri- 
\ii\Evrag limdvg, nai olvov ev fieXaaiv daicolg. — eXevdepia 
earl rifirjeaaa, teal ttclolv dvdpconoig %aplev dyaBbv. — o> 
Xapieooa rrapdevo), nai \ieXaveg b$QaX\iol ralv %apieooaiv 
irapdevoLV. — r\ fid^a e%ei ba\ir\v xapleaaav . — <b xapieaaa 
tcai rtfirjaaa Trrjyd, nai dypol irofqevreg nai devSprjevreg ! — 
ol xaptevreg lttttoi exovgl xapievrag tcai ri\ir\vrag tcoafiovg, 
oi 6e cpavXot, fisXavag.—o) repeve rraidLO) nai dyadov dv- 
dpdjrrov xapievre vlo) ! — ol "EXXtjveg, dovreg bfirjpovg, r\aav 
rdXaveg. — rb (ivrjfia, repeivng nai %api&GGT\g irapdsvov. — ol 
(3dp6apoi, rv<pdevreg y Etal rdXaveg, ol ds "HXXrjveg, rovg 
(3ap6dpovg rvipavreg, sxovacv oltcrjfiara x a P lEVTa " — V te- 
petva 7TOL7] EGrlv dyadi] ripsaw epityoig. — dovg alrov ralg 
rspELvatg kpicpaig, t\d<pvig Earlv ev r^ KaXv6^j x a P LE(ja XI T ?7C 
rEpEivrjg XXorjg. — rb \Lvr\\ia, rvcpOsv tw KspavvG), r\v anav 
fisXav. — rd a&fiara rdv rvcpdevrcov r\aav ev rdfiotg ttoitj- 
sac. — 6 fiaacXsvg ex £L dEvdprjvra x<^pla, nai TTOcrjvra iredta. 
— svravdd elaiv ol fisXavsg AibvEg ev [isXaaiv onXoig, teal 
rb ftsafid kari x a P Lev Ka ^ fcaXbv. — (b x a P lEV "A6o)vl nai 
Xaplsaaa A(ppodir7] ! — r\ rspsiva Trapdsvog dovaa ttoltjv rolv 
repivoiv spi(f)Oiv, r\v ev tw dvrpo) x a P lEVTl T & v Nv/*$«v 
Xapieaaoyv. 

3. Terminations in vg, o)v, and <og. 

'JIdovrj eari yXvuela (jlev, (ipax&la 6e. — rj yscjyvpd kariv 
evpela, icai 6 irorafibg (3a6vg. — to fiev \ieXi earl yXvicv, rb 
6e fjbrjXov bt,v. — rb -&eafid eariv rjdv. — 6 dvdpG)irog, rimrojv 
rbv dovXov, eariv a/naaiv rpaxvg. — rb \Lvr\\La, karug ev rij 
66g), earlv arraai tiavfiaarov. — Zepgijg, ^evyvvg rbv f EA- 



EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 



53 



XtjGttovtov ys<pvpa, rjv anaoi -ftavpaOTog. — o dvdpoiTTog 
exec rovg CTznovg korGJrag ev roi dypti. — rj yvvr\, ^evyvvua 
to) avOpuTTG) ev cpiXia, z%u dndvrov rbv ettcuvov. — £gvy- 
vvg rcb i;vXo) z^ei %apav. — 6 ixoi\ir\v exec spicfyovg sortirag 
ev rxi vX% feat npodara real alydg ev XEi\iCdvt ttoltjevti. — 
earcbg ev bnXoig, Kal tvtttov rovg dovXovg anovrag, sort 
rdXag Kal anopog. — 6 fiev dovXog kariv ek£)v, 6 6e deoiro- 
rr\g cLkgjv. — rd XPW^ T( ^ ™ v d/covruv 'EXXtjvov. 

III. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 

The beginning of black night. 

The black stones of the two 
tombs. 

All the arms of all the wretch- 
ed. 

All the Greeks were in black 
attire. 



The eyes of all the maidens 
were black. 

Of the black pinions of the 
furies. 

Oh wretched fortune of wretch- 
ed Greece ! 

Oh two wretched sons of Po- 
ly damas ! 

The tomb of Hector, who 
smote the Greeks. 

The two men, having struck 
the lion, have the fear of 
black death. 

She has a graceful form, and 
a sweet countenance, and 
black hair. 



f O dpxi] fieXag vv%. 

f O fxsXag Xidog 6 \ivr\\La. 

YLag 6 orrXov nag 6 rdXag. 



Hag 6 "'EXXtjv elfil ev [isXag 

kodrjg. 
f O o\i\ia irdg 6 txapBivog elfil 

[leXag. 
'0 fiiXag nrspvi- 6 ~Ev[j,evl- 

deg. 
T ft rdXag rvxi ^dXag f E/U 

Xag ! 
T £2 rdXag nalg HoXvddfiag ! 

f \Lvr\\ia "IZtcTUp 6 rvifjag 6 

"EXXtjv. 
f dvdpo)7Tog, rvipag 6 Xeqv, 

e%6) 6 (p66og \iiXag ddva- 

rog. 
V E^6) x a P lSi S VopQli Ka l 

rjdvg rrpoaQirov, Kal $pi% 

fjLsXag. 



E 2 



54 ADJECTIVES OF TWO TERMINATIONS. 

f O auriirrpov TLjirjEig ava%. 



The two sceptres of two hon- 
oured kings. 

Valuable mines of gold and 
silver. 

The pleasing temple of re- 
vered Diana. 

All Greece, having given 
praise and honours, was in 
hope. 

The works of the two men, 
standing and striking in 
the battle. 

Unwilling slaves have punish- 
ment. 

Willing soldiers have re- 
wards. 

The wretched tears of tender 
maidens. 

The tender tears of wretched 
Helen. 



TL[j,7]£ig [ieraA,Xov xpvaog aal 

apyvpog. 
r O %apieLc lepbv TLfirjEtg "Ap- 

r£\iig. 
"Knag 6 f EA/Ld^, dove; snai- 

voc Kai Tipfi, eifil ev eX- 

mg. 
O epyov 6 avdpcjirog, kardg 

Kal TVTTTGJV £V 6 fld%7]. 

"A/cow dovXog e%G) ri\iupia. 

'EtftoV OTpa,TLG)T7]C £YG) CbB- 

Xov. 
'O rdXag ddnpv -&pr\v rcap- 

dsvog. 
r O repTjv ddnpv rdXag 'EA- 

£V7]. 



XXVIII. ADJECTIVES OF TWO TERMINATIONS. 
I. Termination in ag. 





Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 






auvag, 


auvag, 


duvav, " ever-flowing 


» 




Singular. 


Dual. 




N. 


deiv-ac, 


-ctf, -av, 


N. deiv-avre, -avrs, 


-avre, 


G. 


deiv-avrog, 


-avrog, -avrog, 


G. detv-dvroiv, -dvroiv, 


-dvTOLV, 


D. 


deiv-avn, 


-avrt, -avrc, 


D. detv-dvroiv, -dvroiv, 


-dvroiv, 


A. 


deiv-avra, 


-avra, -av, 


A. deiv-avre, -avrs, 


-avre, 


V. 


deiv-av, 


-av, -av. 

Ph 


V. deiv-avre, -avre, 
ral. 


-avre. 




N. 


deiv-avreg, -c 


ivreg, -avra, 






G. 


detv-dvruv, -c 


IVTUV, -aVTidV, 






D. 


aeiv-aai, 1 -c 


tai, -dot, 






A. 


deiv-avrag, -c 


ivrag, -avra, 






V. 


deiv-avreg, -c 


ivreg, -avra. 





1. Primitive form deivavr-ai. 



ADJECTIVES. 



55 



N. afifa 
G. apfi-i 
D. app-i 
A. a^-t 
V. app-e 



2. Termination in r\v. 

Masc. Fern. Neut. 

apprjv, apprjv, appev, " male" 
Singular. Dual. 



-7]V, 


-ev, 




N. 


U.fip-EVc, 


-EVE, 


-EVE, 


-evcc, 


-evof, 




G. 


app'-hoiv, 


-how, 


-how 


-eve, 


-em, 




D, 


dp'p'-hoLv, 


-how, 


-how, 


-eva. 


-ev, 




A. 


ap()-£V£, 


-EVE, 


-EVE, 


-£V, 


-EV. 




V, 


app-EVE, 


-EVE, 


-EVE. 




Plural. 








N. dp'p- 


evsc, 


-EVEg, 


-Eva, 






G. d/3/5- 


huv, 


-EVUV, 


-EVUV, 






D. app- 


ecl, 1 


-sac, 


-ECL, 






A. d/5/5- 


£va<;, 


-Evag, 


-Eva, 






V. ap/6 


£V£f, 


-Eveg, 


-Eva. 







3. Termination in rjq. 

Adjectives in r\q, of two terminations, undergo contrac- 
tion, changing eoc into ovg, el into el, ea and ee into r\, &c. 
They will, therefore, be considered under the head of con- 
tracted adjectives of two terminations, where examples 
will be given. 

4. Termination in ig. 





Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 








evxaptg, 


ev%apie, 


ev-xapi, " acceptable. 


" 




Singular. 


Dual. 




N. 


Evxap-ig, 


-LC, -L, 


N. EVX&p-lTE, 


-LTE, 


-LTE, 


G. 


Evxap-Xroc, 


-iroc, -lto$ } 


G. Evxap-irow, 


-LTOLV, 


-LTOLV, 


D. 


EVX&p-lTl, 


-trt, -lti, 


D. Evxap-irow, 


-LTOLV, 


-LTOLV, 


A. 


svxdp-LTa or 
Evxap-w, 


) -era or ) 
\-lv, H' 


A. Evxap-iTE, 


-LTE, 


-LTE, 


V. 


svxap-i, 


-i, -i. 

Flu 

N. EVXap-LTEC, 

G. svxap-LTuv, 
D. Evxap-Xat, 2 
A. Evxdp-irac, 

V. EVXap-LTEC, 


V. El'xdp-CTE, 

ral. 

-t-TEC, -ira, 

-LTO)V, -LTCOV, 
-LCI, -LCL, 

-iraq, -Lra, 
-ltec, -Lra. 


-LTE, 


-LTE. 



1. Primitive form cc^ev-cl. 

2. Primitive form £vxdpLT-aL. 



56 



ADJECTIVES. 



5. Termination in 0)v. 



Masc. Fern. 

OG)(ppG)V, CO)(j)pG)V, 

Singular. 



N. c6<pp-c t 
G. o6<j>p-ovog, 
D. auxpp-ovi, 
A. caipp-ova, 
V. cudp-ov, 



-ov, 
-ovog, 
-ovi, 
-ova. 



-ovog, 
-ovt, 



Neut. 
ouxppov, " discreet." 
Dual. 

N. o6<pp-ove, -ove, -ove, 

G. GG)(j)p-6vOiV, -OVOIV, -bvoiv, 

D. GCJ(j>p-6vOlV, -OVOIV, -OVOIV, 

A. ocjcpp-ove, -ove, -ove, 

V. otj<pp-ove, -ove, -ove. 



Plural. 



N. cufyp-oveg, 
G. auipp-bvov, 
D. ccxpp-oai, 1 
A. outyp-ovag, 
V. ouipp-oveg, 



-oveg, 
-bvuv, 

-OGl, 

-ovag, 
-oveg, 



-ova, 
-ova. 



Under this same head fall comparatives in uv, which are 
declined like oucppov, except that they are syncopated and 
contracted in some of their cases. They will, therefore, be 
treated of under contracted adjectives of two terminations, 
where appropriate examples will be given. 

6. Termination in 0)p. 



Masc. Fern. 

fieyakrjTtop, fieyaXrjrup, 
Singular. 
N. /xeyaTiyr-up, -cop, -op, 
G. fieyaTi^r-opoc, -opog, -opog, 
D. fieyaXr/T-opt, -opt, -ope, 
A. (leyalrjT-opa, -opa, -op, 
V. [leyaT^rjT-op, -op, -op. 



Neut. 
fieyaXrirop, " magnanimous" 

Dual. 
N. fieyalrjT-ope, -ope, -ope, 
G. fjieyaXrjT-opotv, -bpoiv, -bpoiv, 
D. fieyaTivr- bpoiv, -bpoiv, -bpoiv, 
A. fieyaTirjT-ope, -ope, -ope, 
V. [j,eya7i7]T-ope, -ope, -ope. 



Plural. 



N. fxeyaTiTjT-opeg, 


-opeg, 


-opa, 


G. fieyaTirjr-opuv, 


-bpov, 


-bpov, 


D. [MeyaXriT-opai, 2 


-opoi, 


-opoi, 


A. fieyaXriT-opag, 


-opag, 


-opa, 


V. jJieyaXfjT-opeg, 


-opeg, 


-opa. 



1. Primitive form cCxppov-ai. 

2. In the dative plural of this adjective the termination ci is added at 
once to the root. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



57 



7. Termination in (og. 1 



Masc. 




Fern. 


Neut. 






evyeug, 


evyecog, 


evyeOJV, 


"fertile" 




Singular. 






Dual. 




N. evye-uc, 
G. evye-u, 
D. evye-u, 
A. evye-uv, 
V. evye-uc, 


-uc, 

-0), 

-(f), 

-0)V, 
•UC, 


-UV, 
-U, 

-v> 

-uv, 
-uv. 

Plu 


N. evye-u, 
G. evye-uv, 
D. evye-uv, 
A. evye-u, 
V. evye-u, 

ral. 


-u, 

-UV, 
-UV, 

-u, 


-u, 

-uv, 

-uv, 

-u, 

•u. 




N. 
G. 


evye-u, 

evye-uv, 


-u, -u, 
-uv, -uv, 








D. 
A. 
V. 


evye-uc, 
evye-uc, 
evye-u, 


-uc, -u, 
-u. -u. 








8. 


Termino 


tion in ovq. 






Masc. 




Fern. 


Neut. 






dinovg, 


dinovg, 


dlnovv, " two-footed. 




Singular. 
N. dilZ-OVC, -ovc, 
G. dirc-odoc, -odoc, 
D. din-odt, -ode, 
A. din-oda, \ -oda, ) 


-ovv, 
-odoc, 
-odi, 


Dual. 
N. din-ode, -ode, 
G. diir-odoLv, -odotv, 
D. dm-odoiv, -odoiv, 
A. din-ode, -ode, 


-ode, 
-odoiv 
-odoiv, 
-ode, 


or i 


or I 


-ovv, 








-OW, J 
V. d'lTT-OVC, \ 


-ovv, ) 

'OVC, 1 




V. din-ode, 


-ode, 


-ode. 



, ) -ovc, 1 

c or \ 

5 -ov, j 



Plural. 



N. 


din-odec, 


-odec, 


-oda, 


G. 


din-oduv, 


-oduv, 


-oduv 


D. 


din-oat, 


-OCl, 


-oat, 


A. 


din-odac, 


-odac, 


-oda, 


V. 


din-odec, 


-odec, 


-oda. 



1 . Compare the Attic mode of declining, in the second declension, 
given at page 85. 



58 



EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 



XXIX. EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES OF TWO TERMINA- 
TIONS. 
I. 

Translate the following, and mention the number, gender 
and case of each. 



advavreg TTorajjioi, 
decvdvrcjv nqytiv, 
decvavroiv Trrjyotv, 
aeivav nvp ! 
deivavre (ppeare, 
deivavrog dpyr\g, 
decvdaiv vddai, 
aeivav uneave ! 
deivavn nvpi, 
dppevcjv naidojv, 
appevag opvlOag, 
appevog arpovdov, 
appecLV ap/croig, 
dppeveg Kvveg, 
appev £g)ov, 
dppevotv naidoiv, 
dppeve eXd<j)G), 
appeva £toa, 
evxdptreg ayyeXot, 
evxdpLGL doypoig, 
evxaptv avdpoynov, 
evxdpiri fcaipti, 
evxdpcre ftaipti, 
evxdpirog elprjvrjg, 
evxapi rjfispa ! 
evxaplroLv 7TOL7][mroLV, 
(7(>xj)p6vG)v Xoycjv, 
Gilxppoat (ptXoGo^ocg, 
od)(f)pov diddonaXe. ! 



o6(f)povog yspovrog, 
Gcjcppove iralde, 
OG)cf)p6vG)v napdevav, 

CGHppOVOlV dvdpUTCOtV, 

o6cppoveg ddeX(poi, 
fisyaXrjropog avaKTog, 
\ieyaXr\~opa veaviav, 
\xeyaXr\ropa dtipa, 
\ieyaXr\ropi iroXep,io), 
\ieyaXi\rope Grparrjycj, 
fieyaX^ropGi fjpcjGi,, 
evysG) rorro), 
evyeo) vtjgco, 
evyso) dypoi, 

svyeo) x^piov, 

evyeo)g fiovvovg, 

evyeog SitceXia, 

evyecjv x^pav, 

evystev V7jgolv, 

evyeov tottojv, 

evyeu x^pia, 

evyecdg nediocg, 

Sinodog £g3oi/, 

dinodeg Grddfiac, 

diixoda ££>a, 

dtTTOGL %G)Oig, 

dinode Grdd/ia, 
dinodag Grddfrng, 
dinovv £(oov. 



EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 59 

II. 

Translate the following, and mention the agreement or 
government in each clause or phrase. 

1. Terminations in ag and rjv. 
f H deivag irrjyrj 'Apedovarjc earlv ev rq vtjog) 'Oprvyia, 
— r) rov ixot\ievog yvvrj zypi ro) iralde dppeve rov (3ovfc6Xov. 
— "Hcpatarog ex ei ev Alrvrj detvavrog nvpbg TTTjydg icada- 
pdg. — ev ovpavC) elolv detvavreg evSatuovtag Trorafiot. — 6 
Tcalg rov yeo)pyov e^ei dppevag arpovdovg ev fcavtafctG) fcaXti, 
kcll kvg)v apprjv earlv ev ry ftvpa rr)g 'Aprefitdcopov olniag. 
— at ~Nvii(pcu rtiv detvdvrd)v Trrjyojv, nai at "tineavideg al 
rov detvavrog 'Qrceavov ftvydrepeg, evnXofcafiot elat, /cat 
rrdvrore eparetvat. — KrrjOKpoJv e^ei rb rov appevog eXdcpov 
depfia veodaprov. — rd rolv dppevotv -&eolv dydXfiara, nai 
r) rtiv deivdvrojv rrvpGJv (pXb% ovpavia, nai rb rCdv (bfceavov 
vddrcjv pevua dtcoiurjrov. — ftdvarog ova earlv vnvog ddtd- 
rravarog, dXX' detvavrog &r)g dpx^ dvafi(pta6rjrr)rog. — 
r) vXtj e%ei appeva £6)a, nai Trrjyag detvavrag, nai fiarcpd 
devdpa, nai dvrpa anoretvd. — eptavxeveg avdponot elatv 
evtcaracbpovrjrot. 

2. Terminations in ig and G)V. 
To dupov dyaOov dvdpcjrrov earlv del evftapi, nai at r&v 
ao)(f>povo)v avfidovXtat ov utnpav (b(peXetav e^ovaiv. — at 
ru>v dyaOtiv $vaiat elalv del rolg deolg evxdptreg. — <3 rdv 
ao)(pp6vcov vovg, uanep %pvabg, (3dpog ex Et ^oXvrt\iov. — ev 
r V ^XV ayvrj naaat at dperal ottcrjatv ei>xdptra exovatv. 
— ati(j)poveg iroXtrat <b(peXtfiot elaiv, ol 6' acppoveg f3Xa6epot. 
— al Movaat, Mv7)(j,oavvrjg ical Zrjvbg 'OXvprnov dyXad 
refcva, TroXvtdfioveg elat, ical (ptXocppoveg, nai dBdvarai. — 
ol rtiv ao)(f)p6vG)v eixatvoi elaiv evxdptreg nai ixoXvrt\iot. — 
w icaitodatuov vie rov nanodaifiovog Uptdpov ! — ol detat- 
datuoveg elatv del dovXot. — r) ev Xatpcoveta fidx?) QtXtTnrG) 
r\v i) alrta evxdptrog vtKrjg, rolg 6' 'Adrjvatotg drtfiiag Kal 
alaxvvrjg. — rolg Kano6ai\ioatv at rdv (f>tX(x)v napafivdtat 



60 



EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 



^eXfcrripiav dvvafiiv nal svxaptv cjcfyeXetav exovaiv. — ol 
dxdpioroi slow del emXrjOfioveg. — sXEcpavrsg nal nvveg 
elalv del evepyerrjixdroJv fjivrj/jioveg. 

3. Terminations in o)p, G)c, and ovg. 
r H evyeojg vrjaog rov fieyaXrjropog KrjcjiLOodojpov. — rj vXi\ 
exec navrola rerpdiToda %GJa. — rd tcjv QeaaaXcov evyeco 
rcedia. — \ieydXr\rop ixal TLpidpLOv, e '~EXeve, nal jjbeyaX^ropcjv 
TTpoyovov eldoyXov dXrjdivov ! — evyeuv ddnedov evyeoyv 
vrjOG)v. — avOpoynog eon dirrovv %&ov. — fj,eyaX7jropeg dv- 
dporroC elaiv del [ivrjfioveg d6$-r)g KaXr\g. — e%et \ieyaXr\ropa 
■&v[jl6v, nal (xeyaX'nropojv epyG>v p,vr\\ibT]v ddidXenrrov. — tg) 
lieyaXrjropi o]po)l rovro rjv \ibpai\JLOV. — evyeug x<*>pioLg Ka6- 
dnep dyadolg dvdpcjnotg earlv ovpavbg del a'ioiog. — 1,1- 
KeXia nal J&vdoLa, evyeo) vrjao ! — iAeo> -&eol teal tXeo) -&eai 
eloiv ev ovpavti darepoevrt. 

III. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 



In God are the fountains of 
ever-flowing mercy and love. 

The two ever-flowing wells of 
bitumen in the land of the 
Persians. 

To the male children of the 
magnanimous Eurymedon 
there was not the care of 



The two acceptable gifts of the 
two male children, and the 
waters of the two ever-flow- 
ing rivers in the fertile land 
of the magnanimous Solymi. 

For the magnanimous sons of 
the discreet Aglaonice there 



'Ev Qeog eijii 6 irrjyi) deivag 
eXer\\ioGvvr\ nal dydrrr]. 

deivag aacpaXrog (ppeap ev 
6 6 UepO'ng yr\. 

dpprjv [ieyaX7]TG)p Evpvfj,- 
edov rralg ovk, elfil 6 etu- 
\ieXeia GitXppcjv cpiXog. 

evx^pig dtipov 6 dpprjv 
iralg, nal 6 v6(op b deivag 
Trorafibg, ev 6 evyeo)g yr\ 6 
fieyaXrjrcjp ZoXvfiot. 

O fiEyaX?)TG)p Tralg oaxppcjv 
'AyXaovift't) ovk elju 6 ev- 



CONTRACTED NOUNS. 



61 



were not the acceptable con- 
solations of the inhabitants 
of their fertile native land. 

O discreet son of the discreet 
and magnanimous Euthy- 
phron ! 

Of the two fertile regions in 
the two fertile islands of 
Corcyra and Crete. 

The queen has in her kingdom 
magnanimous and discreet 
men, fertile meads, ever- 
flowing rivers, mines of gold, 
silver, and copper, and all 
other acceptable things. 



%apig irapa^vdta 6 b evyeog 
rrarplg olfcerrjg, 

I,G)(f)pG)v vibe, b o6(f)pG)v koX 
(xeyaXrjrojp Evdv^pcjv ! 

f O evyecjg %(x>piov ev b evyeog 
vrjGog Kepicvpa nai Kprjrrj. 

f O fiaoiXioaa ev b dp%7\ \ie- 
yaXryroip nai cuxppGiv av- 
OpejTToe, evyeojg Xetpcov, 
aetvae Trorafioc, \ieraXXov 
Xpvooc, apyvpoc, nai %aX~ 
(tog, nai irag aXXog ev%apig 

XP¥ a h<*>- 



XXX. CONTRACTED NOUNS. 
Contracted Nouns of the First Declension. 

I. In forming these contractions, ea preceded by p be- 
comes a ; as, epea, contracted spa, " wool.'''' 

II. So also da becomes a ; as, fivda, contracted \iva, " a 
mina." 

III. But ea not preceded by p, and likewise en and 67], be- 
come 7\ ; as, yea, yr\, " the earth ;" yaXen, yaXrj, " a weasel ;" 
dtTrXon, SlttXtj, " double ;" 'Epfieag, f Ep^c, " Mercury ;" 
'AneXXeng, 'AneXXrjg, " Apelles." 

IV. In the genitive, ov absorbs the preceding vowel ; as, 
'Eppeov, 'Epfiov. 

Examples. 
rj epea, contracted epa, "wool" 





Singular. 




Dual. 




Plural. 


N. 


epi-a ep-a, 


N. 


hpe-a, 


N. 


kpi-at hp-al, 


G. 


kpi-ag ep-&c, 


G. 


epi-aiv, 


G. 


epe-tiv hp-Civ, 


D. 


kpe-a kp-q,, 


D. 


epe-atv, 


D. 


epe-aic hp-alg, 


A. 


kpi-av kp-av, 


A. 


ipe-a, 


A. 


epi-aq hp-ag, 


V 


kpi-a tp-a. 


V. 


hpi-a. 

F 


V, 


hpi-ai tp-al. 



62 



CONTRACTED NOUNS. 



yaXir], contracted yaXr], " a weasel." 



Singular. 
N. yake-n yak-fj, 
G. yake-n g yak-fj g, 
J), yake-n yak-rj, 
A. yake-nv yak-fjv, 
V. yake-n yak-?}. 



Dual. 

N. yake-a yak-d, 
G. yake-aiv yak-alv, 
D. yake-aiv yak-alv, 
A. yake-a yak-d, 
V. yake-a ya?t,-d. 



yake-ai yak-al, 
yake-cJv yak-uv, 
yake-aig yak-ale;, 
yake-ag yak-tig, 



V. yake-ai yak-al. 



Contracted Nouns of the Second Declension. 

I. In forming these contractions, the letters eo, 6e, and 
60, become ov ; as, adeX(pideog, contracted adeXfadovc ; voe, 
contracted vov ; voog, contracted vovg. 

II. A short vowel before a long one, or before a diphthong, 
is absorbed ; as, nXocov, ttXgjv ; rrXooov, nXolv. 

III. In the neuter, a absorbs the preceding vowel, and 
becomes long ; as, oarea, bora. 

IV. In the vocative, ee is not contracted ; as, adeXfytdee. 

EXAMPLES. 



6 voog^ contracted vovg, " the mind/ 



Plural. 



N. 


vb-og vovg, 


N. vo-o) v(b, 


N. 


vb-oi vol, 


G. 


vo-ov vov, 


G. vo-oiv volv, 


G. 


vo-uv vu>v, 


D. 


vo-(i) vti, 


D. VO-OLV volv, 


D. 


vo-oig volg, 


A. 


vo-ov vovv, 


A. vo-cj vtj, 


A. 


vb-ovg vovg, 


V. 


vb-e vov. 


V. vo-o vd. 


V. 


vo-ot vol. 




ro oarsov 


contracted oarovv, ' 


' the hone." 




Singular. 


Dual. 




Plural. 


N. 


bare-ov bar-ovv, 


N. bare-u bar-ti, 


N. 


bare-a bar-a, 


G. 


bare-ov bar-ov, 


G. bare-oiv bar-olv, 


G. 


bare-ov bar-ov, 


D. 


bare-o bar-ip, 


D. bare-oiv bar-olv, 


D. 


bare-otg bar-olg, 


A. 


bare-ov bar-ovv, 


A. bare-o bar-ti, 


A. 


bare-a bar-a, 


V. 


bare-ov bar-ovv. 


V. bare-(o bar-u. 


V. 


bare-a bar-a. 



Contracted Adjectives in eog and oog. 
1. Termination in eog. 

I. Adjectives in eog are contracted throughout. 

II. In the feminine, ea is contracted into a when a vowel 
or the letter p precedes the termination sog ; but, otherwise, 



CONTRACTED NOUNS. 



63 



it is contracted into r\. Thus, %pvoEog in the feminine con- 
tracts xpvoea into %pv<jr\ > Dut £p£ £0 f > " woollen" contracts 
epeea into sped ; and dpyvpeog, " silver" dpyvpea into 
dpyvpd. 

III. In the neuter plural, however, ea is always con- 
tracted into a, whatever letter may precede og. Thus, 

Xpvoeog, contracted %pvooiig, "golden" 





Singular. 








Du 


il. 




N. 


Xpva-eog -ea 


-EOV, 




N. 


Xpva-io) 


-ia 


-ia, 




ovg ri 


OVV 






€> 


a 


<*>■> 


G. 


Xpvo-iov -iag 


-iov, 




G. 


XpVG-EOLV 


-iaLv 


-ioLv, 




ov qc 


ov, 






OLV 


alv 


olv, 


D. 


Xpva-iif) -ia 


-EG), 




D. 


Xpva-Eoiv 


-iaLv 


-ioLv 




<p ?) 


o, 






OLV 


alv 


olv, 


A. 


Xpvc-eov -iav 


-EOV, 




A. 


Xpva-Eu 


-ia 


-Eld, 




ovv rjv 


ovv 






(J 


ti 


u, 


V. 


Xpva~£E -ia 


-EOV, 




V. 


Xpva-Ea 


-ia 


-ico, 




V 


ovv 


Pirn 


•al. 


€> 


a 


LO. 




N. 


xp<>°- 


EOL 
01 


-sat 
al 


-Ea, 
a, 








G. 


Xpva-iuv 


-ECiV 


-EOV, 












UV 


uv 


C)V, 








D. 


Xpvc-ioig 


-ECLIQ -EOtg, 












OLg 


alg olg, 








A. 


Xpva-iovg 


-sag 


-Ea, 












ovg 


tig 


a, 








V. 


Xpvff- 


EOL 


-sac 


-sa, 







2. Termination in 6og. 

I. Adjectives in 6og are contracted throughout like those 
in iog. 

II. In the feminine 6r\ is contracted into r\ ; and in the 
neuter plural, 6a into a. 

III. When the letter p precedes the termination, the fem- 
inine is in 6a, contracted a. 

IV. But the adjective dOpoog, " crowded," is not contracted 
in the feminine dOpoa, to distinguish it from the adjective 
adpovg, " noiseless," which is of two terminations. 



64 CONTRACTED NOUNS. 



anXoog, contracted anXovg, " simple." 
Singular. Dual. 



N. dnTi-oog 


-6n 


-6ov, 


ovg 


V 


ovv, 


G. dnTi-bov 


-6ng 


-6ov, 



D. dirTi-oo) 



-on 



-OiO, 



A. diz'k-oov -onv -6ov, 

OVV TjV OVV, 

V. dirl-os -on -Sov, 

ov 71 ovv. 



N. 


aTT?i-6o) 


-6a 


-6o), 




(0 


a 


(O, 


G. 


air'k-ooiv 


-daw 


-OOLVy 




olv 


alv 


olv, 


D. 


dlTl-OOLV 


-oaiv 


-OOIV, 




olv 


alv 


olv, 


A. 


dTT?i-6o) 


-6a 


-6co, 



V. dirh-c 



Plural. 



N. dnTi-ooi 

ol 
G. d'K'k-btov 

cbv 
D. drcX-ooig 

olg 
A. dirTi-oovQ 

ovg 
V. diT?\,-6oi 



-ocov -ocov, 



-oaig 

alg 

-6ag 



-OOIQ, 

olq, 



-oac -oa, 



3. Termination in G)v. 
The only contracted form under this termination is that 
of participles in cov, contracted from dwv, which make the 
feminine in tioa and the neuter in ojv. 









EXAMPLE. 








Singular. 






Dual. 






M. 


F. 


N. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


N. 


Tlfl-d(OV 


-dovaa 


-dov, 


N. 


Tift-dovre 


-aovaa 


-aOVTE, 




(OV 


(baa 


(bv, 




(OVTE 


(oaa 


(OVTE, 


G. 


Tifi-dovroq 


-aovang 


-dovrog, 


G. 


Ti[l-a6vTOLV 


-aovaaiv 


-aovroiv, 




covrog 


uang 


(bvTog, 




(ovroiv 


(oaaiv 


(OVTOIV, 


D. 


TLU-aOVTL 


-aovan 


-aOVTL, 


D. 


TLfl-aOVTOLV 


-aovaaiv 


-aovrocv, 




CiVTl 


(ban 


(bVTl, 




(OVTOIV 


coaaiv 


(OVTOLV, 


A. 


TLfi-dovra 


-dovaav 


-dov, 


A. 


TLfl-doVTE 


-aovaa 


-doVTE, 




(bvra 


(bcav 


(bv, 




cbvre 


oaa 


(OVTE, 


V, 


TLfl-d(OV 


-dovaa 


-dov, 


V. 


Tifl-doVTE 


-aovaa 


-aOVTE, 




(bv 


(baa 


(bv. 




(bvre 


uaa 


(OVTE. 



EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS. 



65 



Plural. 





M. 


F. 


N. 


N. 


rtfi-dovreg 


-dovaac 


-dovra, 




tivreg 


uaac 


tivra, 


G. 


rt/i-aovTcov 


-aovaav 


-aovrcjv 




uvruv 


uacjv 


UVTUV, 


D. 


Tlft-aOVGL 


-aovaaig 


-dovai, 




dai 


dtcaig 


£)Gl, 


A. 


rc/x-dovrag 


-aovaag 


-dovra, 




tivrag 


woag 


uvra, 


V, 


ri/z-dovreg 


-dovaat 


-dovra, 




uvreg 


aaac 


uvra. 



4. Termination in 77c. 
Adjectives in rjg are of two terminations, and undergo 
contraction by changing eog into ovg, el into el, ea and ee 
into t\, &c. They will be given hereafter. 

XXXI. EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE 
FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS, AND ON CON- 
TRACTED ADJECTIVES IN eog AND dog. 

I. 



Translate the following, 
and case of each. 
dvdpidg 'Ep^oi;, 
Xpvaov avdpcdvTog, 
Xpvaovg -&G)pa,Kag, 
apyvpag aonidog, 
dpyvpd fidxcupa, 
Xpvad onXa, 
elKG)V yaXr\g, 
%aXiiov eluovog, 
aojpog epdg, 
apyvpti GGjpu), 
v6aXr\g yr\g, 
nival; 'ArreXXov, 
dpyvpol rjXoc, 
eped eodrjg, 
fiujAdg 'Adrjvdg, 



and mention the number, gender, 

XclXkov Xe6rjrog, 
%aXfcu) deop,G), 
\Linpd bard, 

TT&VTGdV OOTG)V, 

AtdvKTjv yr\v, 
QeooaXfi epa, 
•naacov yaXaJv, 
'Attlkxi u y 9>, 
vaXovv TTorrjpLOV, 
vaXolg Kparrjpoi, 
'Epjixj dyaBti, 
Xivd Greydofiara, 
Xivovv Trrepov, 

XtvCdV 1(JTIG)V, 

vdaXovg ocpOaXfiovg, 
F2 



66 EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS. 

dpyvpalg Xoyxaig, dnXov vov, 

XaXnd iraXra, dixXd it aide ! 

vdaXol rorrot, dnXov dovXe ! 

%pvo7}<; vdpiag, SlttXov 6o)pov, 

Xpvoag vdpiag, SlttXoIv volv, 

Gidrjpd aGnig, rpnrXG) 6eap,co, 

Gidr]pd bnXa, rpinXrjv d\iapTiav, 

Gidrjpdg nXivr\g, rerpanXovg dpiOfiog, 

Gidrjpdg aXlvag, TerpanXcp KivdvvG), 

dyadov ttXov, irevrairXov ■dedfu.arog, 

dyadov vov, nevranXovv dtipov, 

kclkoIv rrXolv, irevraTrXri dancg, 

natibv vovv, enranXol ttovol. 

II. 

Translate the following, and explain the agreement or 
government in each clause or phrase. 

'Ev t%i vtjoco xpvool eiGiv dvdpidvreg 'AQr\vdg nal 'Epfiov, 
nal (3o)fioi dpyvpol, ol 6' otKerai elot v&v arrXoJv teal fcada- 
p&v. — rrdvreg ol (3dp6apoc exovglv eodfjrag epedg, ft&paitag 
%aXfcovg, nal Xoyxag OLdr}pdg.-—s%eLg, w ' Apcorod^fis, nav- 
rola dyadd, \ivdg dpyvpov, %aXiiovg rpinodag, nai Inrrovg, 
nal dpfiara, nal rifidg rerpanXag. — rrdvreg ol brrXlrai eiGiv 
ev rig dyopd, fcal exovGiv kv tw jjLsgg) Gtdrjpav kXlvtjv, nal 
XaXnovv 'ApTe/xidog dvdpcdvra, ev de rf/ nXivirj elalv dp- 
yvpol rjXoc, rpinXy rdt~ei. — vdaXol tottol eIgl iroXXdnig 
voGrjpoL — (3log ttXco ofiotog egtc—to cj)GJg tov vov dddvarov 
egtl. — 'Adrjvd r\v 'AOtjvgjv dXei-rjTetpa. — exovgi ttXovv ev- 
dacfiova, nai ev tg> ttXolg) eIgI Sena \ival dpyvpov, nal 
enaTOV vaXal vdpiai, nal epeag fivXatcoi, nal e,Gdr\Teg Xival. 
— 6 vdpoip egtiv vdaXrj voGog. — vaXal nvXineg bfiolai elot 
t%i t£)v dvvaTGJV (ptXia, naXal [lev, evdpavGToi de del. — 
f Ep^ nal } A6rjvq, nal rxaGi rolg deolg. — 6 ixiva% egtiv 
'AneXXov epyov -dav^aGTov, nal ol xp vaot ~ GTecftavoi eiGiv 
and tov Iiuxppovog epyaGTTjptov. 



EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS. 



67 



*Eo> rolg ^akKolq Xe6rjaC eloi yaXal, nal £d)G)v rravro- 
Sarrcov bora. — rb rxXolov e%ei, Xivd rxrepd. — olvog eoriv ev 
vaXolg rrorrjpcotg. — 6 rdXag avdpunog earcv ev Gtd?]polg 
deo/xolg, Kai rrovovg enrarrXovg e%ei. — r\v (idifibg 'Adrjvag 
ev ttj 650), Kai avSpidg dpyvpovg, Kai ev ralg rrjg -&edg 
%zpoiv Tjaav Xoyxr) Ka ^ donlg, d^cpco dpyvpal. — reXevrrj earc 
rov rC)v vavrov rrXov fiatcaplov, teal rraoa rj yr\ rdv Qeo- 
oaXdJv ex ei TifiTjv rerparrXrjv Kai evdo^ov. — exec rrevre \ivdg 
dpyvpov ev k,l6g)tg) ecdypa, nal dena xp v <^ovg ore<ftdvovg, 
Kai dpyvpovv 'IZpfiov dyaXjidriov. — dXrjdcvol (plXot, coonep 
darrldeg dpyvpal, ri\iiol re Kai dxpeXifioi elac. — '^ncdafxvog 
earc noXtg lo~xvpd re Kai noXvdvdpojirog, real ded/iara exsc 
KaXa Kai Sav/iaara, (3o)fj,ovg p,ev rxavayiovg, dpyvpovg re 
Kai evrroirjrovg, ribv 6e ftetiv dvdptdvrag xP v °ovg, ev 6e r^j 
dyopa rptrrXovv, 'Adrjvag Kai 'l^p/iov Kai 'ArroXXcovog, lepbv, 
Kai rpL7r66o)v x^Xkojv rrXrjdog, Kai rovg otKerag ev eodrjoiv 
epealg evax^ovag. 

III. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 



They have a large number of 
brazen caldrons, and of 
silver spears and golden 
corslets. 

The vessel has twenty minas 
of silver, and a large num- 
ber of woollen garments, 
and there is in the prow a 
golden bow. 

O Mercury ! I have wax fruit 
in golden baskets, and silver 
birds, and seas of glass, 
and a quadruple number of 
minas of silver. 



"E^w ;\;a/Ueo<; Xe6rjg rrXrjdog, 
Kai Xoyx'T] dpyvpeog, Kai 
dwpat- xpvoeog. 

r O rrXolov ex * ecKoat fivd 
dpyvpog, Kai epeeog eodrjg 
TrXrjdog, elfu 6e ev 6 rrpdtpa 
ro^ov xp V(J £og- 

r Q 'Ep/ieag Kaprrbg Krjpivog 
ex 1 ** & v KaXadog xP v °eog, 
Kai dpyvpeog opvig, Kai 
vaXeog ftdXarra, Kai rrXrj- 
dog rerparrXoog \ivd dpyv- 
pog. 



68 CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 



The picture contains beautiful 
things ; two golden baskets, 
two glass bowls, two brazen 
tripods, two men in linen 
garments, and two iron stat- 
ues of Diana. 

Weasels are small indeed, but 
fond of blood. Of all an- 
imals, they are the swiftest 
in running 

They have Mercury and Mi- 
nerva, but not Jove and 
Apollo. 

There was a triple row of men 
in iron corslets, while in 
their hands were double 
rings of silver. 

The Egyptians have all linen 
garments, and their horses 
have golden bits and silver 
frontlets. 



KaXaQog, vaXeog Kparrjp, 
%dXKEog rplnovg, avOpo- 
irog ev Xiveog eodrjg, Kai 
"Aprefiig avdptag otdrjpeog. 

TaXer) fiiKpog [lev elfil, (piXai- 
fzarog de. Hag %tiov o^v- 
dpofMDraTog elfu. 

'Epfieag p,ev Kai 'Ad7]vda, 
&XX' ov Zevg Kai 'ArroX- 
X(ov, exo). 

~Elfii rpi-nXoog avdpoyrrog rdt-- 
ig ev dupat; OLdrjpeog, ev 
de 6 x^p sifii dinXoog 6aK- 
rvXcog apyvpog. 

'0 Alyimrwg nag Xiveog Ifid- 
rwv e%i£, o de hnrog e^G) 
Xpvoeog xaXivbg Kai apyv- 

peog 7Tp0fl,eTG)TTLdC0V. 



XXXII. CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLEN- 
SION. 
1. Termination in r\g. 
I. Nouns in rjg undergo a contraction in every case, ex- 
cept in the nominative and vocative singular, and dative 
plural. 



Singular. 
N. tj Tpifjp-rig, 

G. T7jc Tpifjp-eog, contracted -ovg, 
D. rri TpLTjp-ei, " -el, 

A. ttjv rpir/p-ea, " -q, 

V. rpirjp-eg. 



EXAMPLE. 

r\ rpi7}p7jg, " the trireme." 

Dual 
rpirjp-ee, contracted 



N. 

G. ratvrpLTjp-eoiv, 

D. ralv rpiTjp-eotv, 

A. ra rpiT]p-£E, 
V. TptTjp-ee, 



CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 69 





Plural. 


N. 


at TpLTjp-seg, contracted 


G. 


tuv rpcr/p-icov, " 


D. 


Talg rpirjp-eai, 


A. 


rag rpc^p-eag, " 


V. 


rptrjp-seg, " 



II. Like rpii\pr\g are also declined the proper names 
ending in kXstjc; ; as 'E-pafcXerjg, contracted 'JlpaicXrjg ; 
QsfjiLOTOicXeTjc;, contracted QeiiiGTOitXiqg ; ILspLKXerjg, con- 
tracted HeputXrjg, &c. 

EXAMPLE. 

( HpafcXe7)g, " Hercules" 

N 6 'KpaKTi-fyg, contracted -rjg, 

G. tov 'HpaKl-iog, " -ovg, 

D. r<p 'Kpanl-eet, " -ef, 

A. rw 'Hpc/cA-ea, " -ij, 

V. 'Hpa/c/l-eec, " -Eig. 

2. Termination in og. 
Nouns in og are neuter, and make the nominative, ac- 
cusative, and vocative plural in sa, contracted 77, and the 
genitive in eo)v, contracted &v. The other contractions 
are like those in rpirjp'ng. 

to rslxog, " the wall." 
Singular. Dual. 



N. to TEix-og, 

G. tov Teix-eoc, contracted 

D. Tw Tei%-el, " 

A. to TElx-og, 

V. TElx-og. 



N. to tecx-ee, contracted - 

G. TOLV TECX-EOLV, " 

D. TOlV TELX-EOCV, " 

A. rw teIx-ee, " 

V. TEIX-£Z, " - 



PZwra£. 
N. rd ret^-ea, contracted -?/, 
G. row rst^-ewv, " -d)y, 

D. roZf rei^-eai, 
A. rd Tsix-Ea, " -?/, 

V. Tei^-ea, " -77. 

3. Terminations in o) and 0)g. 
I. Nouns in G) and Gig have three contractions, namely, dog 
of the genitive singular into ovg ; o7 of the dative into 01 ; 
and 6a of the accusative into w. 



70 CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 

II. Their dual and plural have no contractions, but are 
declined throughout like the corresponding parts of Xoyog. 
Few of them, indeed, from their signification, admit, strictly 
speaking, of a dual or plural. 









EXAMPLES. 










7] T]X^i " the echo." 








Singular. 




Dual. 




Plural. 


N. 


v vx-6, 




N. ra rix-^i 


N 


at vx-°ii 


G. 


rijg r)x-6og, contr. 


-ovg, 


G. ralv Tjx-olv, 


G 


TUV 7}X'^ v t 


D, 


TV VX-ol, " 


-01, 


D. ralv 7ix-°~ LV i 


D. 


ralg f)x-olg, 


A. 


T7]v 7]x-ba, " 


-u>, 


A. tu rjx-co, 


A 


rag r)x-ovg, 


V. 


Tjx-ol. 




V. farO. 


V. 


tjx-ol. 




n 


aldco 


g, " the modesty." 








Singular. 




Dual. 




Plural. 


N. 


i] aid-tig, 




N. ra. ald-io, 


N. 


ai aid-oi, 


G. 


Trig ald-oog, contr. 


-ovg, 


G. ralv ald-olv, 


G. 


ruv ald-tiv, 


D. 


ry ald-6'i, " 


-01, 


D. ralv ald-olv, 


D. 


Talg ald-olg, 


A. 


rr)v ai8-6a, " 


-CO, 


A. ra ald-u, 


A. 


rag ald-ovg, 


V. 


ald-ol. 




V. aid-to. 


V. 


ald-ou 



4. Terminations in ig and i. 

I. Nouns in ig and i have three contractions, namely, si 
of the dative into el ; eeg of the nominative and vocative 
plural into eig ; and sag of the accusative plural into etg. 

II. Those in ig have also in the genitive singular, and 
the genitive and dative dual, the Attic terminations eo)g and 
ewv, instead of eog and eoiv. 



Singular 
N. 7] irol-tg, 
G. rr)g nol-Eug, 
D. rrj 'koK-e'L, contr. el 
A. rr)v Ttok-iv, 

V. 7r6A-i. 



7] TToXig, " the city" 

Dual. 
N. ra. ttoTl-ee, 
G. ralv nol-suv, 
D. ralv ttoTl-ecov, 
A. ra 7t62,-es, 

V. Tr6?l-£E. 



Plural. 
N. at Trol-Esg, contracted -Eig, 
G. riov tcoTi-ecov, 
D. ralg woTi-eci, 

A. rag Trol-Eag, " -Eig, 

V. noX-EEg, " -sig. 



CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 71 





TO CIV7)7U, 


" the mustard." 








Singular. 


Dual. 




Plural. 


N. 


TO GIV^TT-L, 


N. 


TO) GLVrjIZ-EE, 


N. 


Ta (jivr/Tr-ea, 


G. 


tov GtvrjiT-eog, 


G. 


TOlv GLV7J7V-EOIV, 


G. 


TOV GLV7]7T-£0)V, 


D. 


to acvfjiz-ei, contr. -el, 


D. 


TOLV GLV7)7T-£OLV, 


D. 


TOlg GLVTfK-EGL, 


A. 


TO GLV7J7T-L, 


A. 


TO GLVTJ7C-ZE, 


A. 


Ta GLvfjTT-ea, 


V. 


GLVTjTZ-L. 


V. 


GLV7J7V-EE. 


V. 


GivrjTz-ea. 



5. Termination in vg (genitive -vog). 
Nouns in vg, genitive vog, have two contractions, namely, 
veg of the nominative and vocative plural into vg ; and vag 
of the accusative plural into vg. 



Singular. 
N. 6 cxd-vc, 
G. tov Ixd-vog, 
D. to ix^-vi, 
A. tov lxd-vv, 

v. ixd-v. 



EXAMPLE. 

6 i%Qvg, " the fish." 
Dual. 
N. to) lxd-ve, 
G. toIv ixd-voiv 
D. toIv Ixd-voiv, 
A. tg) ixQ-ve, 
V. lxd-ve. 



Plural. 
N. ol ixO-veg, 
G. tov ixd-vuv, 

D. TOlg ixd-VGL, 

A. Tovg Ixd-vag, 
V. IxO-veg, 



contr. -vg, 



6. Terminations in vg (genitive -ewe) and evg (genitive -ecjg). 

I. Nouns in evg, and those in vg which make, like them, 
the genitive in ecjg, have four contractions, namely, ei of the 
dative singular into ei ; ee of the dual into r\ ; eeg of the 
nominative and vocative plural into eig ; and eag of the 
accusative plural into ecg. 

II. But in the accusative plural, the uncontracted termi- 
nation eag, is more usual than eig. 





EXAMPLES. 








6 tttjxVGi " the ell." 








Singular. Dual. 






N. 


6 ^fJX' V Cy 


N. TO 7n7£-££, 


contr. 


-?, 


G. 


TOV TT^-TOC, 


G. TOLV 7TTJX-E(f)V, 






D. 


to TT7Jx-£i, contr. -el, 


D. TOLV ixrix-EO)v, 






A. 


TOV TTTJX-VV, 


A. TO TT7JX-EE, 


" 


-?7 


V. 


-xrjx-v. 


V. Ttri%-m, 


a 


-?/ 




Plural. 








N. ol KT/x-eEg, contracted -Etg, 








G. TOV "KTIX-EOV, 








D. rolg -Krjx-EGi, 








A. Tovg TTrjx-tag, " -Eig, 








V. Tr^-sec 


t -££C- 







72 CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 



6 paotXevg, " the king." 



Singular. 
N. 6 j3aai2,-sv<;, 
G. rov /?acri/l-£wf, 
D. rw fiacik-ii, contr. e?, 
A. rbv (SaatTi-ea, 
V. fiaaiX-Ev. 



N. 



fiaaiA-ee, contr. -^, 



G. toZV (3aaik-E0iv, 
D. toIv fiaaik-iouv, 
A. tcj fiaaik-E£, 
V. fiaaik-EE, 



Plural. 
N. ot fiaoik-EES, contracted -£?f» 
G. rwv (3aaiX-euv, 
D. rolq (3aail-Evai, 
A. rove f3aai7i-eag, ". -£??, 

V. fiacik-EEg, " -££?. 

7. Termination in v. 
Neuters in v make the nominative, accusative, and voc- 
ative plural in ea, contracted into rj. They also contract 
el into el, and ss into rj. 



to aorv, " iAe c^y." 



Singular. 
N. ro aar-v, 
G. row aar-Eog, 
D. tw aoT-E'i, contr. 
A. to aor-v, 
V. aoT-v. 



N. rw dor-££, contr. 
G. roZV aar-iotv, 
D. tolv aar-iotv, 
A. to) aar-££, " 
V. aar-EE, " 



Plural. 



N. ra aar-sa, contracted -j?, 
G. r<3x> aar-iuv, 

D. TOlg aGT-EOl, 

A. rd aar-sa, " -7, 

V. aar-Ea, " -77. 

8. Neuters in aq and pa$\ 
Neuters in cc pure and pec reject r by syncope in the 
Ionic dialect, and are also farther contracted by crasis in 
the Attic, in every case except the nominative, accusative, 
and vocative singular, and the dative plural. 



CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 73 



EXAMPLES. 



TG 


Kpeag, 


' the flesh." 




Singular. 










N. to Kpe-ag, 










G, rov ' Kpe-arog, 


by 


syncope Kpe-aoc, by 


crasis Kpe- 


D. r<p Kpe-art, 




" 


Kpe-ai, 


" Kpe- 


A. to Kpe-ag, 










V. Kpe-ag. 










Dual. 










N. Ttj Kpe-are, 




" 


Kpe-ae, 


" «pe- 


G. tolv Kpe-drotv, 




" 


Kpe-doiv, 


" Kpe- 


D. tolv Kpe-drotv, 




" 


Kpe-doiv, 


" Kpe- 


A. tu ape- are, 




" 


Kpe-ae, 


" Kpe- 


V. Kpe-are, 




" 


Kpe-ae, 


" /cpe- 


Plural. 










N. rd Kpe-ara, 




" 


Kpe-aa, 


" /cpe- 


G. rwv Kpe-drcov, 




" 


Kpe-duv, 


" /cpe- 


D. rolg Kpe-acu, 










A. rd Kpe-ara, 




" 


Kpe-aa, 


" /cpe- 


V. Kpe-ara, 




" 


Kpe-aa, 


" /cpe- 



to Kepag, " ffo horn." 
Singular. 
N. rd Kep-ag, 
G. row Kep-arog, by syncope Kep-aog, by crasis 



D. r<p Kep-are, 


" Kep-ai, ' 


' «ep-g, 


A. rd Kep-ag, 






V. Kep-ag. 






Dual. 






N. tw Kep-are, 


" Kep-ae, * 


' /cep-a, 


G. tolv Kep-drotv, 


" Kep-doiv, ' 


' Kep-fiv, 


D. toIv Kep-droiv, 


" Kep-doiv, ' 


1 Kep-tiv, 


A. tw Kep-are, 


" Kep-ae, ' 


' Kcp-a, 


V. Kep-are, 


' Kep-ae, ' 


' ycfp-a. 


Plural. 






N. Td Kep-ara, 


" Kep-aa, 


' Kep-a, 


G. twv Kep-drav, 


" KEp-aOV, * 


1 Kep-tiv, 


D. To?f Kep-aai, 






A. Td Kep-ara, 


u Kep-aa, i 


' /cep-a, 


V. Kep-ara, 


" Kep-aa, 


' /cpp-a 



9. Termination in i\p (genitive -epog). 
I. Some words in ?/p, genitive -epof, throw away the £ 
before p in the genitive and dative, and so exhibit a double 
form. 

G 



74 CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 



II. After the letter v, when it is brought into collision 
with p in such forms, a d is added in order to soften the 
sound. 

III. The noun Trarrjp is an instance of the first mode of 
declining ; and the noun dvrjp of the second. 









EXAMPLES. 






6 Trarrjp, " the father." 




Singular. 


Dual. Plural. 


N. 


6 -Kar-rip, 




N. to) rrar-ipe, N. ol naT-epeg, 


G. 


tov nar-ipog, -pog, 


G. toIv rcaT-ipoiv, G. t&v Trar-ipuv, -pfiv, 


1). 


tG> Tvar-i.pi, -pi, 




D. toIv ■nar-ipoiv, D. rolg irar-paci, 


A. 


rov nar-ipa, 




A. tu Ttar-ipe, A. rovg rtar-ipag, 


V. 


Tcar-ep. 




V. war-ipe. JV. Ttar-ipeg. 






6 dvrjp, " the man." 




Singular. 


Dual. 




N. 6 dv-rjp, 
G. rov dv-ipog, 
D. T& dv-ipi, 
A. tov dv-ipa, 


-6 pog, 
-dpi, 
-Spa, 


N. tu dv-ipe, -6pe, 
G. toIv dv-ipow, -dpolv, 
D. toIv dv-ipow, -dpolv, 
A. to) dv-epe, -dpe, 




V. av-ep. 




V. dv-ipe, -6pe. 






Plural. 








N. ol av 
G. tcov av 
D. rolg av 
A. Tovq av 
V. av 


ipeg, -Spec, 
iptov, -dptiv, 
■dpaoi, 

■ipag, -dpag, 
■ipeg, -dpeg. 



10. Special Contractions. 

Some nouns are contracted by either dropping a vowel, 

or blending two vowels into one ; and this contraction takes 

place in every case. 

EXAMPLES. 



TO 



sap, contracted rjp, " the 
spring." 

Singular. 
N. to sap contr. %p, 



G. tov £ap-o(;, 
D. tu> eap-i, 



vp-og, 

Tjp-L, &C. 



6 fceveuv, contracted /cevuv, 
" the belly " 
Singular. 
N. 6 Keve-uv, contr. tcev-6v, 
G. tov iceve-tivog, " tcev-uvog, 
D. rw Keve-tivi, " nev-uvi, &c. 



CONTRACTED ADJECTIVES. 



75 



XXXIII. CONTRACTED ADJECTIVES, FOLLOWING IN THE 
GENITIVE THE ANALOGY OF THE THIRD DECLEN- 
SION. 

1. Termination in oeig, contracted ovg. 
\ieXiroeig, contracted fieXcrovg, " made of honey." 
Singular. 



M. 
N. fie"kiT-6ei^, 



N. 



-osaaa, -oev, 

ovg ovaaa ovv, 

G. [lehiT-oevTog -osaarjg -bsvTog, 

ovvTog ovaar\g ovvTog, 

D. (ie?ilt-6evtl -osaan -SevTi, 



OVVTL 

A. fieXtT-oEVTa 
ovvra 

V. [Ie'KlT-OEV 

ovv 



ovaay ovvtc, 
-osaaav -oev, 

ovaaav ovv, 
-osaaa -OEV, 

ovaaa ovv. 



Dual. 
M. 

N. flEXlT-OEVTE 



N 



-osaaa -oevts, 

ovvte ovaaa ovvte, 
G. fiE?ur-0£VTOiv -oiaaatv -oevtolv, 

ovvtolv ovaaaiv ovvtolv, 
D. fis2,LT-o£VTOtv -oiaaaiv -oevtoiv, 

ovvtolv ovaaatv ovvtolv, 
A. fisTiLT-oEVTE -osaaa -oevte, 

ovvte ovaaa ovvte, 
V. fi£?UT-o£VTE -osaaa -oevte, 

ovvte ovaaa ovvte. 



Plural. 
M. F. N. 

N. {ie2.lt-6evtec -oEaaaL -oEVTa, 

ovvTEg ovaaaL ovvTa, 

G. fisTiLT-OEVTuv -osaativ -osvtcjv, 

ovvtcov ovaauv ovvtuv, 



-osaaaig -oecl, 

ovaaaig ovai, 

-osaaag -osvTa, 

ovaaag ovvTa, 

-OEaaaL -osvTa, 

ovaaai ovvra. 



D. iieXlt-oecl 
ovai, 

A. fis2,LT-6sVTaC 

ovvTag 
V. {ie?.lt-6evtec 

OVVTEg 

2. Termination in vg. 
Adjectives in vg make the feminine in eta, and the neuter 
in v. They contract el into el, and eec and eag into elg. 

EXAMPLE. 

rjdvg, " sweet." 

Dual. 
M. F. N. 

N. 7/6-EE -Eia -EE, 





Singular. 
M. F. 


N. 


N. 
G. 
D. 


r/6-vg -Ela 
7/6-iog -slag 
7/6-sl -sia 


-V, 

-tog 
■ el, 


A. 


EL 

tj6-vv -slav 


Si, 
-V, 


V. 


7]8-v -sla 


-V. 



G. t/6-eolv -siaLv -eolv, 

D. r/6-soiv siaLv -£olv, 

A. t/8-ee -eia -ee, 

V. 7/6-EE -sia -EE. 



Plural. 
M. F. N. 
N. 7/6-ssg -tlai -ia, 

slg, 
G. 7/6-icjV -Eitiv -iov, 
D. i/6-iai -siaig -sat, 
A. i/6-iag -stag -ia, 

slg, 
V. 7/6-isg -seal -ia, 

slg. 



76 



CONTRACTED ADJECTIVES. 



3. Termination in r\g. 

Adjectives in 77c, of two terminations, contract eog into 
ovg ; el into el ; ea and ee into rj, &c. 









EXAMPLE. 














akr\Qi\g, 


" true." 








Singul 


wr. 






Dual 








M. 


F. 


N. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


N. 


(iXrjd-rjs 


-fc 


-£f> 


N. 


uTitjO-ee 


-EE 


-EE, 


G. 


Cl7l7]d-EOg 


-£Of 


-eof, 


G. 


clXtjO-eoiv 


-EOLV 


V, 

-eon 


D. 


ovg 
ahfjd-ei 


Off 

-ei' 


off, 


D. 


olv 
aKn]Q-EOiv 


olv 

-EOLV 


olv 
-son 




el 


££ 


£?, 




olv 


olv 


olv 


A. 


aXrjd-Ed 


-ea 


-k, 


A. 


al?]d-Ee 


-EE 


-ee, 


V. 


? 

akwd-Eg 


-1? 


-eg. 

■Phi 
M. 


V. 

ral. 
F. 


V 

d?i1]d-£E 

V 

N. 


V 

-EE 

V 


-ee, 
V- 






N. 


uA^-tfif 


-E£f 


-ea, 










G. 


slg 
aXrjB-euv 

0)V 


eig 
-euv 
€>v 


-£0)V, 

€>v, 










D. 


h7ir\Q-ici 


-EGl 


-eat, 










A. 


akr}Q-eag 


-sag 


-ia, 







V. al 



A. Termination in vg (genitive -vog). 

Adjectives in v c, genitive -foe, contract veg and fac into 

vg. They differ from the adjectives in vg, which we have 

already considered, in being of only two terminations. 









EXAMPLE. 












adafcpvg, ' 


1 tearless." 








Singular. 




Dual 








M. 


F. 


N. 


M. 


F. 


N. 


N. 
G. 
D. 

A. 

V. 


adanp-vg 

adanp-vog 

addnp-vi 

adaap-vv 

adanp-v 


-vg 

-vog 
-vl 
-vv 

-V 


-V, 

-vog, 
-vi, 

-V, 

-v. 


N. dddnp-VE 
G. aSatcp-voLv 
D. aSanp-voiv 
A. addicp-ve 
V. addicp-ve 


-ve 

-VOM> 

-voiv 

-VE 
-VE 


-i»e, 
-volv, 

-VOIV, 

-we, 
-ve. 



CONTRACTED ADJECTIVES. 77 





Plural. 






M. 


F. 


N. 


N, 


addnp-VEg 


-vsg 


-va, 




vg 


vg 




G, 


adatcp-vuv 


-vuv 


-vav, 


D. 


adanp-voL 


-VOL 


-VCL, 


A. 


adanp-vag 


-vag 


-va, 



V. aduKp-veg -vsg -va, 
vg vg. 

5. Termination in ojv. 
Under this head fall comparatives in (ov, which are de- 
clined like owcppoiv (page 57), except that they are synco- 
pated and contracted in the accusative singular, and in the 
nominative, accusative, and vocative plural. They are of 
two terminations. 



peifav, ' 


greater" 






Singular. 




Dual. 




M. F. N. 


M. 


F. 


N. 


N. flEL^-UV -0)V -OV, 


N. fjLei^-ove 


-OVE 


-OVE, 


G. jj.Ei£-ovog -ovog -ovog, 


G. fj.st£-6votv 


-OVOCV 


-ovocv, 


D. fieiC,-ovL -ovt -qvl, 


D. [MEL^-OVOLV 


-OVOCV 


-OVOCV, 


A. fcet^-ova \ -ova \ -ov, 


A. jU,Ei£-GV£ 


-OVE 


-OVE, 


-oa syncope > -oa > 








-a crasis ) -o ) 








V. [iel^-ov -ov -ov. 


V. flEl^-OVE 


-OVE 


-OVE. 



Plural. 



M 
N. fiEi^-ovEg 

-OEg syncope ) 

-ovg crasis ) -ovg 
G. {lEL^-OVOV -ovov -ovuv, 

D. flEC^-nCL -ooc -OGC, 

A. fiEi^-ovag °\ -ovag \ -ova, 

4 



-oag syncope > -oag 

-ovg crasis ) -ovg 

V. fisc^-ovEg \ -ovsg \ -ova, 

-osg syncope > -osg £• -oa, 

-ovg crasis ) -ovg 

G 2 



\ -ovsg j -ova, 

i \ -osg > -oa, 

) -ovg j -co, 
-ovuv 
-oct 

\ -ovag "i 

A -oag £ 

) -ovg ) 

\ -ovsg ) 

i £ -osg £ 

) -ovg ) 



78 



ANOMALOUS ADJECTIVES. 



XXXIV. ANOMALOUS ADJECTIVES. 

I. Originally some adjectives had two forms, of both of 
which certain cases have been retained in use ; so that the 
cases which are wanting in one form are supplied by those 
of the other. Of this kind are fieyag or fieydXog, and noXvg 
or iroXXog. 

II. From peyaXog, the feminine \1eydX1i] has remained in 
use throughout, as well as the entire dual and plural, and 
the genitive and dative masculine, and neuter, of the sin- 
gular number. The remaining cases, the nominative and 
accusative singular, masculine and neuter, are taken from 
fieyag. 

III. In rroXvg, the feminine and the dual and plural num- 
bers are entirely taken from iroXXog. 1 

EXAMPLES. 





fieyag, 


"great" 




Singular. 






Dual. 


F. 


N. 


M. 


F. 



M. 

N. fieyag fieydkrj fieya, 

G. fj.eya.Xov fieydkyg fieydkov, 

D. fieydko) fieydkn fieydku, 

A. fieyav fieydkov iieya, 

V. fieyag fieydkrj iieya. 



N. 

I N. fieydkco fieyaka fieydko, 
G. fieydkoiv fieydkaiv fieydkoiv, 
D. fieydkoiv fieydkaiv fieydkoiv, 
A. fieydko fieydka fieydka, 

I V. fieydko fieyaka fieydko. 



Plural. 



N. 







N. fieydkoi fieyakat fieyaka, 
G. fieydkov fieydkov fieydkov, 
D. fieydkotr fieydkaig fieydkotg, 
A. fieydkovg fieydkag fieyaka, 
V. fieydkoi fieyakat fieyaka. 








TToXvg, " much" 








Singular. DuaL 






M. 


F. N. M. F. 


N. 


N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 

V. 


TTokvg 

TCokkov 

TTOkko 

TTOkvV 

Kokv 


Kokkj] TCOkv, 
TTOkkrJQ TTOkkoV, 
TTOkkrj TCOkko, 
TTokkf/V TTOkv, 
TTOkkf} TTOkv. 


N. nokko Ttokkd 

G. Trokkotv rcokkatv 
D. TTok?iocv rrokkalv 

A. Tiokko TTO?»ka 
V. TCokko TCokkd 


TCokko, 

TTokkoiV, 

TCokkolv, 

TTokku, 

TCokku. 



1. The adjective dkkog is anomalous only in this, that it has ukkv in 
the neuter instead of dkkov. 



EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 



79 







Plural. 






M. 


F. 


N. 


N. 


TidKkoi 


7TO?'Aai 


TToTJid, 


G. 


itoTJiuv 


ffoXltiv 


TtoXkuv, 


D. 


TvoXlolg 


TToTilatg 


TToA/lOif, 


A. 


-KoTJuQvg 


TtoXKaq 


TroTCka, 


V. 


rcoXkoi - 


itoKkai 


ito?Jm. 



XXXV. EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE 
THIRD DECLENSION, AND ON CONTRACTED AND 
ANOMALOUS ADJECTIVES. 



Translate the following, and mention the number, gender, 
and case of each. 



uoXXai rpirjpSLg, 
evyevovg ( Hpaic?^ovg, 
j3adel ttevOel, 
svpv relxog, 
evae6rj ysvr], 
yXvfceoLV avdeoi, 
(3a6eG)v ireXaytiv, 
fisl^G) bprjy 
TroXXd \iEpr[, 
\ianpolg ckeXeol, 
rjdeog (peyyovg, 
yXvuEia TTSidol, 
yXvuvv ftoTpvv, 
-&7]Xeiag aldovg, 
rjdela fag, 
aadeveoL noXeot, 
evaebri [idvriv, 
aaebolv ipvosiDV, 
aicpldelg rd^stg, 
ueydXrjg irpd^eog, 
d^etaig oipeoL, 
fiEydXovg ocpELg, 
TtoXXij v6pEi, 



fisydXa ftspa, 

TTOXXCJV TEpaTGJV, 

aosdsg yrjpag, 
yXvKEGt yEpaoi, 
ttoXXgj Kp6a, 
evGEdslg narspag, 
yXvuEia \ir\rpi, 
EvyEVEOi dvyarpaoi, 
yXvKsa avdij, 
7]\xiavv (Sorpvv, 
■&7jXv ysvog, 
\ieXltovvtcl aprov, 

dpiflEOg TTETTEpEOg, 
flEl^OOLV IxdvOL, 

TToXXal ttltvc;, 
adafcpv rrddog, 

Tl\lCiVTl avdp&lTG), 

fiEydXa oprj, 
dodEVEOL GfcsXeac, 

TToXvflddrj 7TOOEE, 

dupibolv fj,avr£(i)v, 
ttoXXol Ix^vg, 
dodsvEt oxjiei, 



80 



EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES. 



evyevovg nooeojg, 

b%v GLVqiTL, 

\ie'i^ovi (36rpvL, 
addfcpvg 6(j)daX[j,ol, 
\iEydXoiv vekvolv, 
noXXalg x^ vat -i 
fisl^ovg dwdfieig, 
6%el tteXekel, 
7]\iioEog Trrjxeog, 
fieydXo) i%Qve, 
dotbiai (frovevot, 
evG£6rj Ispsa, 
evyevGJv Itttteuv, 
TToXvfxddel ovyypdcpel, 
aKpibslg (3pa6elg, 
dXr\6ovg (3aGLXeo)g, 
dadevrj a,GT7], 
\iiya TTCJv, 



ttoXXCjv Ittttecjv, 
[isydXrjV v6piv, 
doEtsig TTpdt-ecg, 
'drjXeta (pvacg, 
yXvKEiag i]ovg, 
TtoXXirj alSol, 
fieydXrjg ArjTOvg, 

TrXrjpsoi. (3oTpvGt,, 
fj,ei%ovs (peyyT], 
evpecjv opojv, 
7]6eiag ftvyarpog, 
cbGdevolv Kep&v, 
TrXrjpT] yepa, 
TiXanovg dprog, 
TificJGa iroXig, 
Tijj,G)vroiv rrarepoLV, 

TLflGOGL TTaiGL. 

II. 



Translate tne following, and mention the agreement or 
government in each clause or phrase. 

f tov (3aGiXeo)g iralg exec uoXXdg rpii]pEig. — Evysvsg 

TTdZ EVyEVG)V yOVECJV ! TO TOV OLGTEOg T£l%6g EGTI iJLEya Kal 

foxvpov. — i] r£dv dvdtiv ev rjpc oGfirj yXvfcsld egti. — (3adi) 
TTEvdog Ix^ig & not tov svGsdovg iEpsG)g. — noXvftadslg Gvy- 
ypafolg eIgiv del ev rifiy fiEydX^j. — exovgl tov 6%vv ttsXekvv 
tcov aGEbCdv (povsov. — vvv 7]6v (pSyyog ex £L £> K0 ^ r V v ffi&afr 
dpx^v \iei^6v(x>v dyaBCdv. — ol (3pa6slg exovgl vovg dataiovg 
Kal dXrjdslg. — 6 tov prjTopog Xoyog nXrjpTjg egtl yXvuEiag 
TtEidovg. — ol kriiioGdevovg Xoyoi rjGav dXrjdijg EXncdog dpx?) 
txi t(dv 'Adrjvaicdv aGdEvsl Kal dvGdvfMi) ttoXel. — e%££C 
spiavx^va v6piv, w 'AXfabcdd?], Kal [iel^o) dvvajuv 7/ r^ 
ttoXel dyadov egti. — fiEL^ovg mrvg eIgIv ev Tolg opsGt rj ev 
rolg irsdioig. — ol viKvg eIgIv ev Ta<f>(i) fiEydXto Kal 6a0el. — 



CONTRACTED NOUNS. 81 

elal fieydXoi 6<f>eig kv Talg tgjv 'Ivdtiv vXaig. — exeig ot-elav 
bxjjiv, w Avyitev. — ol tov TreXdyovg \%0vq \iei^ovg elaiv rj ol 
kv Tolg Trorafiolg. — r] yXvKela 7jG)g, uarrepel -ByXeia aldol, 
TToXXa epvdrj(j,ara exec. 

Ol tcjv QeaaaXtiv innelg rjaav kv T%f 7rpc5r^ rat-ei, to 6e 
fiel^ov rov arparov fiepog dadeveg r\v Kal dvadvfiov. — ol 
VT]OLG)Tai exovat noXXdgxeXvg, Kal rd Kepa fieydXov kXd^ov. 
— tj yrj ~6)v 'Ivdtiv noXXd opr] exec, Kal repara noXXd. — 6 
Xedrjg iroXXd ftpea exec, al 6e HeXiov dvydrepeg kv p,eydXcd 
rrevdei Kal o^eia Xvnrj elaiv. — to tov evaetovg dvdpbg yr]pag 
TrXrjpeg koTL yepcjv yXvKecov Kal [xeydXcov. — \1eXiT0vvTag 
Kal rrXaKovvTag apTOvg exovaiv. — evaebelg rcaTepeg ovk del 
exovaiv vlovg evaebelg. — 'AnoXXov Kal "ApTefiig, nalSeg 
ArjTovg, rjoav fieydXcj tfeoj. — 6 tov dvdpbg ireXeKvg to firjKog 
exec irevTe nrixeoiv Kal rjfiiaeog. — yXvKela firjTep evyevtiv 
TratSojv, noTvla AtjtoI ! — noXXal Imrecov IXai Tjaav kv tg> 
rredtG), Taxelal re Kal evonXoi. — Tolg tov kXdcpov Kepaai 
firjKog 7]v eg TTTjxecov. — Talg Aavaov tivyaTpaai KoXaaig rjv 
dOdvaTog. — kv dvdeaiv kapivolg drjdoveg elai. — ol evyeveig 
'KpaKXovg rraideg ddaKpvg 6(pdaXjxovg exovaiv. — elal ttXtj- 
peig (3oTpvg kv rw MeyaKXovg dfineXtivi. 

Ol v6[ioc elaiv rj irbXeog ipvx^j. — ?} vdpavXig kaTiv evpi]}ia 
K.T7)ai,6iov, tov Kovpecjg. — XP° V0 $ kaTiv dvOpconoig 6 i)6ovg 
0daavog. — bcpeig tov tov kv Tolg odovaiv exovaiv. — f O 
NeiXog exei rravTola yevr\ IxOvov. — to yrjp(*)g (3dpog kaTi 
XaXeizbv dvOpunoig. — "Ivaxog, 'SlKeavov Kal T?]dvog nalg, 
tjv fiaaiXevg kv "Apyei. — (3paxeid kaTiv rj Tepijug rjdovTJg 
KaKT\g. — 'JZTcafjLivcJvdag r\v 6 vlbg naTpbg dcpavovg. — to oprj 
TTOppojdev depoeidfj Tolg bfydaXfioZg Kal Xeia karl, 1 kyyvdev 
6e Tpaxea. — e/cacrroj £o5g) bixXa karl, Tavpoig Kepa, fieXla- 
aaig KevTpa, dvdpl Xoyog Kal aofiia. — iraideia exei pc^ag 
fjiev niKpdg, Kapirovg 6e yXvKeig Kal vyieivovg. — j3oTpvg 

1. Plural nouns of the neuter gender, nominative case, generally take 
after them singular verbs. When they refer, however, to persons, the 
verb is in the plural, not in the singular. The rule will soon be more 
formally given. 



82 



CONTRACTED NOUNS. 



rpelg tj dfineXog £%££. rbv fiev rrpcjrov rjdovrjg, rbv devrepov 
fiedrjg, T0V $£ rplrov v6peo)g. 

III. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English words opposite. 



The seamen of the triremes 
were quick, and full of 
courage and hope. 

Many parts of the mountains 
are rugged, and there are 
sharp stones in the roads. 

Ah ! daughter of sweet per- 
suasion ! the light of female 
modesty is ever pleasing. 

The maiden has tearless eyes, 
for her sorrow is deep and 
piercing. 

The two armies have swift 
and brave horsemen in the 
wings. 

Many pieces of flesh are in 
the brazen caldron, and 
large fishes, and an abun- 
dance of pungent pepper 
and sharp mustard. 

Euripides holds the female 
race in disesteem. 

Memnon, the son of Tithonus 
and Aurora, was the leader 
of a large force in the Tro- 
jan war. 

The contests of the elephants 
and snakes in India are 
dreadful and sharp. 



'0 6 rpirjprjg vavrrfg ra^vg 

eifil, feat -frvfiog not kXnlg 

nXrjpTjg. 
ILoXvg fiepog 6 bpog rpaxvg 

eifil, nal kv 6 odbg elfii 6%vg 

XCdog. 
VXvuvg TTStdcb -dvydrrjp, 6 

•SrjXvg aldcbg (peyyog eifil 

del rjdvg. 
f icoprj 6(f)6aXfibg ada/cpvg 

eX ** o yap Xvnr] (3advg 

nal 6i~vg eifil. 
( arparbg ra%vg nal av- 

dpelog iTmevg kv 6 ttepag 

e%<*>. 
TLoXvg Kpeag kv 6 %aXKeog 

Xe6?]g elfii, teal fieyag l%- 

6vg, nal dptfivg irenepc 6%vg 

6e aivrvKi dcpdovla. 

~Evpi7TLd7]g 6 drjXvg yeved kv 

drifila £%(*). 
Msfivoyv, 6 nalg Tidwbg teal 

'Hwc, rryefidv eifil fieyag 

dvvafiig kv 6 Tpcjiicbg rro- 

Xefiog. 
f 6 kXecpag nal b<ptg kv 'Iv- 

6ca \id%r\ detvbg eifil nal 

b%vg. 



ADJECTIVES OF ONE TERMINATION. 



83 



The net contains large fishes, 
but larger tortoises. 

Ah unfortunate husband of a 
wicked woman ! 

Two large corpses were in the 
house, and many priests 
and divines were near. 

The two horns of the stag 
were broad and long. 

The female race is ever friv- 
olous. 



f O 6lktvov fieyag l%Bvc, 

fj,ei^G)v 6e %eXvg £%(£. 
Kanodaifiuv ttoolc aoedfjc 

yvvr\ ! 
Meyag veuve ev ddfioc el\u, 

TtoXvg 6e lepevg not [idvng 

ixeXag eifil. 
f O o eXacpog icepag slfil irXa- 

~vg Kal [mfcpog. 
'0 ■frrjXvg yevog del (pXva- 

po)6rjg elfil. 



XXXVI. ADJECTIVES OF ONE TERMINATION. 

I. Adjectives of one termination, namely, which express 
the masculine, feminine, and neuter by one and the same 
ending, are the cardinal numbers from izevre, "five" to 
e/carov, " a hundred," both inclusive. 

II. Others have indeed only one termination, but for the 
masculine and feminine merely, since they are not used 
with substantives of the neuter gender, at least in the nom- 
inative and accusative singular and plural. They are prop- 
erly of the common gender, wanting the neuter. Such are, 

1. Adjectives compounded of substantives which remain 
unchanged ; as, p,aKpox&tp, " long-handed," from fiaftpog, 
" long," and^etp, "a hand;" \LaK,pavxqv , " long-necked" 
from fiarcpog, " long," and avx^v, " a neck ;" evptv, 
" having an acute sense of smell," from ev, " well," and 
piv, " a nostril," &c. An exception to this rule, how- 
ever, is found in those compounded of rrovg and iroXig, 
which have two terminations. 

2. Adjectives in G)p, which are partly derived from Trarrjp 
and ^T7/p ; as, dndrcjp, "fatherless ;" dfj,7]TG)p, " moth- 
erless ;" and partly from verbs ; as, naidoXerop, " a 
slayer of children," from iralg, " a boy," and oXXvfu, 
" to destroy ;" fudortep, " one who pollutes," from [Mawo, 
" to pollute." 



84 ANOMALOUS NOUNS. 

3. Adjectives in rjg, genitive -ijrog ; and in tog, genitive 
-tirog ; as, adfirjg, "unsubdued;" ayvtig, "unknown." 

4. Adjectives in rrrjg and rrjg, according to the first de- 
clension ; as, evom7]g, " having a pleasing aspect ;" 
edeXovrrjg, " willing" 

5. Adjectives in £ and ip ; as, ??/U|, " of the same age 
with another ;" alytfuip, " inaccessible" &c. 

6. Adjectives in ac, genitive -ddog ; and in to, genitive 
-idoc ; as, (pvydg, " an ea?z7e ;" avaXtug, " weak" 

XXXVII. ANOMALOUS NOUNS. 

I. Anomalous nouns are those which are inconsistent with the pre- 
scribed laws of formation ; as, for example, when %dpic, though formed 
from a root %^P l ^i makes x^ptrog in the genitive, not %dpi6og. 

II. The greater part, however, of the actual deviations from regular 
declension consist in the interchange of forms. In the more ancient 
language, it often happened that a word had two or more terminations and 
modes of inflection, with only one and the same signification. Only one 
of these forms was, for the most part, retained as the language became 
improved ; the other was merely employed now and then, when a more 
sonorous term was needed, especially in poetry. Thus daupvov has for 
its older form danpv, genitive -vog, " a tear." 

III. Sometimes the two forms remained more or less in common use, 
by the side of each other ; as, vlog, " a son," genitive v'tnv ; and also, vleog, 

I from a nominative of the third declension in evg • 

IV. A noun is called an Heteroclite when it has two forms of declen- 
/ sion, both originating from the same nominative ; as, Oldiirovg, genitive 

Oidiirodog and OcSittov. 

V.. The noun vavg , " a ship," is commonly declined as having in the 
genitive singular va'og and vnog, dative vr/t, &c. The more accurate 
declension, according to dialects, is as follows : 

7] vavg, " the ship." 

Attic. Epic and Ionic. Doric. 

Sing. N. vavg, Sing. N. vavg, Sing. N. vag, 

G. veuc, G. vnog and veoc, G. vaoc, 

D. vnt, D. vnt, D. vat, 

A. vavv, A. vTja and via, A. vavv and vav, 

V. vavg. V. vavg. V. vac. 



ATTIC FORM OF DECLENSION. 



Dual. 



Attic. 
N. vrje, 
G. veolv, 
D. veolv, 
A. V7je, 
V. vrje. 

Plural. N. vfjec, 
G. veuv, 
D. vavci, 
A. vavf, 



JDuoZ. 



-Epe and Ionic. 
N. v^e, 
G. veolv, 
D. veolv, 
A. vrje, 
V. vrje. 

Plural. N. v^ef and veec, 
G. ^£<5v, 
D. v^uai and veeaat, 



Dual. 



A. v^af and veag, 
V. vrjee. 



85 

Doric. 
N. vae, 
G. vaolv, 
D. vaG??;, 
A. ^de, 
V. vae. 

Plural. N. i^aef, 
G. vativ, 
D. vavai, 
A. vaaf, 
V. vdec. 



VI. The noun (3ovc, " an ox," makes /3ooc in the genitive, /3ow in the 
accusative, and in the plural, norn. j36eg, contracted (love ; dative fiovci ; 
accusative fioac, contracted (3ove. 

VII. The declension of Z eve is also peculiar. Thus: 

N. Zevf, 

G. Zvvoc and Aide, 
D. Z?/vi and Ait, 
A. Z^va and Lia, 
V. Zev. 

XXXVIII. ATTIC FORM OF DECLENSION. 

I. The Attic form of declension belongs to the second 
declension of nouns, and makes the vocative like the nomi- 
native, and has <*) in the termination of every case. 

II. The final v is often omitted in the accusative singular ; 
as, ydXo) for y&Xuv ; vi(*) for vecdv ; eo for eov. This is 
particularly the case in proper names ; as, Kw, Kew, Tew, 
"A06), for Kw, Kecov, &c. 

III. The declension is as follows : 



6 Xaytig, " the hare? 



Singular. 
N. 6 Tiay-cjc, 
G. rov 2,ay-u, 
D. r<p Aay-w, 
A. rov ylay-aiv, 
V. Aay-6)c. 



Dual. 
to) kay-6, 
rolv \ay-Q>v, 
toIv "kay-ibv, 
tg) 7iay-6, 
Xay-6. 

H 



Plural. 
N. ol "Kay-6, 
G. r<5v Aay-wv, 
D. role lay-fa, 
A. roi)c 2,ay-uc, 
V. Aay-t>. 



86 



EXERCISES ON ATTIC FORM OF DECLENSION. 





to dvG)yeo)V, " the dining-room" 




Singular. Dual. Plural. 


N. 


to av6ye-ov, 


N. tu uvuye-u, 


N. tu, avtoye-a, 


G. 


tov dvuye-o, 


G. TOtv civcjye-uv, 


G. tov avcoye-uv, 


D. 


tu> uvuye-o, 


D. toIv uvcjye-uv, 


D. Tolq avuye-ug, 


A. 


to avuye-ojv, 


A. tu) avtjye-a), 


A. Ta av6ye-o, 


V. 


avtJys-uv. 


V. avuye-u. 


V. ava>ye-6). 



IV. Only one neuter in wc is assigned to this form of 
declension, namely, to %pe&)c, " the debt." According to 
the ancient grammarians, it has %peug not only in the ac- 
cusative, but also in the genitive singular. 

XXXIX. EXERCISES ON THE ATTIC FORM OF DECLEN- 
SION. 

Convert the following into Greek, and name the case, 
number, and gender of each. 



(6 ve&e, " the temple"), 
to the temple, 
of the temples, 
the two temples, 
for the temples, 
O temples ! 
of the two temples, 
of the temple. 
(6 Aewc, " the people"), 
of the people, 
O people ! 
for the people. 
(6 naXuc, " the cable"), 
the two cables, 
the cables, 
to the cable, 
O cable ! 
of the two cables, 
of the cable, 
for the cables. 



(6 rawc, " the peacock"), 

O peacock ! 

O peacocks ! 

the peacocks, 

the two peacocks, 

to the peacock, 

to the two peacocks, 

to the peacocks, 

of the peacocks, 

of the peacock. 

(fi aXoc, " the halo"), 

of the halo, 

of the halos, 

of the two halos, 

the two halos, 

O halo ! 

(to #p£6)c, " the debt"), 

of the debt, 

the debts, 

the two debts. 



PATRONYMIC NOUNS. 87 

XL. DEFECTIVE NOUNS. 

I. Defective nouns are such as cannot, from their very nature, occur 
in more than one number. Thus, ol 'Er^ctat, " the Etesian winds ;" to. 
Aiovvaia, " the festival of Bacchus." 

II. Some again are only employed in the nominative and accusative ; 
as the neuters, ovap, " a dream ;" virap, "a vision;" 6i/j.ac, "a body." 

III. Others are only used in the nominative ; as, ocpehoc, " advantage ;" 
7/doc, " benefit." 

IV. Many, from having been nouns, have become adverbs, in conse- 
quence of their being employed in only one particular case ; as, 
imiikrjv, " by name" 

XLI. INDECLINABLE NOUNS. 

I. Under this head are ranked most of the cardinal numbers, though in 
strictness merely indeclinable adjectives; as, ■nevre, '■'five-" ef, "six;" 
eirru, "seven" &c. 

II. The names of letters ; as, ak$a, P^jra, &c. 

III. The neuter participle to XP £ " V > fr° m tne impersonal XPV- 

IV. The noun dSpcc, when it occurs in the formula tfe/uc hart. 

XLII. PATRONYMIC NOUNS. 

I. Patronymics are nouns which designate a son or a 
daughter. They are derived from the proper name of the 
father, sometimes also from that of the mother. 

II. The Masculine Patronymics are of two classes. 
The first class end in either ^t/c, ddrjs, or iddrjg, and form 
the genitive in ov. The second end in co)v, and make the 
genitive in ovog, rarely ovog. 

III. Patronymics in idrjg and lcjv are formed from nouns 
of the second declension in og. Thus, from Kpovog, " Sat- 
urn" come the patronymics Kpovtdrjg and Kpovto)v, both 
meaning " the son of Saturn" i. e., Jupiter. So from 
Kodpoc we have Kodpidqg ; from TdvraXog, TavraXidrjg ; 
from AlaKog, AiaK,id7}g. 

IV. Patronymics in iddr]g are formed from nouns in Log ; 
as, from "H/Uoc comes f H/Uao^c ; from 'AGtchrjTnog, 'Acr/e/b/- 
mddr]g ; from Aaepnog, Aaeprtdd7]g, though Aaeprrjg be the 
more regular form of the parent-name. 



88 EXERCISE ON PATRONYMICS. 

V. Patronymics in ddr]g come from nouns in rjg and ag 
of the first declension. Thus, from 'Ittttot^c comes 'Irnro- 
rddrjg ; from 'AXevag, 'AXevddrjg. 

VI. In nouns of the third declension, the genitive serves 
as the basis of derivation. If the penult of the genitive 
be short, the patronymic from og is formed in £(%c; as 
from 'AyafiEfivov, gen. -ovog, comes ' Ay afiejjLvovldTjg ; from 
Qeorcop, gen. -opog, comes Qsoropidr]g. But if the penult 
of the genitive be long, the patronymic ends in iddrjg; 
as, from TeXap&v, gen. -cjvog, comes TeXafMDvi&drjg ; from 
'AfMpcTpvcdv, gen. -oyvog, comes , AiKpLrpvQVidSr]g. 

VII. Nouns in eve, which in Ionic have the genitive in 
-r]og, give rise to the patronymic form rj'iddrjg. Thus, from 
TLi]Xevg, gen. -Tjog, comes T\.7\\r\Lddr\g ; from ILepasvg, gen. 
-rjog, comes Uepa7]'iddr)g. But since these nouns in evg 
have also the termination ewe in the genitive, which con- 
tinued to be the prevailing one in the Attic and common 
dialects, hence arose, from TLepoevg, gen. Hspaetog, the pa- 
tronymic form IlepcretJ^c; from 'Arpsvg, gen. 'Arpewc, the 
form 'Arpeidrig. 

VIII. The Female Patronymics have four terminations, 
namely, either mc, eg, ivr\, or lcjvtj. Thus, from Bpiaevg 
comes BptOTjlg ; from "ArXag, 'ArXavrig ; from "Adprjorog, 
'AdprjOTLvrj; from 'Anpioiog, 'AKpLOi&v?]. 

IX. It is to be remarked, in the case of female patronym- 
ics, that the termination ivi\ arises when the primitive has 
a consonant before its own termination ; and the termination 
i&V7\ when the primitive has before its ending the vowel i 
or v. 

XLIIL EXERCISE ON PATRONYMICS. 
Deduce male and female patronymic forms from each of 
the following proper names, according to the rules that have 
just been given. 

Ei^/loc, 'Nacrjrag, gen. -ov, 

"TXXog, ILLTTdicog, 



DEGREES OF COMPARISON. 



89 



Mehdvirrrroc;, 




Uplafiog, 




Hpot-evog, 




KavKCJv, gen. 


-0)VO$*, 


loo tog, 




Adxr\g, 


-??™c, 


Kr7]<jl6tog, 




TLapdevcog, 




Nav7r/Uoc, 




Uevftenog, 




$i>owg, 




Qopfiiov, gen. 


-WVO^", 


Aw(pdv7jg, gen. -ov, 


Trjpvcov, " 


-oVoC, 


Acayopag, ' 


1 -ov, 


r Iepa|, " 


-dnog 7 


'AXrjTTjg, t 


i -ov, 


'TMag, " 


-ov, 


Hpureag, * 


' -ov, 


Kv^vo^, 




XeiXov, ' 


' -ovog, 


Aao'dcwcoc, 




'Idacjv, ' 


1 -ovog, 


Maidvtoc, 




A&dfiag, l 


\ -avrog, 


Mveotfevc, 




'AvOevg, 




"Ncfcdvup, gen. 


•opog, 


Evpvoflevc, 




Hapiieviov, " 


-(ovog, 


Kanavevg, 




^v/Uv^, 




Krjfevg, 




Heipeaiag, " 


-ov. 



XLIV. DEGREES OF COMPARISON. 

I. There are two degrees of comparison, the Comparative 
and Superlative. 

II. The Comparative indicates what one of two objects, 
that are brought by means of it into comparison with each 
other, possesses more oi less, as the case may be, of a 
certain quality or property which is common to both. 

III. The Superlative shows what one of more than two 
objects possesses, in the greatest or least degree, some 
quality or property that is common to them all. 

IV. For the sake of uniformity, the simple form of the 
adjective has been called the Positive degree. Strictly 
speaking, however, the positive is no degree of comparison, 
but merely the primitive form on which the comparison is 
based. 



Formation of the Degrees of Comparison. 
I. The degrees of comparison are formed from the pos- 
H2 



90 DEGREES OF COMPARISON, 

itive, or simple form of the adjective ; namely, the com- 
parative by appending the termination -repog, a, ov ; and 
the superlative by appending -rarog, t\, ov. 

II. These terminations are appended to the root of the 
positive in the following manner : 

1. Adjectives in -6g and -vg throw away c; as, deivog, 
decvorepog, deivorarog ; evpvg, evpvrepog, evpvrarog. 
If the penultimate syllable of adjectives in -6g is short 
in the positive, then o is changed into o) in the com- 
parative and superlative ; as, oo(pog, oocpojrepog, oo(p6~ 
rarog ; ftaOapog, rcadapurepog, icadapdjrarog. 

2. Adjectives in -iog, contracted -ovg, form their compar- 
ative and superlative regularly from the uri contracted 
positive, and then undergo contraction ; as, irop<fivpeog, 
contracted nopfivpovg, compar. iropcpvpeurepog, con- 
tracted 7rop(f)vp(x)repog, superl. rroptyvpecjrarog, con- 
tracted rrop(j)vp6rarog. 

3. Adjectives in -oog, contracted -ovg, append -eorepog, 
-iorarog, to the root, and always contract this termi- 
nation with the syllable that precedes ; as, evvoog, 
contracted evvovg, comparative (evvoiorepog) evvovo- 
rspog ; superlative (evvoiorarog) evvovorarog. 

4. Adjectives in -ag, aiva, av, append -repog and -rarog 
to the neuter ; as, \iiXag, \ieXdvrepog, \ieXdvrarog. 

5. Adjectives in -7jg and -eig shorten these terminations 
into eg, and then append -repog and -rarog ; as, dXr]Qr\g, 
aXijdiorepog, dXrfiiorarog ; %apieig, %apiiorepog, %a- 
piiorarog. 

6. But adjectives in -r\g, genitive -ov of the first declen- 
sion, annex -iorepog and -iorarog to the root; as, 
KXeirrrjg, nXenr Iorepog, tzXeirr iorarog. 

7. Adjectives in -ov append -iorepog and iorarog to the 
root ; as, OG)(f)pG)v, genitive ooxppov-og, comparative 
ooxppov iorepog, superlative ooxppoveorarog. 

8. Adjectives in -rjv annex -eorepog and -iorarog to the 



DEGREES OF COMPARISON. 91 

root ; as, rspTjv, genitive repev-og, comparative repev- 
eorspog, superlative repeveararog, 

9. Adjectives in -| append -iorepog and -lorarog to the 
root, and sometimes -iorepog and -eararog ; as, apna%, 
genitive apnay-og, comparative api: ay iorepog, super- 
lative apixayiorarog ; and, on the other hand, d(j)7jXc^, 
genitive dcprjXtic-og, comparative d<^r\Xineorepog, su- 
perlative d<p7]Xifteora,rog. 

10. Some dissyllabic adjectives in -vg and -pog reject 
these terminations, and use in their stead -lew (neuter 
iov) for the comparative, and -carog for the superlative. 
Thus, yXvuvg, yXvuccov, yXvucorog ; aloxpog, aloxtoov, 
alax^Tog. 

The adjectives compared in this latter way, however, 
are but few in number. Generally speaking, of those 
in pog, the formation coov, carog, predominates only in 
alaxpog and k%Bpog ; and of those in vg, only in i]6vg 
and raxvg. In all the others the regular form must be 
regarded throughout as the more usual. 

Exceptions to the Preceding Rules. 

1. Some adjectives in -6g reject o before -repog and 
-rarog ; as, yepaiog, yepairepog, yepairarog ; rrepalog, 
rrepacrepog, rrepatrarog, &c. 

2. The adjective cpcXog has for its usual forms (piXrepog, 
tyiXrarog ; besides which, however, (pcXairepog, and 
even the regular (pcXcorepog and (pcXcjrarog are also 
found. 

3. Other adjectives, instead of o and o), have more com- 
monly ac, ig or eg, before the comparative and super- 
lative terminations ; as, 

fieoog, iiEoairepog, fj,eaacrarog. 

idiog, Idcacrepog, Idcacrarog. 

TTp&log, irpmacrepog, Trpco'cairarog. 

eppufievog, eppofzevearepog, eppcofieveararog. 



92 



EXERCISES ON COMPARISON. 



acj)dovog, dcpdovearepog, d(f)6oveararog. 
aapevog, dofiEvearepog, dafXEVEorarog. 
XdXog, XaXiorspog, XaXlorarog. 

TTTCJXOg, TTTOXlOTEpOg, TCTGJXlOTaTOg. 

4. In some of the adjectives which make the compara- 
tive in tov and the superlative in lorog, the i of the 
ending to)v is rejected, and the last letter of the root, 
if 6, #, k, or Xi changes into go (Attic rr). Thus, 
raxvg (old form #a;^a>c), comparative to^jW, changed 
to ddocrcjv (Attic ddrro)v), superlative rdxtorog. So 
also, eXaxvg, comparative eXaxicov, changed to eXda- 
cojv (Attic eXdrrcdv), superlative eXaxt-orog. 

XLV. EXERCISES ON COMPARISON. 
Preliminary Rules. 

I. The comparative degree is generally followed by a 
genitive case ; as, [lel^v narpog, "greater than a father." 

II. The superlative degree is also frequently followed by 
a genitive ; as, exOiarog navrcdv, " most hated ofall." 

I. 

Form the comparative and superlative of each of the fol- 
lowing adjectives, according to the rules of formation that 
have been just given. 

dlfcatog, "just." svyevrjg, " noble." 

dylog, " holy." dicpi6rig, " accurate." 

ttoo/Mog, " orderly" dodevrjg, " weak." 

7TOV7]pog, " evil." evoedqg, "pious." 

anXrjpog, " hard." aWaXoecg, "gleaming." 

veog, " new." K7]r6eig, " vast." 

rsXeog, "perfect." Trrepoeig, " winged." 

reXeiog, "perfect." svptiscg, "murky." 

nXarvg, " broad." KaKoSalfjiOJV, " unhappy." 

fipaxvg, " short." evdaL^uVj if happy." 

rpaxvg, " rough." vot)[j,G)Vj " intelligent." 



EXERCISES ON COMPARISON. 93 

(3ptdvg, "ponderous " fivrjfj,G)v, "mindful" 

evvoog, (contr. -ovg), " benev- dppqv, " manly.' 7 

olent." epLavx^Vi "proud." 

avoog, (contr. -ovg), " silly" OTEvavxrjv, " narrow-necked." 
rdXag, " wretched" TroXvppTjv, " rich in t 



evXa6rjg, " cautious." (f>cXeXXrjVj " loving Greek." 

evepyrjc, " effective." svXljxtjv, "fair-harboured." 

d7]drjg, " displeasing." 

II. 

Translate the following, and trace the comparatives and 
superlatives to the positive form of the adjective. 

'ElprjvaLorspoc apvtiv. — oltcrporaroi, anavruv. — rrpoBv- 
\i6repoi ru>v naicojv. — Xafinporarov deafidrw. — okotlg)- 
rspog rye vvfcrog. — Grevojrarog ndvTG)v tottuv. — Grvyepcj- 
repot 6paK,6vTG)v. — evpvrepog rrjg $aXaGG7]g. — (3paxvrarog 
dvdptiv. — rpaxvrepa Y^iXiKiag. — Kattovovcrepog rvpdvvov. 
— dvovarepog rraidbg. — raXdvrepog TavrdXov. — das6ea- 
raroi dvdpuTTOJV. — dXrjdeararoL §iXog6$uv. — dcppoveara- 
rot TGJv (3ap6dp(ov. — KaicodaLfiov ear spot rtiv Q7)6acG)v. — 
Kaprepojrepog 'KpafcXovg. — ald^fioveardrrj napdivov. — 
aKpareuTaroi r&v vsorepuv dvOputruv. — ^7\Xvrdri] dnd- 
oov yvvcuK&v. — fiaXdatctirepoi, tgjv Avd&v. — TrovrjporspoL 
t&v ycydvTCJV. — (3pa6vrepot xeXcjvov. — tj6cgt7] yvvaifc&v. 
— (bnvTEpa, 'AraXdvTTjg. — repeveGrdrr) firjrpCJv. 

'Aifjcvdcov [lev egtl TTLKporarov, fieXt 6e yXvKvrarov. — 
to tov TTorajjiov vdojp Kadapcjrarov eon real t\6igtov. — 
ipevdog eanv alaxiorov. — ovdsig f\v GdxppoveGrepog 1(0- 
Kpdrovg. — Kptriag re aal 'AXfa6id3r)g r\Gav fiiaioraroi koX 
vdpLGToraroL 7rdvrG)v row 'Adrjvaiojv. — ol \iev yepaCrepoi 
r\Gav ev toj dedrpG), ol 6e veojTSpoL iv r'Q dyopa. — r\ 
KopvdaXXig egtl rcpc^lairdrri dpvldojv. — ol dQXr\Tai elglv 
kppojfieveGraTOi. — 6 mac r\v XaXiorepog ifjiTTdfcrjg. — 6 av- 

dpOTTOg SGTi TTTCdXlGTCLTOg TG)V 7TTG)X<*> V - j^fiAt EGTLV 7j6v, 

<pi,XoGO(f)la 7]diG)v, dperrj rjdcGTT). — (3log egtI raxvg, /cdXXog 



94 



EXERCISES ON COMPARISON. 



ftaooov, evdaifiovla tcixlott]. — to tov 'Aduvtdog alfia t\v 
TropcpvpuTdTOV. — evravda olvog rjv d(pdovearepog vdarog. 

Ovdev eonv opyrjg ddiit&Tepov. — irbXefiog evdo^og elprjvrjg 
aiaxpag alperdjrepog eonv. — ovdev fCTrjfia ootyiag nfiiuTe- 
pov eOTiv. — oo<pia ttXovtov ftTTffia r\dibv eonv. — ovdev 
eon fieXvrog yXvKvrepov. — dot-a eonv aodevrjg ayicvpa, 
nXovrog en dodeveoTepa, a&XXog de rj dadeveardrr]. — 
dperr\g ovdev X?W a GEfivoTepbv eon. — ovdev eon firp-pbg 
7]6iov. — 6 fieXag olvog eon -&peTTTiicd)TaTog, 6 de Xevubg 
XenroTarog. — rj Bafcrpiavrj %&pa, evdai\ioveoTaT7\ earl Kal 
eixpopordrrj. — 6 TTOVTjpbg tov dyadov KaKodaifioveOTepog 
eonv.- — Xbyog iroXXdnig loxvporepog eon xpvoov, — to Tr\g 
G)Ti6og npeag r\v Tolg OTpaTHDTCug fjdcoTov. — to t&v dypiuv 
bvu)v upeag tjv dnaXdoTepov tov tCjv eXd(po)v. 

III. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English words opposite. 



A wound from a sword is 
lighter than an evil tongue. 

The Deity has not a more 
suitable place on earth than 
a pure spirit. 

Virtue is the shortest, as well 
as safest and fairest road 
of all. 

The elder men are more pious 
and discreet than the youn- 
ger ones. 

He has more useful, and 
pleasing, and valuable pos- 
sessions. 

The two most renowned and 
ambitious men of all the 
Athenians. 



HX7]y7j and ^i(f>og Kovfyog 

elfii nanbg yXtiooa. 
-ivx?} dyvog Tonog oinelog 

em j7] (gen.) ovk ex* & 

Qebg. 
'ApeTrj elfii b ovvTOfibg re 

Kal d(7(paXrjg Kal naXbg 

bdbg anag. 
'0 yepaibg evoe6r\g Kal q&- 

(f}pcov 6 veog elfii. 

'Q(f)eXZfiog, Kal rjdvg, Kal ev- 
Tlfiog KTTffia ex* 0, 

f O ovofiaOTog Kal faXbnfiog 
(dual number) nag 6 'Adrj- 
valog. 



IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 



95 



The Muses are sweeter than 
the Sirens, and instruction 
is more useful than idleness 
and pleasure. 

Nothing is more useful than 
a good friend, nothing more 
hurtful than a bad one. 

Socrates was a most wise and 
just man, most temperate as 
well as most enduring. 



f O Movoa 6 1eLpr\v rjdvg elfxl, 
nai naideta dxjjeXlfiog elfxt 
depyia nai r\6ovr\. 

Ovdeig dyadbg (biXog oxpeX- 

ifiog elfiL, ovdeig natibg 

j3Xa6epog. 
2G)Kpa,T7]g elfil (ppovijjiog nai 

ditcacog dvrjp, ey/cparrjg re 

fcal KaprepiKog. 



XLVI. IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 

I. The comparative and superlative remain in several 
adjectives whose positive has grown into disuse. These 
are generally compared in connexion with some extant 
positive, to which they approximate the nearest in respect 
of signification. Hence the following list : 



Good, dyadfrg, 



Bad. tcamg, 

Long. fiaKppg, 
Great, \ieyig, 



afiecvov, 
dpelcjv, 
fieXTLUV, 
(3eXrepog, 
upeLcoodv, ) 
Kpetrrcdv, 
icdppcjv, J 
Xojigjv, 

Xg)G)V, 

<j>eprepog, ' 
r KaKU)repog, 

KCLKLUV, 

Xepe'odv, 
^%eip(*)v, 
C iianporepog, 
\ (maaov, 
C fieacrcjv, J 

{ p,ei^oiv, 



apiorog. 

fieXriorog. 

(3eXrarog. 

Kp&TLGTOg. 

X(i)iorog. 

X&orog. 

(jyeprarog. 

(pepLGTog. 

(pepriOTog. 

fta/ccoTarog. 

fCOKLOTOg. 

%epiOTog. 
XecpLGTog. 
fiattpoTaTog. 

IJ,7}KL(JT0g. 

(jbeyiarog. 



96 



EXERCISES ON IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 



Small, fwtpog, 

(eXaxvg), 

Much. rroXvg, 
Easy, padcog, 



f fiLKporepog, 
fietorepog, 

<j {JLSLCJV, 

iXdoaoiv, 

[_ TjOOCDV, 
i nXEOJV, 

( ttXelcjv, 
pacov, 



[iLKporarog. 

peioraTog. 

fielorog. 

kXd)(iOTog. 

r\KiGrog. 

irXeloTog. 

paorog. 



II. Some comparatives and superlatives are evidently de- 
rived from substantives, adverbs, and prepositions. Thus : 

Compar. Superl. 

Trporepog, irptirog, from irpo. 

vneprepog, vneprarog, " vrrsp. 

dvcjrepog, dvcorarog, " av(o. 

varepog, vararog, " vtto. 

icXeTTrCarepog, KXeuTcararog, *' KXsrrTrjg. 

eratporarog, " kralpog. 
SovXorepog, " dovXog. 

(3a<uXevrepog, " fiaoiXevg. 

III. To these may be added the following comparisons 
of adverbs. Thus : 

Pos. Compar. Superl. 

&vo), dvojrepo), dvordro). 

fcdrG), Karo)repG), KaroyTdro). 

si-G), e^G)T£p(o, E^cjrdro). 

EGG), £OG)T£pG), ECCJTdTG). 

ITOppG), 7TOppG)TEpG), Troppcjrdro). 

XLVII. EXERCISES ON IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 

I. 
Translate the following, and give the irregular compari- 
son in the case of each. 



ajisivovog rrarpog, 
dfJLELVOvsg avdpeg, 

dflELVOVGJV #£g3i>, 



KaKOJTEpOV (f)iXG)V, 

Kafcojraroc fcXsTrrov, 
%epeiovog dcmidog, 



EXERCISES ON IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 



97 



dueivovg deanorac, 1 
dueivov dtipov, 
diieivo) dcopa, 
dfisivova Trpdyixara, 
dfieivoaiv dvdpdoirocg, 
dfielvo) avdpa, 

dfJ,SLVOVS dvdpCJTTG), 
djJbetVOVOLV L7T7TOLV, 

fieXrtoveg crparLcoraLi 
peXriovg (ppeva^, 
peXriova re/cva, 
PeXtiotol (ftlXcjv, 
(3eXnara dcjpo)v, 

(SeXrlo) dvdpojiTOV, 
(3eXrLG) yvvalfca, 
(3eXrio(Jiv onXoig, 
peXriovi, iraidi, 
upeiooova tied/iara, 
Kpeiooo) Xoyov, 
Kpeiaaove dvdps, 
"ttpeLooG) dfuXlav, 
KpeiTTOvw epyoiv, 
Kpdrtaroi ottXltgjv, 
KpariOTrj yvvcurctiv, 
Kpeiooo) TrdXra, 
XCdov neap, 

Xwovog TTdTpOg, 

X(x)6vo)v rjfzep(t)v t 
XtioroL (j>iXo)v, 
X(x)iare ndvrov, 
(peprepov ddeXQov, 
(pepCarrj Trapdevuv, 
(fyeprare noTa[j,u)V, 



naitioiT] odtiv, 
Xeipiorog 6ovX(ov, 
namovGdv epycov, 
tea/ceo Trpdyiiara, 
%eipG) dd)[iara, 
fiatcporepog nodog, 
firjKiore TTorafiGJv, 
fidaaova 6d)^ara, 
fMCfcporarat pdddojv, 
(idaoovi TrdXrG), 
f.m%G)v ddsXcfrog, 
ixei^ove kvvs, 
fieycare ytydvrcjv, 
fiel^o) onXa, 
fiei^G) avdpa, 
p,ei%G) Trapdevov, 
fjbeylarcjv rraidtov, 

(JLELOVOV £py(x)V, 

(isLG) dojpa, 
eXaaaov rrXolov, 
7\GGova vdfiara, 
[iiicpoTepojv TTTjyCJV, 
kXd%iarog dvdpd)7TG)v, 

7JICLOT7J (pvXtiv, 

eXdood) dydXjiara, 
ttXel6v(x)v Grparcd)r(t)v, 
nXeiovg avdpconoc, 
TrXelovg dovXovg, 
rrXeLG) onXa, 
TrXdoroi iraidov, 
rcXeov da/cpvparog, 
paovcov (j,6x6g)v, 
paov TTpaypa, 
paaroc ttovov, 



1. Both the contracted and uncontracted forms are given. 
I 



98 EXERCISES ON IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 

(pEpTEpuv itXolov, pdova TTTjdrjfiaTa, 

<peprioT7] TrarpcSov, paarcjv bdtiv, 

(peprepoiv XoyoLV, pcuov Xbyog. 

II. 

Translate the following, and trace the respective com- 
paratives and superlatives to the positives under which they 
are ranked. 

Lmaia tevlcl dp,£LVG)v egtl Kepdojv ddl/cov. — to (bbv rov 
KpoaodeiXov fiel^ov egtlv cjov %rjveiov. — 6 t&v ttXelgtcjv 
(3log egtl XvixT]pbg. — tidvarog KOLvbg rolg xeiplaroig nal 
rolg f3eXrtaroLg. — i\ 'AvTLfidxov ■dvydrrjp e^sc dfieivova 
rv%r\v< — Zevg egtlv 6 X&GTog rtiv tistiv. — b fiaoiXevg e^u 
rrjv rrjg Xepaovrjaov dpiorrjv nXdica. — ovdev eon icpela- 
gov dvdyn7\g. — j^pvobg tcpeiooGiv egtl fivplov Xoycov. — ol 
ttXelgtol tg)V arpariG)TG)v rjoav "'EXXrjveg. — rj ILroXefiatov 
vavg egtl fiavfia \iEyiorov. — dpiorog egtlv ddXrjTrjg, nal 
fiEyiGTG)v ETiaivcdv a&og. — r] 666g egtl fiarcporspa rrjg na- 
Xaidg bdov. — r] GapLGGa rjv fianpordrr] rdv Maftsdovuv 
X6y%r}. — vvv egtlv 6 dycjvcdv fiEyiGTog, teal fiEytGrov $av- 
\mrog d^LG)rarog.—£XovGi ttoXlv kXaGGova KXecovgjv. — 
XoyoL sXaGGovEg fpyuv eIgL — ol iJGGovsg eIgi ixoXXdmg 
rolg KpELGGOGi dovXoi. — ol (3dp6apoi 7\Gav fyipiGTOi^ ol de 

"EXX7]V£g XElplGTOL. 

'ApETTj 7TXOVTOV KpELTTG)V EGTI, Xp7)Gl[IG)T£pa Se £Vy£- 

VEtag. — Evrvxia egtlv dvOpcorroLg KpdrLGrov rCJv -&e&v d&- 

pOV.- TTOXXOJV Xp7][AdTG)V HpELTTG)V EGTLV 6 TTdpti TGJV dya- 

Otiv EircLLvog. — vovg dyadog, kv dvOpunov GCjfiarL, egti 

[JLEyLGTOV XPW a ' EV GhaXIGTG) TT£pL66X(t).—7TXEOV£^La egtI 

fXEyiGTOv dvdpoiiTOLg Kdtcov. — ovSev egtl fcpELGGov dyadov 
cpiXov. — ovSev egtl ttdniov dovXELag. — MsvsXaog, & TLv- 

Xdd?], EGTLV 6 ndliLGTOg dvdpU)7T0)V. tidfCLGTOg EGTL TTdGGJV 

alGXptiv ettlOv/jllcjv dovXog. — nXELOvg r\Gav ev Tfj dyopa 
7] ev Ty dupOTtoXEL. — ol ttXelgtol tgjv $;evg)v tjgclv Karrna- 
doKEg. — "Op/poc r\v b X&GTog ttql7]tgjv, Ht]\ioGQEvr\g 6s prj- 

TOpG)V. — OVSEV EGTL X ei P 0V Yhp^S XviT7]pOV. Ttt X ei P 0Va > 

itXelo) (3poToig egtl rdv dtJL£Lv6v(*)v. 



NUMERALS. 



99 



III. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English words opposite. 
He has a flame more powerful 

than the thunderbolt. 
Virtue is the best of all pos- 
sessions. 
Most excellent son of a most 

excellent father. 
The men are worse than the 
boys, and the boys have the 
greatest gifts of all. 
He has easier questions, and 
more honours, and smaller 
burdens. 
The labours of the Greeks were 

easier and more pleasing. 
For the Lacedaemonians all 
things were worse than be- 
fore. 
The roads were longer, the 
dangers greater, the foes 
more numerous, the pay 
less ; the soldiers, however, 
were most valiant, the com- 
manders better, and the 
crossings of the rivers ea- 
sier. 



$A6^ e%G) 6 nepavvbg dyadog. 

'Aperi) nag KTr\\ia elfil dya- 

66c,. 
'AyaObg vide, dyadbg narrjp. 

f O avdpGmog fcatcbg elfii 6 

naZc, 6 6e nalg l%u fieyag 

ddpov dnag. 
'Padtoc £pG)T7][xa eftO), ttai 

ttoXvc rcfirj, teat [Uftpoc 

axdoc. 
f O 6 "¥Xkr\v novog elfii pa- 

dwg aai rjdvg. 
f O Aanedaifioviog nag slat 

fcatcog i) nporepov. 

f O odbg el fit fiatcpbg, 6 niv- 
dvvog fieyag, 6 noXefiiog 
noXvg, 6 fiiodbg fitfcpbg- 6 
de arparicjTTjg elfii dyadbg, 
6 iryefi&v dyadbg, ical 6 6 
norafibg 6cd6aaig padtog. 



XLVIII. NUMERALS. 

I. Numerals are either Cardinal or Ordinal. 

II. The Cardinal numbers answer to the question, " how 
many ?" as, elg, " one ;" 6vo, " two ;" rpelg, " three," &c. 

III. The Ordinal numbers answer to the question, " which 
in order?" as, nptirog , u first ;" devrepog," second ;" rpirog, 
" third" &c. 



100 



IV. For marks of number, the Greeks employ the letters 
of the alphabet ; but, to make the number complete, they 
insert therein a g- after s, called e-nicnuov, or Fav, and 
answering to our 6 ; and they also adopt two Oriental char- 
acters, namely, Konna, marked *7, for 90; and Zafim, 
marked 2>, for 900. 

V. When the letters are employed to denote numbers, a 
mark resembling an accent is placed over them ; but to 
designate the thousands, the same mark is placed below. 
Thus, a is " one" but a " one thousand ;" so k,' is " twenty" 
but K " twenty thousand? 

VI. These marks above and below the letters, are not, 
however, expressed in the case of every letter, when we 
have several letters placed side by side, and indicating a 
series of numbers, but in such a case they are put only over 
or below the last of each series. Thus we write v;y%j3' for 
53,602 ; and auW, for 1839. 

VII. The following combinations may serve as examples 
of the Greek system of notation : 





avis, 1415. 
l&oi-e, 9265. 




/ywjt/^-', 3846. 
«a0e, 21,505. 




[ycpnB', 3589. 
£g)X6', 7832. 




pveoy', 155,203. 
7T&r, 89,004. 




Declension of the j 


ir st four Numerals. 




Singular. 




Dual. Plural. 




file, "owe." 




6vo, " two." 


N. 
G. 
D. 

A, 


tig, iiia, 'iv, 
hog, (nag, hog, 
hi, fiia, hi, 
'ha, [liav, 'h. 


N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 


6vo and 6va, 
dvolv and dvelv, 
dvolv, 
6vo. 


N. , 

G. dvtiv, 
D. dvai, 




Plural. 




Plural. 




rpeZg, " three." 




reoGapec,, "four." 


N. 
G. 
D. 

A. 


rpelg, rpelg, rpia, 
rpi&v, rpctiv, rptdv 
rpiai, rpiai, rpiai, 
rpelg, rpelg, rpia. 




N. reaaapeg, rec 
G. Teocapuv, rec 
D. reaaapai, rec 
A. reacapag, rk 


■aapeg, reaaapa, 
■adpuv, reaaaptov, 
■capoi, reaaapai, 
raapag, reaaapa. 



SYNOPSIS OF NUMERALS. 



101 



Synopsis of Numerals. 



a' 


elg, 


1st 


rrpfirog, 


P 


dvo, 


2d 


dEVTEpOg, 


Y 


rpeig, 


3d 


rpirog, 


6' 


Teoaapeg, 


4th 


riraprog, 


e' 


7revT£, 


5th 


7T£fnrTog, 


? 


H, , 


6th 


EKTOg, 


C 


iirrd, 


7th 


sddofiog, 


v' 


6kt6, 


8 th 


bydoog, 


& 


evvea, 


9th 


ivvarog, 


c 


deica, 


10th 


dsKarog, 


ia 


hidena, 


11th 


EvdsKarog, 


*P 


dudsica, 


12th 


dudsKarog, 


*/ 


Tptonaideica, 


13th 


TpiGKaiOEKdTOg, 


id' 


TeaaapEGKaidsna, 


14th 


TEaaapaKaidEKarog, 


is' 


TrevreKaidetca, 


15th 


TZEVTEKCudEKaTOg, 


lY 


EKKacdeKa, 


16th 


EKKaidsKarog, 


't? 


ETTTaicaideKa, 


17th 


ETTTaKatdEKarog, 


m' 


oKTCJuaidsica, 


18th 


OKTOKaidEicaTog, 


w 


EvvEanaideKa, 


19th 


EWEaKatdEKarog, 


k' 


ElKOGl, 


20th 


ELKOGTOg, 


na 


eIkoglv sic, 


21st 


ECKOGTog irpuTog, 


K& 


EiKoai dvo, &c, 


22d 


duoGTog dsvTEpog, 


V 


rpiaKovra, 


30th 


TpidKOGTOg, 


Aa' 


rpiaKovra elg, 


31st 


rptaKOGTog Tzp&Tog, 


\*>' 


TEoaapaKOvra, 


40th 


TEGGapa.KOGTOg, 


v' 


7r£VT7/KOVTa, 


50th 


'KEvrriKOGTog, 


? 


kl-rjuovTa, 


60th 


ELKOGTOg, 


o" 


sSdop^Kovra, 


70 th 


EBSop.TJKOGTOg^ 


if 


bydor/KOvra, 


80th 


bydoTjKOGTog, 


s 


EVEVTjKOVra, 


90th 


EVEVrjKOGTOg, 


p' 


EKdTOV, 


100th 


EKaroGTog, 


a' 


diaicooLot, 


200th 


ScaKOGcoGtSg, 


t' 


TpidKOClOl, 


300th 


rptaKOGWGTog, 


v' 


TEGOapaKOClOl, 


400th 


TEGGapCLKOGlOGTOg, 


¥ 


TCEVTdKOOLOl, 


500th 


TTEVTaKOGLOGTOg, 


x' 


E^aKoaioc, 


600th 


EtjdlCOGlOGTOg, 


¥ 


ETTTaKOGlOl, 


700th 


ETTTdKOGlOGTOg, 


0)' 


OKTanoaioi, 


800th 


OKTCMOGlOGTOg, 


$' 


hvanoaioi, 


900th 


EVVdKOGtOGTOg, 


a 


X'lalol, 


1000th 


XihiOGTog, 


fi 


ScGXlhtOl, 


2000th 


SiGxt-hioGTog, 


J 


TpiGxi^ioi, 


3000th 


TpCGXC?UOGTOg, 


,6 


TETpaKLGXi^iOl, 


4000th 


TETpCLKLGXlhlOGTOg, 


JE 


TT£VTaKLGXt?UOl, 


5000th 


TiEVTaKLGX^iOGTOg, 


£ 


kZanLoxihtOL., 


6000th 


E^aKLGXl^lOGTOg, 


X 


E-KTaKtaxtkioi, 


7000th 


E-KTaKlGX^lOGTOg, 


,v 


OKTaKLOx'^LOl, 


8000th 


OKTattiGxriuoGTog, 


$ 


EVVaKlGX't^lOL, 


9000th 


EvvaKLGx'^ioGrog, 


JL 


fivpioi, 


10,000th 


pvpcoGTog, 


A 


diojivpLOi, 


20,000th 


diGfivpiooTog. 



12 



102 EXERCISES ON THE NUMERALS. 

REMARKS ON THE NUMERALS. 

I. In compound numbers, either the less are put after the greater with- 
out a conjunction ; as, elkoolv slg, 21, rpianovTa Trews, 35 ; or, what is 
more usual, the less precedes, and is connected with the greater by nai ; 
as, rpscg nal school, 23 ; ttevts nal TzsvTrjKOvra, 55. 

II. So also in the more complicated numbers, the several parts are 
united in such a manner as to proceed from the less to the greater ; as, 
rerrapa nal iddo/j-qKovra nal kvaaoococ nal rpcoxCkLOL nal s^aKco/ivpLoc, 
63,974. 

III. In place of a compound ending in fivpcoc, to express tens of thous- 
ands, &c, the noun /xvpcdg is often employed in the plural number, with 
a numeral of the cardinal class preceding ; as, ttevts fxvpcddsg, 50,000 ; 
oktcj fxvpcddsg, 80,000 ; s/carbv /J.vpcd6sg, 1,000,000. 

IV. Of the cardinal numbers, the first four, and the round numbers 
from 200, are declined ; all the rest are indeclinable. The round num- 
bers just mentioned are declined like the plural of adjectives in -og, with 
three terminations ; as, dcaKoococ, dccuioocac, dcaaooca, &c. 

V. The ordinal numbers are all declined like adjectives in -og. 

VI. Besides the forms of ordinal numbers, which have been given in 
the list of numerals, two ordinals are also frequently connected by nal ; 
as, TTE/LCTtTog nal dsKCCTog, 15th; bydoog nal demrog, 18th, &c. 

XLIX. EXERCISES ON THE NUMERALS. 
Preliminary Rules. 

I. The period of time at which a thing takes place, or 
during which a thing continues or exists, is put in the dative ; 
as, t%i rplrxj ^pepa, " on the third day." 

II. Time how long, or continuance of time, is put in the 
accusative ; as, tjv dovhoc. rpelg rjfiepag, " he was a slave for 
three days" 

III. Distance and space are put in the accusative ; as, 
anexsL oictg) rj^epodv odbv and Ba6vXu>vog, " it is distant 
eight days' journey from Babylon" 



EXERCISES ON THE NUMERALS. 



103 



1. Cardinal Numbers. 



Convert the following numbers into Greek characters. 



5 


10 


325 


1250 


10,385 


50 


100 


484 


1542 


20,452 


500 


1000 


536 


1675 


15,666 


5000 


10,000 


792 


1989 


18,000 


6 


9000 


871 


2050 


19,999 


60 


900 


944 


3001 


20,020 


600 


90 


390 


4055 


15,555 


6000 


9 


996 


5005 


16,421 



II. 

The Greek mode of addition with letters was the same 
as our modern process with figures ; as will appear from 
the following examples : 

k 6', 22. 

i 6', 19. 

X d, 31. 

o y, 73. 



p fi e, 145. 



« v 6', 


854. 


T K C', 


326. 


id, 


561. 


<ll>[l<f}, 


748. 


flVTT 0', 


2489. 



jnQZ 6 "> 


8562. 


6 a k 6', 


4222. 


e a n e, 


5285. 


6 6) X d, 


2831. 



,*?> 



20,900. 



Set down in Greek characters the respective amounts of 
the following sums in addition. 
Tjne p v d a G) Xd' 
oia a k 6' /y (f> o 6' 
</> if 6" v \i e \pv s 
vn 6' x v C ,\ % * ?' 
a) 7T 7j ip X a 6 v v d 



6 a k6' 


£ G) nr) 


e t Xy' 


r\%vQ' 


jy v \i 6' 


6 (f> ybj" 


7] (f) V 6 


av o 6' 


S X % r' 


6r£6' 



III. 

The Greek mode of subtraction with letters was the 
same as our modern process with figures, as will appear 
from the following examples : 



104 



EXERCISES ON THE NUMERALS. 



,# (7 £ e, 9265. 
,a v l d, 1411. 



>^; 7854. 



;«vy- 20,853. 
,£g> A 6', 7832. 



lytta, 13,021. 



X $ pa, 30,541. 
tc a cf> a, 21,501. 



fitfi 



9040, 



Set down in Greek characters the results of the following 
subtractions respectively. 

6 a k 6' £ (f> o rj a 6 ijj \i <T v e <f> v e pe a X d 
fi r X y" e p k a 6 ij> \i 6' y o fc 6" n (o n t) 



IV. 

In multiplying, the Greeks began at the left, contrary to 
our mode of proceeding. They put down separately the 
results obtained by multiplying each figure of the multiplier 
into the multiplicand, and then classified and summed up 
these several results. Thus, 

325 



r k e 
k d' 





S v ' 


P 




a o' 


it' k 




&& 




O K 6' 




p 


K. <$' 




K 


-6 v \i 






G) n 


7] 



24 



JC .£ <p K 7] 



6000 


400 100 






1200 


80 20 








7800 






222 










124 










120,000 2000 


200 








4000 


400 


46 








800 


80 


8 



27,528 



Give, in the following, the Greek process of multiplying, 
and state the results in Greek characters. 
77 $•' $• X 6' <f> X d' a G) X 0' jd- cf) vy' k q, cj X d' 

l $■' G) TT .& % V 7] }l d (a) c^' • 



EXERCISES ON THE NUMERALS. 105 

V. 

Translate the following sentences : 

HevTE nal elkogl nai diatiooioi nal dtGxiXiot. — enrd nal 
6ydo7]Kovra nal kt-anoGioi nal diopivpioi. — oktg) nal evevrj- 
Kovra. — e^aKtox^iOL nal enrd pvpiddsg. — Tpslg nal si-i)- 
Kovra nal bnranooioi ml bvvaniGxLXioi ml elkogl \ivpi- 
ddeg. — evvea ml rpidicovra ml oktclkoolol nal %ifa,oi. — 
££ nal eddop-rjicovra ml enrafcoaLOi ml x^Xlol. — svvsa kol 
evevrjfcovra nal evanoatoi nal kvvaiuoxifa,oi. — oktg) \mpi~ 
ddeg. — rpidnovra fivptddeg. — enarbv fivpiddeg. 

Upot-evog ex u KEvranooiovg nal x^Xlovg birXirag. — rjaav 
OTrXlrair \iev fivpioi, TreXraural 6e reauapanoaioi. — Kvpog 
7\v svravda rpelg \ir\vag nal rjfiepag TeaaapegfcaidsKa. — f) 
TToXtg direx eL oradp,bv eva, irapaodyyag dfcrdj. — JLXsapxog 
6 AansSatfjidviog ex u onXirag x L ^ovg, ml ireXraordg 
Qpamg dfcraicoalovg, ml ro^orag Kprjrag dtatcooiovg. — i]oav 
brcXlrai (lev \xvpioi ml x^Xlol, freXraaral ds Slgx^Xlol. — 6 
dpcdjj.bg rrdorjg rr/g 66ov r)v OTadfiol dtanooLOL dsKanevTE, 
irapaodyyai x^Xlol etcarbv tt£vt7]k,ovt(i ttevte, orddta rpic- 
fivpia rerpatccax^Xta k^aaoGLa TTevrrjKovTa. 

Ordinal Numbers. 

Translate the following sentences : 

Tg5 tov TToXefiov SsfcdrG) etel. — rirj knaTOGT^ rjfispa. — 
tw Tre^Trro) nal de/cartd eret. — r) rplrrj nal evevt}kogtt) 
'OXvfiindg. — QpdovXXog t)v 6 rd>v OTpaTiortiv elnoarbg 
devrspog, 'EpfMMpaTTjg 6s 6 eTTTanatdeKarog. — 6 efcrog arpa- 
Tid)T7]g, ev Tijj rojv 7toXe[jLlg)v rpiriri rd%Ei, egtIv 6 Evdinarog 
vlbg 'EvpvnroXEfiov. — 7] EnaroaTTj rjiiEpa t)v fisydXr) kopTr), 
nal 6p,oL0)g rj Enaroori) nal eIkogtt). — ev rolg AatcEdatfiov- 
iotg, rrpoyrog r)v 6 (3aatXEvg, dEVTspog 6 noXEjiapxog, rpirog 
6 Xoxaybg, rsraprog 6 irEvrrjKOvrrjp. — to rpirov m)\id egtl 

TO TCOV TpiCdV flEyiOTOV. TO TOV KOGflOV ETOg IXEVTaiiLGXl' 

XlOGTOV. TO) TpLTCd ETEL T7/C 6y6o7]g Hal EVEVr\K,0GT7\g 

'OXviimddog. — rj rcpcjTT] tuv Movggw r)v KaXXidnrj, f) dsv- 



106 PRONOUNS. 

repa KXeuh, rj rpirr) MeXTrofievn, t\ rsrdprrj 'EvrepnT], i\ 
TTefiTcrr] 'Eparw, rj efcrr] Tep^jjixoprj, rj eddo^rj Ovpavla, i\ 
oydoT] QdXeta, rj evvdrr) UoXvfivia. 

L. PRONOUNS. 
All pronouns serve to supply the place of a noun, but, at 
the same time, they give different relations of the substan- 
tive which they represent. According to these relations 
so expressed by them, they are divided into the following 
classes : 

1. Personal Pronouns, which express the simple idea of 
person, and directly represent the same. These are, 

eyw, /. 
gv, thou, 

ov, of him. 

2. Possessive Pronouns, which are formed from the per- 
sonal, and indicate the property of an individual ; as, 



kp,-6g, 


-n, 


-ov, 


mine. 1 


aoc, 


G7], 


GOV, 


thine. 


bg, or k-6g, 


-$ 


-OV, 


his. 2 


fjfisrsp-og, 


-a, 


-ov, , 


our. 


vfierep-og, 


-a, 


-ov, 


your. 


O(f)ST8p-0g, 


-a, 


-ov, 


their. 


VGJLTEp-Og, 


-a, 


-ov, 


of us both. 


Gcptoirep-og, 


-a, 


-ov, 


of you both. 



3. Definite Pronoun, for the nearer and stronger distinc- 
tion of one subject from another ; as, avrog, avrrj, avro, 
"he himself" "she herself," "itself" This pronoun has 
three peculiarities. 

1. A peculiarity must be noticed in the case of the possessive pronoun. 
Thus, kubg vlog, is " a S07i of mine ;" but, 6 kfj.bg vlog, " my son," who is 
already known from the context ; the article being here added to give a 
more precise definition. 

2. The possessives of the third person, namely, og or edg and otyerepog, 
are little used, but instead of them the genitive of the pronoun avrog ; 
as, to, xprtfiara avrov, " his property ;" ra 'ipya avrtiv, " their deeds," &c. 



PRONOUNS. '107 

I. When joined to another noun, so as to stand as if in 
apposition with it, whether that noun precede or come 
after, it means self; as, rbv ftdvarov avrov, " death 
itself;" avrbv rbv ftaaikea, " the king himself" 

II. In the oblique cases, if it stand first in a clause or 
sentence, it still has the meaning of self; but other- 
wise it merely signifies him, her, it, of him, of her, &c, 
taking the place of the pronoun of the third person ; 
as, avrbv eupaica, " I have seen the man himself;" but 
e&pana avrov, " / have seen him." 

III. When the article precedes, the phrase has the mean- 
ing of same ; as, o avrbc dvrjp, " the same man." 

4. Reflexive Pronouns, for the more accurate indication 
and separation of a person ; as, 

efiavrrjg, of myself. 

aavrrjc, of thyself 



avrrjg, avrov, of himself &c. 



In translating, we commonly employ in English the pos- 
sessive, to express these pronouns ; as, rd eaavrov epya, 
" my own deeds," &c. When the Attics wish to give a 
strongly reflexive meaning, they separate and transpose ; 
as, avrov oe, " thee thyself." 

5. Demonstrative Pronouns, which distinctly point out the 
object of which we are discoursing, with the accessory idea 
of place. These are, 

ovrog, avrrj, rovro, \ 

ode, rj6e, rode, > this. 1 

enelv-og, -rj, -o, J 

1. Other and more special meanings will be found in the Lexicon, at 
the end of the volume. "Ode properly means " this one here.'''' 'E/ceiVof, 
has frequently the meaning of " he" " him" &c. 



efiavrov, 


oeavrov, \ 


or 


g avrov, ) 


eavrov, -\ 


or ( 


avrov, ) 



108 



PRONOUNS. 



6. Relative Pronouns, which refer to an object already 
mentioned, and give it a nearer definition ; as, 

bg, i], b, who. 

bang, v\Tig, ore, whoever. 

7. Indefinite Pronouns, which merely indicate an object 
generally, without farther definition ; as, 

rig, (enclitic), rig, rl, any. 

delva, delva, delva, some one. 

8. Interrogative Pronoun ; as, 

rig, rig, ri, who? what? 

9. Reciprocal Pronoun, which designates the mutual ac- 
tion of different persons upon each other ; as, aXXf]XoLV, 
dual ; aXXi\k(jiv, plural, " of each other" 



INFLEXION OF PRONOUNS. 











1. Personal. 














'Ey<5, /. 










Singular 






Dual, 


N. 


eya> 






/, 


N. vtJ'i, contr 


v6, we two, 


G. 


EfiOV 


or fiov 




of me, 


G. vtiiv, 


" 


v&v, of us two, 


D. 


kfioi 


or fioi 




to me, 


D. vtilv, 


" 


v&v, to us two, 


A. 


kfie 


or jui . 




me. 


A. vui, 


" 


v6, us two. 










Plural. 












N. 


7]\LcZq . . . we, 












G. 


rjixuv . . . of us, 












D. 


TjjAlV . . . to us, 












A 


7)[iag . . . us. 
2v, thou. 










Singular 






Dual. 


N. 


av 


. . .- 




thou, 


N. o(pui, contr 


c(j>6, you two, 


G. 


GOV 






of thee, 


G. cduiv, 


" 


cip&v, of you two, 


D. 


COL 






to thee, 


D. aicpucv, 


» 


c(j)C)v, to you two, 
G<pG), you two. 


A. 


CE 






thee. 


A. aifitii, 


" 










Plural. 












N 


vfielg . , . you, 












G 


v/nGv . . . of you, 












D 


vfilv . . . to you, 












A 


v/iag . . 


. you. 









PRONOUNS. 




10< 




Ov, 


of him. 






N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 


Singular. 
Wanting. 

ov . . . of him, 
ol . . . to him, 
8 ... him. 




N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 


Dual. 

a<pu>s . 
(Hpotv . 
otpojiv . 

GfOE . 


they two, 
of them two, 
to them two, 
them two. 



Plural. 
N. c<p£lc, neuter atyia, they, 
G. cfitiv, of them, 

D. atyiai, to them, 

A. a<pac, neuter o<f>sa, them. 



2. Reflexive. 
'Hiiavrov, of myself. 

Singular. Plural. 

N. (kyu avroc), (eyw avrrf), j N. rjfietc avroc, 

G. k/navTov, ejiavrrjc, G. tj/lcuv avruv, 

D. kfiavrC), kfiavrrj, D. ?jfclv avrolc, 

A. hfiavrov, hfxavrrjv. j A. 7jfj.dc avrovc, 



nftEtc avrac, 
Tjfiuv avrtiv, 
-h/xlv avralc, 
ilfidc avrac. 



Heavrov, of thyself . 

Singular. 
N. (cv avroc), (cv avrrj), 

G. oeavTov or eavrov, CEavrrjc or aavrfjc, 
D. ceavrCj or aavru, csavry or cavry, 
A. asavrov or era-urof, Geavrrjv or aavrrjv. 

Plural. 



N. ^Eif avroc, 
G. ty/wv avr&v, 
D. vulv avrolc, 
A. v/^af avrovc, 



vfiEtc avrat, 
vjidv avrtiv, 
vfilv avralc, 
vudc avrac. 



N. (avroc), 
G. eavrov or avrov, 
D. kavrC) or avrcj, 
A. eavrov or avrov, 



~E,avTOv, of himself . 

Singular, 
(avrrj), 

savrijc or avrrjc, 
savvy or avrrf, 
kavrrjv or avrr)v, 



N. (g§eIc avroc), 
G. Eavrtiv or avr&v, 
D. iauroif or avrolc, 
A. eawrovj- or avrovf, 



Plural. 
(g<PeIc avrac), 
kavruv or avr&v, 
havralc or avralc, 
iavrdc or avrac, 

K 



(avro), 

Eavrov or avrov, 
eavrC) or avrCi, 
eavro or ciro. 



(cr^ea avra), 
kavruv or avrfiv, 
iavrolc or avrolc, 
eavrd or aura. 



110 



PRONOUNS. 



3. Demonstrative. 



Ovrog, this. 



N. OVTOg, (IVT7], TOVTO, 

G. rovrov, ravTrjg, tovtov, 

D. TOVTO), TaVTT), TOVTO), 

A. TOVTOV, Tai)T7JV, TOVTO. 



Dual. 

N. tovto), ravra, tovto, 
G. tovtoiv, ravraiv, TOVTOIV, 
~D. tovtoiv, ravraiv, tovtoiv, 
A. tovto), ravra, tovto. 



Plural. 

N. ovtoc, avrai, ravra, 

G. TOVTOV, TOVTOV, TOVTOV, 

D. tovto tg, ravraig, rovTOig, 

A. rovrovg, ravrag, ravra. 







4. Relative. 










Og, who, which, what. 






Singular. 


Dual. 




Plural. 


N. 


&Q, 7j, 0, 


N. o), a, o), 


N. 


ol, at, 


G. 


OV, 7]g, ov, 


G. oh, alv, olv, 


G. 


OV, &v, 


D. 


& V* #> 


D. olv, alv, olv, 


D. 


olg, alg, 


A. 


OV, 7]V, 6. 


A. o), c, o). 


A, 


ovg, dg, 



"Oorig, whoever. 



N. bang, fjrig, ore, 
G. oiirivog, 7]anvog, ovrivog, 
D. orivi, yrivi, tirivi, 
A. bvriva, TjvTLva, on. 



Dual. 

N. orive, aTive, otive, 

G. oivTLVOLV, alvTLVOLV) olvTLVOLV, 

D. olvTIVOlV, alvTIVOlV, OIVTLVOLV, 

A. otive, artve, otive. 



Plural. 

N. olrivsr, alrivsg, ariva, 

G. OVTIVOV, OVTIVOV, OVTIVOV, 

D. olcTLCL, alcTlOl, (ilcTLGl, 

A. ovcrivag, aarivag, ariva. 



Singular. 
N. rig, rig, rl, 
G. rivog, Tivog, rivog, 

D. TIVC, TlVl, TLVi, 

A. rivd, Tivd, ri. 



5. Indefinite. 

rig, any. 
Dual. 
N. tive, tive, tive, N. rivig, rivig, rivd, 

G. TIVOIV, TIVOIV, TIVOLV, G. TIVOV, TIVOV, TIVOV, 

D. tivoIv, tivoiv, rivoiv, D. rial, rial, rioi, 
A. rive, tive, rivi. A. rivdg, nvdg, rivd. 



Ill 



Aslva, a certain one. 



Singular. 

N. 6, 37, to, delva, 

G. rov, ttjs, rov, delvoq, 

D. rip, T7), to), Selvi, 

A. rov, ttjv, to, delva. 



Dual. 
N. rib, ra, tu, delve, 
G. tolv, ralv, toXv, deivoLv, 
D. tolv, ralv, tolv, deivoLv, 
A. to), to,, to), delve. 







Plural, 




N. 


oi, 


ai, 


delves, 


G. 


TUV, 


TO)V, 


6eivo)v, 


D. 


role, 


ralg, 


delai, 


A. 


TOVC, 


rag, 


delvag. 



6. Interrogative. 
The interrogative differs from the indefinite rig merely 
in the position of the accent. The indefinite is always 
enclitic, and, in the oblique cases, takes the accent on its 
ending. On the contrary, the interrogative, even in a 
connected discourse, remains always acuted in the nom- 
inative, and in the oblique cases preserves the accent on 
the radical syllable. 

tic, who ? 

Dual. 
N. rive, rive, rive, 



Singular. 
N. no, ric, ft, 
G. t'lvoc, tIvoc, tivoc, 
D. rivi, t'lvi, t'lvl, 
A. riva, riva, ri. 



G. TLVOLV, TLVOLV, TLVOLV, 
D. TLVOLV, TLVOLV, TLVOLV, 

j A. rive, Tive, rive. 
7. Reciprocal. 



Plural. 
N. TLveq, Tivec, riva, 

G. T'LV0)V, TLVO)V, TLVLOV, 
D. TLOL, TLOL, TLOL, 

A. rivaq, rivaq, riva. 



Dual. 



N. Wanting. 

G. uXKrfkoLV, aXkrfkaLv, oXkifkoLV, 
D. aXkr{koLV, aKkrfkaLv, aXKijfkoiv, 
A. aXkifko), bXkrfka, uXkifko). 



Plural. 

G. bXkrfkoiV , aXki]ko)V, aXkrfko)V, 
D. hWrpiOLC, aXkrfkaLq, aXkifkoLq, 
A. aXkrfkovq, aXKifkaq, bXkrfka} 



LI. VERB. 

I. Greek verbs are of two kinds, those ending in o) and 
those in fit. 

II. Verbs in 0) are of two classes : 1. Those that have a 

1 . The exercises on the pronouns will be given after the verb elfiL 



112 VERB. 

consonant before (*) ; as, tvttto), " I strike ;" /Leyw, " I say /* 
and, 2. Those which have a vowel, a, e, o, before it ; as, 
rtfidco, " I honour ;" (piXeG), " 7 Zoue ;" %/wcrdto, " 7 g-27cL" 

III. Verbs in (*), with a consonant preceding the termina- 
tion, are called Barytone Verbs, because, as they have the 
acute accent on the penult of the present, the grave accent 
((3api)g rovoc) necessarily falls on the last syllable. 

IV. Verbs in a), preceded by a vowel, are called Contracted 
Verbs, because the o is contracted by the Attics, together 
with the preceding vowel, into one vowel ; and as, after this 
contraction, a circumflex is placed over the (o, they are also 
styled by some Circumflex Verbs. 

V. . These contracted verbs, however, are not at all differ- 
ent from the barytones, since it is only necessary to contract 
them in the present and imperfect. 

PARTS OF THE VERB. 

I. The Greek verb has three voices, Active, Passive, and 
Middle ; and five moods, the Indicative, Imperative, Optative, 
Subjunctive, and Infinitive. 

II. The tenses are nine in number, namely, the Present, 
Imperfect, Perfect, Pluperfect, First and Second Future, 
First and Second Aorist, and, in the passive, the Third Fu- 
ture, or, as it is less correctly styled, the Paulo-post-futurum. 

III. The numbers are three, Singular, Dual, and Plural. 







LII 


THE VERB Eijtw, to he. 








INDICATIVE MOOD. 










Present Tense. 




Sing. 
Dual. 
Plur. 


elfil, I am 
kofiev, we 


are, 


slg or el, thou art, 
korov, you two are, 
tare, ye are, 

Imperfect, t)v, I was. 


kori, he is. 

terror, they two are. 

elai, they are. 




S. TjV, 

D. ■ 

P. 7j[iev, 




TJTOV, 
TjTE, 


i} or rjv, 

7/TTJV, 
T/OaV. 



VERB. 



113 



Future, eaofiai, I will be. 
S. scofiai, egel, 1 eaerai, 2 

egegOov, 



D. koofjLedov, 
P. eao/isda, 



egel, 1 

egegBov, 

saeade, 



egovtcu. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
Present and Imperfect, ladi, be thou. 
S. cade or ego, Iff to, 

D. EGTOV, EGTUV, 

P. ears, eotugclv. 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 
Present and Imperfect, elrjv, may I be. 
S. etrjv, eljjc;, elrj, 

D. ecrjTov, 

P. elq/iEVi eltjts, 

Future, kaoi[ir)v, may I be about to be. 
S. kaoifirjv, egolo, egocto, 

D. EGOLUEdoV, EGOIgOoV, EOoicdl]: 

P. kaoifieda, egolgBe, egolvto, 



£17}T7]V, 

Elyaav or eIev. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Present and Imperfect, <j, I m< 



I be. 



s. 

D. 
P. 


6, 
ufiev, 


f)TOV, 
7}T£, 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 

Present and Imperfect 

elvai, to be. 

Future. 

ioEodai, to be about to be. 

PARTICIPLES. 
Present. 


fjTOV, 

uai. 


G. 


ovtoCj 


ovaa, 
ovojjg, 

Future. 


6v, 

OVTOC, &C. 3 


N. 
G. 


ECOfiEVOq 
EGOflEVOV 


eOOfJ,EV7}, 

kaofiEvrig, 


egojuevov, 
ego/xevov, &c. 



1. The form egel is more correct than the common one egt), given in 
many grammars. 

2. Most commonly contracted into egtcll. 

3. Declined like dovg (page 47), and differing from it only in the form 
of the nominative masculine, singular number. 

K2 



114 EXERCISES ON THE PRONOUNS. 

LIII. EXERCISES ON THE PRONOUNS AND THE VERB 

el[u. 
Preliminary Rules. 

I. The nominative of the personal pronoun is usually- 
omitted with the personal terminations of verbs, as in Latin, 
except where there is an emphasis required ; as, e%w, " / 
have ;" e%ovm, " they have ;" but, aXXa, irdvrog gv E^sig 
rovro, " but most assuredly you have this." 

II. The possessive pronouns are only employed when 
an emphasis is required ; in all other cases the personal 
pronouns are used in their stead ; as, TTarrjp r)[j,GJv, " our 
father" (literally, "father of us"); but, 7Tarrjp r\\LE~Epog, 
" our own father ." 

III. The relative agrees with its antecedent in gender 
and number ; as, 6 avijp bv rvrrrELg, " the man whom you 
strike ;" rj yvvrj r\v eldeig, " the woman whom you see ;" to 
Scopov b ex eL £j " the gift which you have." 

IV. The relative, however, often agrees with its antece- 
dent in case also, by what is called attraction; as, cbrd 
tCjv ttoXecjv, G)V etcelge, " from the cities which he persuaded ;" 
where cjv is put for dg, the accusative, which latter case, 
ettelge, as an active verb, ought properly to govern. 

1. Personal and Possessive Pronouns. 1 
I. 
Translate the following, and supply the personal pronoun 
wherever it is omitted with the verb. 

r Hfj,EV ev rw rov -&EOV Ispix), feat 6 Gog irarrjp r\v ev ry 
ayopa. — eg[iev TTEpiXviroi & (3aGiX,Ev rj[i£T£ps. — vjisrspoL 
iraldsg eIglv dyadol, 7]\i£T£pai 6e nanoi. — G<pG)irEpov doipov 

EGTIV TjdLGTOV.—EyCJ slfJbl VO-VTTjg, GV 6i pTjTOjp. G^ETEpOL 

olfCOL EIGIV EV T'Q EVpElCL 66(1), Hdl 6 Efibg TTaTTJp E^El CLVToQl 

kdv ipyaGTTjpwv. — rd spya avrov rov dvdp&nov egtIv 
1. Consult the remarks on pages 106 and 107. 



EXERCISES ON THE PRONOUNS. 115 

dBeyaara. — rjfierepog ddeXcpog ean cocpurarog, v\ierepog ds 
dvovararog. — ol tj/icov ixpoyovoi ?jaav dviKr\roi. — avrbg 
eanv 6 Ttiv dvOpconcov ao)rrjp dXrjdeararog. — e^pvciv ev 
tgj cfparoned(i) avrco rjjierepa vrro^vyta, Kal atyatrepov 
■fyncavpov. — 6 eyibg imrog ear at avpiov ev rd) IrnrodpofiG), 
cog de l7moK,6[iog ev r(b deafMorrjpiG). — exovaiv ev ry dyopa 
rd avrd &via toonep ey£) e%G). — vmrepa vinr\ earlv ev- 
doZordrr). — avrbv exovaiv, ovk ep,e ovde os. — exovaiv avrbv 
Kal rbv ep,bv ddeXcbbv, avrbg de etfu ev fieydXcp Kivdvvtp. 

2. Reflexive and Demonstrative Pronouns. 
Ovrog eanv 6 eiKcbv aeavrr\g. — eKelvog eanv kfiavrCp 
exOpbg, Kal rd avrov eftov Krr^iara e^ei. — ev ravry vrfi 
kari Travrola tivia, Kal 6 efnropog avrbg e%ei \ieydXovg 
■ftrjcavpovg ev rij rov eavrov vlov Ki6cor(p aidr\pa. — rj rovrov 
dvdpomov $vyar7]p earl KaXXiarr], Kal KaXXiarai elaiv at 
efiavrov tivyarpeg Kal i\ \ir\rr\p avrtiv. — d) Sowpareg, nal 
'LoicppoviaKov co(pG)rare, avrr\ earlv t\ dXrjdeordrr] cf)iXoao- 
<pia. — eKelvoi dvdpo)7rot elal KXenrai, Kal KaKovovararoi. 
— rovro earai rb ephv Kav%r]\La. — ode dvrjp e^ei iravrola 
%pi]\Lara ev eKeivq rrj oiKia. — ravrd eanv sk rrjg eavrov 
Ke^aXrjg. 

3. Relative and Indefinite Pronouns. 
"Ode earlv 6 vlbg rov dvdpcjnov bv exovaiv ev dea\iolg. 
— ovrog eanv eKelvog 6 <piX6cocpog ov r) yvvfj kari zav- 
dinnr]. — ai) elg eKelvog & ixdvra dvvard eanv ev ovpavti 
Kal enl rrjg yrjg. — rjfieig ecfiev 'Adrjvaioi, &v rj rrarpig eanv 
del eXevdepG)rdrrj. — vfielg eare dovXoi, olg eXevdepia ovdev 
ijdv Kal fieXi<ppov e%ei. — nveg rjaav ev rep nXoio) olg ovde- 
\iia eXnlg rjv en rrjg eavrojv ao)rrjpiag. — dvdpodTTog ng e^ei 
nevraKOCia rdXavra. — rtiv 'Adrjvaicav nveg elaiv olg tt&v- 
ra earl (3eXriG) dovXoavvrjg. — KXenrai nveg rbv e^ibv dov- 
Xov ev rolg bpeaiv e%ovai. — (3ovKoXog ng, J) "Apyog earlv 
bvofia, rrjv 'Ivaftov rralda ev ocpdaXfiolg avrov aKararrava- 
ro)g e%ei, TroXvofiparog yap ean. 



116 



EXERCISES ON THE PRONOUNS. 



4. Interrogative and other Pronouns. 

Tl eon oo(f)G)TaTOv ; rrelpa. — ri eanv dyadbg (ftlXog ; 
dvdpidg %pvoovg. — rl eon ixoXe\uov dvdpcjTrotg ; avrol 
kavrolg. — rig eonv avrrj r\ re%vr) V v £X et S aicoXovdov aoi ; 
— rlveg elalv olde ol %evoi ovg exovoiv ev rq olitia gov ; — 
rlvag KapTTOvg £%£££, <*> yXtiaoa ixovr\pd ; — rlvcjv dvOpcjiruw 
earlv 6 (3log ixdvrore dvorrjvog ; — Xatpe^v Kal XaipeKpd- 
rr\g, ddeXcpo) bvre dXXrjXoiv, Ho)Kpdrei 6e yvo)plfj,G), eftdpav 
Kal [iloog tiaX dmorlav Trpbg dXXrjXovg e%ov<u. — fcop&vai 
dXXfjXacg elal mororarai. — rivog tieov e%ei 6 KXeTrrrjg rbv 
drjoavpov ; — rig eartv 'AyadotcXrjg ; rig eanv eKelvog ; ri- 
vo)v npoyovcov earl ; rivag exet, ev rolg noXlraig ri\idg ; 

II. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English words opposite. 



But I and thou are foes to 
the wicked, and to those who 
have nothing pure in their 
own bosoms. 

These are the actions of a man, 
for whom there will be all 
that praise which the good 
have from the good. 

Whom have they in the forum 1 
Demosthenes.— What per- 
sons have they in the gov- 
ernment ? Those whose 
courage is weak. — What 
confidence have they in one 
another ? None.— What 
will be the end of these 
things? Slavery, and the 
disgraceful toils of slavery. 



'AAA' eydj re Kal ov e%Bp()g 
elfjii, o TTOVTjpbg, Kal eKelvog 
bg ovdelg naOapbg ev 6 
arrjdog avrbg &%(>>. 

Ovrog elfiL o epyov dvr\p, bg 
el\ii nag eKelvog ev§r\\i,ia, 
bg o dyadbg e%G) dnb 6 
dyadbg. 

Tig ev o dyopd e^w ; A-nfioa- 
devrjg. — rig ev 6 dpxq e^w ; 
eKelvog bg 6 dperrj ei\ii da- 
Oevrjg. — rig -Bdpaog ev dX- 
XrjXoyv eftO) ; ovdelg. — rig 
ode o reXog etfil ; 3ovXela f 
Kal 6 aloxpbg 6 dovXela 

TTOVOg. 



Oh our father, we will ever be 
thy true and faithful chil- 
dren. 

Thou hast certain soldiers in 
thy army, unto whom death 
is more pleasing than dis- 
graceful flight. 



B. 117 

r 9. Ttarrip eyw, del e\\li 6 abg 
aXrjdric. Kai TUGrog tskvov. 

"E^w rig GrpariGiT7]g ev 5 
GTpd,Tev[j,a ov, bg ftdvarog 
alGXpbg (pvyri alperog el[U. 



LIV. VERBS IN o). 
There are four conjugations of verbs in o), which are dis- 
tinguished by the termination of the first future active. 

The First Conjugation ends in ipo) ; as, tvtttg), rvipG). 
The Second u " in £w; as, Xeyoj, Xe^o). 

The Third " " in goj ; as, tlg), tlgo. 

The Fourth, in a liquid before w ; as, ipdXXo), ipaXti, 
the penult being at the same time shortened. 

GENERAL REMARKS. 

I. When the first person plural ends in fiev, the dual has 
no first person. The tenses to which this rule applies are 
all those of the Active Voice, together with the Aorists of 
the Passive. 

II. In the Present, Perfect, and Future of the Indicative, 
and in all the Subjunctive, the second and third persons 
dual are the same, and end in ov. And this rule applies to 
all the three voices. 

III. But in the Imperfect, Pluperfect, and the two Aorists 
of the Indicative, and throughout all the Optative, the third 
person dual ends always in rjv. 

IV. The Present, Perfect, and Future are called Pri- 
mary tenses. The Imperfect, Pluperfect, and two Aorists 
of the Indicative are called Historical tenses, as relating to 
something that is past. 



118 AUGMENTS. 

AUGMENTS. 

I. The Augments are two in number, the Syllabic and 
Temporal. 

II. The syllabic augment belongs to verbs that begin 
with a consonant, and is so called because it adds a syllable 
to the verb. 

III. The temporal augment belongs to verbs that begin 
with a vowel, and is so called because it increases the time 
or quantity of the initial vowel. 

IV. Three of the tenses have an augment, which is con- 
tinued through all the moods, viz., the Perfect, Pluperfect, 
and Third Future, or Paulo-post-futurum. 

V. Three receive an augment in the indicative only, viz., 
the Imperfect and the two Aorists. 

VI. Three receive no augment, viz., the Present and the 
First and Second Futures. 

VII. The augment originally was the same in the case of 
all verbs, namely, an s was prefixed, whether the verb began 
with a vowel or a consonant. Traces of this old augment 
are found in the early Ionic poets, and occasionally in Ionic 
prose ; as, ed(pd7] for rjcpdr] ; kdvdave for rjvdave. 

VIII. Afterward the usage was so determined, that e 
was only prefixed to verbs beginning with a consonant; 
whereas, in others, it coalesced with the initial vowel, and 
became a long vowel or diphthong. Thus, tvtttg) has in 
the imperfect e-rvirrov, but ay o) has rjyov (from e-ayov), 
and oltcc^o) has coia^ov (from e-oUc^ov). 

IX. The Attics retained this old augment in the following 
cases : 1. In such words as eai-a, edy7]v, saydog, from ayo), 
" to break;" to distinguish them from r\%a, 7\%(t, &c, from 
aya), " to carry P 2. In kaXteita, edXdd ; soma, eoXira, eopya, 
in which the characteristic of the perfect middle (ot and o) 
could not be effaced. 3. In verbs which begin with a 
vowel not capable of being lengthened ; as, sudovv, from 
o)6so) ; £G)Ofiai, from the same ; k(^vovyL7\v, from (bveofiat ; 
eovpovv, from ovpeo). 



RULES FOR THE SYLLABIC AUGMENT. 119 

RULES FOR THE SYLLABIC AUGMENT. 

I. The augment of the imperfect and the two aorists, in 
verbs beginning with a consonant, is formed by merely- 
prefixing e ; as, ervrrrov, ervipa, ervnov. If, however, the 
verb begin with p, the p is doubled after the augment ; as, 
epptrrrov, from pltttcj ; eppeov, from pecj. 

II. The augment of the perfect is formed by repeating 
the initial consonant of the verb, and annexing to it an e ; 
as, rervcpa, rervna ; XeXolttcl, &c. 

III. This repetition of the inital consonant is called by 
the grammarians Reduplication {dcrrXaGcaafiog), and is sub- 
ject to the following rules : 

(A.) If the verb begins with an aspirated consonant, 
then in the reduplication the corresponding smooth or 
lenis is put ; as, (piXeo), perfect •nE$L'kr\Ka ; ^pvaoa), 
perfect Kexpvo<*)K,a>. 

(B.) If the verb begins with p, the perfect does not take 
the reduplication, but the p is doubled and e prefixed ; 
as, piTTTG), perfect eppupa. 

(C.) If the verb begins with a double consonant, £, £, ip, 
or with two consonants, the latter of which is not 
a liquid, the perfect does not receive the reduplication, 
but only the augment e ; as, tyreo), perfect etyrrj/ca ; 
%vpEG), perfect et-vprjtca ; ifxiXXo), perfect eipaXica ; 
anelpo), perfect ecmapfca ; areXXo), perfect soraktca. 

To this rule, however, there are the following excep- 
tions : 1. The syncopated forms which begin with 
7rr ; as, TreTTTafiac (for TrenerafiaL) ; but not so the 
other verbs in ttt ; as, Trrepocj, enrepcoKa ; ttt7i<jg<0, 
£TTT7]xa. 2. The verb Kraofiac, of which the perfect 
KeKTTjfxaL is more used by the Attics, and ektt]\ixii by 
the Ionians and older Attics. 

(D.) If the verb begins with a mute and liquid, the redupli- 
cation appears in some cases, but in others not. Thus, 



120 



RULES FOR THE TEMPORAL AUGMENT. 



fivdo) always makes \ii\ivr\\iai ; and verbs whose 
second initial consonant is p receive the reduplication 
regularly ; as, dpefio), perfect 6e6pdfj,7]ica ; -&pavd), per- 
fect redpavica ; rpefo), perfect rirpo<pa. On the other 
hand, it is generally wanting in verbs whose second 
initial consonant is X ; as, yXvnTG), perfect eyXv<fia. 

IV. The augment of the pluperfect is formed by prefixing 
e to the reduplication of the perfect ; as, r£rv(pa, pluperfect 
srsrv^etv. 

V. The third future passive, being formed from the per- 
fect of the same voice, has, like that tense, the reduplica- 
tion ; as, rsTvipojicu. 

RULES FOR THE TEMPORAL AUGMENT. 
I. By the contraction of the augment e with -the initial 
vowel of the verb, the following results are obtained : 

a becomes 






clkovg), imp. ijaovov. 



eyeipG), " rjyet,pov. 

I ; " Ifcdvo), " laavov. 

o>; " 6vop,d^), " G)v6p,a£ov. 

v ; " v6pi^G), " vbpi^ov. 

X\ ; " a'lpG), " ypov. 

rjv ; *' av^dvo), " rjvi-avov. 

r\v\ " evxopai, " ^v^ofiipf. 

II. In some verbs, however, s becomes u ; as, £%&>, el- 
Xjov ; ed,G), eloyv ; sXco, elXov, &c. 

III. When a verb or verbal form begins with eo, the 
second vowel takes the augment ; as, eoprd^G), ecjpra&v. 
So, also, in the pluperfects formed from the three perfects 
eoLKa, eoXna, and eopya, namely, s&kelv, ecjXttecv, and 
E&pyetv. 

IV. Of vowels which are already long in themselves, a 
becomes rj, as already mentioned ; but the others, ?/, o), i, 



ATTIC REDUPLICATION. 121 

v, are wholly incapable of being augmented ; as, rjrrdofiai, 
imperfect rjrrdjfjLTjv, perfect rjTrr]fj,ac, pluperfect ^tt^[iijv. 

REMARKS ON THE TWO AUGMENTS. 
1. Syllabic. 

I. The Attics prefix the temporal instead of the syllabic augment to 
ftovXofiai, dvva/iat, and [ie?Jm ; as, 7j6ovX6fi7]v, rjdvvdfzrjv, jfjfieXkov. 
Here a form k6ov?iOftai, edvvafiai, k/j,e?^c), is assumed, like 6£2,u and 
k6e?i(o. 

II. The initial augment in the pluperfect is sometimes omitted by the 
Attics ; as, ketcovOelv for e-kekovQeiv ; y£yevrjfi7jv for eyeyEv^fivv. 

III. In verbs beginning with 2, and f/,, the Ionians, Attics, and others 
are accustomed to put et for 2,e or (is ; as, hafiddvo, perfect elTiTjtya, for 
tehrjtya ; hayx&vco, perfect elXrixa. 

2. Temporal. 

I. Many verbs beginning with a diphthong neglect the augment. 
Those in ov never take it ; as, ovrd^o, ovra&v. Those in et also have 
no augment ; as, elku, eIkov, el^a, with the single exception of et/ca£w, 
which is now and then augmented by the Attics ; as, sUd^o), Etnacd, 
Einaafiat,, Attic yicaaa, rjitaofiaL. Verbs in ev have the augment r)v with 
the Attics, though the usage is variable. Thus we have 7}vx6/u.7}v and 
evx6/x7]v ; Evpsdrjv, and very rarely rivpsdqv. 

II. The verbs wflew, uveo/icu, and ovpio, not being susceptible of the 
temporal augment, take e before their initial vowel or diphthong. In 
other words, they retain the early augment ; as, cjOeo, kudovv ; uveofiatf 
£uvoi>fj,7]v ; ovpeo, kovpovv. 

III. As the syllabic augment in (3ovXop:at, dvvafiai, and ^eAAw, is in- 
creased by the temporal, in the same manner the temporal augment in 
the verb opdo is increased by the syllabic ; as, opdo, imperfect ed-pov. 

ATTIC REDUPLICATION. 

I. Verbs beginning with a vowel, not being able to take 
a reduplication like that in verbs with the syllabic augment, 
have in the perfect, occasionally, what is called the Attic 
Reduplication. 

II. The Attic reduplication is when the first two letters 
of the root are repeated before the temporal augment, the 
initial vowel remaining unchanged. Thus : 

L 



122 REMARKS ON THE AUGMENT OF COMPOUND VERBS. 

dyscpo), TJyepica, Att. Red. dyrjyepKa. 

EflEO), 7J[MKa, " E\L7]\IEK(L. 

oXXvpc, coXena, " bX&XEna. 

epxof^ai, TJXvda, " kXi\kvBa. 

o%G), (bda, " o&oda. 

III. The pluperfect sometimes prefixes to this reduplica- 
tion a new temporal augment ; most commonly in dftrjitoa, 

7]fC7]K,0£LV. 

IV. A similar reduplication is formed in some verbs in 
the second aorist, only that here the temporal augment 
comes first ; as, TJpapov, oopopov, r\yayov. 

AUGMENT OF COMPOUND VERBS. 

I. When the verb is compounded with a preposition, the 
augment comes between the preposition and the verb ; as, 
irpo(J(f)£pG), npooecpepov. 

II. Verbs compounded with other words have the aug- 
ment usually at the beginning ; as, fieXonoieo) , e^eXottolovv ; 
TrXrjfifieXeo), i:EixXr l \i\iEX7\iia. 

III. Verbs compounded with ev and 6vg take the temporal 
augment in the middle when these verbs commence with a 
vowel that cannot be changed ; as, evepyereo), evrjpysrovv ; 
dvaapsareo), dvorjpeorovv. 

IV. But when these particles are joined to verbs com- 
mencing with an immutable vowel or a consonant, they 
take the augment at the beginning ; as, 6vgg)tteo), sdvou)- 
now ; dvorvxeo), sdvarvx^cra ; evdoiafiEG), TjvdoKLfiovv. 
In compounds with ev, however, the augment in such cases 
is commonly omitted ; as, evo^sojLtat, evo)xovii7]v, &c. 

REMARKS ON THE AUGMENT OF COMPOUND VERBS. 

I. The prepositions, excepting Ttepl, lose their final vowel before tho 
syllabic augment ; as, aneSuKE, a/MpeSaHev ; but rcepLk'drjKa, not nepi- 
drjita. In the case of 7rpo, however, the o is usually contracted with e ; 
as, 7tpov6r], npovd^Ka, &c 

II. The prepositions ovv and ev, whose final consonant is changed by 



FORMATION OF THE ACTIVE TENSES. 123 

the laws of euphony into y, /I, fi, p, <r, resume v before the syllabic aug- 
ment ; as, kyylyvo/aac, hveyiyvofirjv ; avTiliyo, GwiXeyov ; k/ifisvu, 
hefiEvov, &c. 

FORMATION OF THE ACTIVE TENSES. 

The Imperfect 

is formed from the present by changing the termination o 

into ov, and prefixing the augment ; tvtttg), ervnrov ; Xeyoj, 

eXeyov ; aya), rjyov. 

The First Future 
is formed from the present by changing the last syllable in 
the 

First conjugation into tpo) ; as, tvtttgj, tviJjo) ; 
Second conjugation " |w; " Xeyo), Xs^cj; 
Third conjugation " ao) ; " rid), tlog) ; 

and in the fourth conjugation by circumflexing the last sylla- 
ble, and shortening the penult ; as, ipdXXa), ipdXto. 

Verbs in do) and so) generally change a and e into rj, and 
verbs in do change o into 0) ; as, rifido), TLfirjocj ; cpiXeo), 
(pcXrjOG) ; drjXoo), StjXcjog). 

Four verbs, commencing with a smooth syllable, change 
the smooth into an aspirate in the future ; as, 

e^o), ego). I rpexo), #pe£;G). 

Tp£(pG), ftpeifjO). I TV(j)G), $V1pG). 1 

The First Aorist 
is formed from the first future by prefixing the augment and 
changing w into a ; as, rv^o, 'irvipa. 

1. These apparent anomalies admit of a very easy explanation. The 
old form of ex u was ^ w > which was changed to e^w, because two suc- 
cessive syllables cannot well have each an aspiration. But in the future 
the aspirate reappears, in consequence of the x being removed, in order 
to make way for the termination of the future, £«. In like manner, the 
old presents of Tpe<pu, rpexo, and rvfa were respectively ■&pe<pu, tfpe^w, 
and -&v([>o), changed to rpetiu, &c, in order that two successive syllables 
might not each begin with an aspirate ; while in the future the first as- 
pirate reappears, the latter having been changed. 



124 



FORMATION OF THE ACTIVE TENSES. 



into 7] : 



el; 



In verbs of the fourth conjugation, namely, those ending 
in Xu, fio), vg), poi, the short vowel of the penult is again 
made long by changing 

xfjdXXo), ipaXti, £if)7]Xa. 
(paivo), (pavtd, e(p7]va. 
oteXXg), oteXgj, eoteiXo,. 
i. " I; " tcpivG), fcplvo), e/cplva. 
v " v ; " apvvG), a\ivvHi^ r\\ivva. 
But verbs in -pacvo) and -mllvg) have only a long a in the 
penult of the first aorist, without changing it into r\ ; as, 
Trepaivoj, 7repavG), Enspdva ; TuatvG), mav6), enldva. 

Later writers form also many others with long a, where, 
according to the general rule, the rj should be employed ; 
as, eor)[idva, from G7]{iaivco ; knoiXdva, from KOiXalvo). 

Some verbs, which have a in the future, lose it in the 
first aorist ; as, %ea), %evog), exevo, ; oevg), gevocj, ecevcl : 
tcaico, navao), eicrja. 

The Perfect 
is formed from the first future by prefixing the continued 
augment, and changing, in the 

First conjugation, ip(») into (pa ; as, tvi/x*), rervfya. 

Second conjugation, i-G) " %a ; " Xs^o), XeXoxa. 

Third conjugation, ceo " na ; " rlco), rsrlna. 

Fourth conjugation, w " ita ; " ipaXti, eipaXica. 

Dissyllables in -Xg> and -po) change the e of the first fu- 
ture into a : as, areXXo), OTeXti, eoraXna ; Gnetpo), onspcj, 
eonapica. But polysyllables, on the contrary, retain the e ; 
as, ayyeXXo), ayysXti, rp/yeXaa. 

Verbs in -iva, -vvo), and -elvg) reject v before k, and re- 
tain the short vowel of the future ; as, /cptvco, tcplvoj, KEnplna ; 
ttXvvg), ttXvvg), nenXvica ; but those in elvcj change the s 
of the first future into a ; as, telvg), tevcj, Tirana. 

Verbs in -atvo) change v before k into y ; as, <paiv(x>, 
(pavti, irsipayKa ; [uaLvo), [naval, \iE\iiaym. 



FORMATION OF THE ACTIVE TENSES. 



125 



In some verbs the e is changed into o ; as, rps(pd), "dpsxpo), 
rerpcxpa; kXetttg), kXsiJjg), K£fcXo(f)a; Xsyo), Xet-G), XeXo%a, 
&c, and even before two consonants ; as, Trefino), nsfixpo), 
TrenofKpa. 

The Pluperfect 
is formed from the perfect by prefixing e to the continued 
augment, if there be a reduplication, and changing the ter- 
mination a into eiv ; as, rervtpa, erervcpscv. 

The Second Aorist 
is formed from the present by prefixing the augment, short- 
ening the penult, and changing G) into ov ; as, tvttto), erv~ 
ttov ; XetiTG), kXlnov ; fcdfivco, efca[iov. 

The penult of the present is shortened for this purpose 
by the following changes : 

Vowels. 



V 



into a ; as", Trraipo), enrapov. 

" a ; " Xrjdo), eXddov. 

e " a; " rperrG), erpdnov. 

ev " v ; " (psvyo), ecpvyov. 

( " t ; " Xeciro), sXlrrov. 

I " e or a, in verbs ending in Aw, fico, vq, po). 

Consonants. 



XX into 



X- 
' it ; 

!/*; 

r; 

;'s 

>y; 

r; 



as, 



j3dXXo), 

TVTCTG), 
KpVTTTG), 

pdnro), 
rdaao), 
(ppd^o), 
Kpd^o), 



e6dXov. 

ervnov. 

etcpv6ov. 

eppdfyov. 

erdyov. 



eKpayov. 
sofivyov. 



Verbs in -%G) and -aacd of the second conjugation form 
the second aorist in yov ; as, icpd^G), eKpayov ; npdaao), 
L2 



126 



FORMATION OF THE ACTIVE TENSES. 



enpayov ; but those of the third conjugation form it in 6ov ; 
as, (ppd^G), ecppadov. 

The verb ttXtjogg) makes enXrjyov in the second aorist ; 
but the a appears in the compounds that signify " to fright- 
en;" as, KarsnXayov, e^eirXayov. 

The Second Future 
is formed from the second aorist by dropping the augment, 
and changing ov into circumflexed w ; as, ervrrov, tvttg). 

The Attic Future 
is formed by throwing out o in -dco), -eoo, Igoj, -ogcj, of the 
future, and then contracting the vowels thus brought into 
contact ; as, e^eXCJ for et-eXdocj ; eXti for eXdao) ; diaoiced(x> 
for diaaKsddao) ; ko\jll(x) for KOfiLGO ; b\iov\iai for b\iooo\iai ; 
fiax&lodai for \La%EGe.oQai, &c. 

LIV. CONJUGATION OF VERBS IN 0). 

I. To conjugate a verb, in a general sense, is to carry it 
through all the moods, tenses, numbers, and persons of the 
three voices, or of as many voices as it may chance to 
have. 

II. To conjugate in a special sense, is, whenever a verb 
is named, to give the present, first future, and perfect ; or, 
in place of the perfect, the first aorist. 

ACTIVE VOICE. 

tvtttg), " I strike." 

Present, tvtvto ; First Future, rvipo ; Perfect, T£Tv<j>a. 1 

A Synopsis of Moods and Tenses. 





Indie. 


Imper. 


Optat. 


Subj. 


Infin. 


Part. 




7V7TT-G) y ? 

ervTCT-ov, $ 












Imperfect, 


TVTTT-e, 


-oiui, 


-10, 


-SLV, 


-QV, 


First Future, 


TVIp-O, 




•OLflL, 




-SLV, 


-UV, 


First Aorist, 


ETVIp-d, 


TVlp-OV, 


-aifii, 


-u, 


-CLL, 


-<ZC, 


Perfect, 

Pluperfect, 


rsrv(p-a, ) 
kreTV(j)-etv, J 


T£TV<p-e, 


-OLflL, 


-CJ, 


-evai, 


-wo, 


Second Aorist, 


trxm-ov, 


rvK-e, 


-OlfJLL. 


-0), 


-£LV, 


-uv, 


Second Future, 


TVTT-U. 




-OL/J.L, 




-£LV, 


-ov. 



1. The special form of conjugating. The pupil should give this when- 
ever a verb is named. 



127 



Numbers and Persons* 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present, I strike. 

Sing. TV7TT-0), TVIZT-ELC, TV7TT-EI, 

Dual. rVTTT-ETOV, TVTZT-ETOV, 

PIUT. TV7TT-0/J.SV, TVTTT-ETE, TVTCT-OVGl. 

Imperfect, I was striking. 

S. ZtVKT-OV, ETVIZT-eg, ETVKT-E, 

D. etvtct-etov, tTvnr-ETnv, 

P. £TV7TT-Ofl£V, ETVTCT-ETE, ETVTTT-OV. 

First Future, I shall or will strike. 

S. TVIp-Q, TVIp-ELC, TVTJJ-EC, 

D. TWp-ETOV, Tvip-ETOV, 

P. TVlp-0/J.EV, TVlp-ETE, Tvip-OVOL. 

First Aorist, I (once) struck. 1 

S. EWifj-a, ETvijj-ac, irvip-E, 

D. ETV'ijj-aTov, £Tvijj-arnv 7 

P. hvijj-afiEv, £Tvijj-aT£, ervip-av. 

Perfect, I have struck. 

S. TSTV(j}-a, TETV(j)-ac, TETV^-E, 

D. TETixp-arov, Tsrvip-arov, 

P. T£TV<p-a[ASV, TSTV<p-aT£, TETVlp-dCt,. 

Pluperfect, / had struck. 

S. £T£TV(j)-£lV, ET£TV<p-£LC, £T£TV(j)-£L, 

D. £T£TV<p-£lTOV, ET£TV<j)-£tri)V, 

P. ET£TV(j>-£l[l£V, ETETVty-ELTE, ETETVy-ElOaV. 

Second Aorist, I (once) struck. 

S. ETV7T-OV, ETVTC-EC, ETVTT-t 



*D. 
P. 


STVTT-ETOV, ETV7T-ET7JV, 
ETVlT-OfiEV, ETV7T-ETE, ETV7C-OV. 




Second Future, I shall or will strike. 


S. 
D. 


TVK-U, TVTT-EtC, TV7T-EI, 

TV7T-eZT0V, tvk-eZtov, 


P. 


TVir-OVUEV, TVTC-EITE, TVK-OVCl. 



1. This is the ordinary meaning of the Aorist. It has others 
besides. 



128 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Present, be striking. 

S. TV7TT-E, TVTTT-ETld, 

D. TVTTT-ETOV, TVTTT-ETUV, 

P. tvttt-ete, TVTTT-ETucav. 

First Aorist, strike. 

S. TVlp-OV, TVIp-UTG), 

D. Tvip-urov, rvip-aruv, 

P. Tvip-are, Tvip-aroaav. 

Perfect, have struck. 

S. TETV(j>-£, T£TV(j)-^TO), 

D. rervcp-erov, tetv(j>-eto)v, 

P. T£TV(j>-£TE, T£TV(p-£TG)CaV. 

Second Aorist, strike. 

S. TV7T-E, TV7T-ETO), 

D. TV7T-ETOV, TVTT-ETOV, 

P. TVTT-ETE, TVTC-ETUaaV. 



OPTATIVE MOOD.' 
Present, may I be striking. 



s. 


TVTCT-Ol/U, TV7TT-OIC, 


TV7TT-01, 


D. 


TV7TT-OLTOV, 


TVTTT-oiTTJV, 


P. 


TVTVT-OLflEV, TVTTT-OITE, 


TVKT-OIEV. > 




First Future, may I hereafter 


strike. 


S. 


TVTp-OLjLll, TVIp-OLC, 


TVtp-Ot, 


D. 


TVIp-OlTOV, 


TVIp-OLTVV, 


P. 


TVIp-OlfJ-EV, TVTp-OlTE, 


TVlp-OLSV. 




First Aorist, may I have struck. 


S. 


TV1p-ai{J,t, TV1p-(UC, 


rvip-ai, 


D. 


Tvip-airov, 


Tvip-aLTrjv, 


P. 


TV1p-at/J.£V, TVIp-aLTE, 

iEoLic First Aorist. 


TV'ip-atEv. 


S. 


Tvijj-Eia, rvf-Etac, 


TVIp-ELE, 


D. 


Tvip-Eiarov, 


TVlp-EL&TJ]V, 


P. 


TVIp-EiaflEV, Tvip-EiaTE, 


TVTp-Eiav. 



1. We have here given to the optative its genuine meaning, as indi-: 
eating a wish. The other meanings, "might" "could" "would" &c. 
are only attached to it when connected with the particle av, &c. 



VERB. 129 

Perfect, may I have struck. 

S. TETV(f>-0lfU, T£TV<p-OLCj T£TV(j>-0C, 

D. TETVip-OLTOV, TETvip-OlTttV, 

P. TETV^-OtflEV, TETVip-OCTE, TETVp-OLEV. 

Second Aorist, may I have been striking. 



s. 


TVTT-Olfll,, TVTT-OtC, TVK-Ol, 


D. 


TVTT-OITOV, TVTT-OITJJV, 


P. 


TVTZ-OCfJ.£V, TVTT-OITE, TVTT-OIEV. 




Second Future, may I hereafter strike. 


S. 


TV7T-01/IC, TVTC-OLC, TVTZ-OL, 


D. 


TVTC-OLTOV, TVTi-OLTrjV, 


P. 


TVK-Ot/LLEV, TWK-OtTE, TVTZ-OIEV. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Present, I may strike. 
S. Tvnr-d), rinrr-yc, Tvirr-y, 

D. TV7TT-71TOV, TVT:T-7)T0V, 

P. TV7TT-U>IX£V, TV7VT-nTS, TVTTT-uai. 

First Aorist, I may have struck. 



s. 

D. 
P. 


Ti>ip-a, 

TVtp-OflEV, 


TVlp-yZ, TVlp-Tj, 
TVTp-TjTOV, TV'ljj-VTOV, 
-V'tp-VTE, TVTJJ-UGL. 




Perfect, 


I may have been striking. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


TETV<f>-0), 
TETVf-UftEV, 


T£TV(p-nC, TETV^-n, 
TETV(j)-7]TOV, TETV<p-r}TOV, 
TETVIp-VTE, TETV(j>-U>aC. 




Second Aorist, I may have struck. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


TVTT-Q, 
TVTC-UfJLEV, 


TV7T-WC, TV7T-n, 
TVTZ-7JT0V, TVTT-nTOV, 
TV1T-7}TS } TVTT-UCl. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 

Present, tvttt-elv, to strike. 
First Future, Tv-ip-eiv, to be going to strike. 
First Aorist, rvip-ai, to have struck. 
Perfect, rervcp-Evai, to have been striking. 
Second Aorist, tvtt-eiv, to have struck. 
Second Future, tvk-eiv, to be going to strike. 



130 EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 





PARTICIPLES. 




Present, striking. 


N. 


rV7TT0)V, TVTCTOVaa, TVTTTOV, 


G. 


rvnTOVTog, rvKTovarjc, tvtttovto£, &c. 




First Future, going to strike. 


G. 


Tvipov, rvipovaa, TVIpOV, 

TVTpOVTOC, TVIpOVGtfC, TVIpOVTOC. 




First Aorist, having struck. 


N. 
G. 


rvtp-ac, rvipaoa, rvipav, 
TvipavToc, Tvipdarjc, rvipavroc. 




Perfect, who has been striking. 


N. 
G. 


TETV(})6c, T6TV(pvT.a, TETVlftOC, 
TSTVipOTOC, TETVfpviaC, TETVfpOTOC. 




Second Aorist, having struck. 


N. 


TVTTtJV, TVKOVGa, TVTTOV, 


G. 


TV7TOVTOC, TVTCOVG7]C, TVKOVTOg. 




Second Future, going to strike. 


N. 


tvttuv, rvTvovaa, tvkovv, 


G. 


rvTcovvroc-, tvtzovgvc, Tvnovvrog. 



LV. EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE OF VERBS 
IN w. 1 
I. 
Translate the following : 

I. Bpa%ela rjdovr) iroXXdmg tIktsl 1 fiatcpav Xxnxf\v. — ara- 
yoveg vdarog nsrpag ftoiXalvovaiv? — yvvai^i 3 koojiov oiyi) 
<pepsi. A — %i(bo<; TiTp&OKSL to otifia, rbv 6e vovv Xoyog. — 
'RpaKXrjg rifj x°^V r VS Aepvaiag vdpag rovg 5 oiarovg 
e6a^psv. 6 — 'Anpioiog rrjv eavrov ^vyarepa Aavdrjv, fisrd 
rov 1 iratdbg Uspascog, ev Xdpvatci, slg d-dXaaaav sppcipsv. 8 

II. Xeipcov, o Ksvravpog, 'KxiXXea, ixalda 1 stl bvra, 2 
erpecps 3 rolg onXdyxvotg Xeovruv* nal cvdv dypiuv, nal 
to) ILV&X& aptCTOv. — r) pvla, e^dnovg ovoa, rsaaapaL 5 fiev 
Trout fiadi^ei \iovov, rovg 6s Trpoadtovg dvo 6 cog x ei P a S '^X eL - 

1. The numbers in the Greek text refer to the notes at the end of the 
volume, before the Lexicon. 



EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 131 

— QiXTJfiwv, 6 KoaiKog, eypaipe'* o*pd\iara enrd Kal evevrj- 
tcovra. — Zevg 'AOrjvdv e<pvoev 8 en rr\g eavrov KecpaXr^g. — 
ol novrjpol npbg Kepdog \iovov arrodXenovacv. 4 ' 

III. Jiaoa dvvaficg Kal nag irXovrog vneiKet 1 apery. — ev 
■dvijoKOig, 2 brav ftdvarog eXOy. 3 — ■SaTrrovoLV* ol AlyvTrrioc 
rovg vstcpovg raptxevovreg 5 avrovg. — QiXiTnrog roi)g 'AOt]- 
vaiovg e'ifca^e 6 rolg ''Epfialg, 1 orbfia \iovov e%ovGtv. 8 — 0e- 
[iiOTOfcXrjg fcal 'Aptareld^g eoraaca^errjv 9 ere rcalde ovre. 10 
— Qrjoevg 'Apiddvrjv ev Na^w tcareXine, 11 Kal e^enXevoe. 12 — 
r\ yXoJaoa noXXovg elg bXedpov rjyayev. 13 

IV. 'JZnpurevoe 1 AaKedaifiov 'IZXXddog xpovov 2 er&v 
7revraK0GL0)v. — Kvveg rovg 3 exQpovg daKVovoiv* eyeb 5 de 
rovg cptXovg, Iva oojoo). 6 — ovrrcjnore eyd) viTe\ieivaf roaovrov 
XetfiGJva. — Kddfiog dixoKreivei rbv dpaKOvra 8 rbv rrjg 
"Apeog 9 Kprjvrjg (pvXaKa™ Kal rovg odovrag avrov one'ipec, 
eK de rr\g yr\g dverecXav 11 avdpeg evonXoi. — ovre Trvp l\ia- 
ri(x> rtepiorelXaO 2 dvvarov eon, ovre alaxpbv d\idprr]\ia 
Xpovcp. 

V. 'JIpaKXrig rb ponaXov, b ecftepe, 1 avrbg ere\iev 2 eK 
Ne/ieag. — 'AraXdvrr] enefyvKei 3 CiKiorrf rovg frodag. 5 — Aac- 
daXog, apx^eKroiv &v, ev Kprjrq KareoKevaoe 6 Aa6vpivdov, 
rretpevy&g 7 ei; 'Adriv&v errl 8 (povcx). — 6 KpoKodecXog ex Ei 
d(f)daX[iovg p,ev vog, ddovrag de jieydXovg Kal x av ^ L odov- 
rag. 9 — ol $eol ovre alrov edovotv, ovre irivovotv olvov. — 
■dvolag dXXoi aXXag 10 rolg tieolg npoodyovoi, (3ovv p,ev 6 
yecjpyog, 11 apva de b noip,r}V, Kal alya 6 alnoXog. 

II. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 



Juno sent two serpents to de' 
stroy Hercules. 

In this same battle Epaminon- 
das fell. 



"Hpa dvo 6paK0)v dnoareXXo) 
(1st aor.) avaXloKG) (fut. 
part.) 'HpaKXrjg. 

'Ev ovrog 6 \idxr\ '^Tra/M- 
v&vdag TTCTrro) (2d aor.). 



132 



EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 



What pestilence or earthquake 
destroyed cities of so large 
a size ? 

The two sons of Aloeus, being 
impious, suffered punish- 
ment. 

Solon, having lost a son, wept. 

Hercules endured great toils 

and dangers. 
Medea slew the children whom 

she had by Jason, and fed 

to Athens. 

Herodotus wrote a general his- 
tory of Grecian and Bar- 
barian transactions. 

The kings of the Egyptians 
built the pyramids. 

The rose blooms for a little 
while, and then you will 
find, not a rose, but a 
bramble. 

The Romans sent ambassa- 
dors to Carthage bearing 
both peace and war. 

Orpheus by singing led stones 
and trees. The same man 
persuaded Pluto to send 
back Eury dice from Hades. 



Tic Xoijibc rj oeiap,bg rooov- 

toc i:6Xig d<pavl^G); (1st 

aor.). 
f O 'AXcjevg nalg, drdaOaXog 

tjv, diKT) (plural) tlg) (1st 

aor.). 
I>6X(t)v, drrodaXXa) (2d aor. 

part.) vibe , tcXa'to) (1st aor.). 
'Hpa/cXrjg vjrop,evG) fieyag 

novog Kal nivdwoc. 
Mrjdsia 6 rralg bg %« (ifnp.) 

g£ 'ld(JG)V dnOKTELVG) (1st 

aor.), Kal slg ' kBr\vai <pev- 
yo) (2d aor.). 

'UpodoTog Koivbg 'EA/Upt- 
febg Kal Bdp6apog ixpa^ig 
loTOpia ypd(p(x> (1st aor.). 

f O 6 Aiyvfrriog fiaoiXevg 6 
irvpaplg kti^o) (1st aor.). 

f O podov dfcfid^o) (3acbg %po- 
vog (accus.), Kal enecra 
evpLOKG) ov podov, dXXd 
(3drog. 

' O ( ~Po)ualog np8o6vg elg Kap- 
X^dcjv nefiTTG) (1st aor.), 
Kal 6 elprjvn Kal 6 TroXefiog 
(pSpo). 

'Opcpevg ado) (pres. part.) XI- 
dog re Kal SevSpov dyo) 
(2d aor.). e O aiubg dvr\p 
HXovtov ireido) (1st aor.) 
HZvpvdtKr) eg adrjg dva- 
7TEU7r(D (1st aor.). 



133 



LVI. PASSIVE VOICE OF VERBS IN w. 





Synopsis 


of Moods and 


Tenses 








Indie. 


Imper. 


Optat. 


Subj. 


Infix,. 


Fart. 


Present, 
Imperfect, 


rvTrrofxat, > 

ETVTTTO/LITJV, ) 


TV7VT-OV, 


-Otfl7]V, 


-ofxat, 


-scdat,, 


-ofiEVog, 


Perfect, 
Pluperfect, 


TETVfi/J,aC, ) 
ETETVfl/XTjV, ) 


T£TV-lpO, 


EL7JV, 


-flflEVOC 


-(pdai, 


-[I/IEVOC, 


1st Aorist, 


£TV<f>d7]V, 


TV(j)-6rjTC, 


-6ect/v, 


-<?«, 


-Bfjvai, 


-6elc, 


1st Future, 


TV(pd?}<7-0[iat, 




-OLflTjV, 




-Ecdai, 


-OjlEVOC, 


2d Aorist, 


ETVTTTjV, 


TVTT-7]dl, 


-EtTjV, 


-61, 


-rjvai, 


-EtC, 


2d Future, 


TV777ja-0/U.ai, 




-OtfJ,7]V, 




-EoOai, 


-OflEVOC, 


3d Future, 


rervip-ofiac, 




-OiflTJV, 




-eadat, 


•OfJ-EVOC- 



Numbers and Persons. 





INDICATIVE MOOD. 




Present, I am struck. 


s. 

D. 


TVTTT-OfLai, TVTVT-EL, 1 TVTTT-ETai, 
TVTTT-OUEdoV, TVTTT-EodoV, TVlTT-EcdoV, 


P 


TVTVT-6/iEda, TVTTT-E0d£, TVTVT-OVTCll. 




Imperfect, I was in the act of being struck. 


S. 
D. 


£TVTrr-6[i7)Vy etv7tt-ov, etvizt-eto, 

£TV7TT-6ue6oV, ETVTCT-EodoV, hvTTT-EadrjV, 


P. 


ETVTTT-OfCEda, ETVlTT-EOde, ETVTTT-OVTO. 




Perfect, I have been struck. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


TETVU-fJ.ai, TETVlj)-aL, TETVKT-at, 
TETV/J.-fJ,£d0V, T£TV(j)-doV, T£TV(j)-6ov, 
TETVfl-fMEQa, T£TV(j)-d£, TETVU-fiEVOL ELOL. 




Pluperfect, I had been struck. 


S. 
D. 
P. 


ETETVfl-finV, ETETVTp-O, ETETVTTT-O, 
ETETV/J.-fJ.£d0Vy £T£TV<j)-doV, £T£TV(p-d7]V, 
ETETVfl-ftEda, eTETvip-de, TETVfji-flEVOt rjoav. 




First Aorist, I was struck. 


S. 
D 
P. 


ETvty-drjv, trvty-drjc, krv(j)-8ij, 

£TV<j)-6?]T0V, £TV(f>-6rJT?jV, 

ETV(j)-dnfj,ev, £TV(p-dr]T£, krvty-drjaav. 



1 . We have given in this, and the other second persons, the Attic ter- 
mination in ei, as more correct than the common termination in ■$. 

M 



134 



First Future, / shall be struck. 

S. rvfy-drjoofiaL, TVf-67/crei, TV^-drjoeTai, 

D. Tv<p-6r]a6jLiedov, rvtp-dTJaeadov, Tvcp-djjascdov, 

P. Tvip-dTjao/j-eda, Tvip-d^aeade, Tvtp-d-rjsovTai. 

Second Aorist, I was struck. 

S. ETV7T-7]V, £TV7T-J]C, ETVIt-n, 

D. ETVTC-WTOV, ETVTZ-7]Tr}V, 

P. hrvn-rjfiev, £tvtt-7)te, krvTv-naav. 

Second Future, J shall he struck. 
S. Tviz-Tjaofiai, tvtt-tjgsi, tvk-7]Oet<u, 

D. TVK-nab[jLsQoV, TVTC-7]G£cdoV, TVTT-TjGEcBoV, 

P. TVTT-7ja6/j.E6a, rvK-TJaEads, rvn-fjaovTai. 

Third Future, I shall continue to he struck. 

S. TETVIp-OfLCLL, TETVIp-El, TETVTp-STGll, 

D. T£Tvip-6jJ,€d0V, TETVTp-EcBoV, TETVIp-EtjdoV, 

P. TETvip-OflEda, TETvijj-EcdE, TETVTp-OVTai. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Present, he struck. 

S. TVTTT-OV, TV7TT-Eado), 

D. TVTTT-EodoV. TV7TT-Eod(dV, 

P. TVTTT-EgOe, TVTTT-EcducaV. 

Perfect, have been struck. 

S. TETVljj-O, TETV(j)-6o), 

D. TETVip-doV, TETV<p-6u)V, 

P. TETV<j>-de, TETv^-duaav. 

First Aorist, be struck. 

S. TVty-drjTl, TVfp-OrjTW, 

D. TV<ji-dr}TOV, TV<p-OfjTViV, 

P. Tv<p-6nTE, Tvip-d^rcoaav. 

Second Aorist, be struck. 

S. TVTT-ndl, TV7T-7]TO), 

D. TV7T-7JTOV, TV7T-7}TC)V, 

P. TVTT-nTE, TVTT-TJTOOaV. 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 
Present, may I be in the act of being struck. 

S. WTTT-oifinV, TV7TT-OLO, TV7TT-OITO, 

D. TVTTT-oiuEdev, tvttt-olgOqv, TviTT-oiodnv, 

P. TVTTT-ocueda, tvkt-oig6e, tvttt-olvto. 



135 



Perfect, may I have been struck. 

S. TSTVfi-fiivoc eItjv, elrjg, eln, 

D. Tervfi-jjcevu, eItjtov, eirjrrjv, 

P. rervfi-ftevoL eIv/xsv, eIt^te, drjaav. 

First Aorist, may I have been struck. 
S. rv(j>-6et7]v, Tv<p-deinc, rv(p-8£iij, 

D. TV<p-6£LrjTOV, TVty-dElfjTTlV, 

P. rvcp-Odn/XEV, TV(j>-6elnre, rvip-deirjcav. 

First Future, may I be struck hereafter. 

S. TV<p-dTJdOl/X7]V, TV<p-6r}<70L0, TV(j)-d7}COlTO, 

D. Tv<f>-dr](joifj.e6ov, Tvip-drjaoiodov, Tv^-drjcoicQvv, 
P. Tvicj)-8naoifxeda, rvcp-dijaoLade, tv^-Otjgocvto. 

Second Aorist, may I have been struck. 
S. rvTr-Etnv, TVTc-eing, rv7t-ei?j, 

D. TVTT-eiTjTOVj TVTT-£Lr]T7jV, 

P. TV7t-£l.7JfJ,£V, rVTT-ElrjTE, TV7r-£l7]GaV. 

Second Future, may I be struck hereafter. 

S. TVTi-7)O0ijir)V, TVK-l'iaOlO, tvtt-tjcoito, 

D. TVK-7]O0iu£d0V, TVn-ljGOiadoV, TVTC-VGoiadr]V i 

P. rvTz-naoifJiEda, tvtt-7Jgocg6£, tvk-tjgoivto. 

Third Future, may I continue to be struck hereafter. 

S. TETVIp-01/J.rjV, T£TV1p-OtO, TETVlp-OlTO, 

D. TETVlp-OLfXEdoVy TETVTp-OLCidov, TETvip-OLodrjV, 

P. TETvip-OlfLEda, TETVTp-OlodE, TETVlfj-OLVTO. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Present, I may be struck. 

S. TVTZ-TO/Xai, TVTT-TTl, TV7TT-VTai, 

D. TVTZ-TUflEdoV, TVTT-TVcdoV, TVTTT-nodoV, 

P. TV7T-TU/HEda, TVTZ-TVCdE, TV7TT-G)VTCU. 

Perfect, I may have been struck. 

S. T£TV\l-\l£VOQ U, 7/C, Tf, 

D. TETVfl-flEVO), rjTOV, 7JT0V, 

P. T£TVfl-fJ.£VOL (bflEV, TjTE, UOl. 

First Aorist, I may have been struck. 
S. rvty-dib, rvty-dfjc, Tv<f>-d7}, 

D. TV(j)-6fJTOV, TV<p-6j}TOV, 

P. TV<t>-6u>fJ.EV, TV(p-6jJT£, TVtp-duOl. 



136 



Second Aorist, I may have been struck. 

S. TVTT-fi, TVTT-rjC, TV7T-7J, 

D. TVTT-TJTOV, TVK-7JTOV, 

P. TVTT-fifieV, TVTT-TJTE, TVK-tiOl. 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 

Present, rvirr-eadai, to be struck. 

Perfect, rervfy-dai, to have been struck. 

First Aorist, Tvy-dijvai, to have been struck. 

First Future, Tvcp-drjaeadai, to be going to be struck. 

Second Aorist, rvrr-qvat, to have been struck. 

Second Future, rvK-rjaeadat, to be going to be struck. 

Third Future, rervty-zaQai, to be going to be continually struck. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present, being struck. 

N. TV7TT-6fi,eV0C t TVTTT-Ofl£V7], TVTTT-6/J.EVOVy 

G. TVTtT-OflivOV, TVTrT-OfieVTJC, TVTZT-0//.EVOV. 

Perfect, having been struck. 



N. TETVU-UEVOC, TETVfM-fiEVV, TETVfl-flEVOV, 

G. TETVfl-fJLEVOV, TETVfl-fJ.£V7]C, TETVfl-flEVOV. 

First Aorist, having been struck. 

N. Tvip-deic, rvQ-dsiaa, rvcp-Oiv, 

G. Tvfy-dEvroc, Tvtp-deicnc, tv^-Oevtoc. . 

First Future, going to be struck. 

N. rv(j)-d7]G6fj.£voc, rv(j>-dnaofievn, rvQ-dnGOfievov, 

G. TV(j>-dT]GO[i£vov, rv<p-dr]aofi£vrjg, Tvip-dyGo/xivov. 

Second Aorist, having been struck. 



N. 


TVTT-Eie, 


TVTT-ELGa, TVTT-EV, 


G. 


TVTT-ivTOC, 


rvK-uaric, Tvn-tvroc. 




Second Future, going to be struck. 


N. 
G. 


TVTT-riGOflEVOC, 
TV7T-7JG0/IEV0V, 


TVK-rjGOflEVIf], TVTr-7]00{lEVOV, 

rvTc-nGoixEvnc, tvk-tjgoue'vov. 




Third Future, 


going to be continually struck. 


N. 
G. 


TETvijj-6/j.evoc, 

TETvijj-OfbEVOV, 


TETVIp-OflEVn, TETV7p-6fJ,£VOV, 

TETvip-ofte'vnc, rervip-ofiEvov. 



FORMATION OF THE PASSIVE TENSES. 137 

FORMATION OF THE PASSIVE TENSES. 

The Present 

is formed from the present active, by changing w into o\iai ; 

as, TV7TTG), TVTTTOfiaL. 

The Imperfect 
is formed from the imperfect active, by changing ov into 
Ofirjv ; as, ervrrrov, etvttt6[17)V. 

The Perfect 
is formed from the perfect active, by changing, in the 

First conjugation, 5 \ a P ure 'T ^ aL ; **> ^% **W"*- 

J ° ' ( <j>a impure " fiai ; " rerepcpa, Terepficu. 

Second conjugation, x a " 7/" ai '■> " ^^^X a i KeTrXeypxu. 

Third conjugation, na " c/llcu ; " irtypaica, Tte^paafiac. 

Fourth conjugation, /ca " fiat ; " li/>a/ka, eipalifiat. 

In verbs of the third conjugation, however, tea is changed 

into \iai when a long vowel or pa precedes the final 

syllable ; as, aneipdu), onELpdoG), ecmeipaica, kcrn;Eipd\iai ; 

dpdo), dpdoo), dedpdita, dedpdfiai ; (piMo), (piXrjocj, TrecpiXriita, 

TTECpiXrjfMU, &c. 

But there are exceptions to this rule in the case of some 
verbs, which have a diphthong before the final o) of the 
active, where diphthongs have arisen from the short vowel 
made long; as, dicovG), tjhovo^cu ; uraiG), ETrraLafxaL ; -dpavG), 

TF.dpaVOfjLCU, &LC. 

Verbs in atvo), which have -ytta in the perfect active, 
make, after rejecting y, the termination of the perfect pas- 
sive in Ofiai ; as, <patvo)^ irscpayfca, ire(f)a(7[ia(.. 

In some verbs the quantity is changed ; as, TTETTOJfca, tte- 
7T0fiat, from ttlvg) ; and SsdoMca, dedofiai, from didofit. 

The vowel o in the perfect active, which was derived 
from £ of the present, is again changed to e in the perfect 
passive; as, kXetttu), HEnXo<pa, KEK,XE\i\Lai ; rrEfmco, 7re7rofi- 

<pa, ITETTEflfiai. 

But if p with another consonant precede the o, it is 
M2 



138 FORMATION OF THE PASSIVE TENSES. 

changed in the perfect passive into a ; as, arpscpco, Eorpo^a, 
earpa\i\iai ; rpeno), rsrpo^a, rirpa\i\iai. 

The third person plural of the perfect is formed from 
the third person singular, by inserting v before rat ; as, 7re- 
(piXr]vrai, from TrefaXrjraL. But if the first person of the 
perfect passive end in fiat impure, that is, with a consonant 
preceding it, the third person plural is formed by a peri- 
phrasis of the verb slfic and the perfect participle ; as, re- 
rvfifiai, tetv\l\i,evoi slot. 1 

This same periphrasis is employed in the optative and 
subjunctive moods, when the perfect ends in iiai impure ; 
as, T£rvfj,fj,£vog eltjv, TETV\i\i,£voq G). But not when the 
perfect ends in \iai pure ; as, r£Tifi{ifir)v, TETi\i&\iai. 

The Pluperfect 
is formed from the perfect by changing \iai into firjv, and 
prefixing e to the continued augment, if there be a redupli- 
cation ; as, rervfificu, er€TVfifi7]v. 

The third person plural of the pluperfect is formed by a 
periphrasis of slfii and the perfect participle, whenever the 
perfect from which it is derived ends in \iai impure ; as, 
rerrv\i\iivoi rjaav. 

The First Aorist 
is formed from the third person singular of the perfect by 
dropping the reduplication, changing rat into 07jv, and the 
preceding smooth into an aspirated mute ; as, rervnTai, 
ervcpOrjv. 

Four verbs take a before the termination Orjv, although 
it is not found in the third person of the perfect ; as, \ii\i- 
V7]tcu, e^vrjudr]V ; Kexprjrat, E%pr\GQ7]v ; epporat, eppcjaOrjv ; 
TTEnXrjTat, ettX7jo67]v. On the contrary, OEOCJoraL makes 

1. This is done from a principle of euphony, since TtTVKvrcu would 
be too harsh for the ear. The same remark applies to the pluperfect, 
and to the optative and subjunctive moods. 



EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 139 

Some which have t] in the perfect passive receive an e 
in the first aorist ; as, evprjrcu, evpiOrjv ; enijvrjTai, ett^v- 
edqv ; d(p{ip7]rat, acpypedyv. From zipryrai the aorist is 
epprjd7}v and eppedrjv. 

Verbs which change e of the future into o of the perfect 
active, and into a in the perfect passive, take e again in the 
first aorist ; as, earpanrai, eorpecpdTjv ; TerpanTcu, krpe<p- 
6tjv ; TedpanTCU, ed 



The First Future 
is formed from the first aorist, by dropping the augment, 
and changing Qr\v into B7]ao\iai ; as, erv^drjv, rvcpdrjaofiaL. 

The Second Aorist 
is formed from the second aorist active, by changing ov into 
7]V ; as erviTOV, ervnrjv. 

No second aorist passive occurs in drjv, &rjv, ttjv ; or 
from verbs in w pure, except eKarjv, eddrjv, eppvrjv, efivqv. 

The Second Future 
is formed from the second aorist, by dropping the augment, 
and changing r\v into r\oo\iai ; as, ervnrjv, rvnTjaofiai. 

The Third Future, 
or Paulo-post-futurum, is formed from the second person 
singular of the perfect, by changing at into o\iai ; as, rervt/>- 
cu, rervipofiac. 

LVI. EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE OF VERBS 
IN w. 

I. 

Translate the following : 

I. KoXd^ovrat p,erd l ddvarov rrdvreg oi Hanoi. — ILvday- 
opag ixpCorov kavrbv (f>iX6oo(f>ov cjvofiaoev 2 oi 6e iraXatore. 
poi oocjiol d)vo[ido6r}oav. — "KcfraiOTOc kppicprf vtto Atbg eg 
ovpavov. — fjiovot KaraXeXstfievot ijoavS — Gvvr\xBr\oav c> rd 



140 EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 

edvrj tgjv f ~ElXXr}VG)v. — dnEardXrf 6 ayyeXog dnb Qeov. — 
'Avrd>viog ekeXevoe 7 rrjv rov prjropog K£<paX?)v dnoKonr)- 
vai. 8 — vnb rov nXrjdovg tgjv napovrov 9 ev rq EKKXr\ola 
diarerdpayfiai™ rr)v yvojfirjv, 11 not r) yXcJrra E\inEnE8r\\iEvrf 2 
elvat eoitte. 13 — J&vptntdrjg ev Mattedovla erdcprj. 14 

II. 'AvdpdjTzov r) icapdia tw \ia^ tw Xatd) npoGrjprrjrat. 1 
— sv rolg Ap&fcovrog vo\iotg \iia coptoro 2 £r){iia, ddvarog. — 
Uvdayopag, /card 3 rrjv avrr]v rrjg rjfispag tipav, tifydrf ev 
Msranovrtco Kal ev Kporovt. — UroXsfialog, 6 MaKEdovtag 
(3aotXsvg, vnb riov YaXarCyv sotydyrj, 5 Kal naaa r) Matcsdov- 
iktj dvva\itg KarEKonrf Kal dtEcfrddprj. 7 — rtOfjvat kpmrvovot 
rolg natdtotg, wg fir) fiaonavdCooiv* — el rovro npdrrrjg, 

KoXao07]GEl. 

III. 'AKratuv, rpafieig 1 napd 2 Xstpovt, Kvvrrybg elvat 
edidaxOt], 3 Kal vorepov Karefpdtdrf ev tw KtOatptivt vnb 
t&v IStcov Kvvtiv. — Aivog vno 'HpatcXovg ry KtOdpa nXr\- 
yelg 5 dnsdavEv. 6 — 'Avai-ayopag Xsysrat doEfjEtag Kptdrjvat, 1 
6 tort rbv rjXtov fivdpov dtdnvpov sXsyev elvat . — Arjrd) 
Kara 8 rrjv yr)v dnaaav inf? "Hpag r)XavvEro 9 — $tvsvg, 
dnaXXayslg 10 rdtv f Apnvtd)v, e\ir)vvGE xx rbv nXovv rolg 
'Apyovavraig. 

IV. EaXfiojvevg did rr)v -doe&eiav EKoXdodrj. — ol Kvpov 
e^aKootot Innelg dtaonetpovrar nXrjv ndvv bXiyoi djj,(f>' 
avrbv KareXec^drjaav. 1 — \le\lvt\oo 2 on $vr\rbg Elg. — Hap- 
SavdnaXog, ev f3aatXEtotg KaraKEKXEto\iivog 3 ovSev aXXo 
ediojfcev r] rjdovrjv. — Tvty&v vno Zrjvbg EKoXdodr). — at rcov 
'Pojfiatojv yvvacKEg olaoi \ieveiv ova elBio\ievai eloiv* 
tionsp at rCdv 'YiXXrvvuv. — ovrog 6 vdfiog ecpvXdxOrj vnb 
ILsptKXsovg, ual edavfidGdr] vnb 'AXKt6tddov. 

II. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 
But nevertheless it shall be I 'AXX' optig Xeyo (3d fut.) ual 

said, and this shall be done. \ ovrog npdoao) (3d fut.). 



EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 



141 



The name of the Deity is 
written upon the universe. 

Let this robber be cast into 
Pyriphlegethon, and let the 
tyrant be lacerated by vul- 
tures. 

When first a camel was seen, 
men, having been struck at 
its size,fied. 



They say that Action was 
devoured by his own hounds. 

Apollo, having been condemned 
on account of the death of 
the Cyclopes, was sent down 
to earth. 

All shall be satisfied, and 
shall be sent away happy. 

Thence, in after days, rivers 
of fire shall be made to 
burst forth. 



f O 6 Qebg ovofia em 6 fc6o[j,og 

(gen.) emypdcpo) (perf.). 
f fiev XqoTrjc ovroc eg ILvpc- 

(frXeyedov ifi6dXXo) (perf. 

imper.)- 6 6e rvpavvogvirb 

yvip (gen.) tceipo) (pres. 

imper.). 
"Ore npGJrov K,d\ir\Xog ottto- 

\iai (1st aor.), dvdpcjnog, 

em 6 \ieyedog (ace.) av- 

rbg fcaraTrXrjOGO), (2d aor. 

part.) (pevyco (imperf.). 
Aeyw 'Afcraiojv (ace.) vnb 6 

Idtog kvg)v Karabi6po)GK(t) 

(1st aor. inf.). 
'Att6XXg)v, fcaradifcd^O) (1st 

aor. part.) em 6 6 KvfcXcoip 

ddvarog (dat.), Ka,Tane[m(*) 

(1st aor.) eg yr\. 
Hag xoprdfy (1st fut.) nai 

dTroTrefiiTo (1st fut.) fiatcd- 

piog. 
"JZvdev TTore etcprjooo (2d 

fut.) TTorafjidg irvp. 



LVII. MIDDLE VOICE. 
Synopsis of the Moods and Tenses. 





Indie. 


Imper. 


Optat. 


Subj. 


Infin. 


Fart. 


Present, 
Imperfect, 


TVTCT-OfiaC, ) 
ETVTTT-6fJ.7]V, ) 


TVTTT-OV, 


-olfirjv, 


-ofjcac, 


-Eadac, 


-6fJ,£VO£, 


Perfect, 


TETV7T-a, ) 

etetvtz-ecv, ) 












Pluperfect, 


TETVTT-E, 


•OLjXl, 


-co, 


-wai, 


-us, 


1st Future, 


TVTp-Ofiat, 




-oijirjv, 




-Eadai, 


-ofievog, 


1st Aorist, 


ETVTp-aflTJV, 


TVl[>-CU, 


-aifiqv, 


-Qfiai, 


-aodcu, 


-ajiEvog, 


2d Aorist, 


ervrc-ofiriv, 


TVTC-OV, 


-OL/J.TJV, 


-UflCU, 


-sodai, 


-OfJLEVOg, 


2d Future, 


TVTT-OVfMU, 




-OlfI7)V, 




-EiuOac, 


-OVfiEVOC- 



142 VERB. 

Numbers and Persons. 
The only tenses of the middle voice that differ from 
those of the active and passive of verbs in g) are the first 
aorists of the indicative, imperative, and optative, and the 
second future of the indicative. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
Fikst Aorist, I struck myself . 

S. ervip-d/u.r]v, eTvifj-o, ervip-aro, 

D. ervip-dfiedov, ervip-acrdov, ETvip-dadnv, 

P. cTvip-dfieda, krvip-aods, krvip-avTO. 

Second Future, I shall or will strike myself. 

S. TVTT-OVfiai, TVTt-EL, TVIZ-BITCU, 

D. nm-ov/xedov, rvTv-sZadov, rvit-eladov, 

P. TV7T-ovfj.Eda, tvtz-eZgQe, rvK-ovvrai. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

First Aorist, strike thyself. 

S. Tviff-ai, rvip-dado, 

D. rv'ijj-aadov, Tvip-daQuv, 

P. rvip-aode, rvip-daduaav. 



OPTATIVE MOOD. 

First Aorist, may I have been struck. 

S. ruip-ai/Linv, rvip-aio, rvip-aiTO, 

D. Tvip-aifiEdov, rvip-aicdov, Tvip-aiadnv, 

P. Tvip-ai/xeda, rvf-acade, rv-ip-dtVTO. 

PARTICIPLES. 

First Aorist, having struck myself. 

N. rvip-dftevoc, Tvnp-afisvn, rvip-a/Ltevov, 

G. TVIp-afiEVOV, TV1p-a/J,EVWC, TVIp-a/IEVOV. 

First Future, being about to strike myself. 

N. TVip-OflEVOC, TVlfj-O/lEVT], TVIp-OllEVOV, 

G. TVlp-OfLEVOV, TVljj-OflEVnC, TVlp-OflEVOV. 

Second Future, being about to strike myself. 

N. TVTr-OV/LlEVOC, TV7T-OVJUEVV, TVTT-OVfMEVOV, 

G. TVTT-OVfihoV, TUTT-OVfiEVVC, TVTC-OV/J.EVOV. 



FORMATION OF THE MIDDLE TENSES. 143 

FORMATION OF THE MIDDLE TENSES. 
The Present and Imperfect 
are the same in form as those of the passive voice, and are 
similarly formed. 

The Perfect 
is formed from the second aorist active, by prefixing the 
reduplication, and changing ov into a ; as, ervnov, rervrra. 

If the second aorist has a or e in the penult, the perfect 
middle changes this into o ; as, onelpo), eairapov, eoiropa ; 
iyeipo), rjyspov, ?jyopa. 

But if the a in the penult of the second aorist comes 
from ai or 7] in the present, or is long there by position, 
the perfect changes it into r\ ; as, paLVOficu, e(j,dv7]v, fiefirj- 
va ; TrXr]OGG), enXayov, neTrX^ya ; -ddXXo), edaXov, redyXa ; 
ttXdfy, enXayov, KEnXrrya. 

The exceptions to this rule are the following : Kpd£o), 
expayov, fceicpdya, ; Trpdaao), enpayov, Trenpdya ; (ppafa, 
e(ppa6ov, ire(j)pada ; add), edda ; ayu, " to break," toy a. 

If the second aorist has i in the penult from a present 
in eL, the perfect middle changes it into 01 ; as, ttslOg), em- 
6ov, rrenoida ; Xelno), eXlttov, XeXotna ; eldcj, cdov, old a. 

But if the i be already in the present, the perfect merely 
lengthens it after having been short in the second aorist ; 
as, rpt^O) erplyov, rsrplya. 

In some verbs the penult of the perfect middle remains 
short ; as, dicquoa, from dtcovo) ; eXijXvda, from eXevdo). 
On the other hand, we have Trecbsvya, from (frevyo) ; KSKevda, 
from Kevdo) ; rerevxa, from Tev^o). 

The verb prjGOO makes eppoyya ; so, also, we have eoX- 
7Ta, from eXrrcj ; eopya, from epyo) ; eluda, from Wg). 

Some perfects appear to be formed immediately from the 
present, by changing w into «, and prefixing the reduplica- 
tion ; as, 6ovrrG), deSovna ; Slcd, dsdia ; and so, also, avoyya, 
for ijwya. 



144 REMARKS ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 

The Pluperfect 
is formed from the perfect, by prefixing e, and changing a 
into eiv ; as, rervna, erervneiv. 

The First Aorist 
is formed from the first aorist active, by adding \ir\v ; as, 

ervipa, £TVipdfi7)V. 

The First Future 
is formed from the first future active, by changing w into 
o\iai ; as, rvipG), rvipofiai. 

In verbs of the fourth conjugation, g5 is changed into ov~ 
fiat ; as, ipaXti, ipaXov^cu. 

The Second Aorist 
is formed from the second aorist active, by changing ov into 
Ofi7jv ; as, ervTTTOV, stvtttoiitjv. 

The Second Future 
is formed from the second future active, by changing w into 
ovfiat ; as, tvttg), rvnovficu. 

REMARKS ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 

1. The Middle Voice has been so called by grammarians, as having a 
middle signification between the active and passive, implying neither 
action nor passion simply, but a union in some degree of both. 

2. The principal usages of the middle voice are five in number. The 
first four may be called usages of reflexive, the fifth the usage of recipro- 
cal, signification. 

I. "Where A does the act on himself, or on what belongs to himself; 
or, in other words, is the object of his own action ; as, arcTJyt-aTO, 
" he hung himself;" KE^aTJrjv eKoiparo, " he wounded his own head." 

II. Where A does the act on some other object M, relatively to himself, 
and not for another person ; as, Karearphparo rbv MrjSov, " he made 
the Median subject to himself." 

III. Where A gets an act done for himself, or for those belonging to 
him, by B. Thus of Chryses it is said, in the Iliad, that he came 
to the Grecian camp, IvoSfievoc d-vyarpa, " to get his daughter 
released by Agamemnon, on the payment of a ransom;" that is, 



EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 145 

briefly, " to ransom his daughter.'' 1 Whereas, of Agamemnon it is 
said, ov5' aireXvce tivyarpa, " he did not release her," namely, to 
Chryses. Under this same head may be ranked the following in- 
stances: diSdtjacdat rbv vlov, " to get one's son instructed;'' 1 
daveifa, " to lend;" davelfrficu, " to get a loan for one's self" " to 
horrow." 

IV. Where, in such verbs as k6ttto/u.cu, " to mourn ;" cevofiat, " to 
urge one's self on ," the direct action is done by A on himself, but 
an accusative or other case follows of B, whom that action farther re- 
gards. Thus, eKOipavro avrov, " they mourned for him ;" i. e., they 
cut or lacerated themselves for him. "Eevovrat avrov, " they stir 
themselves in pursuit of him." ''EriXMcdnv avrov, " they tore their 
hair in mourning for him." So, also, tyv'kdZ.ai rbv rratda, 
the boy ;" but (pvXdijaodat, rbv "Kiovra, " to guard one's self a 
the lion." And again, where, in the Iliad, it is said of Hector, <3c 
eliTuv, ov naWoe bpit-aro, " thus having spoken, he stretched out his 
arms to receive his son." 

V. Where the action is reciprocal between two persons or parties, 
and A does to B what B does to A ; as in verbs signifying to con- 
tract, quarrel, fight, converse, &c. Thus, in Demosthenes, it is 
said, sue dv diaTiva&iieda rbv -KoTiefxov, " until we shall have put an 
end to the war, by treaty mutually agreed upon." To this head 
belong such verbs as [L&xeadai, crcivdeadai, dialsyecdac, &c. 

In many verbs, the perfect, pluperfect, and aorist passive are used 
in a middle sense, besides the ordinary meaning of the passive. 
Thus, £7udEdety/j.£Vog rrjv novTjpiav, " having openly manifested 
his wickedness ;" fXEfxtodufisvoc x&P 0V > " having hired a piece of 
ground ;" Karenhidn, " he laid himself down ;" dirnXhayrj, " he de- 
parted." The regular middle form of the aorist in such verbs is 
unusual or obsolete. In some it has a special signification ; as, 
cralijvai, " to travel ;" but cre'CKaoQai, " to array one's self." 

LVIII. EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE OF VERBS 
IN 6). 

L 

Translate the following : 

I. Nvv \ieya davfia (palverac, 1 ol yap 'KQr\valoi TroiKtXovg 
evdvovrac 2 xir^vaq. — ' ApLorojiF.vrjg ■&vod[jLevog 3 rjXeLiparo.* 
— Xovoac;'' to ejibv cupa, anrjXds 6 aal eXovaaro. — rr\v rtiv 
N 



146 EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 

Q7]6aiG)v ttoXlv upegaro 7 Xatelv. — eviiparo* %Elpa,(;, ml 
kXd&v enadlaaro 9 errl rrjg KXlvrjg. — Neapxog eypdiparo 10 
avrbv doeCeiag. — yeyova\iev xx dira^- dig 6' ovk e^earl yev- 
eaOat. — solks™ (3iog dedrpG). — Travaojfxev 13 tt\v rdv noXefi- 
lg)v (3o7}v, Kal i]\iug rore $pT]VGiv Kal yoo)v, Kal iroXXtiv II 
[loxdcjv navGOfieda. 

II. Tovro eyevero ore Kvpog 6 \ikyag Karearpecpero rovg 
Avdovg. — avdyitT) Tracolv eon narpbg X6yu> neideodat. — 
Xoytaac 1 npb epyov. — cpvXarr&iieda rovg tcatcovg, p) cpvXdr- 
T(x>fj,ev avrovg. — ol 'Adrjvaloi eiprjtploavro 2 vavg re Kal 
Xprjfiara Tte\iireiv. — and ravrr\g r7\g yrjg dnaXXdrrov. — 
a7re%ov r£)v doed&v bpe^ai rr\g dperrjg, Kal Trdvrov [id- 
Xiara oeavrbv clIg%vvov? — 6edotKautv A at \ieXiGaai ov 
tooovtov to Kpvog, boov rov opdpov. — eXrrlg eyprjyoporog 5 

kvVTTVLOV kOTl. 

III. 'Hfivvacde 1 rovg noXefiiovg icaXtig, & arpariCnai. — 
6 [isyag oXbog Jlpid\iov aTruXero 2 — ysvocu, 5 Kal evprjoeig 4 - 
cjg 7]dv eon. — rrjg \iev diaordoeog ov TJp^o), 5 rrjg 6e dia- 
Xvascjg eycb ijp^dfiTjv. — MCXcov, 6 etc Kporovog ddXrjTTjg, 
ravpov dpdfisvog 6 e<pepe did rov aradiov [isoov. — enecdi] ol 
#eol, ol aojTTjpeg, ek KVfidrcov Kal mvdvvov ifie ei-eiXovTO," 1 
en' dperijv rpeipofiat. — anoXoifirjv* el \vr\ ae ri\u^pr\aai\ir\v. 
— 'Idooyv rovro dfcovaag kxpioaro 9 tg> (papfiaKG). 

IV. 'AirefcpLvaro 1 Qeonofinog icai eivtev anoXuXa, 2 <y 
avdpeg, Kal tear' 3 epavrov Sdvarov dtKa^ofxai. — ol 'Adyvalot. 
Kal ol (5dp6apoc 7jyo)VL^ovro ev MapaOtivi. — SiaXey&\ieQa 
nepl tovtg)v, Kal KaraXv^eda ttjv ExOpav. — eddveica* tcj 
ddeXipG), edaveiod\ir\v and gov. — eyd difcd^G), viielg ds 6c- 
nd&cde. — TLeXia, edeamGev 5 6 deog, rov fiovoodvdaXov 
<f)vXdi-aod(u. G —edeXei,g, o> Zsv, tovtov TtpofcaTaicXlveadat 
fiov; — 6 Ttarrip rov vlbv dcddGrcerai. — ovkovv Kal vnep 
kpavrov dnoKpLvovfjiau 



EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 



147 



Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 



The stolen fountain of fre 
has appeared a teacher of 
every art unto mortals. 

You had all cried out to- 
gether, but yet the Syra- 
cusans had done this. 

So many evils did he contrive, 
and so many good things 
did he cause to cease. 

Cease, friends, uttering fool- 
ish words, and beware of 
the sharp-mouthed griffons, 
dumb hounds of Jove. 

May he perish, with his chil- 
dren, for I also am undone. 

You might have done this for 
yourself, since you did it 
once for me. 

Reach out to your mother your 
right hand to salute. 

It is a ft time to consult to- 
gether about these things, 
since, having obeyed the 
god, I slew my mother. 



f O uXoTtaloc; TTvp nrjyi} nag 
te%vt\ diddoKaXog fiporog 
(fraivo) (perf.). 

"Knag dfia Kpd^o) (pluperf.), 
dXX* oficjg ovrog 6 Hvpa- 
Kovaiog Trpdrro (pluperf.). 

Toaog icarcdg firjdofiai, (1st 
aor.), Kal roaog dyadbg 
rravo) (1st aor.). 

ILavG) (1st aor.), <piXog, Xtyu 
lidraiog Xbyog, Kal (pvXdr- 
ro) (1st aor.) 6 6%vorop,og 
ypvty, 6 Zei)g aKpayrjg 

KVG)V. 

'AttoXXv/jLL (2d aor. opt.) ovv 

o reicvov, eyo) yap Kal 

dnoXXvyn (perf.). 
Ovrog dv Trpdaao) (1st aor. 

opt.), enel ey& rrors ixpda- 

G(o (1st aor. ind.). 
'Ekteivg) (1st aor.) 6 \ir\rr\p 

6 dei-cbg %elp dand^ofiat 

(1st aor. infin.). 
K.acp6g el\ii rrepl ovrog (3ov- 

Xevo) (1st aor. infin.), enel, 

Treldo) (2d aor. part.) 6 &ebg 

(dat.) 6 \ir\rr\p ktelvg) (1st 

aor.). 



148 CONTRACTED VERBS. 

LIX. CONTRACTED VERBS. 

I. Verbs in do), eco, and do) correspond entirely, in their 
general formation, to the rules and examples already given 
for verbs in w. 

II. But in the present and imperfect of the active and 
passive forms, where the vowels a, e, o stand immediately 
before the vowels of the flexible endings, there arises in the 
Attic and common language a contraction, the rules for 
which are as follows : 

III. Verbs in do) contract do, do, and dov into w; as, 
Tifidd), Tifj,ti ; Ti\ido\.iEv, Ti\i£)\izv ; rqidovoi, rifitiot. Other- 
wise they contract into a ; as, rlfias, Ti\ia. They also sub- 
scribe i ; as, rtjidoiiii, ti\i&>\li ; rtfidsLg, rijiag. 

IV. Verbs in eo) contract ee into ei, and eo into ov ; as, 
(plXee, (plXec ; faXeofiev, (piXovpev. Otherwise they drop 
e ; as, (piXeo, (piXti ; cpiXseig, (piXeig. 

V. Verbs in ocj contract o, with a long vowel, into co ; 
as, drjXoG), drjXoJ ; with a short vowel, or ov, into ov ; as, 
drjXoere, drjXovrs ; drjXoovai, 6tjXovgi. Otherwise into 
ol ; as, drjXorjg, drjXolg. In the infinitive osiv is contracted 
into ovv. 

VI. Four verbs in do), namely, £do), ireivdo), diijjdo), and 
Xpdcd, contract as into 77, and dec into q ; as, ^do), C^g, 
£§, ^re Zqv ; imperfect, e£iwv, e^c, e^rj. So, also, v;uv'qv i 
oVj/^i>, XPV a Q al >i XPV raL - 

VII. Dissyllables in eo) are contracted in the imperative 
and infinitive only. Thus we say, irXeu, TrXeofisv, and not 
7T/U5, ttXov[iev. 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 



149 



Examples of Contracted Verbs. 

ACTIVE VOICE. 
INDICATIVE WOOD.— Present. 



I honour. 




/ love. 




I manifest. 


S. rifi.au, 


S. 


<j)l?LEU, 


S. 


SrjTioa, 


Ttfld, 




di/lo, 




6tj7m, 


Ti/xaEic, 




<j)L?LSELC, 




SnXoEic, 


Tifidc, 




(piXete, 




dn2,otc, 


TLfiaei, 




<j>l%££l, 




dw'koEi, 


Tifid. 




(J>i1eZ. 




drj/Xoi. 


D. TCfiderov, 


D 


<j>L?j£TOV, 


D 


S^OETOV, 


TCflCCTOV, 




(fitXECTOV, 




drjlovTOV, 


Tifxderov, 




<J>cXe£TOV, 




drjTiOsrov, 


TLflUTOV. 




<j>t2,£tTOV. 




drj?MVTOv. 


P. TLfldoflEV, 


P. 


tyL%£Ofl£V, 


P. 


drj?.6ofj.£v, 


TLflQflEV, 




tylkoVflEV, 




6r)"kovfi£v, 


TLudere, 




(JhXeete, 




drjTiOETE, 


TlfiaTE. 




(j)C?iElT£, 




dqlovTE, 


Tifidovoi, 




(piXeovai, 




6rj?i6ovai, 


TlflUOL. 




d>t?iOvai. 
Imperfect. 




dnXovac. 


S. kri/uaov, 


S. 


EflTlEOV, 


S. 


kdrjXoov, 


ETLfliiV, 




ECpDiOVV, 




hdrfkovv, 


eTi/iasg, 




e^IXee^, 




k6T]7lO£C, 


kri/xag, 




E<f>i7i£CC, 




kdrjXovg, 


krifiae, 




E<J>lXe£, 




kdrj^OE, 


hrifia. 




e^'CKei. 




kdij/\ov. 


D. eTtjudeTOv, 


D 


e^iKeetov, 


D 


kdyloETOV, 


etl/jl&tov, 




E(pt?^£lTOV ) 




eStjTiovtov, 


ETifzaErnv, 




£§lk£ET7]V, 




E$rfkO£TT}V, 


ETi/idrnv. 




e^lXeittjv. 




hdvTiovTTjV. 


P. ETLfldoflEV, 


P. 


k<j)l%£Ofl£V, 


P. 


horfkbofLEv , 


ETlfl&flEV, 




£<Pl2.0VflEVf 




eStj^ovjuev, 


ETlfldETE, 




£(j>t%££TE, 




kdnloETE, 


ETlfiUTE, 




eQlIeZte, 




sdnTiovre, 


krifiaov, 




eQUeov, 




kSjjXoov, 


ETC/KJV. 




£(j>ilovv. 




kdyjlovv. 


SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 


— Present. 


S. Tlfl&U, 


S. 


<j>tMu, 


S. 


drjloa, 


TlfJ,(J t 




tyikC), 




dnlti, 


Tifidyt, 




<j>iMtjc, 




ftrfkoriq, 


TCfJ.dc, 




(pihfic, 




dvXoZg, 


Tlfidy, 




<j>l2,E7l, 




drfkorj, 


Tlfid. 




tyiX?). 




6tj%oZ. 



150 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 



I honour. 


I love. 


1 manifest. 


D. TLfldrjTOV, 


D. QiMijtov, 


D. 6tj2,6t}tov, 


TifJUTOV, 


fiXfJTOV, 


dnhtirov, 


Tifidnrov, 


QilerfTov, 


dj]?i6t}Tov, 


TlfZ&TOV. 


tylkflTOV. 


Srj'ktiTOv. 


P. Tindufj,ev f 


P. QlfaufJEV, 


P. drjloufiEv, 


TlfJ.tilJ.EV, 


(ptXtiflEV, 


6n2.tifj.eVj 


Tifidnrs, 


^iTlETjTE, 


^TfTiOTfTE, 


TlfJUTE, 


(pL^TS, 


6r/2,tiTE, 


TlfiduCU, 


(pcXsCJGl, 


dfjXooac, 


TlfltiOl. 


tyiktiGl. 


driltici. 


OPTATIVE MOOD. 1 - 


—Present. 


S. Tifiaoifiiy 


S. ^tkioifii, 


S. drjTiQOifii, 


Tlfltifll, 


<pl?LOZfJt, 


SnXolfu, 


Tl/I&OtC, 


tyl7i£0L£, 


dijXootg, 


Ti.fJ.tig, 


§ikolq, 


drjlols, 


Tlfidoi, 


(piXeoc, 


6n2,6oi, 


Tlflti. 


(ptXol. 


6n2,oc. 


D. TifiaOLTOV, 


D. §lKeoitov, 


D. dnXoocTov, 


Tt/jtirov, 


(j)l,/\oZTOV, 


SijXoitov, 


Tifiaoirvv, 


(j)L?iE0tT7JV, 


6rj"kooiTrjv, 


TlfJOTTjV. 


(pl?i0LT7jV. 


6rjl0LTTjV. 


P. TlfJUOCfJ-EV, 


P. tylkkoiflEV, 


P. 6rj2.6otfj.Ev, 


TLfltiflEV, 


(piloZflEV, 


drfloifjEV, 


TLfldoiTE, 


<})1%£01T£, 


dw/\6oiT£, 


TlfltiTE, 


<j>l1olte, 


drfTiolTE, 


TlfldoiEV, 


(pilEOlEV, 


6t]2.6olev, 


TlfltiEV. 


fyikolev. 


6tj2,oZev. 


IMPERATIVE MOOD. 


— Present. 


S. Tifiae, 


S. §'lk,££, 


S. drjXoe, 


Tifia, 


tyiku, 


drfkov, 


TlIXdETQ, 


<j)C%££TO), 


drfkoETu, 


TlfXaTU. 


(f)t/\,£tTO). 


drj'kovTCi. 


D. TtflOETOV, 


D. fylktETOV, 


D. 6t)/\o£TOV, 


Tifidrov, 


(plTlECTOV, 


dn'hovTOV, 


TlflCLETUV, 


(j)t%££TG)V, 


Srj'koETidv, 


TLfldTCdV. 


ftXECTUV. 


dvTiovruv. 


1. The Attics have a 


contracted form of this mood peculiar to them- 


selves ; as follows : 






Ttfi-^TJV, -difJCi 


-U7], tyiX 


■oirjv, -oinq, -oin, 


-UTfTOV 


, -UrjTTJV, 


-OLTjTOV, -OlfjTVV, 


-tyflflSV, 'd)T]TE, 


-tirfoav, 


■oirjfiEV, -oirjTE, -oinoav, 


dyl-i 


0LJ]V, -oijjc, 


-017], 




-oirjTOV, 


-OifjTrjv, 


' 


OL1JJJ.EV, -oiTjTe t 


-oincav. 



EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 



151 



P. TLfidere, 
rifcare, 


p 


^tXiere, 


P. drjAoere, 
drjhovTe, 


rtfiaeruaav, 




<j)L%EETC)<jaV, 


dijloETouav, 


Tt/iaTooav. 




tyikdruaav. 


dqTiovrocav. 


INFINITIVE MOOD.— Present. 


Tifideiv, 

TLfldV. 




§iKeeiv, 


dqlosLv, 
6t)?iovv. 


PARTICIPLE .—Present 




N. Tifidwv, 

Tl[l£)V, 

Tifidovaa, 
rijidov, 

TLjlCoV. 


N 


<})l?.£0)V, 

(piXuv, 
(ptleovaa, 

(pi?\,ovoa, 
<piXeov, 

tyikovv. 


N. 6tj16o)v, 
d7}?itiv, 

drjTioovoa, 
6r]2,ovaa } 

St]?l6ov, 
6y]kovv. 


Gr. TCfiaOVTOC, 
TlfLUVTOC, 

TLfiaovaris, 

Tifiuoqg, 


G. 


<}>L?iEOVTOg, 

(ptXovvroc, 
(piXeovGTjc, 
<piXovo?]c, 


G. drjXoovrog, 
6rj\ovvrog } 
drjTioovctig, 
drj^ovcng, 


Tl[ldoVTO£, 

TlfJLUVTOC;, &c. 




tyOiiovTog, 
yilovvroc;, &c. 


dr)\6ovTog, 
djjhovvTOC, & 



LX. EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE OF CON- 
TRACTED VERBS. 

I. 

Translate the following : 

I. Noet 1 Kal rore nparre. — ovvrjdeta tcopov yevvd. — 
'6p(f)evg adojv eklvel 2 XiQovg re Kal devdpa. — ol dvBp^ixoi 
to rxaXaibv* ev dvTpoig cokovv. 4 — rrjv ZiKsXiav to rraXatbv 
ol e PG)jjLaloc ercdXovv to tt\q 'FcofjLTjg TauEtov. — tt)v 'AxlX« 
Xsug donida "Ojirjpog ettoltjoe 5 (pepovaav bXov tov ovpavbv, 
Kal yscopyovvTag, 6 Kal ya\iovvTag, Kal SiKa^Ofisvovg Kal 
TToXefiovvTag. — QaXr)g XiyETai TTpwTog aoTpoXoyr]aai. — 
fi7]6erroT£ (f>povr)arjg krvl osavTG) fieya." 7 — UXaTCJV <pcXooo(f)- 
iav T7\v tiavaTOV \leXett\v eKaXeaev. 

II. T ft rral oiurra, noXX' exei oiyrj KaXd. — firj KaKolg 
oulXel. — Tovg fieovg Tifia' Ta orrovdala ueXeTa. — yeXa 6 
[itipog, Kav 1 tl fir) yeXolov %. — laXucjvevg dvTtdpovTav 
EToXfia roi Am. — ol "'EXXrjveg tiu&ol tov Itxtxeiov Hooei- 
dtiva, 2 Kal -&VOVOLV avT& errl ra 'lodfiG). 3 — ol K6X%ot Tovg 



152 EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 

veicpovg ev fivpoatg ddnrovuL, teal ere tgjv devdpov e^aprti' 
civ. 4, — b.ioyevr\g ldd)v nore \ieipaKiov epvdpitiv, 5 -ddppei, 
i<p7j, roiovrov eon rr\g dperrjg rb %p&\La. — ol avOpotnot 
oitde rbv depa rolg bpviaiv* elo)v' 7 elvac eXevOepov. 

III. 'Odvooevg rbv KvftXona fieOvaavra egervcpXuoev. 1 
— ' Apioro$dvr\g Xeyei irept rod HepucXeovg, on TJarpanrev, 
£6p6vra, t-vvenvKa 1 rr\v 'HXXdda. — ev ra> HeXoTTOvvrjoiaKU) 
TToXefiG) elg avr\p, 6 ILeptKXijg, ki-updov* rr\v noXcv. — Iw/cpdr- 
rjg eXeye rovg \xev aXXovg dvdptjnovg Zxjv* tva eadioiev, 
avrbv de eaQieiv, Iva ty?}. 5 — edidaxdrj 'HpaKXrjg apfiarr}- 
Xarelv fiev vnb G 'AfKptrpvoovog' TraXaietv de vnb Avro- 
Xvkov onXofiaxeiv de virb Kdoropog- Kidapoidelv de vnb 
Aivov. — XelXcjv, elg rtiv errra oocp&v, npoaerarre,' 1 yXcor- 
rrjg Kpareiv, fir) KaKoXoyelv, yr\pag ri\iav. 

IV. K.al ^C)v 6 (pavXog Kal -dav&v 1 KoXd^erai. — rj via 
(ppovrlg ovk dXyelv <piXel. — ova eariv ovdelg 2 bar eg ov% 
avrbv (piXel. — el 6 Qebg narrjp vficbv $, 7\yanare av 3 fie. — 
teal K,v6epvrjT7]g dyadbg eviore vavayel, Kal dvrjp unovdalog 
eviore drvxsl. — rvx 7 ! eoifce* (pavXcd dyoivoder^' noXXdfcig 
yap rbv [irjdev npdijavra ore(pavol. 5 — emoKorel tw fiev 
tjXlg) 6 ixoXXdaig rd ve§7\, tgj de Xoytoficj ra nddrj? — ovre 
rbv appcoorov* XP VG V &<f>eXeZ kXIvt], ovre rbv avorrrov 
kmarjjjiog evrvxla. 9 — rb avro 10 eariv o§iv eicrpe<peiv, Kal 
rbv 7Tovr)pbv evepyerelv nap' 11 ovderepa) yap r) X&P^ 
evvocav yevva. — olKovvreg yr\v fyrovfiev -BdXaooav, Kal 
irXeovreg ndXiv TrepiOKonovfiev rbv dypov, 

II. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 



We live, not as we wish, but 
as the Deity determines. 

All men live in God, 

The bright beam of the sun 
arouses the notes of birds. 



Zdo), ovx &>g &eXG), dXX' &g 6 

Qebg reXeo). 
Hag av6pG)7Tog ev Qebg ^da). 
r O 6 rjXcog Xapnpbg oeXag 

klveg) 6 (pdeyua bpvig. 



PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 



153 



One swallow does not make a 

spring. 
There is a great Deity in 

heaven who inspects all 

things. 
Many bad men are rich. 
Apollo loves me, the Muses 

love me, Jove honours me. 

Ptolemy, the son of Lagus, 
used to say, that it was 
better to enrich than to be 
rich. 

Homer appears to me to have 
made the men gods, and the 
gods men. 

Conon, having conquered in a 
naval battle, and having 
sacrificed a hecatomb, en- 
tertained all the Athenians. 

Pythagoras enjoined on his 
disciples to honour their 
elders, to exercise memory, 
to wage war on lawlessness. 



Elg %eXi§&v oi) ttoUo) sap. 

~Elp,l ev ovpavbc fisyac Qebg 
oc k(popd,G) TTac. 



JloXvg ttXovteg) naitog. 
'AttoXXgjv eyd) (juXeg), 6 
Movoa eyo) (fyiXecj, Zevg 
eyo) TL\id(xi. 
TLroXejialog, 6 Adyog (vlbc), 
Xeyo) (imperf.), afieivojv 
slut (pres. infin.) ttXov- 
rl^G) t) ttXovteg). 
"OfiTjpog h/o) Soksg), 6 p,ev av- 
6pG)nog -&sbg ttoieg) (perf. 
infin.), 6 tiebg ds dvOpoirog. 
Kovcjv, ev vav\ia%ia vncdcj 
(1st aor. part.), Kal ek,cl~ 
t6[i67) -&vo) (1st aor. part.), 
nag 6 'Adrjvalog kendo) 
(1st aor.). 
ILvdayopag Trapsyyvdo (im- 
perf.) 6 \iadr\rr\g (dat.) 6 
rrpEodvg rifido), 6 \ivi\]XT] 
dotcEd), dvo\iia (dat.) ito- 
Xejieo). 



LXI. PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 



Tifj.dofj.at, 


S. <pt.2,£0/JCU, 


S. drjloouau, 


rtfiufiai, 


(ptTiovfjat, 


drjXovfiai 


Tifiaei, 


(plTlEEl, 


6t}7^6el, 


Ti/Ja, 


(pihet, 


drfkoZ, 


TlfJUETCU, 


<])ile£Tat., 


drfkotrai, 


TijjilraL. 


tyiktirai. 


dtlkovrai 



154 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 



D. rifj.a6fj.edov, 

rifj.6fj.e8ov, 
Ttfideadov, 

Tifiaadov, 
Ttfideadov, 

Tifidadov. 
P. Tifj.a6fj.eda, 

Tifiufxeda, 
TLfideade, 

Ttjidade, 
TifidovTac, 

Tlfl&VTai. 



£TlfXaOfJ.t]V, 
kTtflUflTJV, 

ETtfiaOV, 

eTifiu, 

ETLfldeTO, 
eTLfl&TO. 

, eTLfxaofiedov, 

kTtfj.ufj.edov, 
ETifxdeoQov, 

sTLfidadov, 
kTtfiaeadrjv, 

STifxdodrjv. 
eTifiaofieda, 

kTtfj.6fj.eda, 
zTLfidecde, 

ETLfidode, 

STtfiaOVTO, 
eTlfJLUVTO. 



D. tytleofiedov, 
tyikovfieOov, 



(j>t2etadov, 
tytkieadov, 
<pt2eladov. 
P. tyikeofieda, 
<pL/\ovfieda, 



ftXeovTat, 
tyikovvTai. 

Imperfect. 

S. k§t2e6firjv, 
k$t2ovfirjv, 
k(j)t2eov, 

k(pt2,OV, 

k<j)L%eeTO, 

k(j>t2,etTo. 
D. k<f>i2,e6fiedov, 

k<pt2.ov/j,edov, 
kftXeecdov, 

k(f>t2etadov, 
k(pi2eeod?]V, 

k§t2eiadrjv. 
P. kQtleofteda, 

k<j>i2,ov/j.eda, 



k(j>t2,eto-de, 
k<j>tXeovTO, 
ktyilovvTO. 



D. 67j2o6/j.edov, 
6rj2ovfiedov, 
6rj26eadov, 

6rj2ovadov, 
6rjX6eodov, 
6rj7iovadov. 
P. 6rj2o6fieda, 
67j2.ovfj.eda, 
6rj26eade, 

6rj2ovade, 
6rj26ovrat, 
drjTiovvTai. 



S. kdrj2.o6fj.rfv, 
k6rj2ovfxrjv, 
k6rj26ov, 
k6rjXov, 
k6rj2,6eTO, 
k6rj2,ovTO. 
D. k6rj2.o6fj.edov, 
k67j2ovfj.edov, 
k6rj26ecdov, 

k6rj2,ovG~dov, 
k6rj2oeadrjv, 
k6rj2.ovadrjv . 
P. k6r]?io6fje6a, 
k6rj2.ovfj.eda, 
k6rj26eade, 

k67j2,ovade, 
k6rj2,6ovTO, 
k6rj2.ovvTO. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



TifJ.dufj.at, 


S. ft2.iijfj.ai, 


S. 6rj26ufiat, 


TiflUfiat, 


(f>t26fiat, 


6?j26fj.at, 


Tifxdy, 


<pt2erj, 


6rj26r), 


Tifia, 


<j>i2rj, 


6rjXot, 


TifidrjTai, 


tytXerjTat, 


6rj2,6rjTat, 


TLfidTat. 


tytXrjrat. 


67j2uTat. 


Tifj.a6fj.edov, 


D. <j)t2,e6fj,edov, 


D. 6rj2o6ftedov, 


Ttfj.6fj.edov, 


<f>t2.6fj,edov, 


6rj26ftedov, 


Ttfidrjadov, 


(f>t2erjadov, 


6rj26rjcdov, 


Ttfidcdov, 


tytXfjodov, 


6rj26cdov, 


Tlfidrjcdov, 


§t2erjodov, 


6rj26rjadov, 



6rj2ticdov. 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 



155 



P. TLfiaufieda, 


P 


(ptleufieda, 


P. dnloufisda, 


TLfi6fj.eda, 




(piXufieda, 


dnhufisda, 


Tifidnade, 




tyikeriode, 


dnT^oncds, 


rifiaode, 




tyiTvrjade, 


dni&odE, 


TifJ,do>VTai, 




tpiXeuvrai, 


dnXSuvTac, 


TtflUVTCU. 




tyCk&vrai. 


dnTi&vrai. 




OPTATIVE MOOD. 








Present. 




S. TlfXaOlUTJV, 


S. 


tyiXEoijinv, 


S. 6n2.ooifj.7jv, 


TlfiUfinV, 




(j>t2,oi/j,7]v, 


dnXoifxnv, 


TLfiaOLO, 




(piXeoco, 


dnTiooto, 


Tlfltio, 




tyilolo, 


dnXoto, 


TtfidotTO, 




tyiXeoiTOy 


dnlooiTO, 


TiflCiTO. 




(j)i2,OlTO. 


dn^oZro. 


D Ttftaoifiedov, 


D 


<pt2,eoi,fi£6ov, 


D. dfiXooifisdov, 


TCfio)fj.e6ov, 




<j>i?ioi[j,edov, 


dn?\,oifj,sdov f 


TLfldoicdov, 




<pi%eoiodov, 


dnXootcdov, 


Tlfl&cdoV, 




(j>i2,oladov 


dnTioladov, 


TijJLaoiodnv, 




tyiXeoicdnv, 


SnXooiadnv, 


TlfjLUCdrjV. 




tyikoiadwv. 


SrfkoicQnv. 


P. TifiaoifiEda, 


P. 


(piTueoifieda, 


P. 6nXooc/u,E6a, 


rcfiufieda, 




(pLXolfieda, 


dnhoifiEda, 


tifidoiode, 




tyiheoiode, 


dnhooLods, 


Tifitiade, 




fiTiolode, 


dnXoZade, 


TlfldoCVTO, 




(f>l?JoiVTO, 


dnTiooivro, 


TlfltiVTO. 




(plXoLVTO. 


6t]2,olvto. 




IMPERATIVE MOOD. 








Present. 




S. TLfldoV, 


S. 


tyiteov, 


S. SnXoov, 


TL/J.CO, 




tyihov, 


drjXov, 


Tifcaecdo), 




<j)i%eEC>da), 


Sn2,OEc6(0, 


Ttfidoda. 




QcXeicda). 


dnhovcdu. 


D. Tifideadov, 


D. 


Qileeodov, 


D. dnloEddov, 


Ttfidadov, 




§iKugQoV) 


SnXovadov, 


Tifiaicdav, 




yiXeecOuv, 


dnloEcdov, 


Tt/idaduv. 




QiTieiadav. 


drj?iovcdov. 


P. TLfideadf, 


P. 


<j>l%E£Gde, 


P. SnXoEcdE, 


TLudcde, 




<j>t2,Elcde, 


dv'kovode, 


Tifiaiodidoav, 




QiXeecdoaav, 


6n2,0Ec6uaav, 


ri/idoduoav 




<ptXeioducav. 


dnXovcduoav 




INFINITIVE MOOD. 








Present. 




Tifidecdai, 




(pileecdat, 


dnhoeodai, 


TL/xdadac. 




<j>iXeio6cu. 


dnhovcdai. 



138 FORMATION OF THE PASSIVE TENSES. 

changed in the perfect passive into a ; as, arpe^G), eorpo^a, 
Earpafifiai ; rpEird), rerpocpa, rirpa\i\iai. 

The third person plural of the perfect is formed from 
the third person singular, by inserting v before rat ; as, Tre- 
(ptkrjVTai, from irE^ikryrai. But if the first person of the 
perfect passive end in \iai impure, that is, with a consonant 
preceding it, the third person plural is formed by a peri- 
phrasis of the verb Ei\ii and the perfect participle ; as, re- 
TV[j,[Aat,, rervfifievoL eloL 1 

This same periphrasis is employed in the optative and 
subjunctive moods, when the perfect ends in \iai impure ; 
as, rervfifisvog eitjv, rsrvfifiEvog <b. But not when the 
perfect ends in \iai pure ; as, TETi\ii\\n\v, teti\i&\kii. 

The Pluperfect 
is formed from the perfect by changing fiat into [itjv, and 
prefixing s to the continued augment, if there be a redupli- 
cation ; as, rsrvfifiat, erervfifMTjv. 

The third person plural of the pluperfect is formed by a 
periphrasis of el fit and the perfect participle, whenever the 
perfect from which it is derived ends in \iai impure ; as, 
tetv\i\ievoi TJaav. 

The First Aorist 
is formed from the third person singular of the perfect by 
dropping the reduplication, changing rat into Otjv, and the 
preceding smooth into an aspirated mute ; as, tetvtttcu, 

ETV(f)drjV. 

Four verbs take a before the termination Otjv^ although 
it is not found in the third person of the perfect ; as, \ii\i- 
VTjrat, E\ivr\a6i}V ; K£%p7)Tai, E%p7\cBr\v ; sppoyrai,, Eppojadrjv ; 
TTEnXrjTai, ErcXrjodiiv. On the contrary, oeooctcll makes 
Eocodrjv. 

1. This is done from a principle of euphony, since rirvTrvrac would 
be too harsh for the ear. The same remark applies to the pluperfect, 
and to the optative and subjunctive moods. 



EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 139 

Some which have 77 in the perfect passive receive an e 
in the first aorist ; as, tvprrrai, evpedrjv ; enirjvrjrai,, i-n^v- 
edrjv ; d^yp^rac, acpqpedrjv. From SLpTjrat the aorist is 
kppi\Br]v and sppedrjv. 

Verbs which change e of the future into of the perfect 
active, and into a in the perfect passive, take e again in the 
first aorist ; as, earpanrai, earpecpdrjv ; Terpanrai, erpe<f)- 
6tjv ; Tedparcrcu, e6p£(pd7]v. 

The First Future 
is formed from the first aorist, by dropping the augment, 
and changing Qr\v into drjaofiai ; as, ervcpdr^v, TV(p6f}O0{iai. 

The Second Aorist 
is formed from the second aorist active, by changing ov into 

7]V ; as ETV7TOV, £TV7T7]V. 

No second aorist passive occurs in drjv, -&r}v, tt\v ; or 
from verbs in o) pure, except etcdrjv, eddrjv, eppviyv, ecpvrjv. 

The Second Future 
is formed from the second aorist, by dropping the augment, 
and changing r\v into r\oo\Lai ; as, ervnrjv, rvTrrjaofiat. 

The Third Future, 
or Paulo-post-futurum, is formed from the second person 
singular of the perfect, by changing at into o\iai ; as, Tewx/)- 
m, rerviponac. 

LVI. EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE OF VERBS 
IN w. 

I. 

Translate the following : 

I. KoXd^ovrai fierd 1 ddvarov Trdvreg ol Kaaoi. — Hvday- 
opaq npcJTOV kavrbv faXooofyov (bvdfiaaev 2 ol 6e TraXatore- 
pot ao(f)oi d)vofidod7]oav. — "Kcpaiarog eppityrf vtto Aide eg 
ovpavov, — fxovot KaraXeXetp,ivoi rjoav? — avvr)x^V <7av5 r & 



140 EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 

Wvi] r(bv ''EXXr\vo)v . — dnEordXif 6 ayyeXog dnb Qeov. — 
'Avrd)vtog ekeXevoe 1 rrjv rov prjropog tt£<f)aXr]v dnononr\- 
vac 8 — vnb rov nXrjdovg rtiv napovr(ov 9 kv ttj EfCfcXqoig, 
diarErdpayfiai 10 rrjv yvcofir/v, 11 ttai r\ yXdrra E[inEnEdr)fiEV7] x2 
elvat eolke} 2 — 'E i vpLni87]g ev MaKsSovla Erd<prj. H 

II. '' Avdp&nov 7] napSia tw fia^ti tg) Xatti npoorjprrjrai. 1 
— ev rolg Apdfcovrog vo\ioig \iia &pi,oro 2 ^r\\iia, -&dvarog. — 
Uvdayopag, Kara 3 rrjv avrr\v rr\g r\\iEpag copav, ticpdrf ev 
MsranovrtG) nai ev Kporcovc. — ILroXsfialog, 6 ManEdovcag 
(3auiXEvg, vnb riov YaXardv EO<pdyr], 5 teal ndaa rj Mansdov- 
ucr) 8vva\iig aarEHonrf nai diE§6dpr\? — nQr\vai £\inrvovoi 
rolg natdioig, wg firj paotcavOtioiv 8 — eI rovro npdrrrjg, 
KoXaodrjoEL. 

III. 'Atcracov, rpafeig 1 napd 2 XEipovt, Kvvqybg eIvcli 
sdidaxdr), 3 real vorspov KarEbp&drf ev tg> ILiQaip&vi vrrb 
ru>v 16lo)v kvv&v. — Aivog vnb 'HpafcXovg rij mddpa nXrj- 
yslg 5 dnsOavEV. 6 — 'Avat-ayopag Xiyzrai aaEbuag KpiBrvvai? 
diort rov r\Xiov fivdpov didnvpov sXsyEV slvac. — Arjro) 
Kara 8 rr)v yrjv dnaaav vcj)' "Hpag r)Xavv£ro. 9 — $tv£vg, 
dnaXXayslg 10 tgjv 'Apnvi&v, £\ir\vv(5E xx rov nXovv rolg 
'Apyovavraig. 

IV. SaXficdVEvg did rr\v uOE&Eiav EfcoXdodrj. — ol Kvpov 
E^anooLoi Innslg diaonEipovrar nXr)v ndvv bXiyoi dfM}>' 
avrbv KarEXEicpdrjo-av. 1 — \LE\ivr\oo 2 on -&vr]rbg slg. — Sap- 
SavdnaXog, ev fiaaiXEioig Karaic£fcX£iofi£vog, s ovdiv dXXo 
eSlg)kev rj r\dovr)v. — Tvcptiv vnb Zrjvbg EKoXdodrj. — at rajv 
'Pcofiaccov yvvaltcsg olkol \leveiv ovrc eWlojievo,!, eIglv* 
cjansp at tgjv t ~EX?*r]VG)v. — ovrog 6 vb\iog E&vXdxdi] vnb 
UspLfcXEovg, nai EdavfidoOr] vnb 'AXtu6i,ddov. 

II. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 
But nevertheless it shall be I 'AXX' djiojg Xsyco (3d fut.) nai 

said, and this shall be done. \ ovrog npdaao) (3d fut.). 



EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 



141 



The name of the Deity is 
written upon the universe. 

Let this robber be cast into 
Pyriphlegethon, and let the 
tyrant be lacerated by vul- 
tures. 

When first a camel was seen, 
men, having been struck at 
its size, fled. 



They say that Act&on was 
devoured by his own hounds. 

Apollo, having been condemned 
on account of the death of 
the Cyclopes, was sent down 
to earth. 

All shall be satisfied, and 
shall be sent away happy. 

Thence, in after days, rivers 
of fire shall be made to 
burst forth. 



r O 6 Qebg bvofia em 6 KOGfiog 

(gen.) STuypdqxo (perf.). 
f pev XrjOT7)c ovrog eg Uvpi- 

(pXeyedov epdaXXo) (perf. 

imper.)* 6 6e rvpavvogvnd 

yvip (gen.) neipo (pres. 

imper.). 
"Ore TrpoJTov KdprjXog oitto- 

pai (1st aor.), avdpomog, 

em 6 peyedog (ace.) av- 

rog Kara7TXrj(jGG), (2d aor. 

part.) (psvyco (imperf.). 
Aeyo) 'AfcraLGdv (ace.) vnb 6 

Idtog kvg)v Kara6i6pG)OK(j) 

(1st aor. inf.). 
' AjtoXXuv, KaraSifcd^o) (1st 

aor. part.) em 6 6 KvfcXcjif) 

ddvarog (dat.), KaraTreprrG) 

(1st aor.) eg yr\. 
Hag xop~d£G) (1st fut.) teal 

dironefjUTO) (1st fut.) pand- 

piog. 
"Evdev 7Tore etcprjaoo) (2d 

fut.) norapbg irvp. 



LVII. MIDDLE VOICE. 
Synopsis of the Moods and Tenses. 





Indie. 


Imper. 


Optat. 


Subj. 


Into. 


Part. 


Present, 
Imperfect, 


TVKT-OJiaL, 
ETVTTT-6fJ.7]V 


\ 


TV7iT-OV, 


-oi/xrjv, 


-afiai, 


-eodai, 


-6fJ,EVO£, 


Perfect, 


TETVK-a, 


} 












Pluperfect, 


erervTr-scv, 


TETVTT-E, 


-OlfU, 


-u, 


-evai, 


-ug, 


1st Future, 


rvxp-ofiat, 






-OLflT]V, 




-Ecdai, 


-OfXEVOS, 


1st Aorist, 


eTVTp-dfirjv, 




TV1p-ai, 


-ai/LC7]V, 


-ofj-ai, 


-aodat, 


-afiEvog, 


2d Aorist, 


krvTr-ofir/v, 




TV7C-0V, 


-OLfirjv, 


-WftCU, 


-sodai, 


-0[lEVO£, 


2d Future, 


TV7T-OVfJ.aL, 






-OLflTJV, 


-etcrdai, 


-ovfievog. 



142 VERB. 

Numbers and Persons. 
The only tenses of the middle voice that differ from 
those of the active and passive of verbs in w are the first 
aorists of the indicative, imperative, and optative, and the 
second future of the indicative. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
First Aorist, I struck myself . 

S. £TVip-a[x.7]v, ervijj-G), eTvip-aro, 

D. ervip-dfiedov, krvip-aadov, ETv^-dadrjv, 

P. cTvip-d/i,s6a, erinp-acde, krv-ip-avTO. 

Second Future, I shall or will strike myself . 



s. 


TVTT-OVfiai, 


TVTT-el, 


tvk-eXtcli, 


D. 


TVTT-OVflsdoV, 


7V7T-£l(jdoV, 


Tvir-Eiodov, 


P 


TVTT-OVfieda, 


rvTr-elcQe, 


TVK-OVVTdl. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
First Aorist, strike thyself. 

S. rvip-ai, Tvip-aado), 

D. rvip-aadov, rvip-daduv, 

P. Tvijj-aade, rvip-dadcoaav. 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 

First Aorist, may I have been struck. 

S. rvip-aifivv, Tvip-ato, rvip-airo, 

D. Tvip-alpsdov, Tvip-cuadov, rvib-aiadrjv, 

P. rvip-aifieda, rvip-cuode, rvip-divro. 

PARTICIPLES. 
First Aorist, having struck myself. 

N. TVip-dfiEvoc, Tvip-a/xevn, Tvip-a/isvov, 

G. rvip-afievov, Tvip-anivrjc, rvip-a/j,Evov. 

First Future, being about to strike myself. 

N. TVIp-6/J.EVOC, TVlfj-OfZEVn, TV1p-0(J.£VOV, 

G. Tvip-OflEVOV, Tvip-OfJ,£V7]C, Tvip-OflEVOV. 

Second Future, being about to strike myself 

N. TVTT-OV/J.EVOC, TVTT-OVJUEV1J, TVTZ-OVflEVOV, 

G. TV7Z-0VfJ,h0V, TV7T-OVf/.EVnC, TVTV-OVfiEVOV. 



FORMATION OF THE MIDDLE TENSES. 143 

FORMATION OF THE MIDDLE TENSES. 
The Present and Imperfect 
are the same in form as those of the passive voice, and are 
similarly formed. 

The Perfect 
is formed from the second aorist active, by prefixing the 
reduplication, and changing ov into a ; as, ervnov, rervrra. 

If the second aorist has a or e in the penult, the perfect 
middle changes this into o ; as, Gnelpo), eonapov, eairopa ; 
eyecpo, ?jyepov, r\yopa. 

But if the a in the penult of the second aorist comes 
from ai or 77 in the present, or is long there by position, 
the perfect changes it into r\ ; as, fiatvofiai, e^dvr/v, p,£fj,7]- 
va ; ttXtjgog), enXayov, irenXriya ; tiaXXo, edaXov, redrjXa ; 
tcXd^G), enXayov, \tEttXr\ya. 

The exceptions to this rule are the following : tcpd%G), 
sicpayov, niapayoj ; Trpdooo), enpayov, irenpaya ; tppdfa, 
ecppadov, nefipada ; ado), eada ; dyo, " to break," edya. 

If the second aorist has 1 in the penult from a present 
in £t, the perfect middle changes it into ot ; as, ireldG), stu- 
6ov, Treiroida ; Xelno), eXlttov, XeXotna ; eldcj, idov, olda. 

But if the 1 be already in the present, the perfect merely 
lengthens it after having been short in the second aorist ; 
as, rpi^di erplyov, rerplya. 

In some verbs the penult of the perfect middle remains 
short ; as, dicrjKoa, from dfcovo) ; eXrjXvOa, from eXevdo). 
On the other hand, we have rrscpsvya, from (pevyo) ; KEKevda, 
from fcevdd) ; rerevxa, from tsvx^- 

The verb prjcoo) makes eppoyya ; so, also, we have eoX- 
TTd, from eXiro) ; eopya, from epyo) ; eto)6a, from eOa). 

Some perfects appear to be formed immediately from the 
present, by changing 0) into a, and prefixing the reduplica- 
tion ; as, doimo), dedovna ; 3lg), didia ; and so, also, dvooya, 
for rjvcoya. 



144 REMARKS ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 

The Pluperfect 
is formed from the perfect, by prefixing e, and changing a 
into eiv ; as, tetvtto,, erervTreiv. 

The First Aorist 
is formed from the first aorist active, by adding fiTjv ; as, 

ervipa, eTvipdjirjv. 

The First Future 
is formed from the first future active, by changing G) into 
o\iai ; as, rvipo), rvipofiat. 

In verbs of the fourth conjugation, Co is changed into ov- 
\iai ; as, ipaXti, ipaXovjxat. 

The Second Aorist 
is formed from the second aorist active, by changing ov into 
o\i7\v ; as, ervTTTOV, k.TVTxr6\ir\v. 

The Second Future 
is formed from the second future active, by changing w into 
ov\iai ; as, tvtt£), rvnovfmi. 

REMARKS ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 

1. The Middle Voice has been so called by grammarians, as having a 
middle signification between the active and passive, implying neither 
action nor passion simply, but a union in some degree of both. 

2. The principal usages of the middle voice are five in number. The 
first four may be called usages of reflexive, the fifth the usage of recipro- 
cal, signification. 

I. Where A does the act on himself, or on what belongs to himself; 
or, in other words, is the object of his own action ; as, anr/y^aro, 
" he hung himself;" Ke^a2jjv knoiparo, " he wounded his own head." 

II. Where A does the act on some other object M, relatively to himself, 
and not for another person ; as, KaTecrpeipaTO rbv Mf/dov, " he made 
the Median subject to himself." 

III. Where A gets an act done for himself, or for those belonging to 
him, by B. Thus of Chryses it is said, in the Iliad, that he came 
to the Grecian camp, hvoo/uevoc SvyaTpa, "to get his daughter 
released by Agamemnon, on the payment of a ransom;" that is, 



EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 145 

briefly, " to ransom his daughter." Whereas, of Agamemnon it is 
said, ovd' a.Tze'kvae -d-vyarpa, "he did not release her," namely, to 
Chryses. Under this same head may be ranked the following in- 
stances : dtddtjaodat rbv vlov, " to get one's son instructed ;" 
davsifa, " to lend;" davel^o/iai, " to get a loan for one's self" " to 
borrow." 

IV. Where, in such verbs as Konrofiat, " to mourn ;" csvo/aac, " to 
urge one's self on," the direct action is done by A on himself, but 
an accusative or other case follows of B, whom that action farther re- 
gards. Thus, EKoipavro avrov, " they mourned for him ;" i. e., they 
cut or lacerated themselves for him. ^evovrat avrov, " they stir 
themselves in pursuit of him." 'ErtXXicdnv avrov, " they tore their 
hair in mourning for him." So, also, tpvldgat rbv natda, " to guard 
the boy ;" but fvld^aodac rbv teovra, " to guard one's self against 
the lion." And again, where, in the Iliad, it is said of Hector, uc 
eIttuv, oi> iraldoc bpefjaro, " thus having spoken, he stretched out his 
arms to receive his son." 

V. Where the action is reciprocal between two persons or parties, 
and A does to B what B does to A ; as in verbs signifying to con- 
tract, quarrel, fight, converse, &c. Thus, in Demosthenes, it is 
said, ecjc av dcaTivauueda rbv rroTiefiov, " until we shall have put an 
end to the war, by treaty mutually agreed upon." To this head 
belong such verbs as fidxevdai, CTCEvdeadaL, dtalsysodai, &c. 

In many verbs, the perfect, pluperfect, and aorist passive are used 
in a middle sense, besides the ordinary meaning of the passive. 
Thus, kiu&EdELyfiEvoc ttjv rxovnpiav, "having openly manifested 
his wickedness ;" /u£{ucdo/j.£voc x&P 0V > " having hired a piece of 
ground;" KarEKkiQr], "lie laid himself down ;" airnX'kdyn, "he de- 
parted." The regular middle form of the aorist in such verbs is 
unusual or obsolete. In some it has a special signification ; as, 
craTiTJvat, " to travel ;" but arEikaaQat, " to array one's self." 

LVIII. EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE OF VERBS 
IN w. 

L 

Translate the following : 

I. N£v \ieya #av/m (pacverai, 1 ol yap 'KBirvaloi rcomiXovg 
evdvovTat 2 xiTuvac;. — 'ApLOTOfAevrjg dvodiievog 3 riXeiiparo. 4, 
— Xovaa^ to efibv ccj/xa, aTrrjXde 6 Kai eXovaaro. — tt\v twv 

N 



146 EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 

Q7]6aiG)v noXtv wps^aro' 1 Xatslv. — svliparo 8 x e ip a S> Kal 
eX6g)v eKadlaaro 9 snl rrjg KXivr\g. — Nsapxog sypdiparo 19 
avrbv daedeiag. — ysybva\iEv n ana}-- 6lg 6' ovk et-eori ysv- 
eodcu. — eolks 12 /3tog tiedrpG). — navGUfisv™ rr)v rwv ttoXeh- 
i(*)v (3orjv, Kal rjfielg rbrs $pr\vuv Kal yocjv, Kal noXXtiv 
fioxOcjv TravGOfieda. 

II. Tovro sysvsro ore Kvpog 6 \isyag Kareorps^sro rovg 
Avdovg. — avdytcT) ircuoiv egtl narpbg Xoya) nsiBsGQai. — 
Xoyioai 1 TTpb spyov. — (pvXarrdJfisda rovg tcanovg, fir) (pvXdr- 
rofiev avrovg. — ol 'Adrjvalot siprj(j)iGavro 2 vavg re Kal 
Xprifiara TCEfinsLV. — anb ravrrjg rr)g yr)g dnaXXdrrov. — 
dnexov r&v daeb&v bps^ai rrjg dpsrr)g, Kal ndvrcdv fid' 
XiGra osavrbv aia%vvov? — dedoLKaoiv* at \isXiGGai ov 
togovtov to Kpvog, ogov rbv bfj,6pov. — sXmg syprjyoporog 5 

SVVTTVLOV EGTl. 

III. 'Kfivvaode 1 rovg noXs\iiovg KaXtig, & arpario)rac. — 
6 \isyag oX6og Upid^ov air&Xsro. 2 — ysvGai? Kal evprjoeig 4, 
d)g r)6v sen. — rrjg fiev diaordoeojg gv rjpi-G), 5 rr\g 6s 6ta- 
Xvosog eycb ?ip%d\i7\v. — MlXcjv, 6 ek Kporoyvog dOXrjrrjg, 
ravpov dpdfisvog 6 ecpeps did rov aradtov fisoov. — ETXEi6r) ol 
■&sol, ol Gcjrrjpsg, ek Kv^drov Kal Kivdvvov Efis s^siXovro? 
in* dpsrrjv rpsipoixac. — dnoXoifirjv* el \ir) oe Ti\Udpr\Gai\ir\v. 
■ — 'Idoodv rovro aKOvoag expioaro 9 ru> (papfiaKCd. 

IV. 'ATTEKpivaro 1 Qsonofinog Kal elnev dnoXcjXa 2 w 
avdpsg, Kal Kar' 3 Efiavrov tidvarov 6iKd^o\iai. — ol ' ABr\valoi 
Kal ol (3dp6apot r)ycdvi^ovro ev Mapadtivi. — 6iaXsy&\LEQa 
TTEpl rovrov, Kal KaraXvupsBa rr)v fydpav. — s6dvsiGa^ tgj 
d6sX<pti>, s6avsiGd\ir\v and gov. — syci) 6iKd£(o, v^Eig 6s 6c- 
Ka^eode. — ILeXca sdsomGev 5 6 -Bsbg^ rbv \iovoGav6aXov 
(pvXd^aGdai. 6 — sdsXsig, & Zev, rovrov TcpoKaraKXcvsGdai 
fiov; — 6 narrjp rbv vlbv 6i6aGKerai. — ovkovv Kal vnsp 
kpavrov dnoKpLvovfiai, 



EXERCISES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 



147 



Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 



The stolen fountain of fire 
has appeared a teacher of 
every art unto mortals. 

You had all cried out to- 
gether, but yet the Syra- 
cusans had done this. 

So many evils did he contrive, 
and so many good things 
did he cause to cease. 

Cease, friends, uttering fool- 
ish words, and beware of 
the sharp-mouthed griffons, 
dumb hounds of Jove. 

May he perish, with his chil- 
dren, for I also am undone. 

You might have done this for 
yourself, since you did it 
once for me. 

Reach out to your mother your 
right hand to salute. 

It is a fit time to consult to- 
gether about these things, 
since, having obeyed the 
god, I slew my mother. 



f O fcXonalog nvp 7177777 nag 
tex V7 1 SiddoKaXog (3porog 
(paivG) (perf.). 

"Airag dfia Kpd^o) (pluperf.), 
aXX' b[iG)c ovrog 6 2>vpa- 
Kovaiog TTpdrro) (pluperf.). 

Toaog nanbg firjdojjbai, (1st 
aor.), Kal rooog dyadog 
rravo) (1st aor.). 

UavG) (1st aor.), epilog, Xiyoy 
\idraiog Xoyog, Kal cbvXdr- 
T6) (1st aor.) 6 o^vorofiog 
ypvip, b Zsvg dKpayrjg 

KVGiV. 

'AnoXXvfit, (2d aor. opt.) ovv 

6 tekvov, eyu) yap Kal 

drxoXXv\ii (perf.). 
Ovrog dv Trpdaod) (1st aor. 

opt.), enel kyoi tcots repdo- 

og) (1st aor. ind.). 
'E/CTetVo) (1st aor.) 6 p/nflo 

6 degibg % ei P dond^ofiat 

(1st aor. infln.). 
Kacpog ei\li ixeoI ovrog (3ov- 

Xevo) (1st aor. infin.), etteI, 

Treido) (2d aor. part.) 6 #edc 

(dat.) 6 (J>rjT7)p ktelvg) (1st 

aor.). 



148 CONTRACTED VERBS. 

LIX. CONTRACTED VERBS. 

I. Verbs in do, s<o, and 60 correspond entirely, in their 
general formation, to the rules and examples already given 
for verbs in o). 

II. But in the present and imperfect of the active and 
passive forms, where the vowels a, s, stand immediately 
before the vowels of the flexible endings, there arises in the 
Attic and common language a contraction, the rules for 
which are as follows : 

III. Verbs in bw contract dw, do, and dov into <5; as, 
Ti/jidG), tljig} ; riimof.iev, ti\iu>\lev ; rtfidovoi, rifitioc. Other- 
wise they contract into a ; as, ri\ias, rl\ia. They also sub- 
scribe 1 ; as, ri\idoi\Li, ti\l&\li ; rifidsLg, rifiag. 

IV. Verbs in eo contract ss into «, and so into oi; ; as, 
(pcXss, <piXsi ; (piXeofiev, (piXovfiev. Otherwise they drop 
e ; as, (ftiXeo), <pi\6) ; ^iXeeig, faXelg. 

V. Verbs in 6o> contract 0, with a long vowel, into w ; 
as, drjXdd), drjXti ; with a short vowel, or ov, into ov ; as, 
drjXosrs, drjXovrs; drjXoovoi, §r\Xovoi. Otherwise into 
ol ; as, drjXorjg, drjXolg. In the infinitive osiv is contracted 
into ovv. 

VI. Four verbs in dw, namely, £do), nsivdcd, diijjdo), and 
Xpdo), contract as into t\, and dsi into y ; as, ^do, C^c, 
gff, £j/T£ £j?v ; imperfect, s^ojv, eftg, lift. So, also, Trsivyvt 
dLipyjv, xprjodai,, xpryrai. 

VII. Dissyllables in so) are contracted in the imperative 
and infinitive only. Thus we say, ttXsg), TrXsofiev, and not 
7tX(o, irXovjiev. 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 



149 



Examples of Contracted Verbs. 




ACTIVE VOICE 






INDICATIVE MOOD.- 


■Present. 


I honour. 




/ love. 




I manifest. 


S. TLfj.au, 


s. 


<j>i7iEG), 


S. 


dr]X6u t 


TlfiCJf 




(bilu, 




dnTifi, 


Ttfideig, 




<j)L2,££ig, 




6t]X6elc, 


rifiac, 




<pt?i£ic, 




Sjjlolc, 


TLjidei, 




(j>tl££l, 




dnlioEi, 


rifia. 




<j>cXei. 




drikoZ. 


D. TLfiderov, 


D 


(j>L?l££TOV, 


D 


S^iOETOV, 


TlfiaTOV, 




§lkE~lTOV y 




6n?i,ovTov, 


Tifiderov, 




<j)l?l££TOV, 




StjXoetov, 


TLfldTOV. 




tylkELTOV. 




dn?Mvrov. 


P. Tifidofiev, 


p. 


(ptfaOfXEV, 


P 


d?]?.6ofj,£v, 


rcfiufxev, 




(j)l2,OV{X,EV, 




drjlovftEv, 


Ti/idere, 




QiMete, 




StjTioete, 


Ttfidre. 




(plTiElTE, 




dnhovTS, 


TLfiaOVOL, 




fylkioVGl, 




drfkoovai, 


TLfXUCl. 




(piTiovat,. 
Imperfect. 




Snhovci. 


S. hrifiaov, 


S. 


EfDiEOV, 


S. 


kdf/loov, 


ETLjXUV, 




E<f>ll0VV, 




kdrfkovv, 


krifxaEC, 




£^)tkE£g, 




kdr/'koEC, 


krifiag, 




kfyilEig, 




eStjXovc, 


erifxae, 




k(j)l"?i££, 




kdfaos, 


eTi/Lta. 




Efy'CkEL. 




kdrfkov. 


D. ETlfidETOV, 


D 


£<J)l2,££TOV, 


D 


sdnTiOETOv, 


ETtfldTOV, 




£(j>t?o£lTOV 1 




kdnlovTov, 


£TlfJ,aST7]V, 




eQcXeettjv, 




£6rj?iO£Tnv, 


ETifidrrjv. 




e^lXeittjv. 




hdfjXovTrjv 


P. ETtfldoflEV, 


P. 


E^tliofiEV, 


P. 


kdj]?i6o[/.£v, 


ETL/J.C)[X.EV, 




£<j>tX0V/l£V, 




kdrjTiovfiEV, 


krcfidETE, 




E(J)lXe£T£, 




e6t]^,6ete, 


ETtjldTE, 




E(pl2,SLT£, 




kdrjlovTE, 


kri/iaov, 




E(j>llEOV, 




iSrjTiOov, 


ETLfLUV. 




£(pl?iOVV. 




hdrfkow. 


SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.- 


-Present. 


S. Tlfido), 


S. 


(juToECO, 


S. 


drjTioa, 


TCfXdf 




<j>t,lti, 




dnlti, 


TLfidrjC, 




(piterjc, 




dnXonSy 


Ttfiac, 




fa^VCr 




dnXotc, 


Tifidy, 




(jtikin, 




drjTioy, 


Tifid. 




tyiki}. 




6tj%oI. 



N2 



150 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 



J honour. 




I love. 


I manifest. 


D. TLfJ,dr}TOV, 


D 


flMtJTOV, 


D. 6r)7\,6rjTOv, 


TiflClTOVf 




fiTlTJTOV, 


StjIwtov, 


TlfldnTOV, 




<pl%ET]TOV, 


dnMnrov, 


Ti/iarov. 




(jilhJJTOV. 


dr\kv>Tov> 


P. Tlfldo)jUEV, 


P 


(f)l,XEO}/J,EV, 


P. dn2,6o/j,ev t 


Tifiu/iev, 




(j)L?l€)/J,£V, 


d7)X£){j,£v } 


Ti/idrjre, 




<pL?lET]T£ t 


^TjT^OTjTE, 


TlfiaTE, 




(blTlTJTE, 


SrjTiUTE, 


TlfiduGl, 




<j)l%EO)CU, 


deduct,, 


TtfltioC. 




(pihticu. 


dnXtiai. 


OPTATIVE MOOD. 1 - 


—Present. 


S. Tifidotjii, 


S. 


(pilsoifii, 


S. SnXooifitf 


TLflibflL, 




(pLTlOtflLy 


dqlotfu, 


Ti/xdoic, 




<j)L%£Oig, 


dnlooi?, 


Ttft&g, 




(piTlOL^, 


dv'kolg, 


TLjldoi, 




(piXiot, 


drjhooi, 


Tl(lG>. 




Qikol. 


6n7ioT. 


D. TtfiaOCTOV, 


D 


<pi?i£0CT0V, 


D. ftrfkooirov, 


TLH&TOV, 




tylkoLTOV, 


drjXolrov, 


TlfiaOlT7]V, 




^lXeolttjv, 


driTiOOLTrjv, 


ti/j,6t?]v. 




tylkoiT7\V. 


d7]loiT7]V. 


P. TLfiaOCfJ,£V, 


P. 


filsOLflEV, 


P, 6n2.6otfi£v, 


TtflUflEV, 




<Pl2,0lfl£V, 


dnlotftev, 


TlfJ,aOLT£, 




<j>L%£OLT£, 


SrjXooiTE, 


rifitirs, 




(fulotre, 


drjXoiTE, 


TlfidoLEV, 




<pl?lSOl£V, 


dqlooiEv, 


Tlfl&EV. 




§lkol£V. 


SjjTcocev. 


IMPERATIVE MOOD 


— Present. 


S. Tiftae, 


S. 


<pl?i££, 


S. 6rj"koE y 


rifia, 




(j>l2,EL, 


6rfkoV) 


TlfiaETQ, 




(pl2,££T0), 


drjXoETO, 


Tijidroi. 




(j)L/\,£LTO). 


dn'kovTG) . 


D. TlfiaETOV, 


D. 


(j>i?i££T0V, 


D. df)2,0£T0V, 


TL/l&TOV, 




<pi%£LTOV, 


dnlovrov, 


TLfldETUV, 




flJlSETUVi 


dr/loETuv, 


Ttfidruv. 




(piTiElTOV. 


dnlovTtov. 


1. The Attics have a 


contracted form of this mood peculiar to them- 


Belves ; as follows : 








Tifi-vrjv, -U7/C 


-cj?7, ftl 


olvv, -oi7jg, -oiij, 


•6t]tov 


, -cp^rnv, 


-oir/TOV, -oifjTnv, 


-yrifisv, -dirjTE, 


-d>7joav, 


oirjfiEv, -oirjTE, -oinaav, 


drjTi- 


OtTJV, 


-Oi?/0, 


-oil], 






-oirjTov, 


-oiijrrjv, 


' 


0171 f J. f 


v, -oir)TS } 


-oiyaav. 



EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 



151 



P. rtfidere, 


p. 


<j>iMete, 


P, 


6tja6ete, 


rijiare, 




ftletTE, 




SrjAovrs, 


Tifiaeruuav, 




tyiXeETucav, 




dyXosTQcav, 


rifidruaav. 




tyikELTuoav. 




dqTiOVTocav. 


INFINITIVE MOOD.— Present 




Tifidecv, 




<piXeetv, 




drjloEtv, 


rifiav. 




^CKeZV. 




dTj^OVV. 


PARTICIPLE.— Present 






N. ri/zduv, 


N. 


(ptMuv, 


k 


drjTiouv, 


TLflCiV, 




<f)l?LG)V, 




drjAtiv, 


Tifidovtra, 




(j)L%EOVOa, 




drjTioovaa, 


rcfiuaa, 




<j)t,lovaa, 




driTiovca, 


Tlfldov, 




<j)l2,£OV, 




drjTioov, 


TLjJLUV. 




tyikovv. 




dfjlovv. 


G. TlfiaOVTOC, 


G. 


<j>iMovTog, 


G, 


drfkoovroq, 


Tifitivroc;, 




(piXovvroc, 




dqlovvTog, 


Ttfiaovarjc, 




^LToEOvarjg, 




drjTioovaf]^, 


TL/LLUGTjC, 




<pi?iova?]£, 




d?]%OVG7}C, 


TifJ-dovTog, 




tyikeovrog, 




dqXoovTog, 


TlflUVTOg, &c 




<j)t?iOVVTO£, &c. 




dqhovvroc, &c 



LX. EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE OF CON- 
TRACTED VERBS. 



I, 



Translate the following : 



I. Noet 1 Kal rore irpdrre. — avvrfieia Kopov yevvd. — 
'Opcpevg add)v eKtvet 2 XiBovg re Kal devSpa. — ol avdponoL 
rd naXcubv 3 ev dvrpoig cdkovv. 4 — rr\v ZtKeXiav to iraXaibv 
ol 'Poyfialoc endXovv rb rr\g 'P6(j,rjg rafxelov. — rr\v 'Ax^X* 
Xecog danlda "Ofirjpog errotrjGe 5 (pepovaav bXov rbv ovpavbv, 
Kal yeupyovvrag, 6 Kal ya\iovvrag, Kal SiKa^ofievovg Kal 
TroXefjiovvrag. — QaXijg Xeyerai irptirog dorpoXoyrjcat. — 
fjbrjdeTTore (j)povi]G / Qg enl aeavr(b fieya.' 7 — UXdrov <piXooo<f)- 
lav tt]v tiavdrov fieXerrjv eKaXeaev. 

II. T £2 iral atcoira, noXX' e%ei atyrj KaXd. — p/ KaKolg 
b\iiXei. — rovg $eoi>g ri\ia- rd onovdala p,eXera. — yeXa 6 
p£>pog, Kav 1 ri \ir\ yeXolov %. — laXfxoyvevg dvritpovrav 
eroXfia ro> Ad. — ol "~EXX7]veg ri\idai rbv 'Lnneiov lionet- 
dtiva? Kal $vovolv avrco kirl tgj 'lodpcj. 3 — ol K6X%oi rovg 



152 EXERCISES ON THE ACTIVE VOICE. 

veKpovg ev (3vpaatg tidnrovoL, ml etc rtiv devdpuv e%apru>- 
olv.* — AcoyevTjg Iduv rrore \ieipaKiov epvdptGJv, 5 ddppei, 
£(f)7}, roiovrov eon rrjg dperrjg rb %pc5^a. — ol dvdpcjnot 
ovde rbv depa rolg bpvtoiv 6 elodv 1 eIvcll eXevdepov. 

III. 'Odvaaevg rbv KvKXo)na jxedvaavra kZeriHpXooev. 1 
— ' ' Apt(7ro(f)dv7jg Xeyei nepl rov ILepucXeovg, on rjarparrrev, 
k6povra, i-vvefcvna 2 rr\v 'EXXdda. — ev tg5 ILeXonovvTjoiaKco 
•TToXefjLG) elg avrjp, 6 HepiKXrjg, e^d)pdov 3 r7)V7T6Xiv. — ZuKpar- 
7\g eXeye rovg fiev aXXovg dvdpunovg £j/v, 4 Iva eodiotev, 
avrbv de eaQieiv, Iva ^G)7). 5 —ediddxd7] 'KpattXrig dpfiarr}- 
XareZv p,ev vnb 6 'Afifarpvovog' iraXaieiv de vnb Avro- 
Xvkov onXofiaxslv de vnb Kdaropog- Ktdapo)deZv de vnb 
Aivov. — XelXo)v, elg t&v eirra ccxpCJv, npooerarre,' 1 yX6r- 
rr\g KpareZv, fir) natcoXoyelv, yrjpag n\iav. 

IV. Kal £6)v 6 cpavXog Kal tiavtiv 1 KoXd^erai. — tj via 
<j>povrlg ovk dXyelv <piXel. — ova eanv ovdelg 2 bong ov% 
avrbv (f)iXel. — el 6 Qebg Trarijp vfitiv y, rjyairare av 3 fie. — 
teal Kv6epvrjrf]g dyadbg eviore vavayel, Kal dvrjp oirovdaZog 
eviore drvxei. — rvx^ eoace* cpavXa) ayoivoderxj' TroXXdtug 
yap rbv firjdev npdi-avra ore^avoZ. 5 — emoicoreZ tw fiev 
tjXlg) 6 TroXXdiag ra v£(j)7], r& de XoyLOfiib ra ndQr\? — ovre 
rbv appejorov* XP va V &(peXeZ KXivn, ovre rbv dvorjrov 
emorjfiog evrvx^a. 9 — rb avro 10 eanv bepiv etcrpecpetv, Kal 
rbv 7T0V7]pbv evepyereZv Trap' 11 ovderepep yap 7) x&pig 
evvoiav yevva. — oiKovvreg yr\v fyrovfiev -ddXaaaav, Kal 
irXeovreg rrdXtv TcepiOKonovfiev rbv dypov. 

II. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 



We live, not as we wish, but 
as the Deity determines. 

All men live in God. 

The bright beam of the sun 
arouses the notes of birds. 



Zdcj, ovx &>g tieXo), dXX' &g 6 

Bebg reXeG). 
Hag avdpGJnog ev Oebg £ao>. 
f O 6 rjXiog Xa[nrpbg oeXag 

Ktveo) 6 (pBeyfia bpvig. 



PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 



153 



One swallow < 



make a 



spring. 
There is a great Deity in 

heaven who inspects all 

things. 
Many bad men are rich. 
Apollo loves me, the Muses 

love me, Jove honours me. 

Ptolemy, the son of Lagus, 
used to say, that it was 
better to enrich than to be 
rich. 

Homer appears to me to have 
made the men gods, and the 
gods men. 



Conon, having 

naval battle, and having 
sacrificed a hecatomb, en- 
tertained all the Athenians. 

Pythagoras enjoined on his 
disciples to honour ihtir 
elders, to exercise memory, 
to wage war on lawlessness. 



mlc x^tdcjv ov TTOteo) eap. 

~El[il ev ovpavbg \iiyag Qebg 
og £(pop&G) nag, 

UoAvg ttXovt£(x> aaabg. 
'Att6XXg)v hycb (piXecj, 6 
Movaa eyo) (f)iXe(o, Zevg 
eyd) rifido). 

ILroXejialog, 6 Adyog (vlbg), 
Xsyo) (imperf.), ajieivojv 
elfu (pres. infin.) ttaov- 
tl£g) rj nXovreo). 

"Ofirjpog h/G) doneo), 6 fxev av- 
6pG)nog $£bg ttoieo) (perf. 
infin.), 6 ■dsog de avOpomog. 

K.6vg)v, ev vavp,a%La vucdo) 
(1st aor. part.), ical ena- 
r6\ibr\ -&vo) (1st aor. part.), 
irdg 6 'Adrjvalog eorido) 
(1st aor.). 

ILvdayopag rrapeyyvda) (im- 
perf.) 6 \iaQrrrr\g (dat.) 6 
irp£o6vg ri\id(x), 6 p,vfjp,7j 
doK£(o, dvofita (dat.) tto- 



LXI. PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 





Present. 




Tifidouai, 


S. (j>cMofiat, 


S. drjXoofiai, 


TLfi&fiai, 


yihovfiai, 


SrjXovftai 


TL/idet, 


fiXeei, 


drjloec, 


Tifid, 


<pikel, 


drj'koL, 


Ti/iderat, 


tyikeerat, 


drjloerai, 


Tifiurat. 


^iXelrai. 


SriTiovTai. 



154 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 



D 


Ti/iaofiEdov, 


D. (J)l1s6/j.e6ov, 


D. dTjloS/iEdov, 




Tl{lU)f/.E0OV, 


<j)L?i0V/J.E60V, 


drjXov/j.£6ov, 




TCfideodov, 


<pl%£EGd0V, 


drjhoEodov, 




TifiaadoVi 


tyL^ElodoVy 


dtjlovcdov, 




TCfideadov, 


<pl%££(?60V, 


SrjAoEodov, 




Ti/Lcaadov. 


^lTielgOov. 


driTiovadov. 


R 


Tifiao/xeda, 


P. (juTiEOfieda, 


P. d^oo/isda, 




TLfjiujieda, 


<pilovfi£0a, 


djjAovfiEda, 




Tifidsade, 


(pl?iE£cds, 


drjloEads, 




TC/iaode, 


^OieZgOe, 


drjXovods, 




Tifidovrcu, 


QiXiovrai, 


drfkoovrat, 




Ttpuvrat. 


(piXovvrai. 
Imperfect. 


6jj2,ovvrau 


S. 


£Tifj.a6fii)v, 


S. EtyikEOjirjv, 


S. kdqhoofirjv, 




ETipufiriv, 


E(f>l?lOV[X7]V, 


kdrjXovjirjv, 




kri/ndov, 


ktytMov, 


Edqloov, 




kriftu, 


ECplllOV, 


kdr/hov, 




ETl/ZaSTO, 


E^iTiEETO, 


EdtjXoSTO, 




kTLjj.dro. 


eQiTieZto. 


eStjXovto. 


D. 


krifiaonedov, 


D. ECplTiEOfJ-EdoV, 


D. bdrjTiOOfiEdov, 




£Tifj,6fiedov, 


ktyiTiov/iEdov, 


kdriTiovfiedov 




ETLfidecdov, 


e^lMeoOov, 


hdrj^oEcdov, 




ETifiaadov, 


E^lIeZgOoV, 


kdvXovodoVy 




krLfiaeadrjv, 


EdiTiEsadijv, 


sdrj'ko£od'r]v, 




ETifidcdrjv. 


EtyikEicdrjv. 


£6r)Xovc6r)v . 


P. 


ETifiaofiEda, 


P„ kipilEo/Lceda, 


P. kdrjloofiEda, 




£Tlfl6/J,£da, 


E(f)l?lOVfl.Eda, 


kdr/Xov/j-Eda, 




ETLfldEcds, 


£(j)l%E£(jd£, 


kdrjXoEadE, 




ETlfiaodE, 


e^lTieZuOe, 


kdriTiovode, 




krifidovro, 


kftXiovro, 


kdrjlioovTO, 




ETlflUVTO. 


E(pcXoVVTO. 


kdvXovvro. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Present. 



S. Ttfidafiai, 


S. <piMcofj.at, 


S. d^Xou/uat, 


Tlfl&fJ.CU, 


(f)il£)/Lt,ai, 


firjhtifiai, 


TLfidy, 


(piMv, 


ftrfho't), 


Tlfifi, 


(j>C?i7J, 


SnXoZ, 


TifidnTdt, 


(j)t?LS7]Tai, 


d^lor/Tai, 


TL/xdrat. 


<j>iXi}Tcu. 


dl]huTCU. 


D. TLfia6/J.£d0V, 


D. (pL^EUflEdoV, 


D. 6rj7iod){.i£dov, 


TLlMUflEdoV, 


(j>t?LG)fJ.£d0V, 


drjlufisdov, 


Tifidijadov, 


QiXirjcdov, 


drjAorjodov, 


Tifxaadov, 


<pi2,7}adov, 


SnXtiodov, 


Tipdnodov, 


<j>i%E7]a6ov, 


StjXotjgOov, 


Tifidadov. 


^iXfjcdov. 


drjiucdov. 



CONTRACTED VERBS. 



155 



p 


Tiftaufieda, 


P. (JHheupeda, 


P. dnTioufieOa, 




Tifiufceda, 


(julufieda, 


dnlufiEda, 




TLfiarjode, 


QiXinode, 


dn'Xonode, 




Tifiaade, 


(j>tl7jad8, 


dtjTiuadE, 




TlftduVTCU, 


tyikeuvrcu, 


dvTiouvrcu, 




Ttfitivrai. 


tyik&vrai. 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 


dnXtivTat. 


s. 


rtfiaoi/iTjv, 


S. QiXeOL/LIVV, 


S. 6r]7iOoifir}v, 




Tlfji6jJ,T]V, 


tyikoifirjv, 


dnloifiriv, 




TlfiaOLO, 


<j)L%£OLO, 


dnhooio, 




TLfiCiO, 


(piTiolo, 


dnhoZo, 




TI/4&0CTO, 


<j>l?i£OtTO, 


6n2,6otTo, 




Tl/U&TO. 


fylkolTO. 


dnXocro. 


D 


Tifiaoifxedov, 


D. fiTieoi/iedov, 


D. drjXooLfiEdov, 




Ti/xufj-edov, 


(piXoL/uedov, 


dn?ioifX£dov, 




Tifidotadov, 


<j>L%eotadov, 


dnhootadov, 




Tifi&adov, 


QiXoZodov 


dn'koZadov, 




TLfjLaoiadrjv, 


<j>iXeoiadnv, 


dnTiooiadnv, 




Ttfiuodrjv. 


tyCkoiaQnv. 


dnXoiodnv. 


P. 


Tifiaocfieda, 


P. (f)l?iEOtjHEda, 


P. dnXooifiEda, 




Ti/j.6/j.Eda, 


(j)t?iOL[J.Eda, 


drjloifiEda, 




Tifidotade, 


^(.Xeoiade, 


6nl6oia0E, 




TifiQade, 


tyikoZaBe, 


dnhoZade, 




TLfiaOlVTO, 


(pL%SOLVTO, 


dnTioocvTo, 




TLflUVTO. 


(j)tXoZvTO. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 


6n2,oZvro. 


S. 


Tifidov, 


S. ^cTiEOV, 


S. dn'koov, 




TifJLib, 


(J>lXov, 


drjlov, 




Tifiaeado), 


fpiXsEado), 


drjloEcdcj, 




TLfidadu. 


<j)l?,ELOdo. 


dnTiovcdo). 


D. 


TifideoOov, 


D. <j>iMeg6ov, 


D. dn'koEodov, 




ri/xaadov, 


^iXeZgQov^ 


6n"kova6ov, 




Tifxaeadcdv, 


<j)l%££odG)V, 


dnhoEoduv, 




Ti/idcduv. 


<j>i2,Eiado)v. 


dn'kovGdciv. 


P. 


Ti/J.deod£, 


P. tylkEEodE, 


P. 6n7iO£ad£, 




TLfidade, 


<j)t?iEiadej 


dnlovade, 




Ti/iaeodocav, 


(piXeEaduaav, 


dnhosodcjuav, 




Tt/idadcjaav 


QiXEioducav. 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 

Present. 


dnXovcdoicav. 




Tifidecdai, 


(j>L?i,EEadat, 


6r]7iG£cBai, 




rifiacdai. 


(pifaZodai. 


dnXovcOai. 



156 EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 





PARTICIPLE. 






Present. 




N. rifiaopevoc, 


N. (j>t.?ic6fzevo(;, 


N. dnTioo/u-evog, 


TifidfCEVO^, 


(piXov/uevoc, 


dnJiovfiEvoc, 


TLfiao/nevt], 


{ptXeofievq, 


drjloo/LLevn, 


TlfUJ/J.EVT], 


(plTlOV/HEVT], 


Sw'AovjUEvr}, 


rc/j,a6/nevov, 


tyiXeoficvov, 


dnlooftevov, 


rifiufievov. 


(j>l?LOVfl£VOV. 


6tjXov/j.evov 



LXII. EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES 
OF CONTRACTED VERBS. 

I. 

Translate the following : 

I. Sre^avoxjaiievog dnrjXde, 1 kclI vnb t&v 'Adrjvatojv 
erifidro. — KoXa^e rd ndOr], tva p) vn' avr&v rifiupy. — 
'Odvooevg 6ie6oi]Brf enl aocpia. — eTrXavtejirjv 3 icard -BdXaG- 
cav gv, & ILooeidov, enXdvag e/ie. — nap' 'Ivdolg, 6 rexvl- 
rov nrjpcjGag 4 %elpa rj o^daXiibv, -&avd~G) fy/uovrai,. 5 — gv 
ecp66rjGag, eycb 6e e<po6r]Gdiir)v. — 'AyrjGiXaog, epcorrjdeig* 
n&g (xeydXrjv So^av enoirJGaro? dnenpivaro, fiavdrov na- 
racppovfjoag. — Ucopog, epurrjdeig, vnb rov 'AXe^dvdpov, 
\ierd rr)v iidxr}v, ntig ooi %pi}GO\iai ; 8 BaoiXi/ttig, sine. 

II. AeyovGi rbv \idvriv nrjpG)6rjvai} rag bipecg, on npov- 
Xeyev 2 dvdpunocg rd fieXXovra. 3 — tw 'AXaecjg nalde icXi- 
[iana enl rbv ovpavbv enotrjGdGOrjv . — noXXd rjGav ev rolg 
naXatolg %povoig tietiv dyaXfiara, a [leyaXoig enrfvedrj. 4 
— ol "FiXXrjveg e/crrjGavro 5 \ieydXr\v doi-av r%\ ev Mapadcovt 
vin%]. — &!CT£Lpa, 6 id£)v Tvcj)GJva %eipov\ievov ? — r) rov noi\iev- 
og -dvydrrjp eyajirjGaro tw j3ovic6Xg). — f) dpd Kpovov rors 
icpavd7]G£Tai, s r)v rjpdro 9 etcnirvtiv rov drrvaiov -&povov. 

III. MdXXov evXadov ipoyov rj nivdvvov. — KXedvOrjg 
vvfcrup fMev ev rolg nrjnoig rjvrXei, 1 fied' f)fiepav 6e ev rolg 
Xbyoig eyvfivd^ero, 2 nal ovdenore dnb tyiXoGofyiag nal 
dperrjg dnenXavdro? — <piXovg \xr\ ra^y Kru>. 4 — Adding, 6 
vavfcXrjpog, eporrjdelg, ntig earr)Garo rbv nXovrov ; ov 
%aXeiTG)g, £(f)r}, rbv fieyav, rbv 6e $pa%vv emnovcog. — el 
gv edeaGG) anep ey<b, ev olda on ovk, av enavGG) 5 yeXtiv. — 



EXERCISES ON THE PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 157 

Trdvrcov earlv t\$igtov Kai XvcFcreXeararov, morovg a\xa 
Kai %p7\oi\iovg (piXovg fcrdodat, 6 evepyeaiaig. 

IV. f O (lev Uporevg r'q [lop^, 6 6e drraidevTog Tq ipvXQ 
EfcdoTOTe dXXocovrai. 1 — (3Xdnrec Qebg ov xokudeig, dXX' 
dyvoTjdetg. — Xoyo) 7]ye\hbvi ev navri xP<*>[J>evog oi>x dfiap- 
TTjaeig. 2 — nparre rd fieydXa, fir} vv;w)(yov\i£VQg \ieydXa. — 
26/Un> epG)T7]6slg rrcog dpicra at iroXetg oIkolvto, elrrev, sdv 
pev ol TToXlrat rolg dp^pvci TTeidtevrat,, ol 6e dpxovreg rolg 
vdfioig. — el rig olerai repnvorepov elvai rbv ev daret (3iov 
rov ev dypolg, evdvjirjdrjTO) rrpbg eavrbv, olov fiev sure 
(36rpvg bpav e% d\meXov Kpe\ia\ievovg, olov 6e Idelv Xrj'ia 
Zecpvpwv avpatg Kivovjj,eva, olov 6e aKOvaai ftoiov \iv\ud\ie- 
vd)v 3 Kai 7Tpo6dro)v (3X?]x^evG)v. 4 ' 



II. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 



The ancient heroes of the 
Greeks, in the Trojan war, 
are said to have used char- 
iots. 

I left them drawing lots and 
fearing for the city. 

The Tarentines resolved to 
make Pyrrhus their leader. 

Not punishing the bad, you 
wish the good to be injured. 

Medea, having been wronged 
by Jason, whom she once 
bound by mighty oaths, 
hates her children. 

We will be silent, being over- 
come by the more powerful. 



f O naXatbg 6 "IZXXtjv rjpog, 
ev 6 TpolKog 7r6Xefiog, 
dpfia (dat.) %pdu (perf. inf. 
pass.) Xeyo). 

AeiTTG) KXr]p6cj (pres. part, 
mid.), teal 6 ixoXig (dat.) 
(f)o6eG) (pres. part. mid.). 

f O Tapavrlvog fiovXevo) (1st 
aor. mid.) Troieo) (pres. inf. 
mid.) Hvppog r\ye\id)v. 

Ov 6 fcanbg KoXd^o), (3ovXo[xat 
ddaceG) b dyadog. 

Mrjdeta, i>nb 'Idocov ddifceo) 
(perf. part, pass.), bg trore 
fieyag bptcog evdeo) (1st. 
aor. mid.), 6 -rralg orvyeo). 

Scydb) (1st fut. mid.), tcpela- 
go)v (gen.) viK,d(o. 







158 VERBS IN fit. 



The allies crowned themselves, 
but you were indignant. 



r cv\i\ia%oc OTF.^avocd (1st 
aor. mid.), ov de ayavaic- 
T£6) (1st aor. act). 



LXIII. VERBS IN fit. 

I. Verbs in \ii are formed from verbs of the third conju- 
gation in do), eo), oco, and vo), 

1. By prefixing the reduplication with I. 

2. By changing o) into \ii. 

3. By lengthening the penult. 

II. In this way are formed the following : 

larrjiii, from ardo). 

TldTjfJLl,, 1 " #£G). 

didtoiii, " 6 day. 

dstfcvvfit, " deifcvvG). 

III. If the verb begin with a vowel, with nr or or, then 
I aspirated is alone prefixed ; as, eg), Ifjfii ; Trrdo), lifrtfltt, 
ardcj, Igtt][ii. This is called the Improper Reduplication. 

IV. The reduplication takes place in the present and 
imperfect merely. 

V. Verbs in v\ii have no reduplication ; neither is it 
found in those verbs in \ii which are formed from verbs of 
three syllables ; as, fcpefivdo), Kp£\ivr\\iL. It is also wanting 
in (jyrjfii from (j)d(o. 

VI. Verbs in fit have only three tenses of that form, name- 
ly, the present, imperfect, and second aorist. They take 
the other tenses from verbs in o. Thus, did^ia makes dw- 
<7go and deduma from 66g). 

VII. Verbs in v\ii have no second aorist, nor the optative 
or subjunctive mood. When these moods are needed they 
are borrowed from forms in vo. 

VIII. Verbs in \ii have no second future, second aorist 
passive, nor perfect middle. 

I. Old form ■&idr]/j,i, changed to rldy/iiy in order to prevent an aspirate 
from beginning two successive syllables. 



159 



ACTIVE VOICE. 
Synopsis of Moods and Tenses. 



Indie. 


Imper. Opt. 


Subj. 


Infin. 


Part. 


iaT-IJfil, 
Tld-7]Ul, 

() 16-u /ai, 
deiKV-vfii, 


-a8i, 1 -airjv, 

-ETl, -ElTjV, 
-001, -OL7]V, 

-vdi, 1 


-6, 


-aval, 
-ivai, 
-ovai, 
-vvai, 


-de, 

-eic, 
-ovc, 
-vc. 


ioT7)V, 

kridriv, 
kdidtov, 
edsinvvv, 


\ The rest like the Present. 


£GTJ]V, 

e6u>v, 


OTTjdl, 
■&EC, 

66c, 


arair/v, 

■&EC7]V, 
6oi7}V, 


GTU, 

66, 


arrival, 
■&eivai, 
dovvai, 


eras, 
■&eic, 
6ovc. 



Present, 
Imperfect, 
2d Aorist, 



The other tenses are regularly formed from verbs in w. 
Thus: 



1st Future, 



1st Aorist, 



Perfect, 



Indie. 


taper. 


Opt. 


Subj. 


Infin. 


Fart. 


CTTjG-U), 
■&rjO-(0, 

66a-o), 
deiij-CJ, 

earr/aa, 
tdrjua, 
edoKa, 
kdettja, 

iarrjK-a, 
redeiK-a, 
deduic-a, 
6e6eix-a, 


CT7JG-0V, 

deif;-ov t 

-e, 
-e, 
-e, 
-e, 


-Olfil, 
-Olfil, 
-Olfil, 
-Olfil, 

-ai/ni, 
-aifii, 

-Olfil, 
-Olfil, 
-Olfil, 
-Olfil, 


-w, 

-u, 

-0), 

-u, 

-U), 


-ElV, 
-£IV, 
-ElV, 
-ElV, 

-ai, 

-ai, 

-ivai, 
-ivai, 
-ivai, 
-ivai, 


-0)V, 
-0)V, 
-0)V, 

-uv. 

-Of, 

-ac. 

-6c, 
-6c, 
-6c, 
-6c. 



Pluperfect. 
tarrjKEiv or EiaTrJKEiv, eteOelkeiv, e6e66keiv, e6e6eixeiv. 



Numbers and Persons. 

Present. 

Dual. 



Plural. 



cor-rffii, 


9d 


7)Ol, 


arov, 


arov, 


afiEV, 


aTE, 


aai y 


rid-rj/ii, 


vc, 


rfai, 


ETOV, 


ETOV, 


EfiEV, 


ETE, 


Eiai, 


Sid-ofii, 


ur, 


uai, 


orov, 


OTOV, 


OfiEV, 


OTE, 


ovai, 


deiicv-vfii, 


VC, 


vai. 


VTOVt 


VTOV. 


VfiSV, 


VTE, 


vai. 



160 



lOT-rjv, 

hld-TjV, 

edlS-uv, 
kdeinv-vv. 



Singular. 
VC, 



Singular. 



egt-vv, 
sd-nv, 



Imperfect. 
Dual. 



Second Aorist. 
Dual. 

WTOV, 7]T7]V, 

etov, ettjv, 
orov, OTTjV. 



Plural. 



arov, 


arfjv, 


a[JLEV, 


are, 


aaav, 


erov, 


ETTJV, 


EjlEV, 


ETE, 


eaav, 


OTOV, 


OTTjV, 


OfXEV, 


OTE, 


oaav, 


VTOV, 


VTTjV. 


VfJLEV, 


VTE, 


vaav. 



Plural, 
r/fiev, 7jTS, qoav, 

EfiEV, ETE, ECCLVy 

ojievj ote, oaav. 



Singular. 




Singular. 

CTfj-di, GTTjTCJ, 

6sg, 6et(o, 

dog, doru. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 

Dual. 



Second Aorist. 
Dual. 



Plural. 



Plural. 



GT7JT0V, GT7]TUV, GTTJTE, GTrjTUGCLV, 

Oetov, 6etuv, 6ete, dsTucav, 

Sotov, Sotuv. 66te, doToaav. 



Singular. 



iGrai-vv, 
tlOel-t/v, 
didoi-i]V) 



Singular. 

GTat-7]V, 

dsl-nv, 
doi-rjv, 



ral-nv, \ 

el-vv, > j]g, 7]. 

oi-riv, S 



OPTATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 

Dual. 

TjTOV, TjTnV. 

Second Aorist. 
Dual. 

7)tov, TJrnv. 



Plural. 
T)lLEV y r]TE, -rjoav, and 

EV. 

Plural. 
VfiEv, tjte, vaav, and 



161 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Singular. 
ioT-u, yc, 



Tld-£), 

dtd-£>, 



Wi 



OTW, GTTie, 
6(0, %, 

(Jw, Sue, 



<5cj. 



Present. 








.D#a7. 




Plural. 




#rov, rJTOv, 


1 GfiEV, 


Tjre, 


dot, 


7JTOV, 7]TOV } 


fifiev, 


7]TE, 


(JCU, 


UTOV, UTOV. 


| tifxev, 


(JTE, 


OCl. 


Second Aorist. 








Dual. 




Plural. 




CTJJTOV, OTJJTOV, 
6f]TOV, dfJTOV, 

durov, Sutov. 


j gt&jiev, 
j dtiftev, 


GTTJTE, 

dijTS, 
dure, 


GTUGl, 
dCdCl, 

dual. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 

Present. 

vat. Ttdivai. didovai. dsiicvvvai. 

Second Aorist. 

GTfjvai. ■Qelvai. dovvat. 



Present. 



lar-dc, 

Ttd-EIC, 

6 td-ovt;, 
6eikv-vc, 



uaa, 
elca, 
ovoa, 
vaa, 



PARTICIPLES. 



Second Aorist. 



crac, 

■&EIC, 

dove, 



araca, crav, 

■d-Eioa, Sev, 

dovaa, 66v. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 
The Moods and Tenses. 



Present, 



Imperfect, 



Indie. 


Imp. 


Op tat. 


Subj. 


Inf. 1 Fart. 


lar-afiat, 
Tid-£/J.at, 
did-o/J.a,L, 

6ELKV-VfiaL, 


-aero, 

-EGO, 

-oao, 
-vao, 


-at/irjv, 

'ElflTJV, 
-OLfJLTjV, 


-ti/uat, 
-ufiat, 
-tifiai, 


-aadai, 

-EGdat, 

-oodat, 
-vadat, 


-&[J.EV0C, 
•EflEVOC, 
-OfCEVOC, 

-vfiEvoe. 


lardurjv, 

ETld£/I7}V, 
kdiSSfiTjV, 

h6EtKvv[xrjv, 


> The rest like the Present. 



2 



162 



Tenses formed from Verbs in a). 



Perfect, 



Plup. 



3d Fut. 



1st Aor. 



1st Fut. 



deiKvv- 



Indie. 


Imp. 


Opt. I Subj. 


Infin. 


Part. 


EOT-afiai, 
rid-Ei/uai, 
Sed-ofiac, 
ded-siy/nai, 


-aoo, 

SlOO, 

-000, 


-CU/U,7]V, 

-Eifxriv, 

-OlflTJV, 


-u/xai, 
-ufxac, 


-aodai, 
-slodai, 
-oodai, 
-sixOai, 


-afisvog, 

-ElflEVOg, 

-OfiEvog, 
-EiyjiEVog. 


eTedei[njv, 
k6e66firjv, 
kSeSel-y/xr/v, 


> The rest like the Perfect. 


EOTao-o/uai, 
Tedeio-ojiai, 
dedoo-o/iai, 




-OLflTjV, 
-OtflTJV, 
-OlflVV, 




-Eodai, 

-Eodai, 
-Eodai, 


-op-Evog, 

-OjJLEVOg, 

-bfjiEvog. 


horadriv, 
eredrjv, 
kdodrjv, 
kdeixdrjv, 


CTad-7)Tl, 
Ted-rjTl, 

666-nTi, 


-EIT]V, 
-ELTJV, 

-einv, 


-a, 

-&, 
-u, 


-fjvai, 
-rival, 
-f^vai, 
deixd-rivai, 


-eft, 
-Eig, 
-etc, 
-etc. 


orad^o-o/Liai, 
red?ja-o/j.at, 
6od7)o-o[iaL, 
deixOvc-o/LUU, 




-oijirjv, 

-OlflTjU, 

-oi/xrjv, 




-Ecdai, 
-eodai, 
-Eodai, 
-ecdai, 


-OflEVOC-, 

-6/j.evoe, 

-OfMEVOt;, 
-6fJ,£VOC. 



> fiai, oai, rat. 



Numbers and Persons. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 

Dual. 

fiedov, cdov, odov. 



- Singular, 
lord- 
ETide- 
kSido- i 

kdeiKVV- 



tora, 
ride, 
dido, 
deiKW- 



Singular. 
> co, odu. 



Imperfect. 
Dual. 

fisdov, 000V, C07JV. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 
Dual. 

odov, cduv. 



Plural, 
fteda, o6e, vrai. 

Plural, 
fieda, ode, vto. 

Plural, 
ode, odacav. 



163 





OPTATIVE MOOD. 






Present. 




Singular, 
larai- \ 

Tidei- > /inv, o, to. 
6160c- ) 


Dual. Plural, 
fiedov, cdov, cdrjv. fieda, ode, 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Present. 


VTO. 


Singular. 


Dual. Plural. 




loT-fiuat, rj, Tjrai, 
Tid-u/iai, 7j, rjrai, 
616-ufj.at, £>, u>rat. 


1 6/xedov, jjodov, ijadov, 1 6/j.eda, 7}o6e, 

6/j.edov, ?ja6ov, fjadov, u^da, ijads, 

1 ufiedov, tiodov, uadov. \ ufieda, tjcde, 


uvrai, 
Qvrai, 
tivrat. 


INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 




Present. 


Present. 




icraodaL, 
Tideadat, 
6i6oadat, 
6eiKvvcdat 




lordfiEV-oc, \ 

TldifiEV-Og, f 

6l66jj,ev-oc, ( ^' 
6elkvv/j,ev-oc, ) 


ov. 



MIDDLE VOICE. 
The Moods and Tenses. 
The present and imperfect are the same as in the pas- 



The Second Aorist. 



Indie. 


toper. 


Opt. 


Subj. 


Infin. 


Part. 


kardjiriv, 
edefinv, 

e66/J.7]V, 


GTUGO, 
■&EO0, 
(56(70, 




OTLJ/J,at, 

fitifiai, 
6ufj,ai, 


crdadai, 
■&£cdai, 
66odai, 


GTa/H£VO£, 
■&e(.lEVO£, 

66fi£vog. 



Tenses formed from Verbs in w. 



1st Aorist, 



lat Future, 



£GTT](7du7]V, 
kdr]Kd/J.7}V, 

k6uKdurjv, 
k6sit;d[J,T}V, 


GTTJG-ai, 


-aifinv, 


-o)fj,at, 


•aodai, 


-dflEVOC, 












Sd^-ac, 


-ai/inv, 


-ofiai, 


-aGdai, 


-dflEVOC. 


GTTjG-Ofiat, 

■&^G-o/Lcai, 
6d)G-o/j,at, 
6£L^-o t uac, 


> -OLUTJV, 




-eodai, 


-OflEVOq. 



164 



Numbers and Persons. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 
Second Aorist. 
Singular. Dual. 

v, adov, cdrjv. fieda, 



Plural. 
a6e, 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
Second Aorist. 
Singular. 

> co, odu, 



Dual. 


Plural. 


adov, adov. 


ode, cduoav. 


OPTATIVE MOOD. 




Second Aorist. 




Dual. 


Plural. 



Singular. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Second Aorist. 



Plural. 



GT-Gtfiai, r), yrai, I ufiedov, ijadov, rjadov, I wueda, fjode, dvrai, 
•&-€>/j,ai, r), rirai, 6/xedov, fjadov, fjcQov, 6/j.eda, ijade, uvt'cu, 
d-6/xai, €), u)tat. \ 6/xe6ov, ticdov, uodov. \ ufieda, ucde, fivrac. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 
Second Aorist. 

oraadai, 
■&Ec6ai, 
Soadai. 



PARTICIPLE. 

Second Aorist. 



era- \ 
66- ) 



fievoc, ftevn, fievov. 



REMARKS ON VERBS. 165 

FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 

ACTIVE VOICE. 

The Imperfect 
is formed from the present, by prefixing the augment and 
changing fit into v ; as, rid^u, ercd7]v. 

The Second Aorist 
is formed from the imperfect, by dropping the reduplication ; 
as, ertdrjv, Wr\v ; or by changing the improper reduplication 
into the augment ; as, larrjv, eoTTjv. 

PASSIVE VOICE. 

The Present 
is formed from the present active, by shortening the penult 
and changing \ii into \iai ; as, iarrjfii,, lardfrni. 

The Imperfect 
is formed from the present, by prefixing the augment and 
changing \xai into \ir\v ; as, ridejiat,, kriQi\xr\v. 

MIDDLE VOICE. 

The Second Aorist 
is formed from the imperfect, by dropping the reduplication ; 
as, eridefiTjv, kQ£\±7\v ; lardfiTjv, eard^Tjv. 

REMARKS ON VERBS IN ju. 

I. The number of verbs in fit, in the Attic and common dialects, is 
very small, and among these few are only four which have a complete 
conjugation peculiar to themselves, namely, Tid?]fU, typi, latrjfiL, and 
dldufii. 

II. The first aorists in /ca, of verbs in fit, are thought to have been 
originally perfects, and to have been subsequently used as aorists, when 
a peculiar form was introduced for the perfect. 

III. The aorists in /ca have not the rest of the moods after the indica- 
tive ; and, therefore, in giving the moods and tenses, we cannot say 
Idrina, df/icov, drjuaifit, &c, but must pass to the second aorist ; as, 
Idrina, #ec, deiriv, &c. 



166 EXERCISES ON THE VERB. 

IV. In the third person plural the form aci is used by the Attics, 
which occurs also frequently in Ionic, and hence is called Ionic ; as, 
TiOidci, didodai, &c. 

V. The first porist in na occurs in good writers almost exclusively in 
the singular and in the third person plural. In the rest of the persons the 
second aorist is more used, which, again, hardly ever occurs in the 
singular. 

VI. The optative present and second aorist, as in the aorist passive 
of verbs in w, have in the plural, in the poets as well as prose writers, 
more commonly elfiev, eire, elev ; ai£t,ev, aire, alev ; olfxev, ocre, olev ; 
instead of elr/jiev, elnre, &c. 

VII. In the verb iottj/ju, the perfect, pluperfect, and second aorist 
have an intransitive meaning, " to stand ;" the rest of the tenses a transi- 
tive one, "to place." Thus, Ic-Tnua. signifies "I stand;" ucri}KUv, "I 
was standing." But earrjv, "I stood" as a transient action. 

VIII. The form eora/ca, which is found in the common grammars, 
occurs in later writers only, and in a transitive sense, " I have placed." 
The Doric form eoraica, with the long penult, is distinct from this. 

LXVI. EXERCISES ON VERBS IN fU. 
I. 

Translate the following : 

1. Active Voice. 

I. AidG)[M aoi efiavrbv (piXov. — ovdsv avev ttovov Qebg 
Sldcjatv dvOpconoig. — dojpov aoi rovro duoo). — sdcofcdg 7\\fiv 
%apdv. — Qebg e3g)ke fcvdog. — r\ 'AxiXXsog \ir\vig \ivpid 
'A-xaioZq 1 dXyrj edr\ite. 2 — ol lttttol napd 3 rdlg dpp,dGiv egtt}- 
oav. — rl eOTTjttag* napd rdlg irvXdig Xvnrjpd ; — ekeI, dyov, 

OT7JGG) GE, GTTjGG) 6s SfldVTOV. Sbg TTjV %E~ipd flOL. 66g 

7T0V <7T(d, Kdl TOV KOGfJLOV fCLV7jGG). 5 —6l6oTE, Kdl dodrjGETdl 

vfilv. — ekeXevgs GTiyvai to dpna. — Qeov dtdovrog, ovdsv 
Igxvel (pdovog. — -Qeov ov dtdovrog, ovdsv lg^vei novog. — 
ri rbv vsupbv Kcjuvrbg bvivr\Giv ; 6 — rovrov rbv vofiov Qsbg 
teOelksv. — ol iraXcuoi odoXbv elg rb gtojio, twv diroOavov- 
rcov 7 naTEd7)Kav. — 7] GdXdfidvdpd, &g Xejovgl, did rov 
rrvpbg (3ddi,£ovGd, s KdrdG6svvvoi 9 rb nvp. 

II. HpoiirjOevg rb irvp rolg dvBp&Txoig sdcofcsv. — ol $ot- 



EXERCISES ON THE VERB. 167 

vtfceg rolg "EXXtjgi rd ypdfifiara TrapadedcoKaacv. 1 — Tav- 
raXog ev ttj Xtfivy avog ecrr\Kev. — vdfiog earl Q^aifcbg, ore 
ovk ei-earcv 2 dvdpl Q7]6aiG) efcdelvat natdlov. — AvKovpyog, 6 
deig 3 AanedaifJLOvioLg vo/iovg, doKel e\ioi oo<purarog. — 'Av- 
rlyovog, 6 (3aoiXei)g, klooov neptridelg* ry Ke<paX^, Acbvvaov 
efit/ielro. 5 — rbv Kpovov Xeyovai rovg avdptinovg e% aypiag 
6iairr\g elg (3iov 7\\iepov fieraorrjoat,. 6 — rj nXaoriKTj deiKvvoi 
rd e'ldrj rCdv dvdpG)iro)v, real eviore rdv &r)pu>v. — nlareve 
Qebv ecpearrjfcevat 7 Trdvrore Kai bpav rrdvra a irpdrrecg. — 
otife, firj didov, rdde. — ddpoei, Mrjdeta, ev yap nepl rC)vde 
ixdvra •drjaG). 

2. Passive Voice. 

I. 'EcdpdftafiEV 1 dv6pG)irovg, ol Kai kvvCjv davdrte Kai 
Inrrcov aloxptig vnb Xvnr\g dteredrjaav. 2 — Adipvtv rbv (3ovko- 
Xov Xeyovai rex^evra 3 eKred7]vai ev ddcftvy, bdev Kai 
rb ovofia eXabev. A — (pidXai dpyvpal edbdrjaav anaaiv. — 
ILvdaybpag eXeye, dvo ravra en rtiv 'decJv rolg dvdptinoig 
5edbo6ai, rb re aX7jdeveiv 5 Kai rb evepyerelv. — ralg Moi>~ 
vaig Xeyovai napd Atbg rrjv ypa\L\idr(Av evpeaiv dodrjvat. 
— olvog elg rr\v larptKrjv xpTioi^rarbg eon, noXXaKig yap 
(papfJidKOLg Kepdvvvrai? 

II. Nadf ev 'Pw^ deUvvrai, ev & at eiKoveg rtiv Tpcj'i- 
Kcov -&eu)v Kelvrai} — Got /xovg) dedorat ravra noielv. — ol 
'A&rjvalot rbv 'EptxOoviov Ik rr\g yr)g dvadodrjvaf Xe- 
yovoi. — QuXb^evog napedodrf vnb Acovvalov elg rag Xarofi- 
iag. — $e6(j,evog 4 ravra dceredrjv npbg oiKrov. — Karefrvy- 
[ievG)v 5 rtiv ravpojv, ovk edido) rb depag Alrjrrjg. — ol vavrat 
em npv\ivr\g aradevreg, \ieydX%) (fxov'q e6bo)v. 6 — 6eiKW\ie~ 
vg)V eXeyxjuv ru>v6e avrolg rolg dvdptinocg <p66ov -frfjaa). 

3. Middle Voice. 

I. "Ore elXe x rr)v Qrj6ai(ov noXw 'AXegavdpog dnedoro 2 
rovg eXevdepovg ndvrag. — 'UpaKXel r) dperr) rrjv npoarjyo- 
piav edero- 'KpaKXrjg yap npoarjyopevdrj 3 on dt' "Rpav 
KXeog euxev. 4 — 6 vb\iog Xeyev o \lt\ Karedov, (jirj Xd\itave. 



168 EXERCISES ON THE VERB. 

— Zevo(j)U)V dnedero rbv crecpavov, ore ayyeXog foe 5 Xeyoiv, 
rbv vlbv avrov, rov TpvXXov, redvdvat 6 ev Mavriveia. — 
'HpafcXijg, xeipoodfjLevog 7 rbv Xeovra, rr/v fiev dopav t\\l$i- 
eaaro, 8 tw %do\iari de e%pi\oaro Kopvdt. — ol 'Adrjvaloi 
rbv Heipaid e[ATc6p(,ov ev p,eo(p rr\g 'JZXXddog Karearrj- 
cavro. — kclkov ovdev (bverat ev dvdpi, -defieXia -ftefievG) rov 
(3iov oocppoovvTjv nai eytcpdreiav. — ttoXXol av6p(x>7toi riBev- 
rat rb ev ^v 9 ev irXovrcd. 

II. Td X&ora nai ndXXiora TroXefM&rara rideode. 1 — 
KaX&g edevro ravra ol rrarepeg v\idv. — [xrjdeva tiattbv dv 
Xp7)fidrG)v evena ravrrjg -Bei\ir\v Trpoordrrjv %dov6g. — dperrj, 
Kav ddvy rig, ova dnoXXvrat. — ev Ttjvg) K,p7\vr\ eoriv, rjg 
to) vdari olvog ov \iiyvvrai. — ovtc dv dvvcuo, \ir\ icajxoyv, 2 
evdaifiovelv. — ueya narcbv rb p) dvvaodai 3 <pepeiv tzaitbv. 
— 6 ttoig)v 4: ravra neioerai ev -&avdro) ael\ivr\arog. — rd 
TefiTTT] %u>pog eon neifievog fiera^v rov 'OXvprnov nai rfjc 
"Oaarjg. — 6 Xeyuv ravra %apdg 5 nifiirXdodG). 6 — (jltj avafiiy- 
woo rovro), ov irapa rdjv dyadtiv deopelg Xoi6opov\ievov. 
— rolg 6i^7\\xevoig rd dyaOa \ioXig uapayiverai, rd de nana 
teal \ir\ di^iievoig. 

II. 

Convert the following ungrammatical Greek into gram- 
matical, so as to suit the English opposite. 

The winds dissipate the clouds, 

but time alone manifests a 

just man. 
He gives to the herdsman the 

babe to expose. 
They stand in the plain, and 

propose for the wrestlers a 

public contest. 
I knew, the misfortunes and 

the death of Agamemnon. 



f O avefiog diaaKi6vi]\ii 6 vety- 
eXrj, o de xpovog dvrjp 6i- 
itaiog \ibvog 6elnvv\Li. 

Atdcdfu 6 (3ovfc6Xog o rraidiov 
eKridrjiii (2d. aor.). 

f '\arr\\JLi (perf.) ev 6 irediov, 
Kai riQr\\ii 6 ddXrjrrjg tfy- 
pociog dyejv. 

'ETTLorafiat (imperf.) 6 rvx 7 !* 
teal 6 tidvarog 'Ayafiep,- 

V(OV. 



IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



169 



Having deposited the gold, 
they stood by the ships, and 
said to the Barbarians, lay 
ye down the bows. 

May Jove make all these things 
vain, and give peace to the 
Greeks. 

We are not able to fill the 
bowl, nor to destroy the 
serpent; but we are yoked 
to misfortunes and are un- 
done. 

Let us put off the works of 
darkness ; let us, if we may 
be able to do this, place 
within us a pure heart. 



She lacerates her cheek, ma- 
king her nail bloody. 

Let each one prepare well his 
shield. 

Let them well know this, that 
I will place my son there 
for myself 



Kararl67]fjit (2d aor.) 6 %pv- 
obc, Trapa vavg (dat.) la- 
TTjfii (2d aor.), ical 6 Bdp- 
6apoc slttg), 6 roi-ov Kara- 
rWr\\ii (pres.). 

Zevc nag ovrog p,erafi6Xwg 
tWt}\ll (2d aor. opt.), nal 
didcj/u (2d aor. opt.) 6 "EX- 
Xrjv elpr]V7). 

Ov dvva\iai 6 fcparrjp nif/,- 
ttXtjim, ovde 6 b^tg airoX- 
Xv\ii, dXXd naitbg (dat.) 
£,evyvv\hi (perf.) nal dnoX- 
Xvfit (perf. mid.). 

'AiTOTid7]iM (2d aor. subj. 
mid.) 6 6 Oftorog epyov ev- 
riQr\\u (2d aor. subj. mid.) 
fcapdia, tcaOapbg, r\v 6vva- 
fiat, (pres. subj.) ovrog 

TTOUO). 

ApvTTTO (mid.) irapfjtg, TiBr\\Li 
(mid.) ovvt; diaifioc. 

"Enaarog damg ev rlQr]\i,i 
(2d aor. imp. mid.). 

Ev ovrog sniorafiat (pres. 
imper.) syo) vlbg evravSa 
Iot7]\ll (fut. inf. mid.). 



LXVII. IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS IN fiL 

may be divided into three classes, each containing three 
verbs. 

I. From eo) are derived elfii, " to be ;" elfic and lr]\ii, " to 
go," 

II. From eo) are derived lr\\ii, " to send ;" r\\iai, " to sit ;" 
eljiat, " to clothe one's selfP 



170 



IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



III. Ksipai, " to lie down ;" lor\\ii, " to know ;" (prj^l, " to 
say" 

CLASS I. 
1. ElfiC, " to be" 
has been before conjugated, as it is used in some of its 
tenses as an auxiliary to the passive voice of verbs in w. 

2. Efyw, " to go." 1 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 
Dual. Plural. 

Irov, Irov. 



Singular. 
el/ii, els or el, elat. 



1/j.ev, ire, elm, im or 
lam. 



fjeiV, 7?££0, 7]Et. 

Future, elan, 
elu-etv, etc, ei. 
lov, leg, le. 

Id i or el, 
le, 



Imperfect. 
j fjeirov, TjSLTrjv. | TjELfiev, jjetre, fjeioav. 
First Aorist, elaa. Perfect, eitca. 

Pluperfect. 
j eirov, eirrji'. j eifiev, eire, etaav. 

Second Aorist. 
j lerov, ierrjv. | Iojxev, 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
Present. 
j irov, Ituv. I Ire, 

Second Aorist. 
| lerov, lerov. | lere, 



cere, lov. 



OPTATIVE MOOD 

Second Aorist. 

ioifiL, lotg, lot. | lotrov, ioirqv. \ lotfiev, lotre, loiev. 

1 . The present of the indicative, in this verb and its compounds, is 
used by the Attics in a future sense. 



IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



171 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Second Aorist. 



iyfu, 



Singular. 




Dual. 


Plural. 


ZyCi Zy- 


1 


lyrov, lyrov. j 


LQ/J.EV, lyr£, LUGl. 


INFINITIVE. 


PARTICIPLE. 


Present. 




Second Aorist. 


ievai. 




luv 
CLASS II. 


lovca, lov. 




1. 


"IrjfU, " to send." 






INDICATIVE MOOD. 








Present. 




Singular. 




Dual. 


Plural. 


lys, lyai. 




"letov, "letov. \ 
Imperfect. 


LEfiev, Iete, IeIgi, 


lye, \y. 




lerov, liryv. \ 
First Future. 


lEfisv, Iete, lecav. 


Eig, ei. 




erov, etov. | 


0/Ll.EV, ETS, OVCL 


First Aorist. 




Perfect. 


Pluperfect. 


yica. 




etna. 
Second Aorist. 


e'Ikeiv. 


, fc, y- 




erov, Iryv. 


EfiEv, He, iaav. 




IMPERATIVE MOOD 








Present. 




ledc, Ietcj. 


1 


LETOV, LETLdV. | 

Second Aorist. 


Iete, liTuaav. 


£<;, £to>. 


1 


Stov, eruv. 


He, ETocav. 



lei-yv, 



OPTATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 
| yrov, ^r7/v. | yfxev, yrs, yaav. 



172 IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS. 

First Future. Perfect. 

Singular. Singular, 

yaoifxc. etKoific. 

Second Aorist. 
eI-tjv, n$, 7j. nrov, rjrr}v. \ Wfisv, tjte, ncav. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Present. 

lei, lyg, ly. | Itjtov, Ifjrov. \ l&fiev, Ijjte, luci. 

Perfect. 
eIk-u, nq, y. 7]tov, rirov. J wfisv, ijte, uci. 

Second Aorist. 
(j, yg, y. tjtov, rjrov. j tifiev, tjte, uci. 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 
Present. First Future. 

ievai. tjcelv. 

Perfect. Second Aorist. 

eluEvat. Eivai. 

PARTICIPLES. 
Present. First Future. 

hig, Isiaa, Lev. tjcuv, ycovca, rjaov. 

Perfect. Second Aorist. 

Einug, scKvia, EiKog. \ &g, Eica, iv. 

PASSIVE VOICE. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 

Singular. Dual. Plural. 

Ufiai, cat, rai. \ \leQov, adov, adov. j [isda, ads, vrac. 

Imperfect. 
Is-finv, co, to. | fZEdov, cdov, adrjv. \ fiEda, cds, vto. 

Perfect. 
el-jicu, cat, rat. J (ieOov, cdov, cdov. J jLtsda, c6s, vrat. 



IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



173 



Pluperfect. 
Singular. Dual. Plural. 

el-firjv, co, to. | fiedov, cdov, cdnv. \ fieda, cde, 



P. P. Future. 
elo-oficu. 



eicdu. 



First Aorist. First Future. 

ednv and eldnv. ed^cofiac. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Perfect. 
J eladov, elcduv. J Blade, e'icducav. 



MIDDLE VOICE. 

Present and imperfect like the Passive. 1 
First Aorist. 
Singular. Dual. Plural. 

>K-dfi7)v, a, aro. \ dfiedov, acdov, dodrjv. | dfieda, acde, avro. 

First Future. 
ofj-edov, ecdov, ecdov. | ofieda, eade, ovrai. 

Second Aorist. 
epedov, ecdov, eodrjv. | tyeda, 'iode, hro. 



qc-ofiai, ei, erai, 
fynv, 



£O0, 



£TO, 



2(70 and c 



7]Ooi-(ir]v, 



et/inv, 



ufiai, 



IMPERATIVE MOOD- 
Second Aorist. 
lcda>. J ledov, icduv. \ eade, tcduoav. 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 

First Future. 
, to. | fiedov, cdov, cdrjv. | fxeda, cde, vto. 
Second Aorist. 
to. | /iedov, cdov, cdrjv. \ fieda, cde, vto. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Second Aorist. 
tjtcli. | ufiedov, tjcBov, rjcdov. ] ufieda, rjcde, uvrat. 



1. The middle form leuac is used in the sense of " to hasten ,-" literally, 
" to send one's self on." Hence arises the kindred meaning of " to de- 
sire ;" i. e., to send one's self after anything; in which sense it is the 
root of Ifiepoq, " desire." 

P2 



174 IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS. 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 

First Future. Second Aorist. 

Tjceadai. | 'icdai. 

PARTICIPLES. 

First Future. Second Aorist. 

Tjoo/jisv-og, n, ov. Ifiev-og, n, ov. 

2. 7 K(icu, ll to sit." 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 

Singular. Dual. Plural. 

Tjfiai, foai, TJrai. \ tj[ie8ov, rjcdov, r/odov. \ fypieda, %ode, rjvrai. 

Imperfect. 
fyfiyv, yco, %ro. J fyfiedov, qcdov, rjadriv. J fyfisda, %cde, tjvto. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 

%go, fjada. J rjodov, jjaduv. j fade, ijcdaaav. 

INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 

Present. Present. 

Tjadat. I Tfjuev-oc;, n, ov. 

CLASS III. 

$r}fiL, "to say" 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 

Singular. Dual. Plural. 

$ijui, (pric, tynoi. j Qarov. (parov. \ <j>a[/.£v, (pari, <f>aci. 

Imperfect. 

l<j>. V v, Wj 1 I arov, dr«v. | a l uv > aT ^ aaav > and 

First Future. 

$7<7-U, Bl£, El. I ETOV, ETOV. \ OflEV, ETE, OVOL, 



IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



175 



Singular. 



tyno-a, 



cpddi, 



(j)(lT(J. 



VC, V> 



<pac-vv, 

(jn/o-ai/u, aff, ai. 

£<2, <prje, 4>y- 



First Aorist. 
Dual. 

dTOV, &T7]V. 



Plural. 



afxev, 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 
| fyarov, <p&TO)v. j <j>aTe, 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 



(JHlTUCaV. 



1JTOV, TjTWV. 

First Aorist. 



Tjfiev, tjtEj vaav, 
ftev, re, €v. 



| atrov, airnv. j ai/xsv, aire, aisv. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Present. 
] <P7jtov, tyfjTov. | (pufiev, <t>7JTe, <pfioc. 



INFINITIVE. 

Present. 

<pdvai. 

First Aorist. 

yrjoai. 

Second Aorist. 



PARTICIPLES. 

Present. 

(j>dg, <paca, <pdv. 

First Future. 

<t>7]GUV. 

First Aorist. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

INDICATIVE. IMPERATIVE. 

Perfect, nfya/xai, — irityarai. J iretydcdio. 

INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 

iretp&odat. j irstyacfisv-osy i]> ov. 



176 THE NOMINATIVE AND VERB. 

MIDDLE VOICE. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 

Singular. Dual. Plural. 

<pa-fiai, cat, rai. \ jiedov, cdov, cdov. J fieda, cde, vrai. 

Imperfect. 
k<pd-finv 7 co, to. J fiedov, cdov, cdnv. \ fieda, cde, vto. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Present. 
<pdc-u, do. | 6ov, 6uv. 6s, Qocav. 

INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 

Present. Present. 

tyacdai. | tydfiev-oc, n, ov. 

LXVIII. BRIEF VIEW OF THE GREEK SYNTAX. 

the nominative and verb. 

I. A verb agrees with its nominative in number and person ; as, byu 
Tisyo), "I say ;" tovtcj tu dvdpe rjyncdcdrjv, "these two men thought;" 
oi deol Kold&vci, " the gods punish." 

II. A neuter plural, however, is generally joined with a singular verb ; 
as, dcrpa (palverac, " stars appear ;" rdvra ecrcv dyadd, "these things 
are good." 

III. But when the neuter plural refers to living persons, the verb is 
often put in the plural also, because persons are for the most part con- 
sidered separately by the mind, but things as forming a class. Thus, 
rd Tekn vnicxovTo, " the magistrates promised ;" rocdde [lev /nerd 'Adn- 
vaiuv e6vj] kcrpdrevov, " so many nations served along with the Athe- 
nians." 

IV. Collective nouns, that is, nouns singular which express multitude 
or number, have often their verb in the plural ; as, to CTparoiredov 
dvex&pGvv, " the army retired ;" txoTJv yevoc dvdpuTcuv xp&vrai tovtc), 
" a large class of men use this." 

V. A dual nominative is sometimes joined with a plural verb ; as, tu 
6e rax' eyyvdev 7]7idov t " they two quickly drew near ;" dfifyu leyovci, 
" both say." 



PRONOUNS. 177 

THE SUBSTANTIVE AND ADJECTIVE. 

I. An adjective is often put in the neuter gender, without regard to 
the gender of the substantive which stands with it in the sentence, XPVH-^ 
being understood, and remains in the singular even when the substantive 
is in the plural ; as, ovk dyadbv tj ■noTiVKOipavia, " the government of the 
many is not a good thing ;" fieradoTiai slat XvTrnpov, " changes are a sad 
thing." 

II. An adjective of the masculine gender is often found with a femi- 
nine noun of the dual number, and under this rule are also included the 
pronoun, the participle, and article; as, afKpa tovtu tu iroles, "both 
these cities ;" 6vo yvvalKt kpiCpvre, " two women quarrelling ;" to) x £ tp e i 
" the two hands." 

III. A substantive is often used as an adjective ; as, yTiticaav 'E/Udda 
kdidat-e, " he taught the Greek tongue." 

IV. The substantive is often changed into a genitive plural ; as, ol 
Xpnorol tuv avdpunuv, " the worthy ones among men," for oi xpnaroX 
avdpoTTOL, "worthy men." 

V. An adjective in the neuter gender, without a substantive, governs 
the genitive ; as, fieaov fyipac, " the middle of the day ;" roaov buikov, 
" so great a throng." 

VI. Adjectives are very often put in the neuter singular and plural, 
with and without an article, for adverbs ; as, npurov, " in the first place ;" 
to Trp&TOv, "at first;" KpvtyaZa, "secretly ;" (paidpd, "cheerfully." 

PRONOUNS. 

I. The noun to which the relative refers is often omitted in the ante- 
cedent proposition, and joined to the relative in the same case with it ; 
as, ovrog kanv, 5v e16eq uvdpa, " this is the man whom you saw ;" ovk 
£#w, d)Tivt Tnarevaat uv dvvaifinv ty'ilu, " I have no friend on whom I 
might rely." 

II. The relative often agrees with its antecedent in case, by what is 
called attraction ; as, cvv role dncavpoLC, ole 6 rrarrjp KareliizEv, " with 
the treasures which his father left behind ;" dyuv and rtiv noteuv, uv 
eizeloe, arparcdv, " leading a body of troops from the cities which he had 
persuaded." 

III. If, in this attraction, the word to which the relative refers be a 
demonstrative pronoun, this pronoun is generally omitted, and the rela- 
tive takes its case ; as, ovv oic fiaTnora ^lXelc, " with those whom you 
most love" for avv rovroig ovg \iaKiara tyikzlc. 

IV. The nominative of the personal pronoun is usually omitted with 
the personal terminations of verbs, as in Latin, except where there is an 
emphasis ; as, aXka TrdvTue. nal cv oipei avrijv, "but you, by all means, 
shall even see her." 



178 THE GENITIVE. 

V. The possessive pronouns are only employed when an emphasis is 
required ; in all other cases the personal pronouns are used in their 
stead ; as, irarrjp ijfiibv, " our father''' (literally, " the father of us") ; but 
izarrip qfiETEpoc, " our own father." 

VI. The demonstrative pronouns are often used instead of the adverbs 
"here" and "there;" as, akV t]6' biraduv etc do/iov epxerat, "but here 
comes a maidservant out of the mansion;" avrai yap, avrai Tt'knaiov 
■frpuGKovci jiov, "for there, there, they are leaping near me." 

VII. The reflexive pronoun iavrov is sometimes used for the other re- 
flexive pronouns of the first and second persons ; as, del rjjiac avepeodai 
kavrovc, "it behooves us to ask our own selves:" el d' ETnrv/xug fxopov 
rbv amrie olada, " but if you truly know your own fate" 

THE GENITIVE. 

I. The verbs eifiC and yiyvofiai, denoting possession, property, part, or 
duty, require the genitive ; as, rovro to rreStov tjv [iev ttote rtiv Xopaa- 
fiiuv, " this same plain belonged formerly to the Chorasmians ;" tto/U^c 
avoiac earl tinpaodai Kevd, " it is the part of great folly to hunt after 



II. The genitive is used with verbs of all kinds, even with those which 
govern an accusative, when the action does not refer to the whole object, 
but only to a part ; as, 'oTZTfjaat ttpsuv, " to roast some flesh ;" erefwv rijc 
yrjc, " they laid viaste a part of the country ;" napo'i^ac rfic dtpac, 
" having opened the door a little." 

III. Verbs signifying the operations of the senses, such as " to hear" 
" to feel," " to smell," and the like, but not those denoting " to see," re- 
quire the genitive ; verbs signifying " to see" take the accusative. Thus, 
izavrbc j3aai?iEvg ukovei, "a king hears everything ;" o£b jivpov, "1 
smell of myrrh." 

IV. Time when, that is, part of time, is put in the genitive ; as, 
■&ipovc re nal xeiptivoc, "in both summer and winter." 

V. The material of which anything is made is put in the genitive, the 
thing made being a single object, but the subjoined definition denoting an 
entire class or kind of materials, part of which go to compose that object ; 
as, rbv di<f>pov ETroinaEv icxvptiv tjvluv, " he made the chariot of strong 
wood." 

VI. The superlative degree is also followed by a genitive, this geni- 
tive marking the entire class, of which the superlative indicates the most 
prominent as a part or parts ; as, ex^lotoc ttccvtuv, " most hated of all;" 
apiaroi Tpuuv, " bravest of the Trojans." 

VII. Hence the genitive is put also with verbs, adjectives, and ad- 
verbs, which are either derived from superlatives, or in which merely 



THE GENITIVE. 179 

the idea of preferableness is implied ; as, knaXktoTevETO Txaauv yvvauc&v, 
11 she was the handsomest of all women;'''' diaTrpsTCEte fivjiruv, "con- 
spicuous among mortals ;" e^oxoc ttuvtov, " in a manner surpassing all." 

VIII. To words of all kinds other words are added in the genitive, 
which show the respect in which the sense of these words must be 
taken ; and, in this case, the genitive properly signifies " with regard to" 
or " in respect of;" as, vTinc tcuc 6 totzoc exec '■> " h° w i s the place with 
regard to timber ?" cvyyvufiuv tuv avdpoircvuv dfiapTTj/xaruv, " forgiving 
with respect to human errors ;" Troppco rfjc rfkiniaq, "far advanced in 
years" (properly, " far advanced with respect to years"). 

IX. Hence all words expressing ideas of relation, which are not com- 
plete without the addition of another word as the object of that relation, 
take this object in the genitive : and to this rule belong in particular the 
adjectives " experienced, ignorant, desirous," and the like, as also the 
verbs " to concern one's self, to neglect, to consider, to reflect, to be 
desirous," &c. Thus, Efj.7ret.pog icattuv, " experienced in evils ;" enrai- 
devroc apETrjg, " uninstructed in virtue ;" rov koivov ayadov km/LCE/ista- 
6ai, " to take care of the common good;" fieyakwv Emdv/iElv, "to desire 
great things." 

X. Words signifying plenty or want are followed by a genitive, be- 
cause the term, which expresses of what anything is full or empty, indi- 
cates the respect in which the signification of the governing word is taken ; 
as, [aegtoq tcanuv, "full of evils ;" £pn/j.oc <piho)v, " destitute of friends ;" 
■KTirjadTJvat voaov, " to be full of sickness ;" decadac olketuv, " to be in 
want of inhabitants." 

XL The comparative degree is followed by a genitive, because this 
genitive indicates the respect in which the comparative is to be taken ; 
as, fiEi&v narpog, "greater than a father" which properly means, 
"greater with respect to a father." 

XII. All words derived from comparatives, or which involve a com- 
parison, are followed by the genitive ; as, rjTTaadac. tlvoc, "to be de- 
feated by any one" (literally, " to be less than any one") ; voTspalog 
rrjc /J-dxvCi " after the battle ;" TrspiyEVEadat rov (3aci2,Eue, " to prove 
superior to the king ;" dEVTEpoc ovSevoc, " second to no one." 

XIII. All verbs that are equivalent in meaning to a noun and verb, 
and especially those in which the idea of ruling is implied, are followed 
by a genitive ; as, kvaccEiv tuv Mr/dov, " to reign over the Medes" 
(equivalent to ava% elvac tuv Myduv) ; apxEiv avdptJirov, " to rule over 
men" (equivalent to apxcov elvat avdpuiruv) ; and, in the same manner, 
KvptEVELV for Kvptog Elvat ; rvpavvEVEiv for rvpavvoc slvai, Sec. 

XIV. Words indicating value or worth require the genitive ; asj 



180 DATIVE. 

Ipdec noXkuv at-ta, "he performs actions equivalent to those of many ;" 
larpoc KoXkuv avrd^coc, " a physician equal in value to many men." 

XV. All verbs denoting " to buy," " to sell," " to exchange," &c, 
are followed by a genitive ; as, ovovvrai rac yvvaZnac xpvf-^^v noXltiv, 
" they purchase their wives for much money;" k^Cikovv rtoWov roZf 
aXkoic, " they sold for a large sum to the rest." 

XVI. All verbs denoting " to accuse," " to criminate," &c, are fol- 
lowed by a genitive ; as, ypatyofxai ae <j>6vov, " J accuse you of murder ;" 
diutjojLiai ce deihiac, " I will prosecute you for cowardice." 

XVII. The genitive often stands alone in exclamations, with and 
without an interjection, as indicating the cause from which the feeling in 
question originates ; as, T G Zev j3aatXev rrje %,ettt6t7]T0(; rtiv (ppsvuv I 
" Oh supreme Jove, the acuteness of his intellect !" "AkoXTlov, tov 
XaGfi7jjj,aToc ! " Apollo, what a pair of jaws /" 

DATIVE. 

I. The dative stands in answer to the questions to whom or what 1 for 
whom or what 1 to whose advantage ? to whose disadvantage ? as, eduna 
col to (3i62.iov, " I gave the book to thee;" eirecdi /not, u iraldec, "follow 
me, my children ;" h-KtraTTco aoi tovto, " I enjoin this upon you ;" #eo?c 
apionei, " he pleases the gods ;" tyihog ekeivg), " a friend to him ;" dyadbv 
Ty tcoIel, " good for the state." 

II. Verbs to rebuke, to blame, to reproach, to envy, to be angry, take 
the dative of the person ; as, hfiol XoidopfjaETai, "he will reprove me;" 
fj,£fL<po[j.at Tolg apxeiv (3ov\o[ievolc, " I blame those who wish to rule ;" 
ov pdovEire tovto), " envy not this man ;" tl xa2,siraiveic t<5 depaTrovri ; 
"why art thou angry at the attendant?" 

III. Words implying equality, resemblance, suitableness, or the con- 
trary, have the dative case ; as, icoc toZc. laxvpoZc, "equal to the power- 
ful;" eoLitaq dovlo), "you resemble a slave;" dvofiotog tlj TvaTpi, "un- 
like his father." 

IV. In like manner, the dative stands also with 6 uvtoc, because it ex- 
presses perfect equality ; as, hv ra avru nivdvvu) toZc. <pavA,OT&Toic, " in 
the same danger with the worst ;" ToZg avroZc Kvpcj ox/totc, " in the same 
arms with Cyrus." 

V. The means by which, and the instrument with which, a thing is 
accomplished, are both put in the dative ; as, rolv bfydatyoZv opufiev, 
"we see with the two eyes;" ol 7toM/j,ioi, l&aXkov XiQotc, Kal siratov 
fiaxaipaic, " the enemy threw with stones and struck with swords." 

VI. The motive and cause are put in the dative, and hence the verbs 
" to rejoice," " to be delighted," " to be grieved," &c, govern the object 
by which the feeling is occasioned in the dative ; as, <j>66(f> dirijWov, 



ACCUSATIVE. 181 

" they departed through fear ;" vol x^povatv, " ^ e V delight in thee ;" 
7iV7Tovfxe8a tovtolc, " we are grieved by these things." 

VII. The manner and way in which a thing takes place are put in the 
dative ; as, (3ca etc ryv oikIov eiafi^dou, " they entered into the house by 
force ;" iravra diereraiiTO fcerpo) nai tottu, " all things were arranged 
by measure and by place." 

VIII. The period of time at which a thing takes place, or during 
which a thing continues or exists, is put in the dative ; as, rydc ry 
vvktl, " on this very night ;" rpic kviayaav ravry ry rjuipa, " they con- 
quered thrice during this same day." 

IX. The verb elut, when put for e^w, " to have," governs the dative ; 
as, ogolc ova yv apyvpoc, " as many as had not money." 

X. An impersonal verb governs the dative ; as, k^eari /xoi uTuevai, 
"it is lawful for me to depart." 

XI. Neuter adjectives in riov govern the person in the dative, and 
the thing in the case of the verb from which they are derived ; as, tovto 
Troiyriov kari [iol, " I must do this ;" tovtov kTrifie/iyTEOV egtcv vjj.lv, 
"you must take care of this." 

ACCUSATIVE. 

I. A verb signifying actively governs the accusative ; as, ol "~E?iXyvec 
kvinyoav rove TLepoac, "the Greeks conquered the Persians." 

II. Every verb may take an accusative of a cognate noun; as, 
KLvdvvcvGu tovtov kivSvvov, " I will encounter this danger ;" yadevnaav 
ravryv aadevetav, "they were sick with this sickness;" ein/xeXovTat 
iraaav eTU/ieXecav, "they exercise all care;" 'koKc^iov TroTiEftyoo/xev, 
" we will wage war." 

III. Many verbs, the action of which admits of more than one object, 
without determining the nearest, have in Greek a double accusative, 
namely, the accusative of the person and the accusative of the thing. 
To these belong verbs signifying "to do good or evil to one," " to speak 
good or evil of one" " to ask," " to demand," " to teach," " to put 
on or off" " to take away," " to deprive," " to conceal," &c. ; as, /ca/cd 
noXha eopye Tptiac, " he has done many evils to the Trojans ;" ayada 
elirev avrovc, " he said good things of them ;" elpero anavrac rbv Tcalda, 
"he asked all about his son;" rove fiadyrag kSida^e GoxppoGvvyv, "he 
taught his disciples continence." 

IV. Verbs governing two accusatives in the active, retain one in the 
passive, namely, the accusative of the thing ; as, GKyirrpov ri/ndc re 
utoovXutcu, " he is being despoiled of his sceptre and his honours ;" 
iTraidevdn fMovGinhv nal ^rjToptK^v, " he xvas taught music and rhetoric." 

V. Since the accusative serves always to designate the object upon 

Q 



182 VERBS PASSIVE. — INFINITIVE. 

which an action immediately passes, it frequently stands also with in- 
transitive verbs and adjectives containing a general expression, and in- 
dicates the part or more definite object to which this expression must be 
principally referred. This is called the accusative of nearer definition ; 
and is to be expressed in English by different prepositions, especially by 
in, as to, with respect to. 1 Thus, top danrvkov akyu tovtov, " I feel a 
pain in this finger ;" nodac utcvc 'Axihheve, " Achilles swift as to his | 
feet ;" Svpoc fjv rrjv rcarpida, " he was a Syrian as to his native 
country;' 1 '' to divdpov TTEvr/jKovra noduv kari to vipog, u the tree is fifty 
feet in height." 

VI. Time how long is put in the accusative ; as, oaov xpovov av 
Tto'kefjLOc 7), "for as long a time as there may be war ;" nal x^ec 6e koI 
Tpirrjv Tjfxspav to avrb tovto Eirparrov, " they did this same thing during 
both yesterday and the day previous" 

VII. Distance and space are put in the accusative ; as, airex £L okto* 
ijfiepfiv bdov dirb Ba6v2,tivoc, "it is distant a journey of eight days from 
Babylon." 

VERBS PASSIVE. 

I. Verbs of a passive signification are followed in Greek by a genitive, 
governed by vtto, airo, en, napd, or irpoc ; as, 6 vovc vnb olvov dtaydei- . 
perai, u the understanding is impaired by wine ;" aXkai yvtipcu aty 
ekuotuv hleyovTO, " other opinions were expressed by each." 

II. The dative, however, is sometimes employed by the poets instead 
of the genitive ; as, 'kxOCkrfl eddfirj, " he was subdued by Achilles." 

III. The dative is very frequently put with the perfect passive of verbs, 
whose perfect active is not much used ; as, ravra M\tKTai ftot,, " these 
things have been said by me," for hiXoxa TavTa. 

INFINITIVE. 

I. The infinitive mood is used to express the cause or end of an ac- 
tion ; as, #e/l<y adecv, " I wish to sing." 

II. The infinitive, with the neuter of the article prefixed, is used as a 
species of verbal noun ; and very frequently the article is thus appended 
to an entire clause, of which the infinitive forms a part ; as, to \vzlv, 
(i the loosening ;" to exelv XPW aTa > " the having money." 

III. The infinitive in Greek is governed by adjectives, and denotes 
the respect in which the idea of the adjective is to be applied ; 2 as, 
Uavol Tepneiv (paivovrai, " they appear calculated to delight ;" ov detvog 

1. It is generally assumed that Kara, or some other preposition, is 
understood in such constructions, but this is not correct. 

2. This is imitated in Latin by the poets ; as, idoneus delectare, utilis 
facere. In prose, however, the gerund with a preposition must be em- 
ployed ; as, idoneus ad delectandum, &c. 



PARTICIPLE. 183 

eon leyetv, all' ddvvarog ciydv, " he is not able in speaking, but una- 
ble to keep silent." 

IV. The nominative, and not the accusative, is put with the infinitive 
whenever the reference is to the same person that forms the subject of 
the leading verb ; l as, ecpacicev elvac Acbc vlog, " he said he was the son of 
Jupiter;" enecaa avrovg elvcu -d-Eog, " I persuaded them that I was a god." 

V. The genitive and dative sometimes follow the infinitive by a species 
of attraction ; as, eSsovto avrov elvac irpodv/iov, " they besought him to 
be zealous ;" dog /lcol <pavt]vai agio), " grant unto me to appear worthy." 

VI. The infinitive of the present, future, and aorists, but more par- 
ticularly of the future, when preceded by the verb [ieHo, expresses the 
future, and answers to the future participle active in Latin with the verb 
sum; as, [MeXkio ypd(j>etv, "J am about to write" (scripturus sum); 
fielhqtJG) ypd<petv, " I will be about to write" (scripturus ero) ; k/j.e'KTinca 
ypd<j>etv, " I was about to write" (scripturus fui). 

PARTICIPLE. 

I. The participle is put after a verb, and in the nominative case, when 
the reference is to some state as existing at the time on the part of the 
subject, or to some action as being performed by it. Thus, olda tivnTog 
uv, "I know that I am a mortal;" (paiverac 6 vouoc i][iu.q ^"kdrrTuv, 
" the law appears to be injuring us ;" TravGaade adtKovvrec, " cease 
acting wrongfully." 

II. If, however, the subject belonging to the participle stands with the 
principal verb as a proximate object in the accusative, the participle also 
stands in the accusative ; as, ol 'Adrjvaloi eiravcav avrov arparnyovvra, 
" the Athenians caused him to cease being a commander ;" ovg av opd ra 
ayadd Trotovvrag, " whomsoever I may see doing the things that are 
good." 

III. To some verbs which merely express subordinate definitions of 
an action, the Greeks add the participle of the verb which expresses the 
principal action. Such verbs are Tvyx&vu, havduvw, <p6dvco, ScaTeMo), 
&c, which, in translation, are sometimes rendered by adverbs. Thus, 
etvxov napovreg, " they chanced to be present ;" eXadev evepyeruv, 
" he conferred kindnesses secretly ;" <j>6dveL ttoluv, " he does it before 
another ;" ScareTeleKa tyevyov, " I have always avoided." 

IV. A participle, with a substantive, &c, whose case depends on no 
other word, is put in the genitive absolute ; as, ekelvov e'nrovTog, irdvTEg 
eacyuv, " he having spoken, all were silent" 

1. The accusative, however, is joined with such infinitives whenever 
emphasis is required ; as, Kpolaog evouc^e eovtov elvai. iravruv okhd- 
rarov, " Croesus thought that he himself was the happiest of all men" 
{Herod. 1, 34). 



NOTES 

TO THE EXERCISES ON THE VERB. 



Active Voice of Verbs in 0). 

Page 
Section 1. — 1. tlktei, 3d sing. pres. indie, of tikto. — 2. kol- -, qh 
%aivov<jiv, 3d plur. pres. indie, of KotXaiva). — 3. yvvai£i, dat. ±0\J 
plur. of yvvrj. — 4. (pspsi, 3d sing. pres. indie, of (pspej. — 5. rovg, 
his, the article supplying the place of a pronoun in English. — 

6. £6aipEv, 3d sing. 1st aor. indie, of /3a7rrw. — 7. tov, her. — 
8. Epfriifjev, 3d sing. 1st aor. indie, of /)L7vto). 

Section 2. — 1. TralSa, accus. sing, of rcalg. — 2. ovra, accus. 
sing. pres. part, of eI[i£. — 3. erpe^e, 3d sing, imperf. indie, of 
rpE<j)u. — 4. Xeovtov, gen. plur. of teov. — 5. riaoapat ttogl, with 
four feet, rkaaapai is the dative of rioaapEg, and ttoo'i is the dative n o i 
plural of Trovg. — 6. 6vo, supply izodag, the accus. plur. of Trovg. — J. OX 

7. sypaips, 3d sing. 1st aor. indie, of ypdcJHo. — 8. e(J>vgev, produced, 
3d sing. 1st aor. indie, of <j>vu. — 9. drrodXiTrovoiv, 3d plur. pres. ind. 
of airoSTiETro). 

Section 3. — 1. vttelkel, 3d sing. pres. indie, of vttelkq. — 2. -&vt}g- 
Kotg, 2d sing. pres. optat. of -dvijaKu. The optative is here em- 
ployed in its primitive sense, as denoting a wish. Hence si -&vf]a- 
Koig, mayest thou die happily. — 3. eWtj, may have come, 3d sing. 
2d aor. subj. of Ipxoiiai. — 4. -ddiTTovatv, 3d plur. pres. indie, of 
■&a,TTTG). — 5. rapixevovTsg, nom. plur. pres. part, of rapcxEvo. — 
6. EiKa^s, 3d sing, imperf. indie, of e'lku^o. Augment wanting. 
(Consult page 121.) — 7. rotg 'EppaZg, to the Hernia, dat. plur. of 

1 'Ep/irjg. The reference is to the images of Mercury at Athens. 

; (Consult Lexicon.) — 8. exovclv, having, i. e., which have, dat. 
plur. pres. part, of exco. — 9. Earaaia(,irnv, 3d dual, imperf. of 
crao-idfa. — 10. ovte, nom. dual pres. part, of eijxl. — 11. naTETunE, 
3d sing. 2d aor. indie, of /caraAeiVw. — 12. e^ettTievoe, 3d sing. 1st 
aor. indie, of ekttMo. — 13. fjyayEV, 3d sing. 2d aor. indie, of ayo). 

Section 4. — 1. 'EnpurEVGE, 3d sing. 1st aor. indie, of TrpcoTEvo). 
It governs the genitive 'E?i?id6og, because derived from a superla- 
tive, irpCJTog. (Consult rule, page 178.) — 2. xP° vov i f or a period. 
Time how long is put in the accusative. — 3. rovg, their. — 4. 6dn- 
vovaiv, 3d plur. pres. indie, of Sukvo). — 5. kyu, expressed here for 
the sake of emphasis. The article rovg, before (j>i?iovg, is to be ren- 
dered my. — 6. ouacj, 1st sing. 1st aor. subj. of gu£o. The conjunc- 
tion Iva, like ut in Latin, takes here the subjunctive. — 7. v^EfiELva, 
1st sing. 1st aor. ind. of vtzojjlevu. — 8. dpaKovra, accus. sing, of 
dpdnuv. — 9. "Apsog, gen. of "Apng. — 10. (pvlatca, accus. sing, of 
§vka%. — 11. dvETEikav, 3d plur. 1st aor. indie, of dvaTiXXu, — * 
12. TTEpLOTEiXat,, 1st aor. inf. of ttepigteXTio. 
Q2 



186 NOTES ON THE PASSIVE VOICE. 

Page 

-j 01 Section 5. — 1. "E^epe, 3d sing, imperf. indie, of <f>epo). — 2. etE' 
■i-Ol. fj,Ev, 3d sing. 2d aor. indie, of TEfivu. — 3. ette^vkec, was, more 
literally, was by nature, 3d sing, pluperf. indie, of (f>vcj. The plu- 
perfect has here, as often elsewhere, the force of an imperfect. 
Thus, had been and continued to be, i. e., was. — 4. cjKiorn, super- 
lative of uKvg — 5. rove nodac, as to her feet, i. e., of foot. This is 
the accusative of nearer definition, where some understand Kara. 
(Consult rule, page 182.) — 6. KarecncEvaoe, 3d sing. 1st aor. indie, 
of KaTacKEvafa. — 7. Tc£<j)£vyug, perf. part. mid. of <f>£vyo). — 8. ettl, 
on account of. — 9. %av?u6dovTac, accus. plur. of xavhtodovc. — 
10. uXkot uXkac, like the construction of alius, when repeated, 
in Latin. Hence, translate the whole clause as follows : some 
bring one kind of sacrifice, others another, unto the gods. — 11. je- 
upyoc, supply rrpoadyEc, and so in like manner with iroLfirjv and 
alrcoXog respectively. 

Passive Voice of Verbs in 0). 

i Of\ Section 1. — 1. (iETa, after. — 2. tovo/jaGEv, 3d sing. 1st aor. indie. 

J-Oi) active oVovofj,dC,u. So lovofidadnoav, 3d plur. 1st aor. indie, pass- 
ive of the same verb. — 3. £pp"t<f>7i, 3d sing. 2d aor. indie, pass, of 
/6i7TT6>. — 4. KaTahElEifj.ju.Evoi i]aav, 3d plur. plup. indie, pass, of nara- 
A a ^ £ " r6) — 5. avvrjxQnGav, 3d plur. 1st aor. indie, pass, of ovvdyu. 

J-4U — 6. aTTEardln, 3d sing. 2d aor. indie, pass, of diroarEHo). — 
7. eke\evge, 3d sing. 1st aor. indie, active of keXevu. — 8. aKOnoir- 
fjvai, 2d aor. infin. pass, of diroKonTU. — 9. tuv napovTuv, of those 
who are present. The article with the participle is rendered into 
English by the relative with the indicative. — 10. diaTSTdpa.yfj.at, I 
am greatly agitated, 1st sing. perf. indie, pass, of StaTapdcoo. — tt/v 
yvufinv, in my mind, literally, as to my mind, the accusative of 
nearer definition, where many supply Kara. — 12. kfmETTEdrjjiEV)], 
perf. part. pass. fern. gend. of kfiTTESdo. — 13. eolke, 3d sing. perf. 
mid. of eIku. — 14. £Tu<pn, 3d sing. 2d aor. ind. pass, of ftdizTu. 

Section?,. — 1. ^poariprifTaL, 3d sing. perf. ind. pass, of irpoaapTau. 
— 2. upLOTO, was appointed, 3d sing, pluperf. pass, of oplfa. — 
3. KaTa, at. — 4. u<j>8ij, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. pass, of oTTTo/uac. — 
5. kotyuyii, 3d sing. 2d. aor. ind. pass, of ccj)d^o). — 6. naTEKOTrn, 
3d sing. 2d aor. ind. pass, of KaTa/coTTTu. — 7. 6t,£<pdapn, 3d sing. 
2d aor. ind. pass, of dia^ddpa. 

Section 3. — 1. Tpa<j>dc, having been nurtured, 2d aor. part. pass, 
of TpE<bo). — 2. Trapd, by. — 3. tStdd^Orj, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. pass. 
of SiddaKG). — 4. naTEdpudr], 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. pass, of icaTa6i- 
6p6o-fco). — 5. TvlnyElc, 2d aor. part. pass, of irhrjaGu. — 6. dnEdavEV, 
3d sing. 2d aor. ind. active of dirodvrjOKo. — 7. KptQfjvai, 1st aor. 
inf. pass, of npivo. — 8. /card. over. — 9. rfkavvETO, 3d sing, imperf. 
indie, pass, of kXavvu. — 10. aTzaTSAdyEic, having been freed from, 
2d aor. part. pass, of dnaTJidoGu) . — 11. ifirjvvGE, 3d sing. 1st aor. 
indie, act. of finvvu. 

Section 4. — I. KaT£?i£i(j)6rjGav, 3d plur. 1st aor. ind. pass, of 
icaTaTiELiTG). — 2. fisfiv^ao, 2d sing, perf.-imperat. pass, of fivdu, in a 
middle sense. — 3. KaTanEtiAELOfiEvoc, perf. part. pass, of ttaTanAeiu. 
— 4. eWiaiiEvai slalv, 3d plur. perf. ind. pass, of hdifa. 



NOTES ON THE MIDDLE AND ACTIVE VOICES. 187 

Middle Voice of Verbs in 6). 

Page 
Section 1. — 1. (paivErac, 3d sing. pres. ind. mid. of <f>aivu. — - 1 \ _ 

2. kvdvovrat, 3d plur. pres. indie, mid. of kvdvo). — 3. -d-vadjievoc, J- 4:0 
1st aor. part. mid. of ■&vu. — 4. rjTieiiparo, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. 

of u7iei(p(j). — 5. lovGag, 1st aor. part. act. of hovu. — 6. aTvrjXde, 3d 
sing. 2d aor. ind. act. of diripxouai. — 7 upc^aro, 3d sing. 1st aor. j. . _ 
ind. mid. of bpiyo. — 8. kvLTparo, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. of -1-4:0 
vi7TT0). — 9. knadioaTo, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. of Kadi^co. — 
10. Eypdiparo, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. ofypdQu. — 11. ysyovauEV, 
1st plur. perf. ind. mid. of yivojiat. — 12. some, 3d sing. perf. ind. 
mid. of echo. — 13. navGu/xev, let us cause to cease, 1st plur. 1st aor. 
subj. act. of iravcj. 

Section 2. — 1. hoyicai, reflect, 2d sing. 1st aor. imperat. mid. of 
"koyK,o\iai. — 2. kiprj(p[aavTO, 3d plur. 1st aor. ind. mid. of ipntyi^o). — 

3. alaxvvov, respect, 2d sing. pres. imperat. mid. of aiaxyvofiai. — 

4. dedoinaoLV, fear, 3d plur. perf. indie, mid. of 6el6u>. — 5. kypr\- 
■yoporoc, of one awake, i. e., of a person in his waking moments ; or, 
in other words, a day-dream: gen. sing. perf. part. mid. of eyeipu. 

Section 3. — 1. 'Hfivvaade, 2d plur. 1st aor. ind. mid. of huvvo. — ■ 

2. airuXero, is ruined, 3d sing. 2d aor. ind. mid. of d'nok'Kvui. — 

3. yevacu, taste, 2d sing. 1st aor. imperat. mid. of yevu. — 4. evpij- 
ceie, 2d sing. 1st fut. ind. of EvpiGno. — 5. r/p^u, 2d sing. 1st aor. ind. 
mid. of dpxo). — 6. dpdfievoq, 1st aor. part. mid. of clpu. — 7. itJEt- 
?lovto, 3d plur. 2d aor. ind. mid. of h^aipeu. — 8. diroloi/inv, may I 
perish, 1st sing 2d aor. optat. mid. of dnoKkvuL. — 9. txpcGaro, 
anointed himself, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. of xp' LCi - 

Section 4. — 1. d^EKpivaro, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. of cnroicpi- 
vu. — 2. airoTiuXa, I am undone, 1st sing. perf. ind. mid. of dizoX- 
Tivui, with the reduplication. — 3. naT*, against. — 4. kddvEtoa, 1st 
sing. 1st aor. ind. act. of davEL^o. — 5. eOegitigev, 3d sing. 1st aor. 
indie, act. of -Qegtcl^u. — 6. fvXd^aadaL, to beware of, 1st aor. infin. 
mid. of (pvldaaco. 

Active Voice of Contracted Verbs. 

Section 1. — 1. voce, 2d sing. pres. imperat. act. of voso. — 
2. ekIvei, 3d sing, imperf. ind. of hIveu. — 3. to rcaTiaibv, ancient- ±oL 
ly, i. e., in earliest times. The article and adjective are here in the 
accusative, governed by Kara understood, and take conjointly the 
place of an adverb. — 4. ljkovv, used to dwell, 3d plur. imperf. ind. 
of oitceu. — 5. kiro'cncE, represented, i. e., described in the Iliad. 
Literally, made, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. of ttoleu. — 6. ysupyovvrac, 
persons cultivating the ground, i.e., engaged in husbandry : pres. 
part, of yeupyiu, accus. plur. — 7. fisyd, highly. The neuter of 
the adjective taken as an adverb. 

Section 2. — 1. nav, even though, compounded of nai and av, and 
then contracted. — 2. tov "ltttxeiov UoGEidtiva, the equestrian Nep- 
tune, i. e., Neptune represented by an equestrian statue, as indi- 
cating the rapidity of the waves. — 3. km r<p 'IgO^im, at the Isthmus 
of Corinth.—- 4. k^apruGLV, 3d plur. pres. indie, of h^aprdo. — .. __ 

5. kpvdpiuv, pres. part. act. of kpvdptdw, accus. sing. neut. ±&<Z 



188 NOTES ON THE PASSIVE AND MIDDLE VOICES. 

Page 

1 en agreeing with /ueipdiciov. — 6. bpvlaiv, dat. plur. of bpvec.— 

±OZ 7. eluv, 3d plur. imperf. indie, of kdo). 

Section 3. — 1. e^ervcpXcjaev, 3d sing, lstaor. ind. of EKrv<p2,6co. — 
2. Zwetcvtca, 3d sing, imperf. indie, of Zvynvicdcj. — 3. k&pOov, 3d 
sing, imperf. ind. of k!;opd6u. — I. £rjv, pres. inf. of £du. — 5. tvv, 
3d sing. pres. optat. of £aw. (Consult page 150, note 1.) — 6. vnb, 
by. — 7. TrpooiraTTe, 3d sing, imperf. ind. of irpoardTTa. 

Section 4. — 1. -fravuv, 2d aor. part. act. of tivrjenco). — 2. ovk. 
egtlv ovdslc, there is no one. Two or more negatives in Greek 
make a stronger negation. — 3. rj-yairare av, ye would, have loved. 
The particle av is used to give a potential force to the indicative 
mood. The form ^yandrt is the 2d plur. imperf. ind. of dyando). — 
4. eocke, 3d sing. perf. ind. mid. of eiko. — 5. are^avol, 3 sing. pres. 
ind. of CTEcpavoa). — 6. rw rjliu, the dative governed by etugkotei, 
which last has for its nominative vi(pn. Neuters plural, when re- 
ferring to things, take singular verbs. — 7. ndOn, the nominative to 
ettlgkoteI understood. — 8. rbv app'uGrov, the sick man, supply 
dvdpomov. — 9. EVTVxia, the nominative to hfEleZ understood. — 
10. to avro, the same thing. — 11. nap', with. 

Passive and Middle Voices of Contracted Verbs. 

_ _ ~ Section 1. — 1. airr/Me, 3d sing. 2d aor. indie, of dirEpxopiai. — -. 

J.OP 2. diEdorjdn, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. pass, of ScaBodu. — 3. h.n'kav- 
6firjv, 1st sing, imperf. ind. mid. of 7rXavdo). In the succeeding 
clause, kir'kdvag is the 2d sing, imperf. ind. act. of the same verb. — 

4. Ttrjpuaac, 1st aor. part. act. of iznpou, to be construed with 6 and 
translated by the relative with the indicative, he that mutilates. -=- 

5. C,njiLovrai, 3d sing. pres. ind. pass, of ty/icou. — 6. eputtjOeic, 
1st aor. part. pass, of spurdo). — 7. ETvoirjoaTo, he had acquired his, 
literally, had made for himself; 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. of 
iroiEu. — 8. 7r«f cot xprjaofiai ; how shall I treat you ? xprioo\iai is 
the 1st fut. mid. of xpdu. 

Section 2. — 1. TrnptodTJvai, 1st aor. infin. pass, of irrjpoo). Trans- 
late 7T7]po)dfjvac rdc oipsic, was deprived of his sight, literally, as to 
his, &c. — 2. TrpovTiEysv, 3d sing, imperf. indie, act., contracted for 
TcposTiEjEv, from TrpoTisyo). — 3. rd niXkovra, the things that were 
about to take place, pres. part, of /xelXco. Supply ylvEcdai. — 
4. ETryvedv, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. pass, of Eiraiviu. — 5. kuTTjoavTo, 
3d plur. 1st aor. ind. mid. of ardo^ac. — 6. titiTEipa, 1st sing. 1st 
aor. ind. act. of oiKTEipu. — 7. x 8l P°^/ X£vov i ^ n the act of being sub- 
jugated, pres. part. pass, of x eL p6°>- — 8. upavd-fjOETai, 3d sing. 1st 
fut. ind. pass, of upaivu. — 9. riparo, he imprecated, 3d sing, imperf. 
mid. of dpdofiai. 

Section 3. — 1. ^vt?lei, 3d sing, imperf. ind. act. of dvrMio.— 
2. Eyvfivd&To, 3d sing, imperf. ind. mid. of yv/xvd^ofiai. — 3. dne- 
iKkavdro, 3d sing, imperf. mid. of dnoizhavdci. — 4. uru, 2d sing. 
. .„ pres. imperat. mid. of Krdo\iai, contracted from tcrdov. — 5. ovk 
JLO / av ETravau, you would not have ceased; EiravGO) is the 2d sing, 
1st aor. ind. mid. of rcavo, and the particle av gives it a potential- 
force. — 6. KTdodai, to acquire for one's self, pres. infin. mid. of 
ardofiai. 



NOTES ON THE ACTIVE, PASSIVE, AND MIDDLE VOICES. 189 

Section 4. — 1. al?iOiovrac, 3d sing. pres. ind. ^oo 
—2. a[iapT7]GELC, 2d sing. 1st fut. of dp-aprdvu. — 3. pvKUjUEVcov, -LO / 
pres. part. mid. of pvK.dop.at. The genitive is here governed by 
duovoai, a verb denoting the operation of one of the senses. (Con- 
sult page 178, rule iii.) — 4. (3?i7/xcop£vtov, pres. part. mid. of (Sln- 
%aofiai. 

Active Voice of Verbs in fit. 

Section 1. — 1. 'AxaioZc, on the Greeks. — 2. eOvke, inflicted, -.As* 
literally, placed or put, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. of Ttdnpi. — 3. izapd, J-OO 
by. — 4. re 'ioTnuac ; why standest thou 1 ] — 5. fuvijau, 1st sing. 1st 
fut. ind. of Kiveco. — 6. bvivnatv, 3d sing. pres. ind. of bvivnpi. — 
7. tQv cnrodavovTuv, of those who had died ; the article with a par- 
ticiple is to be rendered into English by the relative and indicative. 
—8. ftadi&vaa, pres. part, of (3adi&, render, by going. — 9. Karaad- 
ivvvct, 3d sing. pres. ind. of KaraaSevvvpc. 

Section 2. — 1. TvapadeSuKdatv, 3d plur. perf. ind. of irapadidu- _ „„ 
fit. — 2. etJEGTiv, 3d sing. pres. ind. of et;eifu, taken impersonally. -10/ 
• — 3. 6 dele, who enacted, the article and participle again rendered by 
the relative and indicative : -&eic is the 2d aor. part. act. of Ttdnpi. 
— 4. TzepLTideig, pres. part, of TrspiTidnfit ; render the whole clause, 
encircling his head with ivy ; literally, placing ivy around his head. 
— 5. kfit/ieiTO, strove to imitate, 3d sing, imperf. ind. mid. of jiLpieo- 
ficu. — 6. fiETaarfjaai, brought over, i. e., changed, 1st aor. inf. act. 
of [iEdiaTr]jj,L. — 7. k^EUTTjKEvai, stands by, perf. inf. act. of tyiaTn/xt. 

Passive Voice of Verbs in [M. 

Section 1. — 1. iupaKafisv, 1st plur. perf. ind. act. of opao. — 
2. diETsdrjaav, were affected, 3d plur. 1st aor. ind. pass, of dtarfflnfit. 
— 3. TExdEvra, on having been born, i. e., the moment he was born, 
1st aor. part. pass, of tcktcj. The aorist here denotes rapidity of 
action. — 4. sladsv, he received, 3d sing. 2d aor. ind. act. of la/xBdvu. 
—5. to alvdevELv, the speaking the truth. The infinitive with the 
article becomes in Greek a verbal noun. So immediately after, 
to EvepysTElv, the doing good unto others. — 6. KEpavvvrai, 3d sing, 
pres. ind. pass, of Kspavvv/M. 

Section 2. — 1. KElvrat, lie, 3d plur. pres. ind. of Kslfiai. — 
2. dvaSodfjvai, was produced, i. e., was born ; literally, was given 
up; 1st aor. inf. pass, of avadido/it. — 3. napESoOn, 3d sing. 1st aor. 
ind. pass, of Trapadidcout. — 4. -&sc)fi£voc, pres. part. mid. of ftedoftcu. 
— 5. naTE&vyfiEVov tuv Tavpuv, the bulls having been yoked, i. e., 
although the bulls were yoked. The genitive absolute, analogous to 
the Latin ablative absolute. — 6. e66uv, 3d plur. imperf. ind. act. of 
floato. 

Middle Voice of Verbs in fit. 

Section 1. — 1. elke, took, 3d sing. 2d aor. ind. act. of alpso. — 
2. utteSoto, he sold into slavery, 3d sing. 2d aor. ind. mid. of 
uTzo6i5(j)jii. — 3. TvpoanyopEvdn, 3d sing. 1st aor. ind. pass, of izpoc- 
ayopevu. — 4. £o%ev, he enjoyed, literally, he had ; 3d sing. 2d aor. 



190 NOTES ON THE MIDDLE VOICE. 

Page 

-j ~ Q ind. aet. of £#o. — 5. tjke, had come, 3d sing, imperf, ind. act. of 
lOO ^kcj. The present of this verb is to be rendered as a perfect, JT 
have come; and the imperfect as a pluperfect, / had come, i. e., I 
was present. — 6. redvavai, had died, i. e., had fallen ; pluperf. inf. 
(same form as the perf.) of -dv-fjoKu, to die. — 7. ^etpwcrdjuevoc, 
having overcome, 1st aor. part. mid. of x ei po^- — 8. i^iiaaro, 
clothed himself with, literally, clothed himself all around with ; 3d 
sing. 1st aor. ind. mid. of a/Lupisvvvfxt,. — 9. to ev £rjv, the living 
happily, i. e., a happy life. The article with the infinitive forms, 
as before stated, a verbal noun. 

Section 2. — 1. tIQecQe, ye make for yourselves, i. e., ye regard; 
2d plur. pres. hid. mid. of rWrj/ii. — 2. p,r/ Kapuv, not having la- 
boured, i. e., without having undergone some labour or other ; 2d 
aor. part. act. of Kafivo). — 3. to /j.tj dvvacdai, the not being able. — 
4. 6 ttoiuv, he that does. — 5. %apac, with joy. The genitive with 
a verb of plenty. — 6= ntfnr/iaodo), 3d sing. pres. imperat. pass, of 



LEXICON. 





Explanation of 


Abbreviations. 


adj. 


Adjective. 


interj. 


Interjection. 


adv. 


Adverb. 


irreg. 


Irregular. 


aor. 


Aorist. 


mid. 


Middle. 


art. 


Article. 


part. 


Participle. 


comp. 


Comparative." 


pass. 


Passive. 


conj. 


Conjunction. 


perf. 


Perfect. 


def. 


Definite. 


pluperf. 


Pluperfect. 


dim. 


Diminutive. 


plur. 


Plural. 


fut. 


Future. 


prep. 


Preposition. 


imperf. 


Imperfect. 


pron. 


Pronoun. 


impers. 


Impersonal. 


sing. 


Singular. 


infin. 


Infinitive. 


superl. 


Superlative. 



A. 

'AyaOonlijc, ioc, contr. owe, 6. 
Agathocles, a daring adventurer, 
and tyrant of Sicily. 

dyddoc, r), ov (adj.). Good, virtu- 
ous, brave. 

dyalpa, aroc, to (from ayaXku, to 
honour). A statue, an image. 

dyal/idTcov, ov, to (dim. from ayaA- 
fj,a). A small statue, a little 
image. 

'Ayafiefivuv, ovoc, 6. Agamemnon, 
a Grecian monarch, leader of the 
forces against Troy. 

ayavaKTea, (b, fut. f}co), perf. r)ya- 
vaKTvua (from dyav, very, and 
a%dog, sirong feeling). To be 
indignant, to be displeased. 

ayandcj, w, fut. f}au, perf. TiydnnKa 
(from aydrrn). To love. 

ayann, nc, fj. Love, affection. 

ayyelia, ac, if (from dyyeTioc). In- 
telligence, tidings, a message. 

uyyehog, ov, 6. A messenger. 

ayt7,n, r/c, i] (from ayu, to drive). 
A herd. 



Am 

'Aynoilaoc, ov, 6. 

celebrated Spartan king and 
leader. 

ayttvpa, ac, r). An anchor. 

'AyXaovlKV, wc, 7]. Aglaonlce, & 
female name. 

ayhaoc, a, ov (adj. for ayaXoc, 
from dyaXKo, to make splendid). 
Splendid, bright, illustrious. 

ciyvoeo), G>, fut. Tjcto, perf. riyvovna 
(from a, not, and yvoeo, old form 
for voeu). Not to know, to be ig- 
norant of. 

dyvoc, 7], ov (adj.). Pure, chaste, 
innocent. 

dyopd, dc, i). A public place, a 
forum, a market-place. 

dyploc, a, ov (adj. from dypoc, 
country). , Wild, savage, unciv- 
ilized. 

dypoc, ov, 6. Afield, land, country. 

dyo, fut. ago, perf. fya, perf. pass. 
r)y\iai, 2d aor. act. fjyayov, 2d 
aor. infin. dyayelv. To lead, to 
drive. 

dyuv, uvoc, 6. A contest, a game. 

dyuvc^ojxacj fut. iaojj.ai, perf. rjyuv 



AEP 

icuai, 1st aor. mid. iGafinv. To 
contend, to strive for a prize. 

ayovodervg, ov, 6 (from dydv, a 
game, and rWnfit, to arrange). 
An agonothete, one who arranges 
a combat or game. Most com- 
monly, however, a judge who 
presides over public games. 

dddupvg, v (adj. from a, not, and 
ddnpv, a tear). Tearless, with- 
out tears, and also, in a passive 
sense, unwept, unlamented. 

adeTifyr], rjc, rj (from ddeTityog). A 
sister. 

ad£?i<p6c, ov, 6 (from a, for afca, to- 
gether, and 6e?i(j)vc, a womb). 
A brother. 

adrjc, ov, 6 (from a, not, and eldo, 
to see). The invisible place of 
departed spirits, hades, the lower 
world. As a proper name, Pluto, 
god of the lower world. 

ddcdXctTCTog, ov (adj. from a, not, 
did, and ?^iiTo, to leave). Unin- 
terrupted, without intermission. 

dduiTcavGTog, ov (adj. from a, not, 
6td, and iravofiai, mid. voice, to 
cease). Unceasing, endless. 

adcKscj, o, fut. 570-6), perf. T/dtunna 
(from dSiKog). To act unjustly, 
to wrong, to injure. 

aScuZa, ag, 97 (from ddinog). In- 
justice, an act. of injustice. 

ddtaog, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
Sinn, justice). Unjust. 

ddo^og, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
doija, glory). Disgraceful, inglo- 
rious. 

"Adpacrrog, ov, 6. Adrastus, a Gre- 
cian monarch. 

ado, contr. from drido, fut. go, 
perf. yua. To sing. 

"Adovtg, iSog, 6. Adonis, a beauti- 
ful youth. 

del (adv.). Ever, always. 

dsi/uvnoTog, ov (adj. from dei, ever, 
and jivrjGTog, remembered). Ever 
remembered, ever memorable. 

aeivag, av (adj. from del, ever, and 
vdu,toflow). Ever-flowing, per- 
ennial, perpetual. 

depyla, ag, r/ (from a, not, and epyov, 
work). Idleness, indolence. 

depoztdqg, eg (adj. from drip, in its 
192 



AI9 
Homeric signification of dusky 
air, and eUog, appearance). Of 
a dusky hue, shady. 

dndov, ovog, i] (from deido, to sing). 
A nightingale, literally, the song- 
stress. 

drip, £p° c 3 0, and rj. Air, the at- 



dddvdrog, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
-&dvarog, death). Immortal. 

ddefJUGTOg, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
-&ep.iGTog, lawful). Unlawful, 
unjust, wicked, impious. 

'Adnva, ag, tj. Minerva. 

'Adijvac, ov, at. Athens. 

'AdnvaZog, a, ov (adj. from 'Adrjvai). 
Athenian. In the plural, 'Adn- 
valoi, uv, ol, the Athenians. 

ddTinrrjg, ov, 6 (from dOlog, a con- 
test). An athlete, a champion, a 
combatant at the games, some- 
times merely a wrestler. 

ddllog, a, ov (adj. from ddlog, toil). 
Wretched, miserable, toil-endu- 
ring. 

ddhov, ov, to. A prize at the 
games, a reward. 

dOXog, ov, 6. A contest, a combat 
at the games. 



; a, ov, contr. ovg, a, ovv 
(adj. from a, for dyav, very, and 
■&poog, clamour). Crowded, fre 
quent, dense, numerous. 

ddv/ua, ag, rj (from ddvfiog, dis- 
pirited). Dejection, despondency. 

udv/Ltog, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
tivfiog, spirit). Dispirited, ' 
jected. 

A'iag, avrog, 6. Ajax, a celebrated 
Grecian hero in the war of Troy. 

AlyvTTTiog, a, ov (adj. from Acyvir- 
rog). Egyptian. — In the plural, 
AlyvTTTtoi, ov, ol, the Egyptians. 

A?] vKTog, ov, i]. Egypt. 

aiorjixuv, ov (adj. from aidiofiai, to 
respect). Decorous, modest, well- 
mannered. 

aidog, 6og, contr. ovg, tj. Deco- \ 
rous behaviour, modesty, venera- 
tion, respect. 

AlrjTTjg, ov, 6. Aretes, King of Col- 
chis, and father of Medea. 

aldrjp, epog, 6 and jj. The upper 
air, the sky. 



AKM 

alfia, utoc, to. Blood. 

Aivelag , ov, 6. JEneas, a celebrated 

Trojan chieftain. 
Gif, yog, 6 and 7. A goat. 
Alolog, ov, 6. Aeolus, god of the 

winds. 
aindlog, ov 6 (for alyoixokog, from 
alt;, a goat, and ttoAecj, to lend). 
A goatherd. 

aipsrog, ov (adj. from alpia, to 
choose). Eligible, also chosen. 

alpeo, u, fut. f)Gu, perf. ypnica, 2d 
aor. eIaov, 2d aor. inf. e/UZV, 2d 
aor. mid. e'tXofinv. To take, to 
seize. 

alpo), fut. apt), perf. $p/ca. To 
raise, to lift up, to take up. 

aladnatg, sue, 57 (from aicddvofiai, 
to perceive). The act of perceiv- 
ing, a perception, knowledge. 

cucioc, a, ov (adj. from alaa, lot, 
fate). Happy, auspicious, fa- 
vourable. 

alaxpoc, a, ov (adj. from alaxog, 
baseness). Disgraceful, sliame- 
ful, base. 

aXcxpdc, (adv. from alaxpoc). Dis- 
gracefully, basely. 

alaxvvn, vc, 57 (from alaxoc, base- 
ness). Shame, disgrace. 

alaxvvo, fut. vvti, perf. yaxvyna 
(from alaxoc, ; baseness). To dis- 
grace, to make ashamed. — ata- 
Xvvofiat, in the middle, to make 
one's self ashamed, to be asha- 
med of, to reverence, to respect, to 
feel the reproach of. 

ahla, ac, y. A cause, a reason. 

Atrvn, nc, 7). Mtna. 

a'upvidtog, ov (adj. from alpvnc, 
suddenly). Sudden, unexpected. 

aluv, uvoc, 6 (from act, always, 
and uv, being). An age, time, 
eternity. 

uKaTaTravaTOc, ov (adj. from a, 
not, Kara and iravoftat, mid. 
voice, to cease). Unceasing, in- 
cessant. 

UKLvdKvc, ov, 6 (a word of Per- 
sian origin). A short crooked 
sword. 

anfiafa, fut. aau, perf. f/K/xdica 
(from aKfiij, bloom). To bloom, 
to flourish. 



AAE 

aKOLjinroc, ov (adj. from a, not, 
and Kotfj.dofj.at, to lull one's self 
to sleep). Not asleep, wakeful, 
sleepless. 
duoAovdog, ov (adj. from a for ufia, 
at the same time, and Kt7^Ev6og, a 
way or path.) Accompanying, 
attending, following. — Also as a 
noun, an attendant, a follower. 
aKovriarnc, ov, 6 (from ukovtI^o), 
to hurl a javelin). One who 
hurls javelins, a spearman. 
aKovcj, fut. aofiat, perf. mid. r/Koa, 
and with redup. a/c^/coa. To 
hear, 
dicpa, ac, 77. A summit, a height, 
a citadel. — Properly, the fem. of 
unpoc, with x^P a understood. 
dfcpdyyg, ec (adj. from a, not, and 
Kpd^u, to cry out, 2d aor. enpd- 
yov). Dumb, not crying out. 
dupdrTjc, eg (adj. from a, not, and 
updroc, strength). Weak, pow- 
erless. 
dnpZ6?]s, ic (adj. from tj/cpoc, high- 
est, and paivcj, to go). Exact, 
accurate, acute, precise. 
'Anpiatog, ov, 6. Acrisius, a King 

of Argos. 
dupoTroAtg, cqq, 57 (from a-cpog, 
highest, and iroAtg, a city). A 
citadel, the acropolis of Athens, 
the highest part of the city. 
'AKTatuv, ovog, 6. Action, a man's 

name. 
"A/crop, opoc, 6. Actor, a man's 

name. 
ukuv, ovaa, ov (adj. for deKuv, from 
a, not, and ekuv, willing). Un- 
willing, 
attov, ovroc, 6 (from ukt], a point). 
A dart, a javelin, a sharp-pointed 
missile. 
aAystvog, y, ov (adj. from a/Xyoc, 

pain). Painful, afflicting. 
aXyiu, fi, fut. ?jau, perf. ylyvKa 
(from aXyoe, sorrotv). To be 
distressed, to grieve, to suffer 
pain. 
aAyog, eog, to. Pain, suffering, 

sorrow. 
d?LEt(j)G), fut. ipo), perf. rfkeitya. To 
anoint. — In the middle voice, 
likttyofiai, to anoint one's self. 
193 



AMA 

'Ale^avopog, ov, 6. Alexander, 
King of Macedon, &c, surnamed 
the Great, and celebrated for 
his conquests. 

ake^rjTEtpa, ag, tj (fem. of dl^v- 
TTJp). A patroness, a patron- 
goddess, a female defender. 

dlrjOeia, ag, y (from alydfis, true). 
Truth. 

alndevo, fut. act, perf. rjlrjdevKa, 
(from dlndrjg, true). To speak 
the truth, to be true, to be sincere. 

akndtjc, eg (adj. from a, not, and 
Irjdcd, to lie concealed). True. 

dlydtvog, rj, ov (adj. from dlndijg, 
true). True, veracious, real. 

aXicnofiai (no active occurs, but in 
its stead alpiu), fut. dlocofiai 
(from dloo), 2d aor. act. in a 
passive sense, rjluv, oftener ka- 
luv, perf. act. also in a passive 
sense, rjJiuaa or edlcjua. To be 
taken, to be captured, to be seized. 

'AliciBtadng, ov, 6. Alcibiddes. 

dlKlfiog, ov (adj. from dlni, dative 
of all;, strength). Strong, val- 
iant. 

dlld, (conj. from dllog, other). 
But, however. 

dllrjlov, a reciprocal pronoun, 
nom. wanting, found in the dual 
and plural, and declined at page 
111. One another, &c. 

dllocou, d>, fut. ugu, perf. rjlloc- 
una (from dllolog, different). 
To make different, to change, to 
alter. 

alios, 9> o ( a dj-)' Another, other. 

'A?mevc, eog, 6. Albeus, one of the 
giants, and father of Otus and 
Ephialtes, who are hence called 
Aloldes. 

afia (adv.). At the same time, to- 
gether. 

'kjia&v, ovoc, fj. An Amazon, a 
female warrior. 

afia^a, vc, rj (from ajua, together, 
and ayo), to draw, as conveying 
many things at the same time). 
A wagon. 

d/j-apravu, fut. tjou, perf. rifidprvna. 
To err, to fail, to miss, to trans- 
gress. 

dfidprnfia, aroc, to (from d/u,aprd- 
194 



AN 
vu, to err). A failure, a fault, 
an offence, a transgression. 

dfiaprla, ag, i] (from dfiapravid, to 
err). An error, a fault, a sin, 

dfieivcov, ov (adj. comparative of 
dyadog). Better, braver, worthi- 
er, more virtuous, &c. 

a/ulla, rjg, rj (from d/xa, together, 
and tin, a troop or band). A 
contest, a struggle, a conflict. 

a^TTelog, ov, tj. A vine, a vine- 
yard. 

dfnreluv, uvog, 6 (from d/xnelog). 
A vineyard. 

'A/ivvrag, ov, 6. Amyntas, a man's 
name. 

dfivvio, fut. vvcd, perf. rjfivyna (from 
a for dyav, very, and /uvvw, an 
excuse). To defend, to repel, to 
ward off. — In the middle voice, 
to defend one's self, to repel from 
one's self, to revenge. 

d/ii(pL, prep, governing the geni- 
tive, dative, and accusative. The 
leading meaning in all the cases 
is around, about, round about. 
With the genitive it also means 
concerning; with the dative on, 
so as to be surrounded by ; as, 
for example, a vessel on the fire ; 
with the accusative throughout. 
In composition it denotes around, 
all around, about, round about. 

'Afifyidpaog, ov, 6. Amphiardus, a 
famous Argive soothsayer and 
leader. 

'Afi(j)lSdfiag, avrog, 6. Amphidd- 
mas, a man's name. 

dfi^iivvvai, fut. djifLEGu, perf. pass. 
7]fi<pieap.ai. . To put around, to 
put on, to clothe. — In the mid- 
dle voice, dfi^tevvvfiai, to put 
on one's self, to clothe one's self. 

'AfifyLTpvov, uvog, 6. Amphitryon. 

du<po, rd), rd, to (dual), and oh. at, 
rd (plural) ; gen. and dat. dual, 
d/LKpolv, of all three genders ; ac- 
cus. dual, dfi(j)(j}. Both. 

dv, a conditional particle. If, pro- 
vided. The Attics use t)v in its 
stead. 

dv, a particle used to give a sen- 
tence or clause an expression of 
uncertainty, contingency, doubt, 



ANA 
bare possibility, or conjecture, 
and hence frequently rendered 
by might, could, would, perhaps, 
probably, hardly, &c. Thus, 
TjTidov, I came ; av rfkdov, I would 
hate come ; ri teyu ; what am I 
to say ? ri ?Jyotuc av ; what 
might I say ? &c. 

avdyav, wc, ij. Necessity. 

dvadidufit, fut. ducu (from dvd, 
up, and didufii, to give). To 
give up, to yield up, to surrender, 
to give, to yield. 

dvd, prep, governing the dative 
and accusative. Its primitive 
meaning is up, up on, which, 
however, appears most common- 
ly in composition. With the 
cases derivative meanings are 
usually employed. With the da- 
tive it denotes on the top of, in 
(i. e., up on); with the ac- 
cusative, throughout, through, 
in, during. With numerals it 
makes them distributive ; as, dvd 
rpeic, by threes, three by three, 
&c. 

dvddnua, droc, to (from dvd, up, 
and tWtjul, to place). A votive 
offering, an offering, an orna- 
ment. 

'AvaKpeuv, ovroc, 6. Anacreon, a 
Greek lyric poet. 

dvaTilaicc), fut. dvaTiuccj, perf. dv- 
rfkuaa, dvd?Mna, and r/vdluna, 
1st aor. dvrj?,o)Ga and 7/vd?iucra 
(from dvd, up, and dTiiaicu), to 
take). To consume, to expend, 
to squander. 

dvd2,G)Gic, euc, 57 (from dvalcGKu, 
to consume). An expending, a 
consuming, a wasting. 

dvauiyvvui, fut. dvaui^u, pass, and 
mid. dvauiyvvuat. (from dvd, up, 
and ulyvvut, to mix). To mix 
up together, to blend, to mingle, 
to put in confusion. 

dvau^io6i]Tr]Toc, ov (adj. from dv, 
not, same as a, not, du<pl, around, 
and (3aivcj, to go). Undoubted, 
clear, incontestable. 

aval;, a/crof, 6. A king. 

'Avat-aydpac, ov, 6. Anaxagoras, 
a Grecian philosopher. 



ANT 

I dvaTTEUiru, fut. ijjcj (from dvd, up, 
and ireuTTo, to send). To send 
up, to send away, to throw out, 
to release. 

dvdpidfioc, ov (adj. from dv, not, 
same as a, not, and dptduoc, num- 
ber). Innumerable, immense, un- 
numbered. 

dvariXko, fut. dvareTiib, perf. dva- 
riTaTina (from dvd, up, and re/l- 
Acj, to arise). To rise up, to i 
grow forth, to come forth, to rise, ' 
as the sun. 

avSpdiiodov, ov, to. A slave. 

dvdpeloc, a, ov (adj. from dvr/p, a 
man). Manly, brave, spirited. 

dvdptdc, dvTOc, 6 (from dvfjp, a 
man). A statue. 

'Avdpofieda, ac, ij. Andromeda. 

dvelevdepoc, a, ov (adj. from dv, 
not, same as a, not, and eXevdep- 
oc, free). Servile, illiberal. 

uvZjjloc, ov, 6. Wind. 

uvev (adv.). Without. Governs 
the genitive. 

dvrjp, dvepoc, contr. dvdpog, 6. A 
man. 

dvdoc, eoc, to. A flower. 

dvdpoirog, ov, 6 and ij. A man, a 
human being. 

dvlKrjToc, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
vucdu, to conquer). Unconquer- 
ed, invincible. 

dviarnui, fut. dvaoTTjau, perf. dv- 
EGTnua, 2d aor. dviornv (from 
dvd, up, and larr/uL, to place). 
To set up, to raise, to establish. 
In the perfect, I stand up; in 
the 2d aor., I stood up. — In the 
middle voice, to rise, to stand 
up, &c. 

dvorjroc, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
voeco, to think). Thoughtless, 
silly, foolish, senseless. 

dvouia, ac, f/ (from a, not, and vo- 
jioc, law). Lawlessness, wicked- 
ness, crime. 

dvdoc, contr. dvovc, ovv (adj. from a, 
not, and vooc, contr. vovc, mind). 
Wanting under s tanding, J " 



'AvTJjvop, opoc, 6. Antenor, a 

Trojan chieftain. 
dvri prep, governing the genitive 
195 



AIIE 
only. Its primitive signification 
is against, over against, opposite, 
which it retains for the most part 
in composition. With the geni- 
tive it has commonly the mean- 
ing, in the place of, instead of. 
In composition, besides the mean- 
ing of against, &c, it expresses, 
also, exchange, reciprocity, &c. 
avriSpovTdo), u>, Cut. rjau, perf. ctvri- 
6e6p6vT7]na (from avri, against, 
and fipovTaG), to thunder). To 
hurl thunder against, to thunder 
at. 
'Avriyovog, ov, 6. Antigonus. 
iivTLiiaxVTrjC, ov, 6 (from avri, 
against, and fiaxnTrjc, a com- 
batant). An antagonist, an op- 
ponent. 
'AvTc/Ltaxoc, ov, 6. Antimachus, a 

man's name. 
avrleo), u, fut. t]cg>, perf. rjvrlnna 
(from avr'koe, a machine for 
drawing up water). To draw 
water, 
avrpov, ov, to. A cave, a hole in 

the earth. 
'AvtcovIoc, ov, 6. Antonius, a 

man's name. 
at-toc, a, ov (adj. from uyu, fut. at-co, 
to weigh). Primitive meaning, 
equivalent in weight; ordinary 
meaning, worthy, worth, valuable, 
good, &c. Governs the genitive. 
airaidevTOc, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
7rat,d£VG), to instruct). Unedu- 
cated, ignorant, inexperienced. 
inraTJiaTTo, or -dacu, fut. £«, perf. 
airr}l?Mxa (from airo, away, and 
aXkdoau, to change). To send 
away, to remove, to free, to de- 
liver. — In the middle voice, to 
send one's self away, to depart, 
airdloc, n, ov (adj.). Soft, tender. 
a-Kat; (adv.). Once, once for all. 
airac, una, av (adj. from a for &fia, 
together, and irac, all). Each, 
every one, all, the whole, all to- 
gether. 
'Atts^tjc, ov, 6. Apelles, a famous 

painter. 
aizepxofiai, fut. airElsvaouai, perf. 
airr)Xvda, and with reduplication 
uTcelfavda, 2d aor. axjjWov 
196 



AIIO 

(from airo, away, and epxojuai, 
to go). To go away, to depart, 
to retire. 
dTTExco, fut. c^efw, perf. cmEGxvKa, 
2d aor. cnvEaxov (from arc 6, 
away, and e^w, to have). To he 
away from, to be distant. — In the 
middle voice, to keep one's self 
from, to refrain, to abstain from, 
aiuarla, ac, rj (from a, not, and mo- 
rtc, faith). Faithlessness, per- 
fidy. Primitive meaning, unbe- 
lief, want of faith, mistrust. 
u.rc'kooc, or], oov, contr. ovc, r), ovv 
(adj. from a, not, and the old verb 
Ttleo), whence tcTieku, to fold). 
Simple, plain, unadorned, sin- 
cere, 
airo prep, governing the genitive 
only, and signifying from, away 
from, by means of, &c, which 
is also its force in composition. 
a-iroSdhXw, fut. a7ro6a?i6), perf. drco- 
SeBTirjua, 2d aor. drceBdlov (from 
airo, away, and fidXKu, to cast). 
To throw away, to lose. 
awo62,eiTG), fut. tpco, perf. aTTo6s6Xe- 
<f>a (from dno, away, and 6/leTrw, 
to look). Literally, to look away 
from other objects towards some 
particular one, hence, to regard, 
to direct attention to, to look to- 
wards, 
airodldu/ii, fut. airoduxjo), perf. ano- 
dedona (from aixd, away, and 
diSiOfic, to give). To give away, 
to give back, to restore, to bestow, 
to produce, &c. 
dnodvrjoKC), fut. drToBavovfiat, perf. 
aTzoTEdvrjKa, 2d aor. diridavov 
(from drro, away, and -d-vijaKu, 
to die). To die, to die away. 
anoKOTTTO), fut. Koipu, perf. uttoke- 
KO(f>a (from airo, away, and kotttco, 
to cut). To cut off, to cut away. 
anoKplvu, fut. icpTvtJ, perf. aKOKEKpc- 
Ka (from airo, away, and npivu, to 
separate). To separate, to dis- 
tinguish. — In the middle voice, 
to answer. 
arroKTEivu, fut. KTEvio, perf. dlTE- 
urdna, 2d aor. dneiiTavov (from 
arxo, away, and ktelvo, to kill). 
To kill, to slay, to put to death. 



Apr 

airo?i?iV[ii, fut. tnroMcu, per. diuo- 
"kena, Attic reduplication uttoPiu- 
7i£K.a (from drro, away, and oA- 
Ay,t£t, to destroy). To destroy, to 
sustain a loss, to lose. — In the 
middle voice, d'KoXkvaaL, to be 
undone, to be lost, to perish, 2d 
aor. mid. dmolounv, perf. mid. 
ditidka or drroTi^a, lam undone. 

AizoXkav, covog, 6. Apollo. 

'A.'KoTJiUvlog, ov, 6. Apollbntus, a 
man's name. 

airoTrE/j,7ca, fut. ipo (from airo, away, 
and ■keuttu, to send). To send 
away from, to dismiss, to send off. 

aTTOirkavao}, u, fut. Tjaco (from utto, 
away, and -rrXavacj, to cause to 
wander). To cause to wander 
away from. — In the middle voice, 
d-Kortkavdouai, couac, to wander 
away from. 

aTropia, ag, 7) (from diropog). Com- 
plete perplexity, utter embarrass- 
ment, utter want. 

airopoc, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
TTopoc, a way through). Utterly 
at loss, completely perplexed, in 
the greatest want. 

inzopp'r)TOc, ov (adj. from cnro, away 
from, and fieo, to speak). Not 
to be uttered, secret, not to be di- 



cttoot£/IAcj, fut. aTtocTeku, perf. 
uTzearaXica (from cnro, away, 
and oteTJm, to send). To send 
away, to send. 

aTTOTidnfii, fut. dirodrjcto, perf. cnro- 
TEdstKa (from cnro, away, and 
ridnuL, to put). To lay aside, to 
put off, to put down, to deposite. 

apa(conj.). Then, therefore. When 
circumflexed on the first syllable, 
it is interrogative, is it that! 
whether ? It has often the mean- 
ing of forsooth, to wit, &c. 

apd, ac, 7]. A curse, an impreca- 
tion. 

dpao/xai, uuat, fut. dcoaai (from 
dpd, a curse). To imprecate. 

"Apa\p, d6oc, 6. An Arabian. 

'ApyeZoc, a, ov (adj. from "Apyog). 
Argive, of or belonging to Argos. 
As a substantive, Apyelog, ov, 6, 
an Argive. 
R2 



APM 

^Apyovavrat, uv, ol (from Apyco, 
the ship Argo, and vavTrjc, a 
mariner). The Argonauts, the 
heroes who sailed in the Argo to 
Colchis, in quest of the golden 
fleece. 

"Apyoc, eoc, to. Argos, the capi- 
tal of Argolis in the Pelopon- 
nesus. 

"Apyoc, ov, 6. Argus, a herdsman 
of gigantic size, the keeper of Io, 
fabled to have had a hundred 
eyes. 

dpyvpeoc, ia, eov, contr. ovc, a, ovv 
(adj. from dpyvpoc, silver). Of 
silver, made of silver, silver. 

dpyvpoc, ov, 6 (from apyoc, white). 
Silver. 

Apidovcra, ng, r). Arethusa, the 
name of a fountain in the island 
of Ortygia, forming part of the 
precincts of Syracuse. 

dpETTJ, ijc i] (from apso/cco, to fit or 
suit). Primitive meaning, fit- 
ness, ability. Ordinary mean- 
ings, virtue, merit, valour. 

dprjv, dpvoc, 6 and t). A lamb. 
The preferable nominative of 
dpvoc is dprjv, the form ape, 
though given by some lexicons, 
being in fact obsolete. 

"Apnc, eog, 6. Mars, the god of 
war. 

ApLdSvn, ng, r). Ariadne, daughter 
of Minos, forsaken by Theseus on 
the island of Naxos. 

dptduog, ov, 6. Number, a number. 

ApLCTEidrjr, ov, 6. Aristldes, a 
Greek famed for his integrity. 

ApiGTodr/uoc, ov, 6. Aristodemus, 
a man's name. 

ApLLjTou£V7}c, ovc, 6. Aristomenes, 
a man's name. 

dpLcroc, V, ov (adj.-, irreg. super- 
lative of dyadog). Best, most 
virtuous, most excellent, bravest, 
&c. 

'ApioTotpdvne, ovc, 6. Aristopha- 
nes, a celebrated comic poet of 
Athens. 

dp/croc, ov, r). A bear. 

dpua, drog, to (from dpco, to fit, to 
yoke). A chariot, a car. 

dpuarrjTiaTeci, &, fut. rjoco (from 
197 



ASK 
dpfia, a chariot, and klavvu, to 
drive). To drive a chariot, to 
impel a chariot. 

dpornc, ov, 6 (from dpou, to plough). 
A husbandman, a ploughman. 

"A.pnviai, £>v, at. The Harpies, 
fabled monsters, having the faces 
of women and the bodies of vul- 
tures. 

dpp'rjv, ev (adj.). Male, masculine, 
robust, vigorous, brave. 

dp^uaroc, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
fiuvvvfii, to be strong). Weak, 
feeble, inefficient, sick. 

'ApTEfiidcopoc, ov, 6. Artemidbrus, 
a man's name. 

'ApTEfiic, Tdoc, ?). Diana. 

uproc, ov, 6. Bread, a loaf. It 
properly denotes wheaten bread, 
as distinguished from [id^a, bar- 
ley bread. 

apxVi VSi V- A beginning, an ori- 
gin, a taking the lead, hence a 
magistracy, an office, govern- 
ment, empire. 

'kpxidauoc, ov, 6. Archiddmus, a 
man's name. 

dpxirsKTuv, ovoc, 6 (from dpxu, to 
be at the head, and tektov, an 
artificer). A head-builder, an 
architect. 

apxcov, ovtoc, 6 (from dpxu, to rule). 
A governor, a ruler, an archon. 

apuua, aroc, to. A spice, an herb 
for seasoning, an aromatic herb, 
aroma. 

aaeBeta, ac, rj (from a, not, and 
o£6g), to worship). Impiety, ir- 
relxgion. 

aaebric., £c (adj. from a, not, and 
oe6(j, to worship). Impious, ir- 
religious, wicked. 

darjaoc, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
cf/ua, a mark or sign). Obscure, 
unimportant. 

dadEvrjc, ec (adj. from a, not, and 
cQivoc, strength). Weak, feeble, 
sick. 

'kola, ac, 7). Asia. 

acKeu, u, fut. TJow, perf. TjaavKa. 
To exercise, to pursue, to prac- 
tise, to train up, to prepare. 

aoicoc, ov, 6. A wine-skin, a bag 
of skin, a leathern sack, a bottle. 
198 



ATT 

aoTra&fJiai, fut. doojiai, perf. 7jGrraa- 
fiat. To embrace, to salute, to 
greet, to welcome. 

acnaafia, droc, to (from daird^Q- 
fiai, to embrace). An embrace, 
a greeting. 

aortic, tdoc, rj. A shield. Also, 
an asp. 

acTEpoEtc, oEaaa, oev (adj. from 
aarfjp, a star). Starry, shining, 
refulgent, radiant. 

aGTpuTTT], fjc, t) (from acTpanTU, to 
flash forth). Lightning. 

aarpdirTG), fut. ijjo), perf. Tjcrpafya. 
To flash forth, to emit lightning, 
to lighten. 

darpov, ov, to. A star, a constel- 
lation. 

doTpoXoyso), &, fut. Tjao), perf. 
TjOTpoloynna (from darpov, a 
star, and Xiyo), to discourse). 
To observe the stars, to know the 
stars, to study or practise as- 
tronomy, and in later writers, to 
practise astrology, to be an as- 
trologer. 

darpovofioc, ov, 6 (from doTpov, a 
star, and vouoc, a law). An as- 
tronomer. 

doTV, eoc, to. A city. 

da§akr}q, ec (adj. from a, not, 
and acfidXlo/uai, mid. voice, to 
stumble or fall). Safe, secure, 
firm. 

da^alToc, ov, i) (from a, not, and 
afydXkouai, to fall or fail). As- 
phaltus, bitumen, mineral pitch, 
deriving its Greek name from its 
property of firmly cementing. 

'AraMvTn, nc, 1). Atalanta, a 
female name. 

drdaQilXoc, ov (adj. from drdo, 
harm). Wicked, impious, 
ish, rash, indiscreet, overbearing 



■do, to 
, fool- 
'.aring, 



areata, ac, t) (from a, not, and tlui), 
honour). Ignominy, dishonour, 
loss of rights as a citizen. 

'krpsiSnc, ov, 6. Son of Atreus, 
a patronymic appellation given 
by Homer to Agamemnon and 
Menelaus. 

'Attckoc, tj, ov (adj.). Attic, of ox 
belonging to Attica. 



arvx^o), &, fut. fjcu, perf. i/TvxyKa 
(from a, not, and rvxv> fortune). 
To be unfortunate. 

arvxT/g, ig (adj. from a, not, and 
tvXVi fortune). Unfortunate, un- 
happy. 

Avyeiag, ov, 6. Augeas, king of 
T Elis. 

avOtg, (adv. lengthened from av). 
Again, anew, afterward. 

avog, a, ov (adj. from avcj, to dry 
up). Dry, thirsty, thirsting. 

avpa, ag, r/ (from avu, to blow). A 
breeze. 

avpXov (adv.). To-morrow. 

Avaoveg, uv, oi. The Ausones, an 
ancient people of Italy. 

avrodt (adv.). Here, there, in that 
very spot. 

AvrolvKog, ov, 6. Autolycus, a 
man's name. 

avTog, rj, 6 (pron.). With the arti- 
cle, 6 avTog, the same. Without 
the article, and in the oblique 
cases, following a verb, him, her, 
it. In the nominative with a 
verb, he himself, she herself, &c. 
In the oblique cases, beginning 
a clause, it has also a reflexive 
force ; as, avrbv kupana, I have 
seen the man himself, ravrd, 
for tu avrd, the same things, &c. 

avroxOov, ov (adj. from avrog, and 
xOuv, the earth). Sprung from 
the earth itself, indigenous, abo- 
riginal. Hence the term avrox- 
doveg was applied to a race, sup- 
posed to have been the primitive 
inhabitants of a country, and fa- 
bled consequently to have sprung 
from the very soil. This name 
was assumed in particular by the 
Athenians. 

avxpypog, a, ov (adj. from avxp-og, 
dryness). Dry, squalid, parched. 

u<j)avT/g, eg (adj. from a, not, and 
(fiaivofiai, mid. voice, to appear). 
Unseen, not visible, obscure. 

acpavi^o), fut. Xau, perf. jjtydvXna 
(from afpavrjg, invisible). To 
make invisible, to cause to dis- 
appear, to annihilate, to destroy. 

afydovXa, ag, rj (from acpdovog, abun- 
dant). Abundance, plenty. 



BAP 

■, ov, (adj. from a, not, 
and fdovog, envy). Abundant, 
copious, rich. Primitive idea, 
not envying others, but having 
enough of one's own. 

aftijig, eug, rj (from d(pLKviojU.at, to 
come to). An arrival, a coming. 

utyoSog, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
(j>66og,fear). Fearless, undaunt- 
ed, intrepid. 

'A(f)podlT7}, ng, rj. Venus. 

aQpcov, ov (adj. from a, not, and 
(ppr/v, mind). Foolish, senseless, 
unreflecting. 

'kxatoi, uv, oi. The Greeks. 

axdpiOTog, ov (adj. from a, not, 
and x a ?' i ^°l iai i t° gratify, to 
thank). Ungrateful, thankless. 

uxOog, eog, to. A load, a burden, 
distress, affliction, grief, heavy 
sorrow. 

'A^t/Ueiic, Eog, 6. Achilles, son of 
Peleus and Thetis, and the most 
famous Grecian warrior at the 
siege of Troy. 

dipivdXov, ov, to. Wormwood. 

B. 

(3adi£cj, fut. Xgq, perf. SeBudXaa 
(from (3u6og, a step). To go, to 
move along, to walk. 

(3ddvg, ela, v (adj.). Deep, pro- 
found, dense. 

(3ai6g, a, ov (adj.). Small, little. 

BaarpXavog, rj, ov (adj. from Bate- 
TpXa). Bactrian, of or belonging 
to Bactria. Frequently used as 
a substantive, X^P a i however, be- 
ing in fact understood ; as, Bc/c- 
Tpiavrj, rjg, rj, Bactriana or Bac- 
tria, a country of Upper Asia. 

Baicxog, ov, 6. Bacchus, the god 
of wine, son of Jupiter and 
Semele. 

/3a7TT6), fut. Tpu, perf. peSaQa, 2d 
aor. k&dfyov. To dip, to plunge, 
to immerse. Hence, to dye. 

(3dp6apog, ov (adj.). Foreign, bar- 
barous, barbarian. Frequently 
used as a noun, Bdp6apog, ov, 6, 
a barbarian, a foreigner. 

(3ap6Xrog, ov, tj. A lyre. 

(3upog, eog, to. A weight, a load, a 
burden. 

199 



BOX 

ftdtravoc, ov, r). A touchstone, a 
test, a trial. 

fiaoilEia, ac, t) (from fiaoikEVc ). A 
queen. 

{3a(7i?oEiov, ov, to, and in the plural 
fiaoi'keia, ov, rd. A palace. In 
strictness, however, a mere adjec- 
tive, dofia, a building, being un- 
derstood with (3aai?i€iov; and 66- 
fiara in the plural with (3aal?i,eta. 

(3a<rl/iEtoc, a, ov (adj. from foao- 
i?ievc). Royal, regal, kingly. 

fiacllevc, foe, 6. A king, a mon- 
arch. 

pactTunoc (adv. from ^aatlevc). 
Like a king, regally. 

fiaaTkiaaa, nc, r) (from ftaaiXevc). 
A queen. 

fiao-Kaivo, fut. dv6, perf. j3e6da- 
nayna (from (3&ckg), to speak). 
To bewitch, to bind with a spell. 
— (be fj,7f fiacKavdooiv, that they 
may not become spell-bound, i. e., 
suffer from magic spells. 

fiarog, ov, t). A bramble, a hush. 

fiaroe, rj, ov (adj. from ftaivo, to go). 
Accessible. 

(3iaiog, a, ov (adj. from j3ca,violence). 
Violent, forcible, powerful. 

fiitTiiov, ov, to (dim. from (3i6?„oc). 
A small book, a treatise. 

(3l6Xoc, ov, rj. A book. 

fitoc, ov, 6. Life, a life, a mode 
of life. 

filaBspoc, a, ov (adj. from (3?mttto), 
to injure). Injurious, hurtful. 

(31nxdofiat, 6\iai, fut. ijaoftai, perf. 
(3e6AJixn/ji.ai (from (Hnx?/, a bleat- 
ing). To bleat. 

fiodo, 6, fut. ijaci, perf. SeSonKa 
(from fiof], a loud cry). To cry 
aloud, to shout, to call out. 

BoioTia, ac, rj. Bozolia, a country 
of Greece. 

@6o~KVfj.a, &toc, to (from /36oko, to 
feed). A herd. 

fiorpvc, voc, 6. A cluster of grapes, 
a grape. 

fiovfcoloc, ov, 6 (from (3ovg, an ox 
or cow, and koXov, food). A 
herdsman. 

(3ov7iev/j.a, utoc, to (from (3ov2,evo). 
A counsel, a resolve, a design, a 
plan. 



TAP 

(3ov?i£v(i), fut. (tw, perf. fiEtovlevna 
(from (3ov2,r/, counsel, will). To 
counsel, to advise. — In the mid- 
dle voice, to resolve, to deliberate 
with one's self. 

fiovli], ?jc, r). Will, counsel, pur- 
pose. 

(Sovlifxiao), 6, fut. aero, perf. (3s~ 
6ovXifjitiica (from fiovXiyla, great 
hunger). To be very hungry, to 
be famished. 

j3ovXo/u,ac, fut. r/oo/j-ai, perf. (3e- 
6ovlr]{iat (from (3ovXr/, will). 
To loish. 

(3ovvoc, ov, 6. A hill, an eminence. 

0ovc, (3ooc. 6 and t). An ox or 
cow. 

Bovoipic, ^6oc, 6. Busiris, a king 
of Egypt. 

(3pd6cvc, eoc, 6. An umpire, a 
judge. 

fipadve, Eta, v (adj.). Slow, tardy, 
dull. 

fipdxvc., Eta, v (adj.). Short, brief, 
small. 

Bpswoc, ov, 6. Brennus. 

PpovTcio), 6, fut. tjgo, perf. (3E6p6v- 
Tvna (from {3povT7J, thunder). 
To thunder. 

(3povTr/, r)q, t). Thunder. As op- 
posed to KEpavvoc, it denotes the 
noise of the thunder, in Latin ton- 
itru ; whereas KEpavvoc means 
the thunderbolt (i. e., lightning), 
in Latin fulmen. 

(SpoToc, ov, 6. A mortal. 

(3po)Tog, rj, ov (adj. from (3i6p6aKo, 
to eat). Eaten. — fipoTov, food, 
anything eaten. 

(3vpaa, nc, t). A hide, a skin. 

ftouog, ov, 6. An altar. 

T. 

TdlaTai, ov, oi. The Gauls. 

yd'kfi, Tjc, rj. A weasel, a cat. 

yufj-eo, 6, fut. tjgo, perf. ysydpnKa, 
1st aor. Eydfinaa and lyvfia. To 
marry, to take in marriage (said 
of the man). — In the middle ya/i- 
io/uaL, ov/iai, to marry (said of 
the female). 

yap (conj.). For. (Never used at 
the beginning of a sentence.) — 
Employed sometimes in interro- 



ton 

gations with the force of then; 
as, Tig yap ; who then 1 
yeldu, Q, fut. aao, perf. yeyiluKa. 
To laugh. 

yeTiolog, a, ov (adj. from ye/taw, to 
laugh). Laughable, ridiculous. 

yeved, ug, r) (from yivog, a race). 
Generation, birth, a family, a 
race. 

yevvdeo, u, fut. t}gg), perf. yeyevvr]- 
K.a (from yevoc, a race). To be- 
get, to produce. 

yivoc, eoc, to. A race, birth, kind. 

yepaioc, a, ov (adj. from yfjpag, old 
age). Aged, old, venerable. 

yipdvog, ov, 6. A crane. 

yipac, utoc (contr. dog, ug), to. A 
reward, dignity, esteem. 

yipuv, ovTog, 6. An old man. 

yevo), fut. ou, perf. yiyevna. To 
give to taste, to entertain, to serve 
up before one. — In the middle 
voice, yevo/xai, to give to one's 
self to taste, to taste. 

yeyvpa, ag, rj. A bridge. 

yecopyeu, &, fut. t}go), perf. ysyeup- 
yvKa (from yea, old form for yfj, 
earth, and epyov, work). To till 
the earth, to cultivate. 

yecopyog, ov, 6 (from yea for yfj, 
earth, and ipyov, ivork). A hus- 
bandman, a farmer. 

yVi VC> Vi contracted from yea. 
The earth, ground. 

yijpag, drog (contr. dog, ug), to. 
Old age. 

yiyag, avTog, 6. A giant. 

yiyvojxat (later form yivofiac), fut. 
yevrjcofiai, perf. yeyevrjftai, 2d 
aor. mid. kyEvo/xr/v, perf. mid. ye- 
yova. To become, to exist, to be. 

ylvKvg, ela, v (adj.). Sweet, agree- 
able. 

yluGGa, vg, and yluTTa, ng, r). 
The tongue, a tongue. 

yvufin, rig, 37. Reason, opinion, in- 
tention, good sense. 

yvupl\iog, ov (adj. from yvupi^u, 
to make known). Known, re- 
nowned. 

yovsvg, iug, 6 (from yovog, proge- 
ny). A father, a generator. — In 
the plural, yovelg, parents, an- 
cestors. 



AAN 

yoog, ov, 6, and yon, ng, h (from 
yodu, to tvail). Wailing, lamen- 
tation, groaning, sorrow. 

ypdfifia, dTog, to (from ypd<pu, to 
write). A letter (of the alpha- 
bet). — In the plural, literature, 
letters, languages, learning. 

ypdtpu, fut. ipu, perf. ysypafia. To 
write, to describe, to paint, to 
represent. — In the middle voice, 
to accuse, i. e., to cause the name 
of another to be written down by 
the magistrate. 

YpvXkog, ov, 6. Gryllus, son of 
Xenophon. 

ypvip, ypv-iTog, 6. A griffin, a fabu- 
lous animal. 

yv/uvd^u, fut. ugu, perf. yeyv/uvaica 
(from yvfivog, naked). To exer- 
cise, to train. 

yvfiviKog, tj, ov (adj. from yv/ivog, 
naked). Gymnastic, pertaining 
to athletic exercises. 

yvftvog, rj, ov (adj.). Naked, nude, 
bare, destitute, exposed. 

yvvr), acKog, tj. A woman, a fe- 
male. — Vocative yvvai, from the 
old nominative yvvaii;. 

yvip, yvKog, 6. A vulture. 



AaiSd?Mg, ov, 6. Daedalus, a cele- 
brated artificer of remote an- 
tiquity. 

daifiuv, ovog, 6. A divinity, a deity, 
a genius or guardian spirit, for- 
tune, chance, fate. 

duKvv, fut. 6r}^o/xat, perf. Sedrjxa, 
2d aor. eddicov. To bite, to sting. 

ddicpv, vog, to. A tear. 

ddnpv/j.a, drag, to (from Saupvu, to 
weep). A tear. 

danTvTaog, ov, 6 (from SdicTvlog, a 
finger). A finger-ring, a ring. 

Aavdrj, ng, 7). Dande, mother of 
Perseus. 

Aavatdeg, ov, at. The Dana%des, 
or daughters of Danaus. 

Aavdog, ov, 6. Danaus, king of 
Argos. 

davet^u, fut. gu, perf. dsddvEiKa. 
To lend. — In the middle voice, 
to borrow, i. e., to cause to be 
lent unto one's self. 

201 



AE2 
duKtdov, ov, to' (from da, Doric for 

yfj, earth, and tteSov, a basis). 

A floor, a pavement, a surface 

of earth, a piece of ground, 
ddipvn, nc, ij. Laurel, or, more 

strictly speaking, bay ; a laurel- 
tree, a bay-tree. 
Ad<pvic, idoc, 6. Daphnis, a shep- 
herd s name. 
<?£ (a particle). But, however, yet, 

therefore. It is opposed to juev. 
dsidco, future dslao), perf. dideitca, 

perf. middle dzdoiKa and dsdia. 

To fear, to be afraid. The perf. 

mid. has the signification of the 

present. 
SeiKvvfii, fut. dsl^u, perf. dsdsixa. 

To show, to point out, to disclose, 

to represent, 
deikoc, rj, ov (adj. from dsidu, to 

fear). Cowardly, timid, weak, 

wretched, 
deivoc, i], ov (adj.). Dreadful, ter- 
rible, fearful ; strong, powerful ; 

bad, grievous, 
dzlnvov, ov, to. A supper, a meal, 

a feast, an entertainment, 
deiaidal/xov, ov (adj. from deidu, 

to fear, and dai/uuv, the deity). 

Superstitious, one who worships 

through fear alone, not from true 

devotion. 
de/ia (numeral adj.). Ten. Inde- 
clinable. 
SeKuTrevTe (numeral adj. from Sena, 

ten, and ttevte, five). Fifteen. 

Indeclinable. 
dsnaToc, v, ov (numeral adj. of the 

ordinal class, from dim, ten). 

Tenth. 
devSprjELc, rjeaaa, rjev (adj. from 

devdpov, a tree). Abounding in 

trees, woody, 
divdpov, ov, to. A tree, 
decide, a, ov (adj. from dexofiai, to 

take). The right, on the right; 

dexterous, skilful, ingenious ; 

auspicious, lucky, favourable, 
dipag, aToq, to (from dipo, to flay). 

A skin, a hide, leather, 
dspfxa, utoc, to (from dspcj, to flay). 

A skin, a hide, 
decfioc, ov, 6. A bond, a fetter, a 

tie. — In the plural, to, deafid. 
202 



AIA 

dEGfxuTTjpTov, ov, to (from dea/ua- 
Trip, a prisoner). A prison, a 
place of confinement. 

dscnzoTnc, ov, 6 (from dEawo^o), to 
rule absolutely). A master, a 
lord, a despot. 

devTEpoe, a, ov (adj.). Second. — • 
devTEpov, taken adverbially, in 
the second place. 

dri (a particle). Now, certainly, 
truly; then, in fine, &c. 

Anfioodevrjc, ovc, 6. Demosthenes, 
the celebrated Athenian orator. 

drjpiooloc, a, ov (adj. from df/fioc, the 
people). Public, common. 

drjvaioc, d, ov (adj. from dijv, a I 
time). Old, living long, 
long, everlasting. 

dim, prep, governing the genitive 
and accusative. Its leading and 
primitive meaning is through. 
With the genitive it denotes 
through, throughout, during, be- 
tween. With the accusative, 
through, during, on account of, 
by reason of, &c. In composi- 
tion it denotes through, thor- 
oughly, effectually, and also car- 
ries with it in many instances the 
idea of separation, division, &c. 

dia6auie, euc, V (from dia6aivu, to 
pass through, to cross over). A 
passage, a crossing. 

diaSodu, fut. rjcu, perf. dia6e6oj]Ka 
(from did, thoroughly, and 6odo, 
to cry). To shout loudly, to cry 
aloud, to make public, to report, 
to divulge. 

diaSoTiT}, f/g, r/ (from diaBdMo, to 
slander, to calumniate). Slan- 
der, calumny, false accusation. 

diaifioc, ov(adj. from did, thorough- 
ly, and alfxa, blood). Bloody, 
covered with blood. 

diaira, nc, rj. A mode of life, a 
plan of life, means of support, 
subsistence, diet. 

didnovoc, ov, 6. An attendant, a 
servant, a messenger, an agent. 

dianocToi, ai, a (numeral adj.). 
Two hundred. 

dialiyu, fut. fw, perf. diaX&oxa 
(from did, through, and "hiyu, to 
select). To separate, to select, to 



AIA 

set apart. — In the middle voice, 
6iake.you.aL, to discourse, to con- 
verse. 

diaXvcig, eoc, ij (from diakvu, to 
separate). Dissolution, separa- 
tion, liberation, discharge, a rec- 
onciliation^ i. e., a separation of 
contending parties, an agree- 
ment, a treaty. 

diafierpog, ov, 77 (from did, through, 
and fiETpeo), to measure). A di- 
ameter, a line drawn through a 
central point. Properly an ad- 
jective, with ypafiftfj, a line, un- 
derstood. 

dcaiTE/nro), fut. ipu, perf. diaTtcTzop.- 
<pa (from did, through or over, 
and 7re/j.ircj, to send). To send 
through, to transmit, to send 
away, to dismiss. 

diairvpog, ov (adj. from did, thor- 
oughly, and Ttvp, fire). Red-hot, 
glowing, burning, entirely on 
fire. 

diaoneddvvvui, future diaoneddoid 
(from 6td, thoroughly, and CKed- 
avvvui, to scatter). To disperse, 
to scatter. 

diacnidvn/j.1, fut. diaaKeddao) (from 
Sid, thoroughly, and Guidvyfii, to 
scatter). To disperse, to scatter 
about. 

diatmsipco, fut. diaarcepC), perf. 
diiairapua (from Sid, thoroughly, 
and arreipo), to sow). To scatter 
up and down. The primitive 
reference is to the scattering of 
seed in sowing ; and then the 
later meaning refers to any scat- 
tering. 

didaraaig, cue, y (from did, apart, 
and lary/xi, to stand). A stand- 
ing apart, a difference, a disa- 
greement, a separation. 

dtarapdoGw, fut. diarapdtjio, perf. 
diarerapaxa (from did, thorough- 
ly, and rapdccG), to disturb). To 
agitate, to alarm, to disturb 
greatly. 

6iaTid7j/j.i, fut. diaQricu, perf. dia- 
TedeiKa (from did, apart, and 
ridnui, to place). To dispose, to 
arrange, to set in order, to rcgu- 



Alfl 

diacpdeipu, fut. diaepdepu, perf. dii<p- 
dapua (from dm, thoroughly, and 
(pdeipu, to corrupt). To destroy, 
to ruin, to waste. 

diddonaTioc, ov, 6 (from diddaKa, to 
teach). A teacher, a preceptor. 

diddatiu, fut. diddtja, perf. dsdiddxa. 
To teach, to instruct. 

didvfioc, ov (adj. from dig, twice). 
Double, twofold. As a substan- 
tive, a twin. 

didu/Lii, fut. dtooa), perf. dedoica. 
To give, to grant, to deliver. 

di&fiai, fut. difyaofiai. To search, 
to go in quest of, to strive to ob- 
tain. 

dina^o, fut. dan (from difen, jus- 
tice). To judge, to decide, to 
pronounce sentence, to condemn. 
— In the middle voice, to go to 
law, to contend at law, literally, 
to cause justice to be dispensed 
unto one's self. 

diKaioc, a, ov (adj. from dinn, jus- 
tice). Just, upright, right. 

diKaaTrjg, ov, 6 (from dnid^ot, to 
judge). A judge. 

diKij, ng, rj. Justice, right. 

diKrvov, ov, to. A net. 

Aioyevng, ovg, 6. Diogenes, a cynic 
philosopher. 

Aiovvaog, ov, 6. Bacchus. 

AiovvGiog, ov, 6. Dionysms, a 
man's name. 

diori (from did and on). Why ? 
wherefore 1 — Because, on this ac- 
count. — That. 

diirloog, on, 6ov, contr. ovg, rj, ovv 
(adj. from dig, twice, and tzMo, 
an old form, to fold). Double, 
twofold. 

dirvovg, ovv (adj. from dig, twice, and 
izovg, afoot). Two footed, biped. 

dig (numeral adv.). Twice. 

diofivpioi, ai, a (numeral adj. from 
dig, twice, and fxvpioi, ten thou- 
sand). Twenty thousand. 

diax'tkloi, at, a (numeral adj. from 
dig, twice, and x L ^ l0 h & thou- 
sand). Two thousand. 

diipa, ng, y. Thirst. 

diuiio, fut. togo, perf. dedio)x&- 
To pursue, to drive onward, to 
prosecute. 

203 



AQA 

diupvg, vxoc, V (from did, through, 
and bpvaato, to dig). A canal, 
a trench. 

66p.oc, ov, 6 (from ds/icj, to con- 
struct). A house, a mansion, a 



dot-a, yc, r). Opinion, report, fame. 

dopd, ac, r) (from depu, to flay). A 
skin, a hide. 

dovhsia, ac, y (from dovlioc, a 
slave). Slavery, servitude. 

dovTioc, ov, 6 (from 6eu>, to hind). 
A slave. 

dovXocvvrj, vc, i) (from dovTioc, a 
slave). Slavery, servitude. 

dpanuv, ovroc, 6 (from 2d aor. part. 
dparcov of depKO), from the pier- 
cing sight assigned by the an- 
cients to their fabled dragon). 
A dragon, but more commonly 
a large serpent, a serpent, a 
snake. 

Apuicov, ovroc, 6. Draco, a cele- 
brated Athenian lawgiver. 

tipuua, aroc, to (from dpdu, to do, 
to act). A play, a drama. 

dpiuvc, ela, v (adj.). Sharp, acrid, 
pungent, keen ; fierce, severe. 

dpvnTO, fut. tyu, perf. dedpvya. To 
tear, to scratch, to lacerate. 

dpvc, voc, rj. An oak-tree, a tree in 



Svvauat, fut. dwrjoouai, perf. 6e- 
dvvyuat. To be able, to have 
power, to avail, to be equivalent to. 

Svvuuig, euc, r) (from Svvauat,, to 
be able). Power, might, force, 
skill ; an armed force, a force, 
an army. 

dwaroc, r), ov (adj. from dvvauai, 
to be able). Able, powerful, 
strong, robust, mighty. 

Svo (numeral adj.). Two. 

dvodvuoc, ov (adj. from 6vc, a neg- 
ative or privative particle, and 
■dvpoc, spirit). Dejected, dispir- 
ited, desponding, discouraged. 

dvcrnvog, ov (adj. from 6vc, a neg- 
ative or privative particle, and 
ctevu, to groan). Unfortunate, 
unhappy, miserable. 

AuduvT], v£, jj. Dodbna, the seat 
of a celebrated oracle of Jove, in 
Epirus. 
204 



Era 

dufia, aroc, to (from deuu, to con- 
struct). A. house, a mansion. 

dupov, ov, to (from 86u, to give). 
A gift, a present. 

E. 

hdv or dv, Attic yv (conditional par- 
ticle). If, provided. Compound- 
ed of el and dv, and connected 
with the subjunctive and op- 
tative moods ; more commonly 
with the former. 

sap, mpoc, to, contr. r)p, fjpoc. The 



kapivoc, rj, ov (adj. from Zap, the 
spring). Vernal, pertaining to 
the spring. 

iavTov, r)c, ov (reflex, pron.). His 
own, her own, of himself, of her- 
self, &c. Used often by the At- 
tics for the first and second per- 
son also. 

kdo), u, fut. aau, perf. elafca. To 
permit, to allow, to leave, to give 
up, to yield. 

E6dour}fcovTa, (numeral adj., inde- 
clinable, from e66ouoc, seventh, 
with numeral suffix). Seventy. 

eBdopoc, rj, ov (numeral adj., ordi- 
nal class, from cirrd, seven). 
Seventh. 

kyyvdsv (adv. from hyyvc, near). 
Near, near at hand. Primitive 
meaning, from near at hand. 

kysipcj, fut. kyepti, perf. yyepica. 
To arouse, to excite, to awaken, 
to stir up. — Perfect middle, hypy- 
yopa, I am awake, i. e., I have 
awakened myself, and remain 
awake. 

kyupdTEia, ac, y (from kyKparyc, 
holding firm, continent). Conti- 
nence, self-control, moderation, 
abstinence. 

hyKpdTTjc, ec (adj. from kv, in, and 
updroc, power, control). Hold- 
ing firm, continent, abstinent ; 
possessed of, commanding, ru- 
ling, controlling. 

kyxcipio° r ov, ov, to (from kv, in, and 
Xet-p, the hand). A dagger, a 
short sword. 

kyu (personal pronoun). I. — syu- 
ye, I for my part. 



EK 

edvov, ov, to. A bridal present. 
The plural, eSva, bridal presents, 
is most commonly used. 

kdpa, ac, 7] (from Hoc, a seat). A 
seat. 

£Oa>, fut. edoficu, less frequently 
eSeao), perf. kd?]dona. To eat. 

kd£?LG), fut. kde/^ao), 1st aor. jjde- 
%r\aa. To will, to wish. Com- 
pare ■&£ Xg). 

edi^o, fut. cggj, perf. eWtica (from 
idoc, custom). To accustom, to 
habituate. — In the middle voice, 
to accustom one's self, to be wont, 
to be accustomed. 

edvoc, eoc, to. A nation. 

el (conditional particle). If. — el 
firj, unless. 

eldoc, eoc, to (from eldo), to see). 
A form, an appearance, aspect, 
cowitenance. 

eldolov, ov, to (dim. from eUog, a 
form). An image, a statue, a 
small image. 

elua^G), fut. aau>, 1st aor. y/cuaa 
(from eluG), to be like). To com- 
pare, to liken, to conjecture. 

elaooi (numeral adj.). Twenty. 

eUoGToc, n, ov (numeral adj. from 
etKotJC, twenty). The twentieth. 

ekcj, fut. el£,u, perf. mid. eoLna. 
To be like, to resemble, to seem. 

elicuv, ovoc, 7) (from eltco, to be like). 
An image, a likeness, a statue. 

elfii (substantive verb), fut. eao/nat. 
To be. 

e'nreZv, 2d aor. inf. of the old form 
elitu), which comes itself from 
the earlier etto. To say. The 
2d aor. ind. is eIttov, and the 2d 
aor. part. eItzgjv. The present is 
not in use. 

elpyvaloc, aia, atov (adj. from elprj- 
vt], peace). Peaceful, calm, quiet, 
pacific. 

tiprjvr], vc, 7). Peace. 

etc, prep, governing the accusative, 
and signifying into, to, against, 
with respect to, into the presence 
of, before, &c. 

etc, fiia, ev (numeral adj.). One. 

en or ef, prep, governing the geni- 
tive, and signifying out, out of, 
from, by means of, from the time 
S 



EKT 

that, since, &c. In composition 
it denotes out, away, forth, and 
also utterly (outerly), completely, 
&c. It is written e/c before a 
consonant, and ef before a vowel. 

maaroc, 7], ov (adj.). Each, every 
one. 

enaoTOTe (adv. from enacToc, each, 
every). Every time, always, con- 
tinually. 

enaTofifir/, nc, 7) (from enarov, a 
hundred, and (3ovg). A heca- 
'tomb, a sacrifice of a hundred 
oxen or victims. 

EKdTov (numeral adj., indeclinable), 
A hundred. 

eicaTOGToc, rj, ov (numeral adj. from 
ekutov, a hundred). The hun- 
dredth. 

ekeZ (adv.). There, in that place. 

EKeZvog, 7], (pron.). He, she, it; 
this, that. Primitive meaning, 
that person or thing there, the 
root being ekeZ. 

EKnTiTjoZa, ag, 7) (from e/c/ca/liw, to 
call forth, to summon). An as- 
sembly, a public 7neeting. 

EKTiiTVEu), u, poetic form for e/cnw- 
to). To fall out. 

£/c7r/lew, u, fut. EKTzXevGu, perf. 
EKiTEnTiEVKa (from e/c, forth, and 
7taeu), to sail). To sail away, to 
sail forth or out. 

EKpr/aoG), fut. EKpT/tjo), perf. E^ippTj- 
Xa (from e/c, forth, and fifioou, to 
break). To break forth, to break 
out, to break loose, to rush forth. 

EKTECVO), fut. EKTEvC), perf. EKTETaKO, 

(from e/c, out, and teivco, to 
stretch). To stretch out, to ex- 
tend. 

EKTcOvftc, fut. Endrjcu, perf. ktcTe- 
6ewa (from e/c, out, and Tidijfic, 
to place). To set out, to place 
out, to expose. — hudeZvai rraid- 
cov, to expose a child. 

ektoq (adv. from e/c). Without- 

ektoc, 7j, ov (numeral adj. from ef, 
six). The sixth. 

EKTpe(j)(j), fut. snOpe-ipo, perf. e/crer- 
po(j>a (from e/c, completely, and 
Tpecj)G), to nurture). To bring 
up, to rear from infancy, to 
nourish. 

205 



EAI 

kKTvyloG), u, fut. uao, perf. ekte- 

TvtyTiuna (from ek, completely, 

and TV(ploo), to blind). To make 

completely blind, to blind. 

"EtcTup, opoc, 6. Hector, a cele- 
brated Trojan warrior. 

ekqv, ovaa, ov (adj.). Voluntary, 
willing, of free will, of one's own 
accord. 

skaiov, ov, to (from ekata, an olive 
tree). Olive oil, oil. 

hTidaauv or eXaTTuv, ov (adj., com- 
parative of hlaxvc, and irregular 
comparative of uucpog). Less, 
smaller, inferior. 

klavvu, fut. kMao, perf. ykdna, and 
with the reduplication, k?iyldKa 
(from sTiau, to urge onward). 
To impel, to drive, to urge on- 
ward, to put to flight, &c. 

ihafyoc, ov, 6. A stag. — y eXatyoe, 
A hind. 

eldxKTTOc, n, ov (adj., superlative 
of hTiaxvc, and irreg. superl. of 
fwtpoc). Least, smallest, short- 
est, most insignificant. 

klaxvc, da, v (adj.). Small, short, 
little. 

eheyxoe, eoc, to. Reproach, op- 
probrium, shame, ignominy. 

zheyxoc, ov, 6. A proof, convic- 
tion, confutation. 

kTierjuoavvr/, yc, y (from klefjuuv, 
compassionate). Pity, mercy, 
compassion. 

'Ehevy, ye, y. Helen, a female 
name. 

'Elevoe, ov, 6. Helenus, a man's 
name. 

kTiEvdspia, ac, y (from hlevdepoc, 
free). Freedom, liberty. 

HevdepXoc, ov (adj. from bXevde- 
poc, free). Free, frank, liberal, 
manly. 

hXevdepoc, a, ov (adj. from eIevBo, 
an old form for epxouat, to come 
and go). Free, i. e., having the 
right of coming and going where 
one pleases. 

kTCcyae, avroc, 6 and y. An ele- 
phant ; ivory. 

'EliKuv, tivoc, 6. Helicon, a moun- 
tain in Bceotia, sacred to Apollo 
and the Muses. 
206 



EMFI 

'E/l/luc, adoc, y. Greece, Hellas. 

°~Ellr]v, yvoc, 6. A Greek. — As a 
proper name, Hellen, son of Deu- 
calion. — In the plural, oi "EXknv- 
ec, the Greeks. 

'ETiXnvLitoc, y, ov (adj. from "E/U,?/i/, 
a Greek). Greek, Grecian, Hel- 
lenic. 

'E1?^gitovtoc, ov, 6 (from "EXXy, 
Helle, and ttovtoc, the sea). The 
Hellespont, now the Dardanelles. 
The ancient name arose from the 
fable of Helle, sister of Phryxus, 
having been drowned in this sea 
or strait. 

hlivic, Idoe, y. Hope, expectation. 

euavTOv, yc (reflexive pronoun). 
Of myself, mine, my own, &c. 
Dative suavrC), to myself, in my- 
self, &c. 

£ju6dX2.u, fut. kfi6akd, perf. eu6e- 
Slyna (from ev, in, and BaXXox, 
to cast). To throw in, to place 
or put in, to suggest, to intro- 
duce. 

k/uSpovryroc. ov (adj. from kfidpov- 
rao), to thunder at). Stupified, 
astounded, thundered at. Com- 
pare the Latin attonitus. The 
leading idea refers to a stupor 
produced by the noise of thunder 
rolling near. 

euoc, y, ov (pronominal adj. from 
huov, gen. of kyd), I). Mine. 

EfiTTedaco, fut. you, perf. suTrsirednica 
(from ev, in, and irsddo, to fetter). 
To entangle, to fetter, to impede. 

EfiTceipoe, ov (adj. from ev, in, 
and Trelpa, trial). Experienced, 
versed in, acquainted with, hav- 
ing made trial of. 

hjiTtoploc, a, ov (adj. from e/UTropoc, 
a merchant). Pertaining to mer- 
chants, relating to trade, of trade, 
of merchants. — The neuter kfi- 
Tcopiov, ov, to, is used also as a 
noun, a place of trade, an empo- 
rium, a mart. 

£fj,TTopoc, ov, 6. A merchant, a 
trader. 

EfXizTvu, fut. voo, perf. EUTreirrvKa 
(from kv, in, and tttvcj, to spit). 
To spit upon, to spit into the 
bosom of. 






ENT 

efKpdyu, obsolete present, for which 
kadiu is in use ; 2d aor. kvefya- 
yov ; 2d aor. infin. kutyaystv. 
To eat up, to swallow up. 

kv, prep, governing the dative, and 
signifying in, at, on. In compo- 
sition, with verbs, it denotes in, 
upon, &c. With adjectives, in, 
furnished with, having, contain- 
ing, &c. 

kvanoatot, at, a (numeral adj.). 
Nine hundred. 

evdenuTOc, y, ov (numeral adj. 
from evdena, eleven). The elev- 
enth. 

kvSeu, fut. evSetjocj. To be want- 
ing. — In the middle voice, kv- 
Seofxat, ovjiai, fut. kvdeiioofxat. 
To suffer want, to want. 

evSo^og, ov (adj. from kv, in, and 
do^a, renown, glory). Renown- 
ed, glorious, illustrious. 

kvdvu, fut. vaco, perf. kvdedvua 
(from kv, in, and 6vu, to enter). 
To put on. — In the middle voice, 
to clothe one's self. 

evena (adv. with the genitive). On 
account of, because of. 

kvEvyicovra (numeral adj., indecli- 
nable). Ninety. 

kvEvnuooToc, y, ov (numeral adj.). 
The ninetieth. 

kvdev, (adv.)- Hence, hereupon; 
thence, thereupon, &c. 

kvSvfteu, C), fut. yau, perf. evredv- 
fiyna (from kv, in, and dvuee, the 
mind). To consider, to think of, 
to ponder in mind, to reflect upon. 
— The middle voice is much more 
common than the active, and has 
the same meanings. 

hvioTE (adv.). Sometimes, at times, 
occasionally. 

EvvaKLCxiAXot, at, a (numeral adj. 
from kvvaKtc, nine times, and 
%iktot, a thousand). Nine thou- 
sand. 

Ivvdroc, y, ov (numeral adj. from 
kvvia, nine). The ninth. 

bvoTcloc, ov (adj. from kv, in, and 
on'Xov, a weapon). Armed, in 
arms, equipped. 

kvravda (adv.). Here, hither, there, 
thither, thereupon. 



EIIA 
evtevOev (adv.). Hence, thence, on 
this account, therefore. 

EVTtdrjfit, fut. kvdrjao, perf. kvrs- 
dEtna (from kv, in, and rWy/Ltt, 
to place). To place in, to intro- 
duce, to communicate. 

Evrlfioc, ov (adj. from kv, in, 
and Ttfir), honour). Honoured, 
prized, valued. 

kvvnvlov, ov, to (from kv, in, and 
V7vvoc, sleep). A dream, a vision 
seen in sleep. 

£f (prep.), same as e/c, but used be- 
fore a vowel, whereas tve is used 
before a consonant. See kit. 

ef (numeral adj., indeclinable). 
Six. 

k^atpsu, cj, fut. Tjou, perf. kgypntca, 
2d aor. k^stlov (from kg, out, and 
alpiu, to take). To take out, to 
take away, to deprive. 

k^aKtaxtklot, at, a (numeral adj. 
from kl-ante, six times, and x't" 
?uot, a thousand). Six thousand. 

itja/coGtot, at, a (numeral adj.). 
Six hundred. 

E^aitovQ, ovv (adj. from If, six, and 
izove, a foot). Six- footed. 

k^aprau, u, fut. you, perf. k^ypry- 
na (from ef, out of or from, and 
aprdu, to suspend). To hang 
from, to hang to, to append, to 
suspend. 

E%EOTt (impersonal verb), 3d sing, 
indie, of k!;£t{it. It is lawful, it 
is permitted. 

i^y/covra (numeral adj., indeclina- 
ble). Sixty. 

kgopdoo, &, fut. 6<ro), perf. k&pda- 
na (from kg, completely, and 6p- 
660, to make erect). To raise 
up, to place erect, to restore, to 
save. 

kotKE, 3d sing. perf. mid. of eIkcj. 
It is like, it resembles, it seems, 
it is right, it is fitting. 

Eoprrj, yc, y. A feast, a banquet. 

tog, et], iov (pronominal adj.). His, 
her, &c. Answering to the 
Latin suus, sua, suum.- 

kiratvEG), u, fut. ecu, perf. kirr/vs- 
Ka (from kiratvog, praise), ' To 
praise, to commend, to approve 

°f- 

207 



Em 

liratvog, ov, 6. Praise, commenda- 
tion, approbation. 

'EjrauivcJvdag, ov, 6. Epaminon- 
das, a celebrated Theban gen- 
eral. 

£7T£i, (conj . and adv.). Since, when, 
after that, after. 

kizEidrj (conj. and adv.). Since, 
when. 

Itteiul (from ettl, and slut, to go). 
To go to, to come to, to arrive at. 
The present is used by the At- 
tics in a future sense. 

eTretra (adv.). Thereupon, then, 
afterward. 

em, prep, governing genitive, da- 
tive, and accusative. Its primi- 
tive and leading signification is 
on or upon. — With the genitive 
it denotes on, upon, in, at, &c. 
With the dative, upon, among, on 
account of, on condition, for. 
With the accusative, upon, 
against, for, in order to. In 
composition, it expresses addi- 
tion, augmentation, increase, rep- 
etition, &c. 

exiypauua, aroc, to (from h-iypd- 
<pu, to icrite upon). An inscrip- 
tion, and hence an epigram. 

kircypdcxj, fut. ipu, pen". - 

<pa (from ettl, upon, and ypdtpu, 
to write). To write upon, to in- 
scribe. 

'E-idau-voc, ov, j]. Epidamnus, a 
city of Illyricum. 

k~Svula, ag, rj (from k~i, and &v- 
uoc, the soul, desire). Desire, a 
longing for, a wish for, &.c. 

ETtu.TjOiiuv, ov (adj. from k-i/.av- 
ddvu, to forget). Forgetful, for- 
getting. 

kiuuiAeia, ag, rj (from k-iusAfc* 
careful). Care, carefulness, at- 
tention, application. 

enLTTOvue (adv. from irri-ovoc, la- 
borious). Laboriously, with dif- 
ficulty. 

errianuoc, ov (adj. from k~i, upon, 
and aqua, a mark). Distin- 
guished, marked, conspicuous, 
honourable, illustrious. 

eTZLOnoreu, £>, fut. tjgco, perf. k~e- 
GKOTVKa (from ettl, upon, and 
208 



EPI 

gkoteo, to darken). To darken, 
to obscure, to throw gloom upon. 

ETiiarapaL, fut. £7TLGT7JGOfiai. To 
know, to understand. 

bnLOTTjur), vg, 7). Knowledge, ac- 
quaintance with. 

hccaroXq, ijg, r) (from ettlgte/Jm, 
to send to). A letter, an epistle, 
a message, a mandate. 

e-lt7]6eloq, a, ov (adj. from e-ltt}- 
dfjc, of which the neuter etuti]- 
6ec, sufficiently, adequately, is 
alone in use). Fitting, adapted 
for, suitable, advantageous, con- 
venient. 

ettiov, 2d aor. part, of E-Eipi. 

E-rd (numeral adj., indeclinable). 
Seven. 

E-ranaLdEKaToc, n, ov (numeral adj. 
from E-rd, seven, koi, and dsfca- 
roc, the tenth). The seventeenth. 

E-ratiooloi, at, a (numeral adj.). 
Seven hundred. 

E~rd-/.ovc, ovv, contr. from i-rd- 
rr?.oog (adj. from irrrd, seven, and 
77/ Ju, to fold). Sevenfold. 

Eparsivoc, rj, ov (adj. from spuo, to 
love). Lovely, amiable, phasing. 

'Epuru, ooc, contr. ovg, i] (from kpd- 
roc, lovely). Erato, one of the 
Muses, presiding over amorous 
poetry. 

kpyacTTJpIov, ov, to (from kpyd^o- 
pai, to icork). A workshop, a 
place for working, an atelier of 
an artist. 

hpyov, ov, to. Work, labour, em- 
ployment ; a deed, an act, a per- 
formance. 

kpsa, ag, rj. Wool. 

EpEEoe, kpsia, hpEEov, contr. hpeovg, 
hpEd, EpEovv (adj. from kpia, 
wool). Made of wool, woollen. 

kpnualoc, aia, alov (adj. from tprj- 
pog, lo7iely). Lonely, solitary, 
deserted, waste, uninhabited. 

tp^uog, n, ov (adj.). Lonely, soli- 
tary, &c. Like hpvualog in all 
its meanings. 

kptavxnv, £v (adj. from epi, an in- 
tensive particle, very, and av\rji', 
the neck). Proud, haughty. Lit- 
erally, stiff-necked. 
■\ h. A kid. 






ETI 

lpT<pog, ov, 6. A kid. 

'IZpiXdoviog, ov, 6. Erichthonms, 
an early king of Athens. 

'E/Y/eaf, eov, contracted 'Epuijg, ov, 
6. Mercury, Hermes. — Also, a 
Herma, or image of Mercury, 
namely, an erect oblong block of 
stone, surmounted with a head of 
Mercury, and set up at Athens 
in public places and before pri- 
vate dwellings. 

'E/yzo/cpar^c, ovg, <L Hermocrates, 
a man's name. 

kpp'ufjLsvoc, fj, ov (adj. from fruvvvfii, 
to be strong). Strong, vigorous, 
robust. Comparative kppufiev- 
ecrtfpoc, superlative kpp'ufxeveo-- 
raroc. 

ipvdnfia, aroc, to (from kpvdaivu, 
to blush). A blush, modesty, 
redness. 

kpvdptao), £>, fut. dcQ (from kpvdpoc, 
red). To grow red, to blush. 

epxouai, fut. k?usvoouai, perf. mid. 
TjXvda, and with the reduplication 
i.7.T]XvBa ; 2d aor. fjWov, by syn- 
cope for T]7JvQov. To go, to come, 
to arrive, to proceed, &c. 

epcjrdu, u, fut. -rjao), perf. rjpoTvua. 
To question, to ask, to interro- 



gate, to inquire. 

spurr/ua, aroc, to (from epuraco, to 
question). A question, an in- 
quiry, a demand. 

hcdfjq, tjtoc, ij. Clothing, raiment, 
attire, dress ; a garment. 

kaOla), fut. Xau, perf. rjodZtca. To 
eat, to consume, to devour. 

'EGTiEpidec, ov, al. The Hes- 
perides, the nymphs that had 
charge of the golden fruit in the 
fabled gardens called after their 
name. 

egtiuo, u, fut. actj, perf. elaTtdica 
(from ecrla, a family hearth). 
To entertain, to receive into a 
house, to give a feast to. 

egtuc, £)toc, perf. part. act. of "igtv- 
fu, for ECT?]Kug, via, 6c. 

ETalpoc, ov, 6. A friend, a com- 
panion. 

etc (adv.). Yet, as yet, besides, 
still, even now. — ovk etc, or ovk- 
etl, no longer, no more. 
S2 



ETM 

etoc, eog, to. A year. — /car* Irog, 
yearly, every year. 

ev (adv.). Well, rightly, properly. 
Strictly speaking, the neuter of 
the adjective Evg, sla, ev. 

~Ev6oia, ag, iq. Euboza, a large and 
fertile island off the coasts of 
Boeotia and Attica. 

Evyiveia, ag, ij (from ev, well, and 
yivog, birth). Illustrious descent, 
noble birth ; generosity, valour. 

EvyEvrjg, ig (adj. from £v,well, and 
yivog, birth). Well-born, nobly 
born ; brave, valiant, generous. 

Evysug, u>v (adj. from ev, well, and 
yia, for yf[, earth, soil). Fertile, 
productive. 

EvSatuoveu, &, fut. rjou (from ev- 
daijuuv, happy). To be happy, 
to be prosperous. 

Evdaiuovca, ag, 57 (from EvSaiuuv, 
happy). Happiness, prosperity. 

Ev6ai/j.u)v, ov (adj. from ev, well, 
and daluov, a genius). Happy, 
prosperous, fortunate. Literally, 
having a good genius to rule the 
hour. — Opposed, consequently, 
to nanodaiutov. 

EVEpyEcla, ag, rj (from EVEpyrjg, 
kind). Kindness, benevolence, 
beneficence ; an act of kindness. 

EVEpysTEU, C>, fut. r]Go, perf. svwp- 
ysrnKa (from EvEpysTrtg, a bene- 
factor). To confer benefits, to 
confer a favour, to benefit, to be 
kind, to do good. 

EVEpyETV/ia, drag, to (from evsp- 
yETsu, to confer benefits). A ben- 
efit, a kindness, a favour. 

Evdpavarog, ov (adj. from e$, well, 
and -&pavo, to break). Easily 
broken, fragile. 

~Evdi«ppuv, tivog, 6. Euthyphro, a 
man's name. 

EVK.aTa<bp6vvTog, ov (adj. from ev, 
easily, and KaTatppovso, to de- 
spise). Contemptible, despica- 
ble. 

evXahiouai, ovuai, fut. rjaouai (from 
EvldBrjg, circumspect, cautious). 
To be circumspect, to avoid, to 
shun, to beware of. 

~E,iu£vid*Eg, ov, al. The Eumem- 
dcs, a name given to the Furies. 
209 



EY4> 

evvoia, ag, r) (from evvooc, favoura- 
ble). Kind feeling, good will, 
attachment, affection. 

evvovxoc, ov, 6. A eunuch. 

evbw'koc, ov (adj. from ev, well, and 
ott?.ov). Well-armed. 

evTcTionduoc, ov (adj. from ev, well, 
and TzTioKd/ioc, a curl). Fair- 
curled, having beautiful curls or 
tresses. 

evKoirjToc, ov (adj. from ev, well, 
and ttoltjtoc, made). Well-made. 

evpeatc, euc, rj (from evpicnu, to 
find). Invention, discovery, a 



evprjfj.a, droc, to (from evpiCKu, to 
find). Anything found, a prize, 
an invention, a discovery. 

~Evpl7zi6Tjc, ov, 6. Euripides, a 
celebrated Athenian tragic poet. 

evpiGKcj, fut. evprjco, perf. evprjua, 
2d aor. evpov. To find, to invent. 

~Evpvditcr}, we, i). Eurydice, wife of 
Orpheus. 

'Evpvfj.sduv, ovroc, 6. The Eurym- 
edon, a river of Pamphylia, in 
Asia Minor. — Also a name of a 
king, Eurymedon. 

T&vpvirTo'kEuoc, ov, 6. Euryptole- 
mus, a man's name. 

evpvc, eta, v (adj.). Broad, wide. 

evoeOrjc, ec (adj. from ev, well, and 
a£6cj, to worship). Pious, reli- 
gious. 

evoxvfiuv, ov (adj. from ev, well, 
and axnjua, form). Of a good 
form, of a graceful appearance, 
handsome, comely, dignified. 

evranrog, ov (adj. from ev, well, 
and rdaaa, to arrange). Well- 
arranged, orderly, correct. 

i&vTEp-KTi, nc, ij. Euterpe, one of 
the Muses. 

evrvxia, ac, rj (from ev, well, and 
TVXV, fortune). Good fortune, 
success, prosperity. 

evtynpZa, ac, i) (from ev, well, and 
(j>rjfii, to say). Language of good 
omen, a good omen, praise, fame. 

evtyopoc, ov (adj. from ev, well, and 
(f>epu, to bear). Fruitful, pro- 
ductive, abundant. 

Ev(j>pdT7]c, ov, 6. The Euphrates, 
a river of Asia. 
210 



ZAG 

evtyuvoc, ov (adj. from ev, well, and 
tyuvi), a voice). Sweet-voiced, 
melodious, tuneful. 

evx&ptc, i (adj. from ev, well, and 
%dpie, grace, attraction). Grace- 
ful, agreeable, acceptable, attrac- 
tive. 

evudia, ag, r) (from ei>, well, ^nd 
q&), to smell). A sweet odour, 
perfume, fragrance. 

efyiorrifiL, fut. eiuoTTJcw, perf. e(pe- 
GTnua, 2d aor. eirso'Tr/v, (from 
em, on or upon, and iGrr/pt, to 
place). To place on or over, to 
appoint. The perf , pluperf., and 
2d aor. have a neuter significa- 
tion, to stand with, to aid. 

kcpopdo), d, fut. dou, perf. etyeupdna 
(from £7u, upon, and opdo), to 
look). To look upon, to survey, 
to inspect. 

ex6p a , ac t V (properly fem. of e%- 
dpbc). Hatred, enmity. 

exOpoc, a, ov (adj. from ex^oq, ha- 
tred). Hated, hostile. — As a sub- 
stantive, exOpog, ov, 6, a private 
foe, an enemy, opposed to rcoXe- 
/uoc, a public foe, and corre- 
sponding to the Latin inimicus ; 
whereas, TzoMjiiog answers to 
hostis. 

exvpoc, a, ov (adj. from £#«, to 
hold, or keep). Firm, secure, 
strong, steadfast. 

ex", fut. e^u and axr}ao>, perf. ea- 
XWta, 2d aor. ecxov, 2d aor. im- 
per. oxeg- To have, to hold, to 
retain, to keep. — With an adverb, 
eXo> is to be rendered by the verb 
to be ; as, na/itic exei, it is well ; 
bpduc exec, it is right ; i. e., it 
has itself well ; it has itself right ; 
the reflexive pronoun being un- 
derstood. — In the middle voice, 
exo/J-ai, to hold to or by, with a 
genitive. 



&o), w (fut. and perf. not in use, for 
which the corresponding tenses 
of \3iou are employed. The con- 
tractions are in n instead of a ; 
as, £acj, &etc, tyc, £dei, Cy, &c, 
and in the imperf. t\uv, l^c, 



HGO 
£&, &.c). To live. — ol ^tivreg, 
the living, literally, they who live. 
£evyvvfiL, fut. &vf;o), perf. e&vxa. 
To join, to yoke, to harness. — It 
is used also in the sense of to 
throw a bridge over a river or 
strait, i. e., to join the opposite 
sides by a bridge. 
Zsvg, gen. Aide, &c, 6. Jupiter. 
Consult page 85, where the de- 
clension is given. 
Zicpvpog, ov, 6. Zephyr, the west 

wind. 
Ztjfua, ag, 7], An injury, harm, 

loss, damage, punishment, 
fyfiwu, ti, fut. cjau, perf. kfy/xLCdKa 
(from Cnida, punishment). To 
punish, to chastise, to injure, to 
harm. 
Zqvcov, uvog, 6. Zeno, a distin- 
guished philosopher, the founder 
of the Stoic sect. 
^rjTeo), <5, fut. Tjacj, perf. kCfiTTjua. 

To search for, to seek, to ask. 

^rjTVfjia, utoc, to (from &teg), to 

seek). A thing sought, an object 

of search, a search. 

far], ?jc, i] (from fd«, to live). Life. 

£uov, ov, to (from £a«, to live). A 

living creature, an animal. 
facTrip, fjpoc, 6 (from £6vvi>fu, to 
gird). A girdle, a belt, a girth. 

H. 

t) (conj.). Or. When two occur in 
separate and succeeding clauses, 
as, r) — r), the first signifies either, 
the second or. — After a compar- 
ative, 7] has the meaning of than. 

7]6n, rjc, 7j. Youth, the bloom of 
youth, puberty. — As a noun, 
"H6n, 7]c, t), Hebe, the goddess 
of youth. 

r)ye/j,uv, ovoc, 6 (from 7/yeo/j.at, to 
lead). A leader, a commander. 
Sometimes a guide. 

t)8ovt), 7/c, t) (from 7]5ofiai, to de- 
light). Pleasure, enjoyment. 

r)8vg, da, v (adj .). Sweet, pleasing. 

7}dv<ptjvo& ov (adj. from t)8vc, sweet, 
and (puvT], a voice). Sweet-voiced, 
melodious, tuneful. 

7j6oc, eoc, to. Custom, habit, man- 
ner. 



BAN 

tjkigtoc, 7), ov (adj., superlative, and 
Tjoacjv, ov, comparative, irreg. of 
fiiKpoc). Least, smallest, 
qua), fut. tjZu), perf. 7)Ka. To come. 
The present indie, means I have 
come, I am present ; the imper- 
fect, I had come, I was present. 

'HXeiot, cov, oi. The Eleans, the 
inhabitants of Elis ( T H/Uc), a 
country of the Peloponnesus. 

rfklog, ov, 6. The sun. 

T H/Uo, Idog, t). Elis, a country of 
the Peloponnesus. 

77/loc, ov, 6. A nail, a peg. 

Vfcepa, ag, 7). A day. — icad' ijfiepav, 
daily. 

Vfiepog, ov (adj.). Mild, gentle, 
tame. 

TjiieTepog, a, ov (poss. pron. from 
7/ftelg). Our. 

jjjuiovg, sea, v (adj.). Half. 

7/v (conj.). If, Attic for av or huv. 

r/TTEtpog, ov, 7). A continent, a 
m.ain land. 

ijp, Tjpog, to (contracted from sap, 
eapog). The spring. 

"Hpa, ag, 7). Juno, the spouse of 
Jove. 

'HpaK/isT/g, contr. 'Hparclrjg, gen. 
Eog, contr. ovg, 6. Hercules. 

'UpodoTog, ov, 6. Herodotus, a 
celebrated Greek historian. 

Vptog, uog, 6. A hero. 

TJacov, ov, (irregular comparative 
of fiiKpog). Less, smaller, vid. 

7]KLCTOg. 

"HQatoTog, ov, 6. Vulcan. 

7/xu, oog, contr. ovg, vj. A sound, 

an echo. — As a proper name, the 

nymph Echo. 
i)6g, oog, contr. ovg, 7). The dawn. 

— As a proper name, Aurora, 

goddess of the dawn or morning. 

9. 

"d-t'iJXaoaa, rig, ij. The sea. 
QalEia, ag, 7). Thalia, one of the 

Muses. 
QdXfjg, f/Tog and ov, 6. Tholes, one 

of the seven wise men of Greece, 

and a celebrated philosopher. 
■&avaT7j<p6pog, ov (adj. from -&dva- 

Tog, death, and (pspu, to bring). 

Causing death, deadly. 

211 



tiavaTog, ov, 6. Death. 

dd-xTO), fut. ipcj, perf. ri-dd^a^ 2d 

aor. eracpov. To bury, to inter, 
dappeco, &, fut. rjao), perf. Tcddppv- 
#a(from Sdppog, confidence, cour- 
age). To be of good cheer, to be 
confident, to be courageous. — The 
old form was d-apaeu, and the old 
form of -&dppog was ddpaog. 

■&apaeu, to, fut. tjgu, earlier form of 
■ftappeu, which see. 

•&dpaog, eog, to. Courage, bold- 
ness, confidence. — The later form 
was -d-dppog. 

■davfia, drog, to. A wonder, won- 
der, astonishment, admiration. 

■&avfid^cj, fut. aero, perf. Tedav/LtdKa 
(from -d-avfia, a wonder). To 
wonder at, to admire. — The fut. 
mid. is more used than the fut. 
active. 

tiavjxacTog, 7), ov (adj. from Sav- 
fidfa, to wonder at). Wonder- 
ful, admirable. 

■&ed, dg, tj. A goddess. 

tied/na, drog, to (from tieuofiat, to 
behold). A sight, a spectacle. 

■&edofiai, ufiai, fut. aoo/xai, perf. 
Tededfiai. To see, to behold. 

fieuTpov, ov, to (from -&£douac, to 
behold). A theatre. — Contracted 
from deaTJipiov, a place for be- 
holding. 

•freXurfipiog, ov (adj. from deAyo, 
to sooth). Soothing, alleviating. 

•&E?iio, fut. ijau, perf. TedeTinna. To 
will, to ivish. 

-&e/j.E/\Zov, ov, to. A foundation. 

6e{iio~TOKl7Jg, eovg, 6. Themis- 
tocles, a celebrated Athenian 
statesman and leader. 

QeoirGfiirog, ov, 6. Theopompus, a 
man's name. 

■&eog, ov, 6. A god, a divinity. 

"Q-ecrnifa, fut. tau, perf. TtQia-KlKa 
(from deo-rug, prophetic). To 
predict, to announce beforehand, 
to give an oracle, to declare as 
an orade. 

QeaadAog, 7), ov (adj.). Thessalian. 
— Later form QerrdAog, 7), ov. 

deupZo, to, fut. 7]OG), perf. redeuprj- 
na. To behold, to see, to con- 
template, to .observe. 
213 



era 

QnBaiKog, 7), ov (adj. from QfjSai, 
Thebes). Theban, of or belong- 
ing to Thebes. 
Qr]6aiog, a, ov (adj. from QrjSai, 
Thebes). Theban. — As a sub- 
stantive, Qndalot, ov, ol, the 
Thebans. 
tirjlvg, eta, v (adj.). Female, fem- 
inine, effeminate. 

■&7]p, ■d-npog, 6. A wild beast, a 
beast of prey, a wild creature. 

QnpauEvrjg, ov, 6. Theramenes, a 
man's name. 

■&nplov, ov, to (from §7ip, a wild 
beast). A wild animal, a wild 
creature. 

■&naavp6g, ov, 6. A treasure, a 
treasury. 

QncEvg, iog, 6. Theseus. 

-frvrjento, fut. mid. fi-dvovfiai, perf. 
Tsdvrjua, 2d aor. IQdvov. To 
die. 

■frvvTog, tj, ov (adj. from tivrjOKO, to 
die). Mortal. 

■&oog, tj, ov (adj.). Swift, fleet, 
rapid. 

Qpatj, dKog, 6. A Thracian. 

QpdovAlog, ov, 6. Thrasyllus, a 
man's name. 

■frpETTTLKog, 7), 6v (adj. from Tpstiw, 
fut. 'd-pEtpo, to nourish). Nour- 
ishing, nutritive. 

d-pf]vn[ia, drog, to (from ^privet), to 
lament). Lamentation, sorrow. 

■&pr]vog, ov, 6. Wailing, lamenta- 
tion, a dirge. 

■&pit;, rpXxog, 7). The hair. 

■&povog, ov. 6. A seat, a throne. 

■&vydT7]p, epog, 7). A daughter. 

■&vAdnog, ov, 6. A sack, a wallet, 
a bag. 

■&vp6g, ov, 6. The soul, spirit, cour- 
age, desire, feeling, emotion. 

■&vpa, ag, 7). A door. 

■dvpcov, ov, to (dim. from -&vpa). 
A small door, an aperture. 

■&vala, ag, 7) (from -&vo, to sacrifice). 
A sacrifice. 

■&VU, fut. -&VGC-), perf. ridvKa. To 
sacrifice. — In the middle voice, 
to inspect the entrails of the vic- 
tim, in order to divine the future, 
i. e., to sacrifice for one's self, 
for one's future advantage. 



inn 

•&vufia, droc, to (from -&vu, to sac- 
rifice). Incense, perfume. 

I. 

'IdTTV^, vyoc, 6. The northwest 
wind. — 'lairvyec, uv, ol, the Ia- 

pygians, a people of lower Italy. 
'ldauv, ovoc, 6. Jason, the leader 

of the Argonauts. 
IdrpiKy, rig, i] (properly the feminine 

of carpiKoc, healing, with texvtj 

understood). The healing art. 
I6tc, cdoc, i). The ibis, a bird held 

sacred by the Egyptians. 
Idioe, a, ov (adj.). Proper, own. 

private, peculiar, 
iduv, ovaa, ov, 2d aor. part. act. of 

eldo, to see. 
Upat;, aicoc, 6. A hawk, 
lepevc, sue, 6 (from lepoc, sacred). 

A priest, 
lepoc, a, ov (adj.). Sacred, holy. — 

As a substantive, lepov, ov, to, a 

temple. — In the plural, tu iepd, 

victims, 
ludvoc, rj, ov (adj.). Befitting, fit, 

convenient. 
Ykecic, ov (adj.). Auspicious, mild, 

favourable, cheerful. 
Vkn, nc, t). A troop, a band, a 

crowd. 
Ifidc, dvToc, 6. A thong, 
l/iariov, ov, to. A garment, a 

cloak. 
Ivd (conj.). That, in order that. 

Joined to the subjunctive and op- 
tative. 
mz(adv.). Where. Joined to the 

indicative. 
"Ivaxoc, ov, 6. Indchus, king of 

Argos. 
'Ivdia, ac, rj. India. 
'Ivdoc, ov, 6. The Indus. 
log, ov, 6. A dart, a javelin, poison. 
Imrdoifioc, ov (adj. from Ittttcc^o), to 

ride). Adapted for riding, level, 

even. 
Itttteloc, a, ov (adj. from Ittttoc, a 

horse). Pertaining to cavalry, 

equestrian. 
lttttevc, cue, 6 (from Ittttoc, a horse). 

A horseman, a knight. 
'iTTtrofiufiac, avTOc, 6. Hippodd- 

mas, a man's name. 



KA9 

litTrodpouoc, ov, 6 (from Ittttoc, a 
horse, and dpopoc, a race-course). 
A hippodrome, a circus. 
'nnzoKEVTavpoc, ov, 6 and 7) (from 
Ittttoc, a horse, and Ksvravpoc, a 
centaur). A centaur, a fabulous 
animal, half human and half 
horse. 
Ittttoko/jloc, ov, 6 (from Ittttoc, a 
horse, and ko/j.ecj, to tend). A 
groom. 
'IttttoTivtv, vc, 7). Hippolyte, queen 

of the Amazons. 
Ittttoc ov, 6. A horse. — 7) Ittttoc, a 

mare, and also cavalry, 
iadjioc, ov, 6. An isthmus. — The 
term is often used singly, to de- 
note the Isthmus of Corinth. 

'tCT7]flC, fut. OTTjCU, perf. '£CT7]K.a. 

To place, to set, to cause to stand. 
The perfect, EOTnua, means I 
stand ; the pluperfect, eIgttjkelv, 
I was standing; the 2d aor., 

EOT77V, I StOOd. 

Iotiov, ov, to (dim. from Igtoc ). A 

sail. 
ioTopla, ac, 7) (from larup, opoc, 

one who knows). History, the 

knowledge of past events, 
iexvoyovoc, ov (adj. from laxvoc, 

feeble, and (Jhovt?, a voice). Of 

feeble voice or note. 
Icxvpog, a, ov (adj. from iaxvc, 

strength). Strong, powerful. 
igxvo), fut. vau, perf. laxvKa. To 

be strong, to be powerful. 
'IraTila, ac, 7). Italy. 
Ix^vc, voc, 6. A fish. 
Ixvevp-av, ovoc, 6. An ichneumon, 

called also an Egyptian rat. 

K. 

Kdd/xoc, ov, 6. Cadmus. 

naOuTTcp (adv.). Just as, even as. 

tcadapog, a, ov (adj.). Pure, clean. 

Kadi^o, fut. Kadityou, Attic Kadtu, 
perf. not in use, 1st aor. snaBlca 
(from Kara, down, and Z£b, to 
cause to sit). To set, to place, 
to seat.—ln the middle voice, 
Kadl&fiat, to seat one's self, to 
sit. 

KadiuTTjjLii, fut. KaTaoTrjGu, perf. 
nadicTnua (from Kara, down, 
213 



KAII 

and larnp.i, to place or set). To 
set down, to place down, to con- 
stitute, to establish. 

Kal (conj.). And, even, also, nai 
— Kai, both — and. 

Kacptoc, a, ov (adj. from natpoc, a 
jit season). Timely, opportune, 
seasonable, important. 

naipoc, ov, 6. A particular season, 
a fit occasion, a suitable time, an 
opportunity. 

Kalaap, apog, 6. Caesar. 

KdKodaifcuv, ov (adj. from natcog, 
evil, and datfiov, a genius). Un- 
fortunate, unlucky, an evil genius 
ruling the hour. 

KaKoXoyeo), u>, fut. tjou, perf. Ksita- 
tcoXoynna (from tcanog, evil, and 
%eyu, to speak). To revile, to 
slander. 

Kanovooc, contr. ovc, ovv (adj. from 
nanog, evil, and vooc, mind). 
Malevolent, hostile. 

Kanoc, 7j, ov (adj.). Bad, wicked, 
vile, cowardly, &c. — aaaov, ov,- 
to, an evil. 

ttdTiadog, ov, 6. A basket. 

KaTiP.u, C), fut. sou, perf. Ksulntca. 
To call, to invite, to invoke, to 
name, to summon. 

KallioTrn, nc, r]. Calliope, one of 
the Muses. 

KaXkoc, eoc, to (from italoc, beauti- 
ful). Beauty. 

kaloc, i], ov (adj.). Beautiful, 
handsome, good, beloved, virtu- 
ous, honourable, becoming. 

KaTivBn, nc, tj (from koXv'ktu, to 
conceal, 2d aor. kudlvSov). A 
hut, a tent, an envelope, a cov- 
ering. 

/caAwf (adv. from na?.6e, beautiful). 
Beautifully, well, in a becoming 
manner, finely. 

Kdp.n7.og, ov, 6. A camel. 

Ka/xvu, fut. Ka/j,tj, perf. tceKfinica, 
2d aor. ^Kd/xov, To labour, to 
toil. 

Kav, for nai hdv or av. And if, 
even though. 

navioKiov, ov, to (dim. from ndvva). 
A small basket. 

Kaim&dog, okoc, <L A Cappado- 
cian. 
214 



KAT 

Kapdca, ac, 7]. A heart. 

Kapirog, ov, 6. Fruit. 

KaprepTfcoc, rj, ov (adj. from KapTC- 
pog). Able to endure, firm, en- 
during, patient. 

Kapxndcjv, bvog, tj. Carthage. 

KdcjTup, opog, 6. Castor, brother 
of Pollux. 

nard, prep, governing genitive and 
accusative. With the genitive 
it denotes against, down from, 
&c. With the accusative, ac- 
cording to, as regards, &c. — In 
composition it has generally the 
force of down, or else carries 
with it the idea of stability, firm- 
ness, the doing a thing thorough- 
ly, forcibly, &c. 

naTa6(,6ptJcntc), fut. KaTaBpaacj, perf. 
/caTaheSpona (from icaTa, greedi- 
ly, and j3i(3p6<jKG), to eat). To 
devour, to consume, to eat up. 

KaTaStKa^u, fut. auto, perf. Kma- 
dedtKuKa (from Kara, against, 
and SiKa^o), to decide). To con- 
demn. 

Kara^Evyvvpi, fut. naTafevgo), perf, 
KdTe&vxa (from Kara, thorough- 
ly, and ^evyvvfu, to yoke ox join). 
To unite firmly, to yoke together, 
to join closely. 

KaTaicTiEio), fut. elgco, perf. KaTa- 
KettleiKa (from tcard, thoroughly, 
and nXsiG), to confine). To lock 
in, to shut in or up, to confine, to 
imprison. 

KaTaKoiTTO), fut. Tpu, perf. KaTaKEK- 
o(pa (from Kara, completely, and 
kottto), to cut). To cut in pieces, 
to cut up. 

KaTa7iap.6a.vid, fut. Karalr/ipouai, 
perf. KaTa7,£/i7]<pa, Attic kotec- 
\n§a, 2d aor. naTsladav (from 
naTa, down upon, and Xap.6dvu, 
to seize). To come suddenly 
upon, to find, to seize, to over- 
take, to apprehend . 

KaTa?i£LTTO), fut, Tpcz, perf. KaTaXs- 
TiEHpa, perf. rnid. naTalElonra, 
2d aor. naTeTuTTOv (from Kara, 
completely, and TiECTra), to leave). 
To abandon, to leave behind. 

KardXoyog, ov, 6 (from naTaTisyo, to 
enumerate). A catalogue, a list. 



KEA 

KaraXvu, fut. vaco, perf. KaraTiiXv- 
na (from Kara, completely, and 
Xvo), to loosen). To dissolve, to 
destroy, to break up. 

KaTaTTSfiTro, fut. ipto, perf. KaraTrs- 
7ro/x(pa (from Kara, down, and 
TrsfXTTO), to send). To send down, 
to send away, to se?id off, to dis- 
miss. 

KaranTiTjaao), fut. fw, perf. Kara- 
itenhnxa (from Kara, forcibly, 
and 7r?i7j(j<rG), to strike). To dis- 
may, to strike xoith fear or terror. 

Kara<j6evvvfit, fut. KaraaSeoo), perf. 
KariaBeKa (from Kara, complete- 
ly, and gSevvvui, to extinguish). 
To extinguish, to put completely 
out, to quench entirely. 

KaraGKevu^o), fut. aao, perf. Kar- 
ECKevdKa (from Kara, completely, 
and GKevafa, to arrange). To 
arrange, to put in order, to dis- 
pose. 

KardoKorroc, ov, 6 (from Kara, care- 
fully, and gkotteo, to observe). 
A scout, a spy, an observer. 

KaraarpecpG), fut. ijjcj, perf. Kar- 
iarpofa (from Kara, down, and 
<jrp£<pu, to turn). To overthrow, 
to subjugate, to overturn. 

KararWnfZL, fut. Karadrjaa, perf. 
KarariOeiKa (from Kara, down, 
and ridriiit, to put or place). To 
put down, to deposite, to place 
firmly. 

Karatypovio, fut. rjau, perf. Kara- 
7ce(f>p6v7]Ka (from Kara, down 
upon, and (ppoveu, to think). 
To contemn, to despise, to disre- 
gard. 

Karorrrpov, ov, rd (from Kara, at, 
and bnrouat, to look). A mirror. 

Kavxnua, droc, ro (from Kavxdofiai, 
C)fj.ai, to boast). A boast. 

Keap, contr. Kfjp, gen. Kiapoc, contr. 
KJjpoc. The heart. 

KElfiai, fut. KetGo/uat, perf. wanting. 
To lie down, to lie. 

KELpo, fut. KEp(b, perf. KEKapm. 
To cut off, to shear, to plunder. 

K&evdoc, ov, r). A way, a path. 

keXevu, fut. go), perf. /ce/ceAev/ca. 
To order, to command, to in- 
cite. 



KAE 

Khravpoc, ov, 6. A centaur, a fab- 
ulous being, half human and half 
horse. 

Ksvrpov, ov, ro (from KEvrio, to 
prick). A sting, a goad. 

KEpdvvvfiL, fut. KEpdGO), perf. KEK- 
pdKa, perf. pass. KeKpdjaai, 1st 
aor. EKpddrjv. To mix, to min- 
gle. 

Kspac, droc, contr. doc, uc, ro. A 
horn. 

KEpavvoc, ov, 6. A thunderbolt. 

K£pdoc,£oc,ro. Gain, profit. 

KspKvpa, ac, r). Corcyra, now 
Corfu, an island off the coast of 
Epirus. 

KEcpdlij, ijc, 7}. A head. 

Kfjnoe, ov, 6. A garden. 

KrjpTvoc, 7], ov (adj. from Knpoc, 
wax). Waxen, made of wax. 

K?jpvf;, vkoc, 6. A herald. 

Kr/^tGodcjpoc, ov, 6. ~ 
a man's name. 

KlBurog, ov, r). A coffer, a chest. 

KWacpuv, uvoc, 6. Citharon, a 
mountain of Boeotia. 

Kiddpa, ac, tj. A harp, a lyre. 

Kiddpudso, ti, fut. TjGo (horn Kiddpa, 
a harp, and aEido), to sing). To 
sing to the harp or lyre. 

KiKEpuv, uvoc, 6. Cicero. 

Kt?uKta, ac, r). Cilicia, a country 
of Asia Minor. 

Kivdvvoc, ov, 6. Danger, risk. 

kZveu, &, fut. 7JGQ, perf. KEKcvnKa. 
To move, to arouse. 

KivrjGtc, euc, r] (from kIveu, to 
move). A moving, a movement, 
a motion. 

kic, kloc, 6. A wood-worm, a corn- 
weevil. 

kiggoq, ov, 6. Ivy. 

K^ato, Attic KXdo), fut. KlavGG), 
perf. KEKkavKa, perf. pass, kek- 
Xavfzat, 2d aor. l/c/laov. To 
weep. 

K^Eavdrjc, ov, 6. Cleanthes, a 
philosopher of the Stoic sect. 

KTisapxor, ov, 6. Clearchus, a 
Greek commander. 

Klscdpov, ov, ro (from kKelu, to 
confine). A bolt, a bar, a lock. 

KIeiu, 6oc, contr. ovc, r). Clio, 
one of the Muses. 

215 



KOS 

Kteog, cEog, contr. iovg, to (from 
kMu, to render famous). Re- 
nown, fame, glory. 

K?i£TrT?}c, ov, 6 (from kMtttco, to 
steal). A thief. 

KTiEuvac, uv, at. Clebncz, a city 
of Argolis. 

iclnpoo), o), fut. uou, perf. kekKt)- 
poKa (from nXripoc, a lot). To 
cast lots, to choose by casting 
lots. — In the middle voice, to ob- 
tain by casting lots. 

fcllfiat;, atioc, t). A stairs, a ladder. 

kKlvw, nc, r) (from kHvu, to bend or 
recline). A couch. 

kIott'zioc, a, ov (adj. from itXtJip, a 
thief). Stolen. 

Kkdv, uvoc, 6 (from nkdo, <3, to 
break). A shoot, a sprout, a 
small branch. 

Kotkaivu, fut. avC), perf. KEKotkayna 
(from koZTioc, hollow). To hol- 
low, to make hollovj. 

noivog, 7], ov (adj.). Common, "pub- 
lic, vulgar, mean. 

Kola^a), fut. dau, perf. nenoXdna. 
To punish, to chastise. 

nokacic, euc, 7] (from ko?i&£u, to 
chastise). Chastisement, the act 
of chastising. 

Kolxki idog, r). Colchis, a country 
on the eastern shore of the Eux- 
ine. 

Ko^xoc, ov, 6. A Colchian, a na- 
tive of Colchis. 

KOfirj, rig, r). The hair of the head, 
hair. Applied figuratively to the 
leaves of trees. 

Kovuv, ovog, 6. Conon, an emi- 
nent Athenian. 

nopal;, daog, 6. A raven. 

Koprj, ng, r). A virgin, a maiden. 

nbpog, ov, 6. A youth, a young 
man. 

KopvdaHig or Kopv6dVcg, idog, t) 
(from Kopvg, a helmet). The 
crested lark. 

Kopvg, vdog, i). A helmet. — In the 
accus. sing. Kopvda and Kopvv. 

KopCdvn, ng, t). A crow ; a ring or 
handle of a door ; a crown. 

Koapog, ov, 6. Order, arrangement, 
ornament, attire ; the world, Jhe 
universe. 
216 



KPT 

novpevg, £ug, 6 (from Ketpu, to cut, 
to shave). A barber. 

Kovipog, 7), ov (adj.). Light, fleet, 
gentle, easy. 

Kox^iag, ov, 6. A snail, a screw, 
a machine for drawing water, 
furnished with a screw. 

fcpd^o), fut. Kput-u, perf. ninpdya, 
2d aor. Eupdyov. To croak, to 
cry aloud, to vociferate. 

npaivu, fut. dvd, 1st aor. enprjva. 
To effect, to achieve, to accom- 
plish, to perfect. 

KparEO), €), fut. tjgo, perf. KEKpurnna 
(from tcpdrog, power, strength). 
To have power over, to control, to 
rule, to sway, to command, to 
conquer. 

Kpdrr)p, rjpog, 6 (from KEpdvvvfit, to 
mix). A vessel in which wine 
and water are mixed, a mixer, a 
bowl. 

Kpdrng, nrog, 6. Crates, a Greek 
philosopher. 

KpaTtOTog, 7), ov (adj., irreg. super- 
lative of dyadog). Strongest, 
most powerful, bravest, most ex- 
cellent, best. 

tcpsag, drog, contr. aog, og, to. 
Flesh, a piece of flesh. 

kpelgguv, ov (adj., irreg. comp. of 
dyadog), Attic upEirruv. Stron- 
ger, more powerful, better, braver, 



KpEfj-dvvvjUL, fut. KpEfidau, 1st aor. 
EKpsfidaa. To suspend, to hang. 

Kprjvn, vg, rj. A fountain, a spring. 

Kprjg, nrog, 6. A Cretan. — Fem- 
inine form Kpijaaa, ng, r). 

KpT/Tn, rjg, i). Crete, now Candia. 

Kpivu, fut. npivu, perf. KenptKa, 1st 
aor. EKplva. To separate, to 
part, to judge, to decide, to de- 
termine, to give sentence. — In the 
middle voice, to choose for one's 
self, to select. 

KpcTiag, ov, 6. Critias, a man's 
name. 

KpOKodsiTiog, ov, 6. A crocodile. 

Kpovog, ov, 6. Saturn. 

KpoTuv, uvog, 6. Crotbna, a city 
of lower Italy, on the Tarentine 

^ , r, ■ 

Kpvog, cog, to. Frost, ice. 



KT&o/jiai, (bjiai, fut. KTriaojiat, perf. 
KEKT7]/j.at and EKTr/fiat. To ac- 
quire, to procure for one's self, to 
obtain. — In the passive, to be 
quired or procured. The per- 
fect, KEKT/ifiat or etcTqfxai, signi- 
fies / possess, i. e., I have ac- 
quired for myself, and the acqui- 
sition remains mine. Hence the 
3d fut. pass., KEKTTjGoiMat, means 
I will possess. 

KTECVCJ, fut. KTEVG), 1st aOr. EKTELVa, 

un-Attic perfect, EK.Ta.Ka, 2d aor. 
ekt&vov. To kill, to slay, to 



kteIc, evoc, 6. A comb. 

KT7j{j.a, &Toc, to (from KTaoixai, to 
acquire). A possession, a prop- 
erty. — In the plural, KTrj/nara, the 
entire property, slaves, money, 
and lands, wealth. 

KTTjaiCioc, ov, 6. Ctesibius, a 
man's name. 

Kt7joc<P&v, uvtoc, 6. Ctesiphon, a 
man's name. 

ktl^cj, fut. ktZgo, 1st aor. EKTiaa. 
To found, to build. 

KvSspvf/Tnc, ov, 6 (from KvSspvao), 
to pilot). A pilot, a guide. 

Kvdoc, eoc, to. Glory, honour, re- 
nown, fame. 

kvkXoc, ov, 6. A circle, a circuit. 

KvkXcoijj, uitoc, 6 (from kvkTioc, a 
circle, and uip, an eye). A Cy- 
clops. — The Cyclopes were a 
fabled race, of gigantic stature, 
having each but one eye, and 
that a large round one in the 
centre of their foreheads. 

K.vki%, lkoc, rj. A cup, a goblet. 

Kvfia, utoc, to (from kvo, to swell 
forth). A wave, a surge. 

Kvvnyoc, ov, 6 (from kvuv, a dog, 
and dyu, to lead onward). A 
hunter. 

Kimpic, Tdoc, r). Venus, so called 
from being particularly worship- 
ped in the island of Cyprus. 

Kvptoc, ov, 6 (from Kvpoc, authority, 
power). A master, a lord, a pos- 
sessor, a proprietor. 

Kvpoc, ov, 6. Cyrus. 

kvuv, kvvoc, 6 and rj. A dog, a 



AAT 

kokvtoc, ov, 6 (from kQkvu, to 
mourn, to bewail). Bewailing, 
mourning, lamenting. — As a 
proper name, Cocytus, one of 
the fabled rivers of the lower 
world, so called from the lamen- 
tations of the departed along its 
banks. 

KUfin, vc, rj. A village, a small 
town. 

kw/lcTkoc, r\, ov (adj. from ku/lloc, 
merriment). Comic, pertaining 
to comic poetry. 



liafvpivdoc, ov, 6. A labyrinth* 
Adyoc, ov, 6. Lagus, father of 

Ptolemy. 
laHa-ty, aivoc, rj. A hurricane, a 

tempest. 
Tiatoc, d, ov (adj.). The left, un- 
lucky, inauspicious. 

AaKedaipovioc, a, ov (adj. from 
AaKEoatfiuv, Lacedamon). La- 
cedaemonian. 

AaKEdaifxov, ovoc, r). Lacedamon, 
the capital of Laconia, called also 
Sparta. 

"XdTioc, ov (adj.). Talkative, loqua- 
cious. Comparative 9iaMoTEpoc. 
Superlative "kaXtcTaToc. 

2,aju6avG), fut. l-fj^ojiat, perf. 2,£2,n- 
6a, Attic ED^nda, perf. pass. M- 
Ivpfiac, Attic EilrjuiiaL, 2d aor. 
act. £?id6ov, 2d aor. mid. E?ia66- 
fi7]v. To take, to receive, to ad- 
mit. With the genitive, to take 
hold of, to seize one by. 

haftirdc, ddoc, i) (from Tidfnru, to 
emit light, to shine). A torch, a 
flambeau, a light, a lantern. 

Adjuiuc, Tdoc, 6. Lampis, a man's 
name. 

ha/LtirpSg, d, ov (adj. from Idjirru, to 
shine). Shining, brilliant, bright, 
splendid, clear. 

AdofisSuv, ovtoc, 6. Laomedon, 
king of Troy, and father of 
Priam. 

"kdpvat-, dKoc, r). A chest, an ark, 
a box, a coffer. 

IdTOfiia, ag, t) (from laac, a stone, 
and TEfivQ, to cut or quarry). A 
quarry. 

217 



AIM 

TiiSrjg, nrog, 6 (from /Id&j, to re- 
ceive). A caldron, a kettle, a 
large basin. 

2,eya), fut. Mt-u, perf. MTioxa, At- 
tic elTioxa- To say, to speak, to 
tell, to relate. 

Xeia, ac, r). Plunder, booty. 

"Xeljxuv, tbvoc, 6. A mead, a meadow, 
a grassy plain. 

leloc, a, ov (adj.). Smooth, pol- 
ished, even. 

"ke-nrbg, f}, ov (adj. from lino, to 
peel off). Thin, delicate, sleek, 
lank, slender, light. The prim- 
itive meaning is, like something 
peeled off. 

Aepvaloc, a, ov (adj. from Aepvn, 
Lerna). Lerncean, of or pertain- 
ing to Lerna. 

2,evic6c, 7j, ov (adj.). White. 

Muv, ovrog, 6. A lion. 

Arjda, ac, r). Leda, wife of Tynda- 
rus, king of Sparta. 

"krjlov, ov, to. A crop, a standing 
crop, afield of com. 

'knoTric, ov, 6 (from Ir/trj, booty). 
A robber, a plunderer, a pirate. 

Anrd), ooc, contr. ovc, r). Latdna, 
mother of Apollo and Diana. 

Aitveg, uv, ol. The Libyans, the 
people of Africa. The Greek 
writers often mean by Aiftvec all 
the people of Africa ; the Ro- 
mans by Libyes mean merely the 
inhabitants of Libya. 

AlSvn, vc, i]. Libya, a name ap- 
plied frequently by the Greek 
writers to all Africa. The Ro- 
man writers, on the other hand, 
mean by Libya merely a part of 
the continent, between Egypt 
and the Syrtes on the coast, and 
extending also a considerable dis- 
tance inland. 

AifivKog, r), ov (adj. from AiBvn, 
Libya). Libyan, of or pertain- 
ing to Libya. 

lidoe, ov, 6. A stone. In the fem- 
inine, among prose writers, a 
precious stone. 

7Ciur)v, evog, 6. A harbour, a haven. 

Xiuvn, rjg, tj. A lake. 

jufiog, ov, 6. Hunger, famine, want 
of food. 
218 



ATn 

?uveog, ea, eov, contr. ovg, ij, ow, 
(adj. from livov, linen). Made of 
linen, linen. 

Aivog, ov, 6, Linus, an early Gre- 
cian bard. 

TiojL^oftai, fut. Xcofiai, perf. /UA<> 
yLGfiai. To consider, to reflect. 

"Xoyiaiibg, ov, 6 (from loyi&fiai., 
to reflect). Reason, reflection, in- 
telligence. 

Xoyog, ov, 6 (from leyu, to speak). 
A word, a speech, a reason, an 
argument, wisdom. 

hoyxv, ng, r). A spear, a lance. 

Xoidopea), w, fut. 7]go, perf. Xe?ioid6- 
prjKa (from hoidopog, slanderous). 
To slander, to calumniate, to re- 
vile, to abuse. 

Aoifxog, ov, 6. A plague, a pesti- 
lence, destruction, ruin. 

XoiiTog, f), ov (adj. from XeiTzo), to 
leave, perf. mid. Mhoiiva). That 
remains, that is left. 

AovKtdvog, ov, 6. Lucianus, a man's 
name. 

"Kovti, fut. Tiovou, perf. teTiovna. 
To wash, to cleanse. — In the 
middle voice, to wash one's self, 
to bathe. 

Xoxayerng, ov, 6 (from 2,oxayog, a 
leader of a /lo^oc, or band of in- 
fantry). A leader, a captain, a 
commander of a company. 

Xoxayog, ov, 6 (from /lo%oc, a com- 
pany of infantry, and ayo, to 
lead). A captain, a commander, 
a leader. 

loxog, ov, 6. A company of infan- 
try, usually containing a hundred 
men. 

Avydafiig, Idog, 6. Lygddmis, a 
man's name. 

Avynevg, eug, 6. Lynceus, a man's 
name. 

Avdog, ov, 6. A Lydian. Also a 
man's name, Lydus. 

AvKovpyog, ov, 6. Lycurgus, the 
celebrated Spartan lawgiver. Al- 
so a king of Thrace. 

Ivtctj, qg, tj. Sorrow, grief, sad- 
ness, pain. 

"kvTtwpog, d, ov (adj. from Tivirn, 
sorrow). Sorrowful, sad, afflict- 
ing, wearisome, painful. 



MAN 

IvGLTelfjg, eg (adj. from Xvu, to dis- 
charge, and re/loc, cost, expense). 
Profitable, advantageous, valua- 
ble, costly. 

luicov, ov (adj. irreg. compar. of 
dyadog). Better, richer, more ad- 
vantageous, more useful. Su- 
perlative 16l(TTog, contr. h&arog. 

h&arog, vid. Xultjv. 

M. 

\io%a, ng, i) (from fidacu, to knead). 
A barley-cake, bread, wheaten 
bread. 

fia&g, ov, 6. A breast. 

fiadririjg, ov, 6 (from fiavddvu, to 
learn). A learner, a disciple. 

Maivdg, adog, t) (from fiaivofiai, to 
rave). A Bacchant, a female vo- 
tary of Bacchus, a phrensied fe- 
male. 

fiandpZog, a, ov (adj. from (id/tap, 
happy). Happy, blessed, opulent, 
rich. 

Manedovta, ag, t). Macedonia. 

MaicedoviKog, 7), ov (adj. from Ma- 
(ceSovla, Macedonia). Macedo- 
nian, of or belonging to Macedo- 
nia. 

Maneduv, dvog, 6. A Macedonian. 

fiaicpog, d, ov (adj.). Long. The 
forms fiaupdv, ftaKpov, fiaKpd, 
are used adverbially in the sense 
of far, far off. 

fidXa (adv.). Very, much, very 
much ; certainly, assuredly. — 
Comparative (idX)\,ov, more, rath- 
er. Superlative fid7aoTa, most, 
especially. 

Ma/lea and M.dleta, ag, 7). Malea 
or Malea, a promontory in the 
Peloponnesus. 

fia2.6u.Kog, 7), ov (adj. from fiaXddfa, 
same as fiaXdaau, to soften). 
Soft, feeble, enervated, effeminate, 
of delicate health. 

[wXkov (adv., comparative of^cAa). 
More, rather. 

fiavta, ag, i) (from /laivofiat., to rave, 
2d aor. kjidviiv). Madness, phren- 
sy, insanity. 

fiavrcKog, tj, ov (adj. from fidvrcg, 
a soothsayer, a prophet). Divi- 
ning, pertaining to divination. 



ME9 
The form \iavTiKr) {rexvrj being 
in fact understood) is used in the 
sense of, the art of divination, 
divination, the gift of prophecy. 

Mavriveta, ag, tj. Mantinea, a city 
of Arcadia. 

fidvTig, eog, 6 (from fiaivofiat, to be 
inspired, to rave). A prophet, a 
soothsayer. 

Mapddtov, ovog, 6. Marathon, a 
village and borough of Attica, 
where the Persians were defeated 
by the Greeks. 

fidprvp, vpog, 6 and 7). A witness. 

fidaauv, ov (adj.). comparative of 
fzaapog. Longer, larger. 

fidoTL^, lyog, rj. A lash, a scourge, 
a whip. 

/idracog, a, ov (adj. from fidrnv, in 
vain). Vain, unprofitable. 

fidxacpa, ag, 7) (from fidxn, a battle). 
A sword. Primitive meaning, a 
knife. 

flaxy, ng, 7). A battle, a fight. 

(jLaxTiTiaog, 7), ov (adj. from /idxrj, a 
battle). Pertaining to a battle, 
addicted to fight, pugnacious, 
warlike. 

~M.eydK.hrjg, ovg, 6. Megdcles, a 
man's name. 

[leydTirjTup, op (adj. from fieyag, 
great, and rj-op, a heart.) Mag- 
nanimous, high-spirited, coura- 
geous. 

fieydTiug (adv. from fieyag, great). 
Greatly, on a great scale, exten- 
sively, &c. 

fieyag, \ieyd\n, fieya (adj.). Greats 
~*Mrong, powerful. Comparative 
fiei^cjv, superlative fieyicToc. 

fieyiGTog, n, ov (adj., superlative 
of fieyag). Greatest, strongest, 
most powerful. 

fieyedog, eog, to (from fieyag, great). 
Greatness, size, magnitude. 

fiedn, rjg, r). Intoxication, inebriety, 
drunkenness. 

fiedioTrifii, fut. fieTaaTTjcio, perf. 
/ie6eGTT]Ka (from fierd, after, and 
larnfii, to place. ) To put in an- 
other place, to transfer, to remove. 
— In the middle voice, fiedlcra- 
fiat, to change one's own place, to 
remove one's self. 

219 



MEP 

psdvo, fut. vau, perf. pspiOvKa 
(from fiedv, wine). To intoxi- 
cate, to inebriate, 
pei&v, ov (adj., comparative of 
fieyac). Greater, stronger, more 
powerful. 

fietpdntov, ov, to (dimin. from psl- 
pal;, a youth). A very young 
man, a boy, a mere youth. 

psiov, ov (adj., comparative of fitK- 
pog). Smaller, less. 

p,sXag, piXaiva, psXav (adj.). Black. 

fieTierao, d>, fut. tjgco, perf. pEpEki- 
TrjKa (from jLteTiern, exercise). To 
pursue, to exercise, to practise. 

fieMrr], rjc, i). Exercise, training, 
preparation. 

psXi, Irog, to. Honey. 

fieltGoa, tjc, 7) (from peki, honey). 
A bee. 

fieliTOELe, oEGaa, oev, contr. ovc, 
ovaaa, ovv (adj. from piTa, hon- 
ey). Made of honey, honeyed, 
sweet, agreeable. 

pEXttypuv, ov (adj. from piki, honey, 
and (ppfjv, the mind). That de- 
lights the mind or soul. 

jue^Xo), fut. TJao, perf. pEpiXkntta. 
To be about, to intend, to purpose, 
to delay, to linger. — pikko) isvac, 
I am about to go, in Latin, iturus 
sum. — to pikkov and ra pikkov- 
Ta, the future. 

MeX7to/u.ev7), vc, t). Melpomene, one 
of the Muses. 

Mipvuv, ovoc, 6. Memnon, a man's 
name. 

piv, (adv.). Indeed. Opposed to 
6e in the latter part of the clause 
or sentence. It sometimes is 
omitted, though 6e follows. In 
translating it is often expressed 
by a mere emphatic tone of voice, 
and is only rendered indeed when 
strong opposition is marked. 

MeveMoc, ov, 6. Meneldus, broth- 
er of Agamemnon. 

fiivu, fut. psvti, perf. pspEvnica, 1st 
aor. e/xELva. To remain, to abide, 
to remain firm or fixed, to persist. 
— The perfect middle pspova sig- 
nifies, I intend, I wish, 1 desire, 
I am resolved. 

pipog, eoc, to. A part. 
220 



MHN 

\iECoq, T], ov (adj.). Middle, in the 
middle, in the midst, intermedi- 
ate, &c. 
\ietu,, a prep, governing the genitive, 
dative, and accusative. — With 
the genitive it denotes with, to- 
gether with, in company with. — 
With the dative, among, between, 
in, at, by. — With the accusative, 
after, next after, towards. — In 
composition it generally marks 
change or commutation, and car- 
ries with it literally the force of 
after. 

fiETaBoTJj, ?jc, rj (from pETa6dkko), 
to transpose, to change). Trans- 
position, change. 

pETakkov, ov, to. A metal. — In 
the plural, to. psrakka, mines. 

peTapcoktog, ov (adj.). Vain, una- 
vailing, useless, idle. 

psra^v (adv.). Between. 

METaivovTlov, ov, to. Metapontum, 
a city of Lucania, in lower It- 
aly. 

Metuv, uvog, 6. Meton, a man's 
name. 

Ii7], a negative particle and conjunc- 
tion. Not, lest. — jxt) is the condi- 
tional or dependant negative, ov 
the absolute one. 

M.7]dEia, ac, i). Medea, daughter of 
iEetes, king of Colchis. 

\ir\dELc, pndEpia, \it]6ev (from pndi, 
not even, and sic, one). No one, 
none. — pTjSsv, nothing. 

ji7]6etcote (adv. from pijds, not even, 
and ttote, ever). Never. 

prjdopai, fut. pTjaopai (from pfjdog, 
care, counsel). To plan, to de- 
vise, to concern one's self about. 

pTjKLGTog, 7], ov (adj. superlative de- 
gree, from prjKog, length). Very 
long, longest, very tall, very high, 
tallest, highest. 

fiTJKog, eog, to. Length, height. 

prfkov, ov, to. An apple ; a sheep. 

pTjv, pvvog, 6. A month. 

pi)v (conj. ). Truly, in truth, indeed, 
certainly, &c. 

pTJvig, wg, r). Wrath, anger. 

pnvvu, fut. vcu, perf. pspyvvKa. 
To point out, to indicate, to show, 
to discover, to make known. 



MON 

(ifjTTip, finripog, contr. finrpog, rj. 
A mother. 

fiiyvvfii, fut. fil^o), perf. //e/z^a. To 
mix, to mingle. 

MiSag, ov, 6. Midas, an early king 
of Lydia. 

[iinpog, d, ov (adj.). Small, short, 
little. — The neuter fttKpov is often 
used adverbially, a little. 

Mi?mv, uvog, 6. Milo, a celebrated 
athlete of Crotona. 

fiifieofiai, ovfiai, fut. Tjcojiai, perf. 
fitfiifirifiaL (from fufiog, an imita- 
tor). To imitate. 

fitodog, ov, 6. Pay, hire, a re- 
ward. 

fiiadocpopog, ov, 6 (from jiiodog, hire, 
and 6spcj, to bear off). A mer- 
cenary, a hired person, a merce- 
nary or hired soldier. 

filaog, eoc, to. Hatred, enmity. 

MtrvXr/vn, nc, tj. Mitylene, a city 
in the Island of Lesbos. 

fiva, ac, Tj, contracted from fivda, 
dag. A mina, a sum, not a coin, 
equal to 100 drachmae, and in our 
currency to $17 59cts. and over. 
— Also a weight. 

fivdofiai, ufiai, fut. rjcofzai, perf. 
fj.eft.vrjfj.ai. To remember, to rec- 
ollect, to be mindful of. — The 
perf. fj.Efj.vnft.at often signifies, I 
remember, i. e., I have remem- 
bered and continue to remember. 

iivfjfia, urog, to (from fivdofiai, to 
remember). A monument, a me- 
morial. 

jivrifin, fig, i] (from fivdofiai, to re- 
member). Memory, remembrance. 

fivvfioavvn, ng, i) (from fivrjfiidv, 
remembering). Remembrance, 
memory. — Also a proper name, 
Mnemosyne, mother of the Mu- 
ses. 

fivr/fiov, ov (adj. from fivdofiai, to 
remember). That remembers, re- 
membering, mindful. 

fiokig (adv.). With difficulty, scarce- 

l v- 

Moloaaig, iSog, rj. Molossis, a dis- 
trict of Epirus. 

fioviag, ov, 6 (from fiovog, alone). 
One who lives alone, a solitary. 

fi6vog, 7], ov (adj. ). Alone, sole, sol- 
T2 



NAT 

itary . — The neuter fiovov is often 

taken as an adverb, only, alone, 

&c. 
fiovocdvdakog, ov (adj. from fiovog, 

alone, and (jdvSa.7i.ov, a sandal). 

Having but one sandal. 
fiopcXfiog, ov (adj. from fiopog, fate). 

Fated, fatal, decreed by fate, 
fioptyr), i)g, r). A form. 



A calf, any young 

A muse. 

Toil, labour, fatigue. 
A mass of ignited 



fioaxog, ov, o. 

animal. 
M.ovGa, vg, r). 
fioxOog, ov, 6. 
fivSpog, ov, 6. 

iron. 

fiveXbg, ov, 6. Marrow. 
[ivdiKog, tj, ov (adj. from fivdog, a 

fable). Fabulous, pertaining to 

fable, 
fivdog, ov, 6. A word, a speech, a 

story, a fable, a tale, a narrative, 
fivla, ag, r). A fly. 
fivudofiac, ufiai, fut. r}aofiat, perf. 

act. fisfivtca, 2d aor. act. e/ivkov. 

To roar, to low, to bellow, 
fivpldg., adog, .7) (from fivplog). The 

number of ten thousand. — Also a 

myriad, 
[ivptog, a, ov (adj.). Manifold, 

numberless, infinite. — In the plu- 
ral, fivpioL, ten thousand, 
fivpfin^, r/nog, 6. An ant. 
Mvpfiidovsg, uv, oi. The Myrmi- 

dones or followers of Achilles. — 

Also a name for the people of 

^Egina. 
fivpov, ov, to. Perfume ; perfumed 

ointment, 
fivg, vog, 6. A mouse, 
fiupog, d, ov (adj.). Foolish, silly. 

— Taken also as a noun, a fool. 

N. 
vaiu. To inhabit, to dwell in. 
vafia, arog, to (from vdu, to flow). 

A stream, a spring, a fountain, 

a rivulet. 
Ndfof, ov, r). Naxus, one of the 

Greek islands in the ^Egean Sea, 

and sacred to Bacchus. 
vaog, ov, 6. A temple, 
vavdyeo), u>, fut. rjau (from vavuybg, 

wrecked ; and this from vavg, a 

ship, and dyu, to break). To 
221 



NOO 

suffer shipwreck, to be ship- 
wrecked. 

vavKXr/pog, ov, 6 (from vavg, a ship, 
and KXi/poc, a lot). A master of 
a ship. 

vavfidxta, ag, 7) (from vavg, a ship, 
and paxy, a battle). A sea fight, 
a naval battle. 

vavg, veug, 7). A ship, a vessel. 

vavrrjc, ov, 6 (from vavc, a ship). 
A seaman, a mariner. 

veavlac, ov, 6 (from veog, young). 
A young man, a youth. 

JSeapxog, ov, 6. Nearchus, a man's 
name. 

Nei/loc, ov, 6. The Nile. 

veitpoc, ov, 6. A dead, body, a 
corpse. — Used also as an adjec- 
tive, dead. 

vzkvq, voc, 6. A dead body. 

Ne/xea, ag, 7). Nemea, a region of 
Argolis in Greece. 

veodaproc, ov (adj. from viog, new, 
and deipu, to flay). Newly 
skinned, newly taken off. 

veoc, a, ov (adj.). New, young, 
fresh. 

NeGTup, opoc, 6. Nestor. 

vetyzkn, ng, t) (from vi<pog, a cloud). 
A cloud. — As a proper name, 
Nephele, wife of Athamas, king 
of Thebes. 

vi(j>og, eog, to. A cloud. 

vnauTvg, ov, 6 (from vijoog, an 
island). An islander. 

vfjoog, ov, t). An island. 

vlicao), cj, fut. tjgco, perf. veviKnxa 
(from viKT], victory). To con- 
quer, to be victorious. 

vIktj, ng, 7). Victory. 

viittu, fut. ipo, perf. vivltya. To 
wash. 

voecj, &, fut. t)gq, perf. vevonna. 
To think, to turn in mind, to re- 
flect, to consider, to perceive. 

vo/xdg, adog, 6 (from vo[vf], pasture). 
A Nomad, one who pastures 
cattle, pasturing, wandering . — 
In the plural, Nofiabeg, (ov, oi, 
Nomddes, wandering tribes, pas- 
toral communities. 

vbuog, ov, 6. Law. — Also custom, 
■usage. 

vbog, bov, 6, contr. vovg, vov. The 
222 



OAT 

mind, the intellect, understand- 
ing, reason. 

vocTjpog, a, ov (adj. from vocog, a 
disease). Sickly, diseased. 

vocog, ov, 7). A disease, a malady, 
sickness. 

vvKTcop (adv. from vv^, night). 
By night. 

vv[i(prj, ng, r). A bride ; a nymph. 

vvv (adv.). Now. 

vv^, WKTog, r). Night. 

vutrepog, a, ov (pronom. adj. from 
vtii, vti, we two). Of us both. 



Aavdimrn, ng, 7). Xanthippe, wife 
of Socrates. 

%ivog, ov, 6. A guest, a stranger, 
a foreigner. 

t-evog, n, ov (adj.). Foreign, 
strange. 

Eevotyiov, cJvrog, 6. 

Eeptjrig, ov, 6. Xerxes. 

%i§og, eog, to. A sword. 

tjvyK.VK.ac), d, fut. tjgu, perf. ijvyKe- 
KVKTjKa (from !-vv, for cvv, to- 
gether, and kvKacj, to mingle). 
To stir up, to mix together, to 
throw into a ferment. 

fjvlov, ov, to. Wood, a piece of 
wood, a log. 



6, i), to (article). The. — Often has 
the force of a pronoun, this, that, 
his, her, their, &c. — When com- 
bined with juev and be, we have 
6 fiiv, the one ; 6 be, the other ; 
so also, to fiiv, to be, and ol /xev, 
oi be, &c. 

b6o2.bg, ov, 6. An obolus, a small 
Athenian coin of bronze, worth 
between two and three cents. 

bydorjKovra (numeral adj., inde- 
clinable, from bydoog, eighth). 
Eighty. 

byboog, on, oov (adj. from oktu, 
eight). The eighth. 

ode, Tjde, Tobe (from 6, r), to, and 
be). This. 

bbbg, ov, r). A way, a road. 

bbovg, bvrog, b. A tooth, a tusk, a 
fang. 

'OdvGGevg, eug, 6. Ulysses. 



OAT 

bdev (adv.). Whence. 

olba, p erf. mid. of eIScj, I know. — 

ydetv, I knew. 
oIkeloc., a, ov (adj. from oIkoc, a 
house). Domestic, proper, suita- 
ble. — In the plural, ol oltceiot, 
relations, relatives. 
oIket7}c, ov, 6 (from oikeg), to in- 
habit). A member of a family, 
more commonly, a domestic, a 
slave. 

oIkscj, u, fut. you, perf. cj/07/ca 
(from oIkoc, a house). To in- 
habit, to dwell in. 

olKTifia, droc, to (from oIkeu, to in- 
habit). A habitation, a dwelling. 

oIkvclc, euc, i] (from oIkecj, to in- 
habit). An inhabiting, a dwell- 
ing in a place. — Also, a habita- 
tion, a dwelling. 

oiKia, ae, y (from olnoe, a house). 
A dwelling, an abode. 

oiKog, ov, 6. A house. — Old dative, 
oikoi, taken adverbially, at home. 

olKTsipu, fut. oiKTspo, perf. UKTVp- 
na (from olktoc, compassion). 
To pity, to commiserate, to com- 
passionate. 

oIktoc, ov, 6 (from ol, oh !). Com- 
passion, pity, commiseration. 

oiKrpog, d, ov (adj. from oIktoc, 
compassion). Lamentable, pite- 
ous, wretched. 

olvoc, ov, 6. Wine. 

olofiat and ol/xat, fut. olyuofiat,, 
perf. U7jfj.ac. To think, to sup- 
pose. 

oIgtoc, ov, 6. An arrow, a dart. 

OKTattoaToi, at, a (numeral adj.). 
Eight hundred. 

okto) (numeral adj., indeclinable). 
Eight. 

bMoc, ov, 6. Prosperity, wealth. 

bXldpoc,, ov, 6 (from bTOiVfit, to de- 
stroy). Destruction, ruin. 

bllyoe, n, ov (adj.)- Small, few. 

o/loc, ri, ov (adj.). The whole. 

'OXv/niridg, dSoc, y. An Olympiad, 
a space of four years. — An Olym- 
pic contest, an Olympic victory, 
i. e., a contest or victory at the 
Olympic Games. 

'OTiv/xiTiog, a, ov (adj.). Olympic. 

'OlvfjiiTog, ov, 6, Olympus, a cele- 



OIIA 

brated mountain on the coast of 
Thessaly, the fabled seat of the 
Grecian gods. 

bji6poc, ov, 6. A shower, rain. 

"Oftypoc, ov, 6. Homer. 

bpiypoc, a, ov (adj. from 6/iov, to- 
gether, and upo, to fit). Joined 
together, united, accordant. 

bfiTjpog, ov, 6 and y. A hostage. 

6/j.iXeo), &, fut. ijGid, perf. coftiTiyica 
(from o/iZAoc, a gathering). To 
associate with, to be conversant 
with, to hold intercourse with. 

ofxlXia, ac, y (from bfj.l?i0c). Inter- 
course, conversation. 

o/liZaoc, ov,6. A gathering, a crowd, 



bfifia, arog, to (from b^TOjiai, perf. 
up,jj.ai, to see). The eye, an 
eye. 

bfiococ, a, ov (adj. from o/uSc, like). 
Alike, similar. 

ofioioc (adv. from bfioiog). In like 
manner. 

bfiug (adv. from 6/u,6g, united). To- 
gether. 

bvivypa, fut. bvyao, perf. uvym. 
To aid, to profit. 

bvofia, droc, to. A name. 

bvofid^u, fut. dau, perf. covofiaKa 
(from ovofia, a name). To name. 

bvojiaaroc, y, ov (adj. from bvofid^u, 
to name). Famous, renowned, 
having a distinguished name 

bvoq, ov, 6. An ass. 

bvv^, vx°C> o- -^ nail, a claw. 

bi;vdpdfj.oc, ov (adj. from b%vc, swift, 
and dpofioc, a course). Swift of 
foot, fleet. 

b£vc, ela, v (adj.). Sharp, keen, 
acid, tart ; swift, fleet. 

b^vuTOfiog, ov (adj. from 6£vc, sharp, 
and GTOfia, a mouth). Sharp- 
mouthed, having pointed or beak- 
ed mouths. 

bitXlTyq, ov, 6 (from ottXov). A 
heavy-armed soldier. 

OTrlopiaxfu, &, fut. yau, perf. uw- 
TiOjidxyKa (from OTrTiop-dxyc, an 
armed warrior or soldier). To 
contend in arms, to wield arms, 
to practise the use of arms. 

oTi'kov, ov, to. A iveapon. — In the 
plural, tu bizka, arms. 

223 



OTA 

O7rro//ai, fut. oipofiai, perf. ufifiai. 
To see, to behold. 

opao, ti, fut. aao, perf. a>pa/ca, and 
with reduplication, iupatca. To 
see. 

bpydvov, ov, to. An instrument, 
an engine, a machine ; an organ. 

bpyr), ijc, t). Anger, rage. 

bpeyo), fut. %o), perf. upsxa. To 
stretch out, to extend. — In the 
middle voice (with the genitive), 
to desire, i. e., with outstretched 
hands. 

bpdog, r), 6v (adj.)- Straight, right. 

bpduc (adv. from bp66c). Rightly. 

ipl^co, fut. laid, perf. wpi/ca (from 
bpoc, a limit). To limit, to define, 
to prescribe, to appoint. 

bpKog, ov, 6. An oath. 

bpvig, Woe, 6 and 7). A bird. 

bpoc, sog, to. A mountain. 

bppuSca, ac, i). Fear, terror. 

'OpTvyia, ac, r). Ortygia, an island, 
on which a part of ancient Syra- 
cuse was built. 

bpTV^, vyog, 6. A quail. 

'OpcpEvg, euc, 6. Orpheus. 

be, 7), b (pron.). Who, which. 

bajxr], 7}e, 7} (from 6£o>, to emit a 
smell). A smell, a perfume. 

baog, ban, baov (pron.). As much, 
how great, as great as, as much 
as. — -Opposed often to Toaov- 

TOC. 

bairep, tjtzep, birsp (from be and 

nsp). Whoever, whichsoever, 

whatsoever. 
"Oaaa, rjc, rj. Ossa, a mountain of 

Thessaly, near Olympus. 
qgteov, egv, to, contr. baTovv, ba- 

tov. A bone. 
oaTic, tjtlc. oti (pron. from be and 

Tie). Whoever. 
otclv (conj.). When, whenever. 
ote (adv. and conj.). When, at 

times. 
oti (conj.). That, because, 
ev, ovk, ot>x (neg. adv.). Not. — Ov 

is used before a consonant ; ox>x 

before an aspirated vowel ; ovk 

before a smooth vowel. 
ovde (conj. from ov, not, and 6e). 

Not even, not, neither, nor. 
Qvdelc, ovdefua, ov6£v (adj. from 
224 



IIAA 

ovSe, not even, and elg, one). ■ No 
one, none. — ovdev, nothing. 

ov6ettote (adv. from ovde, not even, 
and ttots, ever). Never. 

ovbeTepoc, a, ov (adj. from ovoe, 
neither, and ETepog, the other). 
Neither of the two. 

ovkovv (adv. from ovk, not, and ovv, 
then). Therefore, then. — As an 
interrogative, not therefore ? 

ovTcuTTOTE (adv. from ovttu, not yet, 
and 7tote, ever). Never as yet, 
never. 

ovpd, ac, rj. A tail. 

Ovpavta, ac, i) (from ovpavoc, heav- 
en). Urania, one of the nine 
Muses, who presided over as- 
tronomy. 

ovpavloe, a, ov (adj. from ovpavoc, 
heaven). Heavenly, of ox belong- 
ing to heaven. 

ovpavoc, ov, 6. Heaven. 

ove, toTog, to. An ear. 

ovte (conj.). Neither, nor. 

ovtoc, avTn, tovto (pron.). This, 
that. 



6e, ov, 6 (from biTTOfiai, to 

see). An eye. 
brbte, sue, 6. A serpent, a snake, 
bipig, euc, r) (from brrTOfiai, to see). 

Sight, a seeing. 

n. 

7radoe, eoc, to (from rrdaxo), to suf- 
fer, 2d aor. snaOov). Suffering, 
misfortune ; a passion, affection, 
feeling. 

Tlaiav, avoc, 6. Pcean, the name 
of a deity, the god of medicine. — 
A name of Apollo ; a paan, a 
hymn of victory. 

7rai6ela, ac, r) (from iracdevu, to 
instruct). Education, instruc- 
tion. 

Tcaiftlov, ov, to (dim. from irate, a 
child). A child, a young child, 
a little boy. 

Tralc, Tratdog, 6. A child, a boy. — 
7) naZg, a girl. 

TvaTiawg, a, ov (adj. from 7rd2,ai, 
formerly). Old, ancient. — Ad- 
verbially, to -Kakaibv, anciently, 
in early times, long ago. 

ira?.aiu, fut. a'cou, perf. TXEKaXaiKa 



nAP 

(from ndlrj, wrestling). To 
•wrestle, to contend. 

iraTufinatg, nat6og, 6 and i) (adj.). 
One who is in second childhood. 

7t62.lv (adv.). Again, back. 

nakrov, ov, to (from ndXku, to 
brandish, to hurl). A javelin, a 
dart. 

ILdv, avoc, 6. Pan, the god of 
shepherds, &c. 

navdylog, a, ov (adj. from nag, all, 
and dytog, holy). All pure, per- 
fectly pure, all-holy. 

navonrng, ov, 6 (from nag, all, and 
0TTT0fj.at, to see). He that seeth 
all, all-seeing. 

nravTodaizoc, r), ov (adj. from nag, 
all, and a suffix). Of every kind, 
manifold, various. 

navrolog, a, ov (adj. from nag, all). 
Of every kind, various. 

navrore (adv. from nag, all). Al- 
ways, at all times, continually. 

ndvv (adv.). Very much, very, al- 
together. 

Trapd, prep, governing the genitive, 
dative, and accusative. With 
the genitive it denotes from, 
of, on the part of. — With the 
dative, at, by, with, near. — With 
an accusative, to, unto, during, 
throughout, contrary to, &c. 

napaylyvo/uat, fut. napayevijaofiat, 
perf. napayeyevr/fiac (from napd, 
by, and yiyvo/iat, to be). To be 
present at, to arrive at. 

napa6i6w/ut, fut. napadcoau, perf. 
Trapadiduna (from napd, to, and 
didufii, to give). To consign, to 
deliver up, to transmit. 

napafivdia, ac, i) (from napafivde- 
oftai, to encourage). Encourage- 
ment, consolation. 

napaadyyrjg, ov, 6. A parasang, 
a Persian measure of distance, 
equal to about four English miles. 

Traparpexu, fut. napa6pe^o/u.ac and 
TrapaSpapiovuai, perf. napaSeSpd- 
{iTjita, 2d aor. nape6pdp.ov (from 
napd, by or to, and rpexo), to 
run). To run by, to run to or 
towards ; to outstrip, to escape. 

napeyyvdu, u, fut. r)co, perf. nap- 
eyyeyvTjKa (from napeyyvn, the 



IIEA 

act of passing a word of com- 
mand). To hand over, to pass 
from one to another; to excite, 
to exhort, to encourage. 

ndpet/nc, fut. napteofiai (from napd, 
by, and dfii, to be). To be 
present. 

ndpeifii, fut. napuoofxai, perf. ndp- 
ELua (from napd, to, and el/it, to 
go). To approach, to come near. 

naprjtg, Idoc, r] (from napd, at the 
side of). A cheek. 

napdevog, ov, r). A virgin. 

ndpodoc, ov, r) (from napd, unto or 
by, and 666c, a way). A passage 
by, a path, a parade. 

Tldpoc, ov, 7]. Par os, one of the 
Cyclades. 

nag, ndaa, ndv (adj.). Every, all. 

narrjp, narepog, contr. narpoq, 6. 
A father. 

narpic, l6oc, tj (from narfjp, a 
father). One's father-land, a 
native country. 

Hut pcrnloe, ov, 6. Patroclus, a 
Grecian chief at the siege of 
Troy, and friend of Achilles. 

navu, fut. navao), perf. ninavna. 
To cause to cease, to restrain. — 
In the middle voice, to cause 
one's self to cease, to cease. 

ne6lvoc, i), 6v (adj. from ne6lov, a 
plain). Level, even. 

ne6lov, ov, to (from nedov, ground). 
A plain. 

neWu, fut. nucco, perf. neneiica, 
perf. mid. nsnoida. To per- 
suade. — In the middle voice, to 
obey, to acquiesce, i. e., to per- 
suade one's self to follow the 
bidding or direction of another. 

neidd), ooc, contr. ovc, r). Persua- 
sion. 

neipa, ag, r). An attempt, a trial. 

JJetpaiEvg, tog, 6. Pirceus, the 
main harbour of Athens. 

neldyog, sog, to. The sea. 

nekag (adv.). Near. 

neleidg, ddog, i). A dove, a wood- 
pigeon. 

neletcvg, ecog, 6. An axe. 

HeXiag, ov, 6. Pelias, a king of 
Thessaly. 

JlelonovvncLdKog, rj, ov (adjective 
225 



IIEP 
from Ue?iOTc6vvi)oo(;). Pelopon- 
nesian. 

JleXoTrovvnGog, ov, rj. The Pelo- 
ponnesus, Greece below the 
isthmus of Corinth. 

HiXorp, dirog, 6. Pelops, son of 
Tantalus. 

ire?LTaoT7}g, ov, 6 (from tzeXtt], a 
light shield). A targeteer. 

ir£[nrToc, n, ov (adj.). Fifth. 

TtE/j,7ru, fut. Tpo, perf. rrsTrofi^a, perf. 
mid. irsTroinra. To send, to throw. 

Tlevdevc, sog, 6. Pentheus, king of 
Thebes, torn in pieces by the 
Bacchantes. 

nivdoc, eoc, to. Grief, sorrow, 
misfortune, suffering. 

Ttevla, ag, rj (from KEvng, a poor 
man). Poverty. 

izEVTanLGXihiocTog, rj, ov (numeral 
adj. from TTEVTataGxihiot, five 
thousand). The five thousandth. 

izevTaKOcloi, ai, a (numeral adj.). 
Five hundred. 

irsvTa.TrTioog, on, 6ov, contr. ovg, rj, 
ovv (adj.). Five-fold. 

7CEVTE (numeral adj., indeclinable). 
Five. 

TTEVTrjKovra (numeral adj., inde- 
clinable). Fifty. 

TXEvrvKovrrip, r)pog, 6 (from 'kevtt]- 
Kovra, fifty). A commander of 
fifty men. 

TTETrepi, £wc, to. Pepper. 

TcepdtZ, iKog, 6 and fj. A partridge. 

nEpi, prep, governing genitive, da- 
tive, and accusative. — The fun- 
damental meaning is above, the 
secondary and more common one 
about, around. With the geni- 
tive it signifies about, concerning, 
of, on account of. — With the da- 
tive, about. — With the accusa- 
tive, around, round about, near, 
against, toxmrds, &c. In com- 
position it has the force of about, 
around, over, and frequently adds 
strength to the simple word, in 
which case it has its primitive 
force of above, superior to, 
greater than. 

irepi6oXog, ov, 6 (from TtEpiSaXku, 
to throw around). An enclosure, 
a circuit. 
226 



IIAA 

TLepiK.2,7Jg, iovg, 6. Pericles, an il- 
lustrious leader and statesman of 
Athens. 

TTEpiTiVivog, ov (adj. from irepi, above, 
and Xv7rn, sorrow). Very sor- 
rowful, sorely grieved. 

TTEpLGKOTCEC), 0), fut. TjGCO, perf. TTEpt- 

EGKOTrnKa (from nEpi, around, 
and gkotteo), to look). To look 
around, to survey. 

KEpLGTeXku, fut. gtsTicj, perf. TCEpL- 
£GTa?Ma (from Tcspl, around, and 
cteIIo), to send.) To cover, to 
conceal ; to decorate, to attire. 

TZEpLTidrjjii, fut. 6t)G(j), perf. TzepiTe- 
deina (from Trepi, around, and tW- 
Tjiii, to place). To place around, 
to put on, to attire. 

JiepGEvg, Eug, 6. Perseus, a famous 
hero, who destroyed the Gorgon 
Medusa. 

ILspGng, ov, 6. A Persian. 

UepGLKog, i), ov (adj.). Persian. 

izETpa, ag, ij. A rock, a stone. 

Ttnyr], r/g, rj. A fountain. 

•K^dnfia, uTog, to (from Tvnddo), to 
leap). A leap, a bound. 

irnpoo), u, fut. cjgu, perf. TreTrr/pona 
(from Ttnpog, mutilated). To mu- 
tilate, to maim, to deprive of. 

■KTJxvg, £o>g, Q. An elbow, a cubit, 
an ell. 

TvWog, ov, 6. . A cask, a tub, a jar. 

ivLKpog, a, ov (adj.). Bitter; painful. 

7rifiTT?infj.i, fut. r]GQ, perf. TTETrXr/Ka, 
perf. pass. 7T£Tr?Lr/G(j,at,. To fill. 

Tuvanig, Xdog, rj (dimin. from rciva%, 
a board). A tablet. 

■k'lvu, fut. tzugo), perf. nEirorca, 2d 
aor. ettIov. To drink. 

7T17TT0), fut. TVTUGii, perf. TTETZTUIta, 

2d aor. ettegov. To fall, to perish. 

7UGTEVG), fut. EVGO), perf. TTEiriGTEV- 

K.a (from rriGTcg, belief). To 
trust, to confide, to believe. 

TziGTog, rj, ov (adj.). Credible, true ; 
faithful, trustworthy. 

■KLTvg, vog, 77. A pine-tree. 

TT?,aKO£ig, OEGGa, oev, contr. ovg, 
ovGGa, ovv (adj.). Broad, flat. — 
Often used as a substantive, a 
cake, but then apTog is under- 
stood. 

iz?iava(i> f u, fut. tjgu, perf. KEit^u- 



IIAO 

vrjKa. To cause to wander, to lead 
astray. — In the middle voice, to 
cause one's self to wander, to 
wander, to roam. 

Ttla%, atcoc, 7]. A board, a plank, a 
table; a plain, a flat region. — In 
this latter sense applied to the 
Thracian Chersonese by the po- 
ets. 

'KTiaarlKoc, 7), ov (adj. from ■nT^daau, 
to mould). Plastic. — TrXaGTiKij, 
t)c, 7), as a substantive, with rexvn 
understood, the plastic art. 

•k/Xotvc, eta, v (adj.). Broad, flat. 

ILXecdg, adoc, 7). A Pleiad. — JI/\el- 
adec, ov, at, the Pleiades, a clus- 
ter of stars, fabled to have been 
originally daughters of Atlas. 

ttXeigtoc, n, ov (adj., superlative of 
noXvg). Most, greatest, &c. 

irhsiov, ov (adj., comparative of 
noXvc). More, greater, &c. 

nXeove^la, ac, i] (from tz/Xeov, more, 
and ejw, to have). Cupidity, 
covetousness, avarice, ambition. 
— Literally, the desire of having 
more. 

n'/iEvpa, ac, t). The side ; a rib. 

7r2,€G), fut. tzTisvgu, perf. ivEn/\EVKa. 
To sail. 

tt/Xeu, fut. tvIt/gg), perf. irEirTirjua. 
To fill. 

ttXeov, ov (adj., an Ionic and Attic 
form, except in the contracted 
cases for tt/Xeiuv). More, greater. 

Tt/Xnyfj, fjc, r] (from n/XTJGGO, to 
strike). A blow, a wound. 

tt/XtJOoc, eoc, to. A multitude, an 
abundance, a great number. 

-xAtjv (adv.). Except, but, besides. 

Tv/\r)p7]c, ec (adj. from tt/Xeu, to fill). 
Full. 

irTJicou, fut. tt/\t}^o), perf. nETrlvxa, 
2d aor. EnTir/yov. To strike, to 
wound. 

n/loZov, ov, to (from tt/Xeo), to sail). 
A ship, a vessel. 

ir/Xooc, oov, contr. ovc, ov, 6 (from 
itTleg), to sail). Navigation, a 
voyage. 

tt/Xovteu, cj, fut. tjgu, perf. ttettTiov- 
TVKa (from tt/Xovtoc, wealth). To 
be rich. 

nTiovTct^oj, fut. Xgu, perf. ttetcXovtZ- 



noA 

tea (from tt/Xovtoc, wealth). To 
enrich, to make rich. 

tt/Xovto^, ov, 6. Wealth, riches. 

lilovTuv, ovoc, 6. Pluto, god of 
the lower world. 

ttoieo, C), fut. iJGG), perf. KEno'inna. 
To make, to do, to prepare, to 
perform. 

7roLr/, r/c, i). An herb, grass. 

ttoltjelc, rjsGGa, 7jev (adj. from 7ro«7, 
grass). Grassy, verdant. 

Tvoirjfia, aToc, to (from ttoleo), to 
make). A poem. 

ttoltittjc, ov, 6 (from ttoleu, to make). 
A poet. — The derivation of this 
word and the preceding has ref- 
erence to the exercise of imagi- 
nation, i. e., the making or crea- 
ting of poetic imagery. 

ttoiki/Xoc, n, ov (adj.). Variegated, 
diversified, varied, differing. 

iroLfirjv, evoc, 6. A shepherd. 

7T0i.fj.vn, vc, t). A flock, a herd. 

TrolEfiapxoc, ov, 6 (from tto/Xe/jloc, 
war, and apxco, to command). A 
polemarch. Original meaning, a 
general commanding an army in 
the field. At Lacedaemon it re- 
tained its military meaning, and 
denoted a commander of 400 
men ; while at Athens the title 
was eventually applied to a civil 
magistrate, who took cognizance 
of all cases affecting the jxetolkol, 
or " sojourners." 

7T0/IE/J.EG), (J, fut. TjGO, perf. TTETToXe- 

[MTjua (from TcoTiEfioc, war). To 
wage war, to carry on war, to 
be at war with, to be engaged in 
war. 

ttoXe/mkoc, t), ov (adj. from ttoXeixoc, 
war). Warlike. 

tto/Xeixloc, a, ov (adj. from ttoXeiioc, 
war). Warlike ; more common- 
ly, hostile. — As a substantive, 
iro/lefuoc, ov, 6, an enemy ; ol tto- 
TiifiioL, the enemy. The term 
ttoXeiuqc means an open or public 
enemy, but kxdpoc, a private and 
bitter one. 

ttoXeiioc, ov, 6. War. 

iroXig, euc, t). A state, a city. 

tto/XIttjc, ov, 6 (from tt6?uc, a city). 
A citizen. 

22? 



iroAAanig (adv.). Often, frequently. 

7coAvdvdpcjTrog, ov (adj. from noAvg, 

many, and uvOpunog, a man). 



HoAvda/uag, avroc, 6. Polyddmas, 
a Trojan warrior. 

noAvtSftuv, ov (adj. from noAvg, 
much, and idfjcov, knowing). Very 
learned, learned, very skilful. 

Ho?iVKpuTrjg, eoc, 6. Polycrdtes, a 
tyrant of Samos. 

noAvpadrtg, eg (adj. from rzoAvg, 
much, and fiavddvo, to learn). 
Very learned, learned, knowing 
many things. 

Holvjivla, ag, rj. Polymnia, or 
Polyhymnia, one of the Muses. 
She presided over singing. 

7ro2,v6{ifj.aTog, ov (adj. from noAvg, 
many, and ofipa, an eye). Many- 
eyed. 

ttoTivttovc, ovv, gen. no'kvTcodoc, 
&c. (adj. from noAvg, many, and 
novc, afoot). Having many feet. 
— As a substantive, iroAvirovg, 
odog, 6 and rj, a polypus. 

noAve, tzoaat], ttoav (adj.). Much, 
many, great, large. — ol tcoaaol, 
the multitude, the many. — rd 
TTOAA& and to ixoav, taken ad- 
verbially, for the most part. — 
Comparative tzaeov and ttaeluv, 
superlative -kaelotoc. 

noAvrifjioc, ov (adj. from tcoavc, 
much, and ti/it/, value or honour). 
Of great value, precious ; highly 
honoured. 

itovnpog, a, ov (adj. from -xovog, 
toil). Wretched, evil, wicked. 

novog, ov, 6 (from rrivofiat, to toil, 
perf. mid. TtEivova). Toil, labour, 
wretchedness, misery. 

rcovrog, ov, 6. The deep, the ocean, 
the sea. 

iropsia, ag, r) (from iropevo), to cause 
to go). A journey, a route, a de- 
parture, a going, a way. 

iropevo), fut. evgco, perf. ireTiopevna 
(from Tzbpog, a passage). To 
cause to go, to convey, to trans- 
port. — In the middle voice, to 
go, i. e., to cause one's self to 
go. 

irofip'udev (adv. from rcop'p'G), far 
228 



npo 

off). From afar, from a dis- 
tance. 

TToptyvpeog, ia, eov, contr. ovg, a, 
ovv (adj. from noptyvpa, purple 
or crimsom colour). Purple, 
crimson. 

7rop<j)vplg, tdog, if (from nopfvpa, 
purple or crimson colour). A 
purple garment. 

TLoGEtSuv, ibvog, 6. Neptune, god 
of the sea. 

Tioaig, eug, 6. A husband. 

7rora/u.6g, ov, 6. A river. 

rcore (adv.). As an interrogative, 
when? at what time? — Not in- 
terrogative, on a certain time, 
once, ever. 

TTOTTJpiOV, OV, TO (from TCOTTJp, a 

cup). A cup, a goblet. 

TTOTvlog, a, ov (adj.). Revered, au- 
gust. — As a substantive, irorvia, 
ag, rj, a sovereign, a mistress. 

tcotov, ov, to. Drink. 

iroTog, ov, 6. The act of drinking. 

ttov (adv.). With the circumflex, 
interrogative, where ? — Without 
any accent, indefinite, anywhere, 
somewhere. 

novg, 7co66g, 6. A foot. 

Trpayfia, aTog, to (from 7tpdaoo, to 
make). A deed, an act, an affair, 
a business, a thing. 

TtpanTtHLog, rj, ov (adj. from irpdccc), 
to make). Capable of making 
or effecting, practical, efficient, 
active. 

Trpafrg, eug, rj (from Trpdaau, to 
make). An action, a deed. 

■KpaGGu, fut. £o, perf. irEirpdxa, 
perf. mid. TTETrpdya, 2d aor. ETTpa- 
yov. To make, to do, to act, to 
accomplish, to effect. 

'Kpiatvg, sag, 6. An old man ; an 
ambassador. 

Hpidfiog, ov, 6. Priam, king of 
Troy. 

irpo, prep, governing the genitive 
only. Primary signification, be- 
fore. — Said of place, before, in 
front of. — Of time, before, prior 
to. — Of the occasion or cause, 
for, on account of, because of — 
Said of preference, excellence, 
or eminence, before, more than, 



npo 

rather than. — Said of one thing 
or person taking the place of 
another, for, in the place of. — In 
composition, before, for, instead 
of, in front of, &c. 

7cp66aTov, ov, to. A sheep. — Prop- 
erly, any four-footed animal, 
especially a domestic one. 

npoyovoc, ov, 6 (from npo, before, 
and yi.yvofiai, to be ; perf. mid. 
ysyova). An ancestor, a fore- 
father. 

TzpodoTTjc, ov, 6 (from irpo, before, 
and dldu/LLL, to give). A traitor, 
a betrayer. 

irp6dvp,oe, ov (adj. from rcpo, before, 
and ■&v/j.6c, spirit). Willing, 
eager, ready. 

TrpoKaraK^Jlvoi, fut. kTuvu, perf. 
TcpoKaTanenXiKa (from rcpo, be- 
fore, Kara, down, and kMvu, to 
cause to recline or lie). To give 
one a seat on a couch before 
another. — In the middle voice, 
to take a higher seat at a table, 
to recline at table on a couch be- 
fore another. 

JlpoKvn, nc, rj. Procne, daughter 
of PandTon, king of Athens, 
changed into a swallow. 

TrpoXsyo, fut. £w, perf. rspoXekoxo, 
(from npo, before, and Myo, to 
say). To foretell, to predict. 

7rpo/xeT0)7Tc6Zov, ov, to (from irpo, 
before, and perton-ov, the forehead 
or front). A frontlet, a piece of 
armour for a horse's front or 
brow. — Also a forehead-band, an 
ornament for the head, either of 
man or animal. 

HpofJLi]Qevc, euc, 6. Prometheus. 

Hpotjevoc, ov, 6. Proxenus, one of 
the Greek generals in the army 
of the younger Cyrus. 

7rpdc, prep, governing the genitive, 
dative, and accusative. — With 
the genitive, from, of, for the sake 
of, on account of, in respect to, 
and in oaths by. — With the da- 
tive, in addition to, besides, with 
or before. — With the accusative, 
to, towards, against, with refer- 
ence to, in comparison with, &c. 
In composition, it generally sig- 



npa 

nines in addition to, over and 
above, besides ; and often, like- 
wise, against, unto, &c. 

TrpoaayopEvo), evog), perf. npoonyo- 
pevaa (from 7rpoc, unto, and 
ayopEvu, to speak). To address, 
to accost, to salute by name, to 
salute. 

irpoaaytj, fut. ^w, perf. irpoafjxa 
(from 7rp6c, unto, and ayo), to 
lead). To lead to, to admit, to 
introduce, to apply, to adjoin. 

itpooapTao, tb, fut. rjao, perf. npoa- 
fjpTrjua (from 7rpoc, unto, and 
apTau, to join). To attach to, to 
connect, to unite. 

■Kpoorjyopta, ac, r] (from irpoaayo- 
psvo), to salute). An accosting, 
an addressing, a name, an epithet. 

Tcpoadloc, a, ov (adj. from TcpoaOe, 
before). Anterior, fore, in front 
of 

irpoGTdTvc, ov, 6 (from Trpo, before, 
and lo-TTjfii, to place). An over- 
seer, a superintendent, a gov- 
ernor. 

wpoo~TdTTG) or irpocTaaaco, fut. fw, 
perf. rtpoGTETaxa (from 7rpoc, in 
addition, and rdoaco, to order or 
enjoin). To ordain farther, to 
enjoin in addition, to order 
strictly. 

Tcpootonov, ov, to (from nrpoc, to or 
towards, and uf, the eye). The 
countenance, the face, the brow, 
the forehead. 

Tzporepoc, a, ov (adj., comparative 
degree from Trpo, before). Prior, 
before, previous to, preceding, 
earlier. — The neuter nporepov is 
taken adverbially, before, pre- 
viously, sooner. 

TrpoQf/Tnc, ov, 6 (from npo, before, 
and Qnui, to say). A prophet, a 
seer, a soothsayer, a diviner. 

npofyrjTLc, TSoc, r\. A prophetess, a 
female soothsayer or diviner. 

TcpvfMvr], nc, tj. The stern of a ship. 

npuioc, a, ov (adj. from Trput, early). 
Early, early in the morning. 

npupa, ac, 7]. The prow of a ship. 

TIpoTsvc, euc, 6. Proteus, a sea- 
god, who could transform himself 
into all kinds of shapes. 

229 



PAA 

irpuTevo, fut. evao, perf. TrenpuTEV- 
na (from Trptirog, first). To be 
the first, to excel. 

nptirog, n, ov (adj., superlative de- 
gree from rrpo, before). The first. 
to irpuTov and to. irptira, taken 
adverbially, at first, in the first 
place, principally. 

irrepov, ov, to. A wing. 

rcripv!-, vyog, 7} (from irrepov, a 
wing). A plume, a wing, a pin- 
ion. 

UtoTie/acuoc, ov, 6. Ptolemy. 

tztuxoc, rj, ov (adj. from ktwggu, 
to crouch or creep). Poor, wretch- 
ed. As a substantive, tttoxoc, 
ov, 6, a beggar. 

Hvyfiatot, ov, oi. The Pygmies, a 
race of small size, fabled to bave 
been engaged in frequent warfare 
with the cranes. 

Hvdayopag, ov, o\ Pythagoras, a 
celebrated Grecian philosopher. 

ILvTiadqg, ov, 6. Pylddes, the friend 
of Orestes. 

nilr], nc, rj. A gate. — In the plural, 
it often signifies a pass. 

nvXapoc, ov, 6 (from ttv?itj, a gate, 
and upa, care). A doorkeeper. ■ 

Trip, 7rvpoc, to. Fire. 

7rvpafj,ic, Xdog, r). A pyramid. 

UvpupTieyedov, ovtoc, 6 (from nvp, 
fire, and <p7&yu, to burn). Pyri- 
phlegethon, a river of fire in the 
lower world. 

Tlvp'p'oc, ov, 6. Pyrrhus, king of 
Epirus. 

TLtipoc, ov, 6. Pdrus, a king of part 
of India, conquered by Alexander. 

ituc (adv.). With the circumflex 
it is interrogative, how 1 in what 
way ? Without the accent it is 
indefinite, any how, in any way, 
somehow. 

ttwv, eoc, to (from ndo, to feed). 
A herd, a flock. 

P. 

fiaSdog, ov, 7]. A staff, a rod. 

'Padap-avdvc, voc, 6. 

thus, one of the judges in the 
lower world. 

faddloe, a, ov (adj.). Easy. Com- 
parative p"auv, superlative fidcrog. 
230 



2IA 

p'sv/na, aToc, to (from f>Eu, to flow). 
A stream. 

p"7jTup, opoe, 6 (from fieo, to speak). 
An orator, a rhetorician. 

f)i(,a, ng, r). A root. 

pi-KTo, fut. tpu, perf. zpfitya. To 
fling, to throw, to hurl, to throw 
or cast away. 

'Podloc, a, ov (adj. from Todoc, 
Rhodes). Rhodxan, of or belong- 
ing to Rhodes. 

p"6dov, ov, to. A rose. 

p6iru?iov, ov, to. A club. 

'Pofialog, a, ov (adj. from 'Pafirj, 
Rome). Roman, of or belong- 
ing to Rome. 

'Pufin, r/g, tj. Rome. 

2. 

calafiavSpa, ag, if. A salamander. 

Ijalfiovevg, eog, 6. Salmoneus, a 
king of Elis. 

oakmyZ, tyyog, rj. A trumpet. 

2apdava,7ra%?i,og, ov, 6. Sardanap- 
alus, an effeminate king of As- 
syria. 

capLoaa, ng, y. A sarissa, a long 
Macedonian lance or pike. 

cap%, aapKog, rj. Flesh, a piece of 
flesh. 

caTpairrjg, ov, 6. A satrap, a title 
for a viceroy, or governor of a 
province among the ancient Per- 
sians. 

osavTov, rjg (reflexive pronoun). Of 
thyself, &c. Vid. page 109. 

^etpriv, ijvog, 6. A Siren. 

aeiafiog, ov, 6 (from aeiu, to shake). 
An earthquake. 

as/iag, aog, to. Light, splendour, 
brilliancy, brightness. 

aeTJjvn, ng, 57. The moon. 

oefivog, rj, ov (adj. from ge6q, to 
adore, to worship). Venerable, 
revered, holy. 

cn/iEcov, ov, to (from arifia, a sign). 
A sign, a proof. 

clyau, g>, fut. r}ao), perf. aeaiynKa 
(from alyrj, silence). To be silent, 
to keep silence. Vid. GLOirau. 

clyrj, fjg, rj. Silence. 

aidfipsog, ia, eov, contr. ovg, a, ovv 
(adj. from oidrjpog, iron). Of iron. 

cidnpog, ov, 6. Iron. 



2TA 
2iKeXta, ae, 7). Sicily. 
aivrj'Ki, wc, to. Mustard. 
citlglc, sue, i] (from olt'l&, to feed) 
Feeding, support, nourishing. 



citoc, ov, 6. Wheat. — In the plural, 
ra otra. 

Giuirao), £), fut. tjgu, perf. geglutttj- 
aa (from olwkt), silence). To re- 
main silent, to be silent. Strictly 
speaking, oioTrda) is like sileo in 
Latin, to remain or continue si- 
lent ; and oiyda), like taceo, to be- 
come silent, after having just 
spoken. 

gkeXoc, eoc, to. A leg. 

gktjvt}, t)c, tj. A tent, a stage, a 
scene. 

(TKrJTTTpOV, OV, TO (from GKTjTTTO), to 

lean upon). Primitive meaning, 

a staff. Ordinary meaning, a 

sceptre. 
CKtd, ac, tj. A shadow, a shade. 
gkoteivoq, 7], ov (adj. from gkotoc, 

darkness). Dark, obscure. 
gk'otIoc, a, ov (adj. from gkotoc, 

darkness). Dark, obscure. 
gkotoc, eoc, to, and also gkotoc, 

ov, 6. Darkness. 
'Zo'kvjioL, uv, o't. The Solymi, a 

people of Lycia, in Asia Minor. 
SoAwv, cjvoc, 6. Solon, the cele- 
brated legislator of the Athenians. 
goc, gtj, gov (pronom. adj. from ov, 

thou). Thine, thy. 
oo<pca, ac, i) (from Gotyoc, wise). 

Wisdom. 
GO<poc, i), ov (adj.). Wise. 
GTrdvtc, euc, r) (from Giravoc, 

scarce). Want, indigence, scar- 
city. 
GTTEtpo), fut. CTcepu, perf. EGizapKa. 

To sov), to scatter seed, to scatter, 
owepua, aroc, to (from Grreipu, to 

sow). Seed, grain. 
GTxXdyxvov, ov, to. Vitals, entrails. 
GTtovdaZoc, a, ov (adj. from gtcovStj, 

zeal). Earnest, zealous, worthy, 
arayuv, ovoc, i) (from ordfcj, to 

drop, 2d aor. eorayov). A drop. 
gtuSiov, ov, to. A stadium, a 

measure of ground containing 

625 feet or 125 paces. 
GTadtoc, ov, 6. Same as Grddiov. 



srr 

crdd/in, nc, }). A carpenter's rule, 
a level. — Slttovc Grddfcn, a two- 
foot rule. 

GTadfioc, ov, 6. A station, an en- 
campment, a halting-place. 

GraGid^u, fut. dou, perf. EGraGtaKa 
(from ordocc, sedition, discord). 
To excite dissension or discord, to 
excite sedition ; to be in a state of 
dissension or discord, to quarrel. 

GTa^vki), t)c, t). A cluster of 
grapes, a grape. 

GTEyaajia, aroc, to (from GTeyo, to 
cover). A cover, a roof. 

gtbvoc, 7), 6v (adj. from gtevo), to 
contract). Narrow, strait, not 
broad, contracted. 

OTeQavoc, ov, 6 (from GTEtpu, to 
crown). A crown, a wreath, a 
chaplet. — As a proper name, 
Stephen. 

GTE(j)av6(o, u, fut. 6oo, perf. egte^- 
dvuKa (from gte^clvoc, a crown). 
To crown. 

GTJjdoc, eoc, to. The breast. 

GToua, aroc, to. A mouth. 

orpaTEVfia, aroc, to (from GrparevQ, 
to make an expedition). An army. 

Grparnyoc, ov, 6 (from Grpajbc, an 
army, and uyu, to lead). A gen- 
eral, a commander. 

GTparld, ac, t) (from GTparoq, an 
army). An army. 

GrpariuTTjC, ov, 6 (from orparoc, 
an army). A soldier. 

GTpaTo-KE&ov, ov, to (from orparoc, 
an army, and tceSov, a basis, a 
foundation). An encampment, 
an army established in camp, an 
army generally. 

Grparoc, ov, 6. An army. 

GTpovdlov, ov, to (dim. from orpov- 
66c, a sparrow). A small spar- 
row, a sparrow. 

orpovdoc, ov, 6 and i). A sparrow. 

GTvyspoc, d, ov (adj. from orvyio), 
to hate). Hateful, dismal. 

GTvyio), ti, fut. t)gu, perf. eorvyvKa, 
2d aor. lorvyov. To hate, to 
abhor, to dread. 

ov, gov (personal pron.). Thou. 

Gvyypd(j>evc, sue, 6 (from ovyypdtpa, 
to write connectedly). A histo- 
rian, a prose writer, a writer. 
231 



2fiT 
ovkov, ov, to. A fig. 

' cv/iCovTua, ag, 7/ (from cvv, together 
with, and (3ov?i7J, counsel). Ad- 
vice, counsel, mutual deliberation. 
<jvfj./j,aXoc, ov, 6 (from cvv, together 
ioith,.&nd fJ-uxv, & fight or battle). 
An ally, 
cvfupopd, ag, if. An accident, a 

misfortune, a calamity, &c. 
cvv, prep, governing the dative only, 
and signifying with, together with, 
&c. — In composition, it denotes 
concurrence in action, association 
with, union, collection, comple- 
tion, and frequently strengthens 
the meaning of the simple verb. 
cvvayo), fut. |w, perf. cvvrixa, 2d 
aor. cvvi'iyayov (from cvv, to- 
gether, and uyu, to lead). To 
draw together, to collect, to lead 
together, to unite. 
cvvrjQeta, ac, r) (from cvvrjdnc, inti- 
mate with). Social intercourse, 
intimacy, custom, habit, 
cvvrofjoc, ov (adj. from cvv, to- 
gether, and re/aw, to cut). Cut 
short, curtailed. 
Svpanovclog, a, ov (adj.). Syra- 
cusan. — In the plural, ol ~Lvpa- 
kovclol, the Syracusans. 
cvc, cvoc, 6 and r). A hog, swine. 
G<pd^cj or c<paTTG), fut. fw, perf. 
ectiaxa, 2d aor. pass. kc(pdynv. 
To slaughter, to kill, to immolate, 
to sacrifice. 
apETepoc, a, ov (pronom. adj. from 
c(pe lg, they). His own, their own. 
c<pvpov, ov, to. An ankle. 
c<pG)iTepo<;, a, ov (pronom. adj. from 
G<pcJi, you two). Of you two, both 
your. 
cxoTialoc, a, ov (adj. from cxokr), 
leisure). At leisure, unoccupied, 
idle, slow, tardy, lazy. 
c<j)£a, fut. co), perf. cecum (from 
coog, safe). To save, to preserve. 
1,G)KpaTrjg, eoc, contr. ovg, 6. Soc- 
rates, a celebrated Athenian phi- 
losopher. — Accusative singular, 
liUKparnv. 
G&fia, dTOc, to. A body, 
cupog, ov, 6. A heap. 
cuttjp, ypog, 6 (from oufa, to save). 
A preserver, a saver. 
232 



TAX 

cuTvpla, ac, r) (from corr/p, a pre- 
server). Preservation, safety. 

'2o)(f>povicKog, ov, 6. Sophroniscus, 
a man's name. 

Goxppocvvrj, ng, r) (from cdxppov, dis- 
creet). Discreetness, moderation, 
continence, temperance, wisdom. 

cucppcov, ov (adjective from coog, 
sound, and <ppf/v, mind). Dis- 
creet, sound of mind, prudent, 
wise, intelligent, moderate. 

26(ppo)v, ovog, 6. Sophron, a man's 
name. 



TakavTov, ov, to. A talent, a sum 
of money. — The Attic talent of 
silver was worth $1055 59cts. ; 
but the Attic talent of gold, 
$10555 93cts. 

TcCkag, aiva, av (adj. from Ta/ido), 
to suffer.) Wretched, miserable, 
unfortunate. 

Ta/nelov, and Tafiielov, ov, to. A 
magazine, a storehouse, a recep- 
tacle, a granary. 

Ta-fuac ov, 6. A steward, a dis- 
penser, a distributor. 

TdvTa?iog, ov, 6. Tantalus, a king 
of Lydia, punished in the lower 
world, for serving up his own 
son Pelops, as food to the gods. 

T&l-tg, eug, r) (from Tacco), to ar- 
range). An arrangement, a reg- 
ulation, an order; a rank, an 
order of battle. 

Tarrecvog, r), w(adj.). Humble, Iovj, 
base, mean, submissive, lowly. 

TapdvTivog, n, ov (adj. from Tdpag, 
avTog, Tarentum). Tarentine, of 
Tarentum. Tapavrcvoi, ov, ol, 
the Tarentines. 

Taplxevu, fut ceo, perf. TETapixev- 
na (from rdplxog, anything salt- 
ed, preserved, or embalmed). To 
preserve flesh, to salt, to pickle, 
&c. — In the case of dead bodies, 
to embalm. 

Tavpog, ov, 6. A bull. 

Tacpog, ov, 6 (from -drdixTO), to bury, 
2d aor. erdtpov). A grave, a sep- 
ulchre, a tomb. 

T&xvg, ela, v (adj.). Swift, fleet, 
rapid. Comparative, ■&dcco)v ; 






TET 

superlative rdxtcTog. — Used also 

adverbially in the neuter, Taxi, 

swiftly, quickly. 
re (conj.). And ; te — re, or re — 

nai, both — and. 
relxoc, eoc, to. A wall, a rampart. 
tekvov, ov, to (from tchto, to beget, 

to bring forth). A child, offspring. 

TEKTOVCKOC, 7], OV (adj. from TEKTCJV, 

a builder). Of or belonging to 
builders. — As a substantive, tek- 
tovikt), t)c, 7] {texvtj understood), 
architecture, the art of building. 

TE%£VTaioc, a, ov (adj. from te?^evttj, 
an end). Last, final, at the end,. 
As an adverb, in the neuter, reA- 
Evralov, finally, lastly. 

teAevttj, f/c, y (from teXeo), to com- 
plete). An end, death. 

te%eo), €), fut. T£?i£au, perf. teteIe- 
na (from te^oc, an end). To 
complete, to finish, to perform, to 
accomplish. 

te?.oc, eoc, to. An end, death. 

TE?iuvnc, ov, 6. A tax-gatherer. 

TE/J.VU, fut. tejxu, perf. TETftnna, 2d 
aor. ETafiov. To cut, to cleave. 

Ti[iTcn, uv, t6, contracted from Teu- 
7T£a, euv. Tempe, a beautiful 
vale in Thessaly, between Olym- 
pus and Ossa, and through which 
the river Peneus ran. 

TEpac, utoc, to. A sign, a portent, 
a prodigy, a wonder, a monster. 

TEpnv, Etva, ev (adj.). Soft, tender, 
delicate. 

TEpirvoc, r), ov (adj. from repTro, to 
delight). Delightful, pleasing. 

Tspipic, euc, 7} (from TEpira, to de- 
light). Delight, enjoyment. 

TEpfixopn, nc, y (from Tspiru, to 
delight in, and x°P° c i ^ e dance). 
Terpsichore, the Muse that pre- 
sides over dancing. 

TEcaapaKoaloL, at, a (numeral adj.). 
Four hundred. 

TEaaapEc, a (numeral adj). Four. 

TETaproc, 7). ov (num. adj.). Fourth. 

TETpatuax'CAioi, at, a (numeral adj., 
from TETpuKig, four times, and 
XihiQi, a thousand). Four thou- 



TETpairTiooc, on, oov, contr. ovc, y, 
ovv (adj. from rerpa, for TETTapa, 
U2 



TOE 

four, and ttIou, old form, to fold). 
Fourfold. 

TETpaixovc, ovv (adj. from TETTapa, 
four, and tcovc, a foot). Four- 
footed. 

TExvy, nc, y. An art, art, a work 
of art, skill, artifice. 

texvItt/c, ov, 6 (from Tsxvy, an art). 
An artist, an artificer. 

Tydvc, voc, y. Tethys, a sea-god- 
dess, wife of Oceanus or Nereus. 

TtJvoc , ov, y. Tenos, a Greek island. 

Tiypyc, jjtoc, 6. The Tigris, a 
river of Asia. 

Ttdf]V7], nc, t). A nurse. 

Tidovoc, ov, 6. Tithbnus. 

tikto), fut. TE^ofxat, perf. TETona, 2d 
aor. etekov. To beget, to bring 
forth. — tlktelv ud, to lay eggs. 

Tlfiao), ti, fut. you, perf. TEriuytca 
(from rluy, honour, esteem). To 
honour, to value, to esteem. 

TlfXTj, fjc, 7] (from tiu, to honour). 
Honour, esteem, value. 

TlurJEtc, TjEoca, fiEv (adj. from t'iut), 
honour). Honoured, esteemed, 
valued. 

tluioc, a, ov (adj. from t'lutj, honour). 
Honoured, highly prized. 

TiftopEO, C), fut. rjaco, perf. TETi/iupn- 
Ka. To succour, to aid, to avenge, 
to punish. — In the middle voice, to 
avenge one's self, to punish, &c. 

Tl/x6pyjj,a, dToq, to (from TiutopEo, 
to succour). Succour, help, re- 
venge, punishment. 

Tlfj-upta, ac, y. Vengeance, punish- 
ment. 

tic, it (interrog. pron.). Who? 
what? 

tIc, tc (indef. pron.). Any, any 
one, a certain one. 

TLTpUGKG), fut. TpUGOJ, perf. TETpUKa^ 

To wound. 

TCO), fut. TLGU, perf. TETlKa. To 

value, to esteem, to honour. 

TOiOVTOQ, TOW.VT7], TOtOVTO (adj.). 

Such. 
ToTiuao), u, fut. TJao, perf. tetoTiutj- 

Ka (from Tolfxa, boldness). To 

dare, to venture on. 
to^ov, ov, to. A bow. 
to^ottjc, ov, 6 (from ro^ov, a bow). 

A bowman, an archer. 

233 



TYP 

roirog, ov, 6. A place, a site. 
Tooog, n, ov (adj.). So large, so 
much. 

tooovtoc, Toaavrr), roaovro (adj.). 
So much, so great. 

tote (adv.). Then, at that time. 

Tpaxvc, Eta, v (adj.). Rough, rug- 
ged, uneven, strong ; harsh, an- 
gry. 

Tpelc, Tpia (numeral adj.). Three. 

TpETTG), fut. tpu, perf. T£Tpo(pa, 2d 

_ aor. erpairov. To turn ; to rout, 
to put to flight. — In the middle 
voice, to betake one's self to 
flight, to flee. 

Tpfyu, fut. tipEipu, perf. TETpofya, 2d 
aor. pass. ETpd<pnv. To nourish, 
to rear, to bring up. 

TpiaKovra (numeral adj., indeclina- 
ble). Thirty. 

rpiyuvog, ov (adj. from Tpiyuvov, a 
triangle). Triangular. 

Tpifipnc, eoc, contr. ovc, 7) (from 
rpic, thrice, and kpECCu, to row). 
A trireme, a galley, a vessel of 
three banks of oars. — Properly an 
adjective, with vavc understood. 

TpircTiooc, on, oov, contr. ovc, 7), ovv 
(adj. from Tpic, thrice, and ttAou, 
an old form, to fold). Threefold. 

Tpixove, ovv (adj. from Tpig, thrice, 
and 7rovc, a, foot). Three-footed. 
— As a substantive, Tpcizovc, 
060c, 6, a tripod. 

rpto-fivploi, at, a (numeral adj. from 
Tpic, thrice, and /nvptot, ten thou- 
sand). Thirty thousand. 

Tpiroc, n, ov (numeral adj.). The 
third. 

Tpoia, ac, rj. Troy, a celebrated 
city of Asia Minor, destroyed by 
the Greeks after a 10 years' siege. 

Tpusg, uv, 01. The Trojans, the 
inhabitants of Troy. — Nomina- 
tive singular, Tpuc, uog. 

Tpulttog, 7), ov (adj.). Trojan, of 
or belonging to Troy. 

tvtztu, fut. i/;w, perf. TETv<pa. To 
strike, to beat, to smite. 

rvpavvig, lSoc, t) (from Tvpavvoc, a 
monarch, a tyrant). Supreme 
power, sovereign power, tyranny. 

Tvpavvoc, ov, 6. A sovereign, a 
tyrant. This latter meaning is 
234 



rn.E 

the more common, the former 

the more ancient one. 
rvpoc, ov, 6. Cheese. 
Tvcpojv, uvog, 6. Typhon, one of 

the giants who warred against 

Jupiter. He was defeated, and 

placed under ^Etna. 
Tvxn, nc, ri (from Tvyxavu, to 

chance, 2d aor. etvxov). Chance, 

fortune, misfortune. 

T. 

vixkEOC, ia, eov, contr. ovc, 7), ovv 
(adj. from vuXoc, glass). Made 
of glass, glass. 

vfjpic, ecoc, 7). Haughtiness, inso- 
lence, contumely. 

vBptCTTjg, ov, 6 (from v6ptg, inso- 
lence). An insulter, one over- 
bearingly insolent, one who out- 
rages. 

vBpiGToc, 7), ov (adj. from vBpic, 
insolence). Insulted, outraged, 
treated with gross insolence, 
maltreated, abused. 

vyiEivbc, 7), ov (adj. from vytsta, 
health). Wholesome, promoting 
health, healthy. 

vdaTiEoc, sa, eov, contr. ovc, 7), ovv 
(adj. from vSac, old form for 
vdup, water). Watery, wet, 
moist; dropsical. 

vdpa, ac, r) (from vdup, water). A 
hydra, a water-snake. 

vSpavTitg, sue, r) (from vdup, water, 
and avlbg, a pipe). A water- 
organ, a musical instrument 
moved by water. 

vdpia, ac, 7) (from vdup, water). A 
water-bucket. 

vdpuijj, wKog, 6 (from vdup, water, 
and uip, the visage, from the 
bloated appearance which this 
disease presents). The dropsy. 

vdup, vdarog, to (from vu, to make 
wet). Water. 

vlog, ov, 6. A son. 

vkn, r/g, r). A wood, timber. 

vlrJEtg, ijEOO-a, fjsv (adj. from vkn, 
a wood). Woody, abounding 
with forests. 

vfisrspog, a, ov (pronom. adj. from 
v/LLEig, you). Your, your own. 

-imeitiu, fut. fju, perf. v-rretxa (from 



$AI 

vtto, under, and ££/cw, to yield). 
To yield to, to submit, 
vnep, prep, governing the genitive 
and accusative. — Its primitive 
and leading signification is above. 
— With the genitive it signifies 
above, beyond, for, on account of, 
in behalf of. — With the accusa- 
tive, above, beyond, over, against. 
— In composition, it denotes the 
being over and above, excess, for, 
and often adds strength to the 
meaning of the simple word. 

V7rLoxveo/j,ai, ovuac, fut. vrroijxijo'o- 
fiac, perf. vireoxvpah 2d aor. 
mid. vireaxdavv (from vtto, un- 
der, and ioxouai, for exofiac, to 
hold one's self). To promise, 
to engage, to bind one's self. 

vnvoc, ov, 6. Sleep. 

vtto, prep, governing the genitive, 
dative, and accusative. — Its prim- 
itive and leading signification is 
under. — With the genitive it de- 
notes under, from under, by, by 
means of, through. — With the 
dative, by, by means of, with, 
under, &c. — With the accusa- 
tive, at, about, near, under. — In 
composition, it signifies under, 
from under, secretly, gradually, 
and frequently diminishes the 
force of the word with which it 
is compounded. 

VTro&ycov, ov, to (from vivo, under, 
and (,vydv, a yoke). A beast of 
burden. 

V7rouevo, fut. vTTOuevfi, perf. vtto- 
ueuevrjica (from vtto, behind, and 
uevoi, to remain). To remain be- 
hind, to wait, to await, to persist, 
to endure. 

vc, voc, 6 and r). A boar, a sow, 
swine. 

vorepoc, a, ov (adj.). Later. As 
an adverb, vorepov, afterward. 

Qayelv, 2d aor. inf. act. of (pdyu, 

to cat. 
<j>dyu, to eat, pres. inf. act. <pdyeiv, 

2d aor. inf. <j>ayeZv, 2d aor. ind. 

act. Huyov. 
(paivu, fut. (pdvo, perf. iretyayKa, 2d 



*IA 
aor. fydvov. To shoiv, to make 
appear. — In the middle, to ap- 
pear, i. e., to show one's self, to 
make one's self appear. 

§d"kay%, ayyoc, r). A phalanx; a 
row, or division of an army. 

(paperpa, ac, r) (from (pepco, to bear). 
A quiver. 

(pdpudKov, ov,to. A poison. Prim- 
itive meaning, a drug, a medicine. 

(pavTiog, n, ov (adj.). Bad, small, 
mean, of little value. 

(peyyoc, eoc, to. Light, splendour, 
brightness. 

(pepcaToc, n, ov (adj. from <pipu, to 
bear). Best, bravest, most excel- 
lent. 

tpeprepoe, a, ov (adj. from tpepu, to 
bear). Comparative degree, bet- 
ter, superior, braver. 

<j>epTioToc, n, ov (adj. from (pepa, to 
bear). Same meaning as tyipia- 
roc. 

<j>epo, fut. oiao), perf. rjvoxa, and, 
with reduplication, kvfjvoxa, 1st 
aor. riveyaa, 2d aor. ijveyKov (ir- 
regular verb). To bear, to carry, 
to bring, to yield or produce. 

(pevya, fut. (pev^ouat, perf. Tretpevya 
or nsipvya (commonly called perf. 
mid.), 2d aor. eqvyov. To flee, 
to escape. 

(pnyog, ov, r). An oak, a species of 
oak, strictly, having a round es- 
culent nut. Not to be confound- 
ed with the fagus or beach-tree, 
the nuts of which are triangular. 

(pnui, fut. tyrjcu. To say, to utter, 
to remark, &c. 

(f>6ey/J.a, droc, to (from tydeyyouai, 
to utter). A sound, a voice, a 
word uttered. 

(f>Ldln, vc, t). A bowl, a cup, a goblet. 

(j)t?McudTog, ov (adj. from ftXeu, to 
love, and a'iua, blood). Loving 
blood, delighting in blood. 

§i7Apyvpoc, ov (adj. from tyikiu, to 
love, and dpyvpo-c, silver, money). 
Avaricious, covetous, grasping. 

<piMcj, £>, fut. 7]go), perf. irefyi'krjKa 
(from <piXoc, fond). To love. — It 
has often, with an infinitive, the 
meaning of to be wont, i. e., to 

I love to do a thing. 

235 



$0N 

$l?4/j,c)v, ovog, 6. Philemon, a 
Greek comic poet. 

tytTiZa, ag, ij (from (piXog, friendly). 
Friendship. 

^lXlttttoq, ov, 6. Philip. 

$L?t,ofj.7}Xa, ag, 7]. Philomela, daugh- 
ter of Pandlon, king of Athens. 
She was changed into a nightin- 
gale. Hence the term (j>iXo/j,7]?ia 
is sometimes employed to denote 
that bird. 

fyiXogevog, ov, 6. Philoxenus, a 
poet of Cythera. 

<piXog, n, ov (adj.). Loving, fond 
of, beloved, dear to, friendly. 

<j>ilog, ov, 6. A friend. 

<pt9ioao(j)ca, ag, r) (from (ptTioao^og, a 
philosopher). Philosophy. 

tylkoaofyog, ov, 6 (from (piXog, loving, 
and aofyla, wisdom). A philoso- 
pher. 

fiXoTljiog, ov (adj. from QlXqq, lov- 
ing, and rljirj, honour, distinc- 
tion). Ambitious, generous, lib- 
eral. 

(piTiotypov, ov (adj. from <j)i?i,og, 
friendly, and (ppr/v, mind). Of 
friendly mind, friendly, kindly 
disposed. 

Qtvevg, ewg, 6. Phineus, a king of 
Arcadia, or, according to others, 
of Thrace, persecuted by the Har- 
pies, as a punishment for his cru- 
elty towards his sons. 

^/ld£, (pXoyog, r) (from <pMyo>, to 
burn, perf. mid. nfyloya). A 
flame. 

<j>Xvdpo)6ng, eg (adj. from <f)2,vdpog, 
indulging in trifling, and slSog, 
appearance). Having the man- 
ners and air of a buffoon, fond of 
jests, trifling, silly, given io buf- 
foonery. 

<po6eo, g>, fut. Tjcu, perf. iretpoSnKa 
(from 666og, fear). To terrify. 
— In the middle, to fear, i. e., to 
terrify one's self. 

<j>66og, ov, 6. Fear, terror, dread. 

fyoivii;, iKog, 6. A Phoenician. — 
Also a proper Tiame, Phoenix. 

QoivL?;, iicog, 6. A palm-tree, a date, 
the fruit of the palm-tree. 

<povevg, ewg, 6 (from tyovog, murder, 
slaughter). A murderer. 
236 



$Q2 

<j>6vog, ov, 6 (from fivu, to kill, perf. 
mid. necpova). Murder, slaugh- 
ter, bloodshed ; blood, gore. 

(popeo, a>, fut. 7JGU, perf. ire/popr/na 
(formed from cpspu, perf. mid. ire- 
(popa). To carry, to convey, to 
bear. 

fpeap, fypkarog, to. A well. (The 
a in the genitive and the other 
trisyllabic cases, is generally long 
in the Attic writers, with some 
exceptions, however, among the 
comic poets ; but short in the 
Epic writers.) 

fyprjv, (ppsvog, r). The mind, the in- 
tellect, the understanding. 

Qpoveo), C>, fut. tjcto), perf. 7re<pp6vnK.a 
(from (bprjv, the mind). To think, 
to reflect, to deliberate. 

(ppovvaig, eog, t) (from Qpoveo, to 
ihink). Reflection, prudence. 

fpovifiog, ov (adj. from Qpoveo), to 
think). Intelligent, sensible, pru- 
dent. 

(jtpovrig, idog, ?) (from <j>pov£a, to 
think). Reflection, thought, care, 
concern, anxiety. 

<j>povpa,ag, i) (from typovpog, a senti- 
nel). A watch, a guard, a gar- 
rison. 

$pv£j, vyog, 6. A Phrygian. 

(pvyfj, fjg, f) (from (f>vyo, to flee, an 
earlier form of (pevyu). Flight, 
escape, exile. 

(pvMK?j, f/g, r) (from <pv2,aG<?u, to 
guard). A guard, a watch ; im- 
prisonment, custody. 

<j)v?iat;, avcoc, 6 (from tpvldaao, to 
guard). A guard, a .sentinel, a 
guardian. 

(pv'Xdaau, fut. t-o, perf. 7re<j)V?iax a - 
To guard, to watch, to keep watch, 



$v?Ji, fig, r). A tribe, a class, a race. 

<pvoLg, eug, t) (from tyvu, to beget, to 
produce). Birth, nature, charac- 
ter, natural talents. 

(j>vo), fut. <j>i)<7o, perf. Trecpvita, 2d 
aor. eipvv. To beget, to produce, 
to bring forth. — The 2d aor. and 
perf. have an intransitive signifi- 
cation, to be, to exist. 

tyuvrj, fig, f). A sound, a voice. 

<p6g, furog, 6. A man, a hero. 



XEI 

<pug, (porog, to (contr. from <pdog). 
Light. 

X. 

Xatpuveia, ag, fj. Chceronea, a city 
of Boeotia, where Philip defeated 
the Athenians. 

XaXa^a, ng, 7). Hail. 

XaXeizog, r), ov (adj.). Hard, diffi- 
cult, harsh, cruel, painful. 

XaXsTzCJg (adv. from x a ^ E7r °C> diffi- 
cult). With difficulty, harshly, 
roughly. 

XaXlvog, ov, 6. A bridle, a bit, a curb. 

X^AKeog, ea, eov, contr. ovg, rj, ovv 
(adj. from x a ^ K ^i brass, confer). 
Brazen, &c. 

XCtXnog, ov, 6. Copper, brass, bronze. 

XdXvip,v6og,6. One of the Chalybes. 
— In the plural, XdXvdeg, uv, ol, 
the Chalybes, a people of Pontus, 
famed for their having discov- 
ered the art of making steel, and 
through whom the Greeks became 
acquainted with it. Hence, 

XdTivip, v6og, 6. Steel. 

Xapd, ag, t) (from x ai P^i i0 rejoice, 
2d aor. exapov). Joy. 

Xaptecg, eaaa, ev (adj. from xdp- 
ig, delight). Graceful, pleasing, 
agreeable, elegant, beautiful, en- 
gaging, &c. 

Xdptg, LTog, 7) (from x a W u i t0 re ' 
joice). Joy, grace, attraction, fa- 
vour, a gift, thanks, &c. — As a 
proper name, Xdptg, tTog, 57, a 
Grace, in which sense it has Xdpt- 
ra in the accusative, whereas ^ap- 
ig generally has xdpw. — In the 
plural, Xdpcrsg, ov, at, the Gra- 
ces. These were three in number, 
Aglaia, Thalia, and Euphrosyne. 

Xdofia, arog, to (from x atvu t i0 
gape, perf. pass. Kexaa/iai). A 
chasm, a yawning cavity, an 
opening. 

XavXtodovg, SovTog (adj. from^cw/U- 
og, prominent, and bdovg, a tooth). 
Having prominent teeth or tusks. 
Hence, as a substantive, x av ^o- 
Sovg, SovTog, 6, a tusk. 

Xeiluv, ovog, 6. Chilo, a Spartan 
philosopher, one of the seven 
wise men of Greece. 



XPA 

XEtfidv, ovog, 6 (from xetfta, winter, 
cold). Winter, wintry weather, 
a storm, a tempest. 

X^tp, x^ L pog, V- The hand. 

Xeiptarog, n, ov (adj., irreg. superla- 
tive of natcog). Worst, basest, 
&c. The comparative is x^tpov. 

Xetpou, ti, fut. d)o-o, perf. KexeipoKa 
(from x £l Pi the hand). To treat 
with violence. — In the middle 
voice, x £L pooftat, ovptat, to van- 
quish, to subdue. 

Xeipov, ovog, 6. Chiron, one of 
the Centaurs. 

Xe?l6uv, ovog, 7). A swallow. 

X&vg, vog, 7). A tortoise. 

Xekdivn, ng, 7). A tortoise. 

Xepeiov and x E ' L puv (irreg. compar- 
ative of /ca/coc). Worse, weaker, 
inferior, &c. 

Xepvtip, t6og, 7) (from^e/p, the hand, 
and vItttcj, to wash). Water for 
the hands. 

Xepaovrjaog, ov, 7). A peninsula. 
As a proper name, Xepaovrjaog, 
ov, rj, the Chersonese. 

XfivEtog, a, ov (adj. from XV V > a 
goose). Of a goose. 

X&d)v, xdovog, r). The earth. 

X'tklot, at, a (numeral adj.). A 
thousand. 

XtTuv, ovog, 6. A tunic, an under 
garment. 

X^a/Ltvg, vSog, rj. A cloak. 

Xlorj, ng, 7). Chloe, the name of 
a female. 

Xo^og, ov, 6. Anger, choler. 

XoTioo), o, fut. dao, perf. Kex6?ioica 
(from x°^ oc > anger). To make 
angry, to exasperate, to enrage. 

Xoprd^u, fut. aao, perf. Kexopratca 
(from x^pTog, an enclosure, and 
also fodder). Primitive meaning, 
to shut up and feed in an enclosed 
place ; ordinary meaning, to fat- 
ten, to feed, to satiate. 

Xpdo, o, fut. xpV ao} j P er f- Kexpnua. 
To give to another to make use 
of, to give an oracle. — The more 
usual form, however, is the mid- 
dle, xpdofjtat, ofiat, fut. xpV ao l J - aL t 
perf. pass. Kexpy/ X(U an & K£ XPV a - 
[xat, to use, i. e., to give to one's 
self to use ; to receive an oracle. 
237 



S2KE 

Xpfj(*a, arog, to (from X9^ oaai i to 
use). A thing. — In the plural, 
XprjfiaTa, riches, treasures, prop- 
erty, effects, &c. 

XpijcrZ/uog, 7], ov (adj. from xp^ 0aai ^ 
to use). Useful, profitable. 

Xpijcrpoc, ov, 6 (from XP™, to de- 
liver an oracle). An oracle, an 
oracular response. 

Xpycrog, 7], 6v (adj. from ^paopu, 
to use). Useful, valuable, wor- 
thy, honourable, good. 

XpZcj, fut. lau, perf. nixplita. To 
anoint. 

Xpovoc, ov, 6. Time. 

Xpvosoc, ia, eov, contr. ovg, r), ovv 
(adj. from xpvcoe, gold). Golden, 
of gold. 

Xpvatov, ov, to (dim. from xpvcrdo). 
Gold. 

XpvobuaXkoc, ov (adj. from xpvcoc, 
gold, and (laXkoc, wool, a fleece). 
Having a golden fleece. 

Xpvaoc, ov, 6. Gold. 

X^oc, i], bv (adj.). Lame. 

X&pa, o.c, t). Space, a region, a 
place. 

X^plov, ov, to (dim. from^wpof, a 
place, a country). A place, a 
farm, a district, a spot. 

X&poc, ov, 6. Room, space, a 
country, a district. 

tpevdoc, eog, to. A falsehood. 

■ip7]<pi&fj,ai, fut. iaouai, perf. tyrjfyio- 
y.ai (from ipr)<pog, a vote). To vote, 
to decree by vote, to determine. 

ipiTTaicTj, ng, r). A parrot. 

■ipoyoc, ov, 6. Blame, censure, re- 
buke. 

ip6(f)oc, ov, 6. A noise. 

-ipvxv, VC, V- The soul, life. 

a 

(} (interj.). Oh ! alas t 

udrj, r)g, f) (contr. from iioidf), a 

song). A song, an ode. 
'SlueavLdec, ov, at. The Oceamdcs, 

ocean-nymphs, daughters of Oce- 

anus and Tethys. 
i>Keav6c, ov, 6. The ocean. — As a 
238 



proper name, 'Qiteavoc, ov, 6, 
Oceanus. 

wkvc, eZa, v (adj.). Swift, rapid, 
fleet. 

u/Lioc, ov, 6. The shoulder. 

tivZoc, a, ov (adj. from uveouat, to 
buy). Vendible, purchasable. — In 
the neuter plural, uvea, o)v, tu, 
goods for sale, wares, &c. 

c)6v, ov, to. An egg. 

upa, ac, t). A season, an hour. — 
In the plural, as a proper name, 
7 Qpat, £>v, at, the Hours. 

'Qpiav, (ovoc, 6. Orion, a celebra- 
ted giant and hunter, changed to 
a constellation after death. (The 
i is always long with the Epic 
writers, but short with the Attics). 

ug (adv. and conj.). As, when, 
how ; that, in order that. — With 
a numeral, about. — With a su- 
perlative, it denotes as much or 
as little as possible, according to 
the force of the superlative. — 
Thus, ug Taxiara, as quickly as 
possible ; 6g Vkdx^TOv, as little 
as possible. It stands also for a 
preposition, hiri or npog, and gov- 
erns a case ; and sometimes 
these prepositions are expressed 
with it. When the latter con- 
struction appears, ug means no 
more, as far as our idiom is con- 
cerned, than hni or Trpoc alone. 
When it stands without them, 
the case apparently governed by 
ug depends in reality on km or 
Ttpog understood. 

uenrep (adv.). Just as, as. 

ucKepei (adv. from woTrep, and el, 
if). Just as if, as if. 

IdTig, Zdog, i) (from ovg, an ear). A 
bustard. The Greek name comes 
from long feathers on the side of 
the head, resembling long ears. 

cxpeXeia, ag, r) (from o)(j>e2,EO), to 
help). Aid. utility, advantage. 

o)(]>e2,E<j), £>, fut. -fjao), perf. LxpeT^vKa. 
To aid, to help, to profit. 

l^iTCCuog, ov (adj. from txpeXeu, 
to aid). Useful, advantageous, 
profitable. 



Nearly ready, in one royal octavo volume of 1200 pages. 
a 

CLASSICAL DICTIONARY, 

CONTAINING AN ACCOUNT 
OF 

ALL THE PROPER NAMES MENTIONED IN ANCIENT 
AUTHORS, 

AND INTENDED TO ELUCIDATE ALL THE IMPORTANT POINTS 
CONNECTED WITH 

THE GEOGRAPHY, HISTORY, BIOGRAPHY, ARCHAEOLOGY, 
AND MYTHOLOGY 

OP 

THE GREEKS AND ROMANS, 

TOGETHER 

WITH A COPIOUS CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE, 

AND 

AN ACCOUNT OF THE COINS, WEIGHTS, AND MEASURES OF THE 

ANCIENTS, WITH TABULAR VALUES OF THE SAME. 

BY CHARLES ANTHON, LL.D. 

The publishers beg leave to state, that, in preparing this work for the 
press, the author has abridged and condensed all the matter added by 
him to the last edition of Lempriere, and has also collected other and 
still more important information from various sources not previously ac- 
cessible to him. The author's object is, to present the student, as well 
as general reader, with an accurate guide into the extensive field of Clas- 
sical antiquity, and to put them in possession of the most recent investiga- 
tions that have been made by European scholars in this very attractive 
department of inquiry. He will give also his own views on numerous 
topics, and more especially on those connected with Classical Mythology, 
it being one of his professed objects to show the intimate connexion be- 
tween this and the mythological systems of India, Egypt, Scandinavia, 
and the earlier nations of our own continent. No part of Lempriere's 
matter will be retained ; on the contrary, the work will now assume the 
appearance of one entirely new, and will be designated as " Anthon's 
Classical Dictionary." It is to be in a single royal octavo volume, of 
about 1200 pages, and will appear in the early part of next fall, if not 
sooner. The publishers have not the least doubt, from their acquaint- 
ance with the plan intended to be pursued by the author, that the work 
will prove of the most acceptable character, nOtronly to Classical stu- 
dents, but to readers of every description. It will be printed and bound 
in the best style ; and as the publishers anticipate for it an extensive 
circulation, it will be sold at an unusually low price. 



CLASSICAL WORKS 

PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW-YORK. 

ANTHON'S SERIES OF CLASSICAL WORKS. 
The following works, already published, may be regarded as specimens of the whole 
series, which will consist of about thirty volumes. 



Fj/rst Latin Lessons, containing 
the most important Parts of the 
Grammar of the Latin Language, 
together with appropriate Exer- 
cises in the translating and wri- 
ting of Latin, for the Use of Be- 
ginners. 12mo. 

First Greek Lessons, upon the 
plan of the " Latin Lessons." 

A Grammar of the Greek Lan- 
guage, for the Use of Schools and 
Colleges. 12mo. 

A System of Greek Prosody and 
Metre, for the Use of Schools 
and Colleges ; together with the 
Choral Scanning of the Prome- 
theus Vinctus of iEschylus, and 
the Ajax and Oedipus Tyrannus 
of Sophocles ; to which are ap- 
pended Remarks on the Indo-Ger- 
manic Analogies. 12mo. 

Cesar's Commentaries on the 
Gallic War ; with the first Book 
of the Greek Paraphrase ; with 
English Notes, critical and ex- 
planatory, Plans of Battles, Sie- 



&c, and Historical, Geo- 
graphical, and Archaeological In- 
dexes. Map, Portrait, &c. 12mo. 

Sallust's Jugurthine War and 
Conspiracy of Cataline, with 
an English Commentary, and 
Geographical and Historical In- 
dexes. Sixth Edition, corrected 
and enlarged. 12mo. Portrait. 

Select Orations of Cicero, with 
an English Commentary, and His- 
torical, Geographical, and Legal 
Indexes. 12mo. With a Portrait. 

The Works of Horace, with Eng- 
lish Notes, critical and explana- 
tory. New Edition, with correc- 
tions and improvements. 12mo. 

Jacob's Greek Reader, with 
Notes, &c. A New Edition, su- 
perior to any heretofore publish- 
ed in this country. (In press.) 

Anthon's Classical Dictionary, 
in one vol. 8vo. This will be the 
best and most complete Classical 
Dictionary ever published. (In 
press.) 



CLASSICAL LIBRARY. 

With Portraits on steel. Bound uniformly, but each work sold separately. 



Xenophon. (Anabasis, translated 
by E. Spelman, Esq., Cyropse- 
dia, by the Hon. M. A. Cooper.) 

The Orations of Demosthenes. 
Translated by Thomas Leland. 

Sallust. Translated by William 
Rose, M. A. With Improvements. 

Caesar. Translated by William 
Duncan. With a Portrait. 

Cicero. The Orations by Duncan, 
the Offices by Cockman, and the 
Cato and Laelius by Melmoth. 

Virgil. The Eclogues by Wrang- 
ham, the Georgics by Sotheby, 
and the iEneid by Dryden. 

iEscHYLUs. Translated by the Rev. 
R. Potter, A.M. 

Sophocles. TransJMMI 'fijapmk 
as Francklin, D.Djpf&rtrEny 1 

Euripides. Translated by the 
Rev. R. Potter, A.M. Portrait. 

Plutarch's Lives. By John Lang- 
horne, D.D., and William Lang- 
home, A.M. A new Edition. 



Ovid. Translated by Dryden, Pope, 
Congreve, Addison, and others. 

Horace. Translated by Philip 
Francis, D.D. And 

Ph^edrus. Translated by Christo- 
pher Smart, A.M. Portrait. 

Thucydides. Translated by Wil- 
liam Smith, A.M. Portrait. 

Livy. Translated by George Ba- 
ker, A.M. With a Portrait. 

Herodotus. Translated by the 
Rev. William Beloe. Portrait. 

Homer. Translated by Alexander 
Pope, Esq. With a Portrait. 

Juvenal. Translated by Charles 
Badham, M.D., F.R.S. New Edi- 
tion. To which are added, the 
art, SatMWs of Perseus. 
jliNiAk Translated by the Rev. 
C. ATWheelwright. And 

Anacreon. Translated by Thomas 
Bourne, Esq. 

A Life of Washington. In Latin 
Prose. By Francis Glass, A.M. 






v° °^ 



> V 5 ^ I 






• 






| 










% 


A* 


r 


^-. 



* .0- 






"o 0* 







#> 









>!>*? 












o o 



^ v| 












"oo v 



* 8 , A* 









Deacidified using the Bookkeeper pro 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 1 
Treatment Date: July 2006 

PreservationTechnolog 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVAl 
1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 I 
(724)779-2111 












^o. 






5> ' '' 






x> * ^i " - ' s .^-vi*-*'*'^ '". V> V 






^> *> v 



